DRS/A
Table of Contents

As confidentially submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 30, 2019.

This draft registration statement has not been publicly filed with the

Securities and Exchange Commission and all information herein remains strictly confidential.

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Datadog, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7372   27-2825503

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

620 8th Avenue, 45th Floor

New York, New York 10018

(866) 329-4466

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including

area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Olivier Pomel

Chief Executive Officer

Datadog, Inc.

620 8th Avenue, 45th Floor

New York, New York 10018

(866) 329-4466

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including

area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Jodie Bourdet

Nicole Brookshire

Alison Haggerty

Cooley LLP

55 Hudson Yards

New York, New York 10001

(212) 479-6000

 

David Obstler

Laszlo Kopits

Datadog, Inc.

620 8th Avenue, 45th Floor

New York, New York 10018

(866) 329-4466

 

Richard D. Truesdell, Jr.

Marcel R. Fausten

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

(212) 450-4000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer        Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer        Smaller reporting company  
       Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering

Price(1)(2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share

  $               $            

 

 

(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)

Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase, if any.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant will file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement will thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement will become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Issued            , 2019

            Shares

 

 

LOGO

CLASS A COMMON STOCK

 

 

This is an initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock of Datadog, Inc. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price will be between $             and $             per share.

 

 

Following this offering, we will have two classes of common stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical, except with respect to voting, conversion and transfer rights. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote. Each share of Class B common stock is entitled to        votes and is convertible at any time into one share of Class A common stock. All shares of our capital stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering, including all shares held by our executive officers, directors and their respective affiliates, and all shares issuable on the conversion of our outstanding preferred stock, will be reclassified into shares of our Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering. The holders of our outstanding Class B common stock will hold approximately            % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock immediately following this offering.

 

 

We intend to apply to list our Class A common stock on the                under the symbol “                .”

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced reporting requirements for this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings.

 

 

Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 14.

 

 

PRICE $                 A SHARE

 

 

 

      

Price to
Public

    

Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions(1)

    

Proceeds to Datadog

Per Share

     $               $               $         

Total

     $                          $                          $                    

 

(1)

See “Underwriting” for additional information regarding compensation payable to the underwriters.

We have granted the underwriters the option to purchase up to an additional            shares of Class A common stock from us on the same terms as set forth above to cover over-allotments, if any.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of Class A common stock to purchasers on                    , 2019.

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY   GOLDMAN SACHS & CO. LLC   J.P. MORGAN

                     , 2019.


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus

 

     Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

RISK FACTORS

     14  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     44  

MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

     45  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     46  

DIVIDEND POLICY

     47  

CAPITALIZATION

     48  

DILUTION

     51  

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     53  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     55  

BUSINESS

     74  

MANAGEMENT

     100  
     Page  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     107  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     118  

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     120  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     123  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     129  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK

     131  

UNDERWRITING

     135  

LEGAL MATTERS

     140  

EXPERTS

     140  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     140  

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  
 

 

 

Through and including                     , 2019 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

We have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our Class A common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our Class A common stock.

For investors outside the United States: neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our Class A common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

 

(i)


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our Class A common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this prospectus to “Datadog,” the “company,” “we,” “our,” “us” or similar terms refer to Datadog, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

DATADOG, INC.

Datadog is the monitoring and analytics platform for developers, IT operations teams and business users in the cloud age.

Our SaaS platform integrates and automates infrastructure monitoring, application performance monitoring and log management to provide unified, real-time observability of our customers’ entire technology stack. Datadog is used by organizations of all sizes and across a wide range of industries to enable digital transformation and cloud migration, drive collaboration among development, operations and business teams, accelerate time to market for applications, reduce time to problem resolution, understand user behavior and track key business metrics.

Software applications are transforming how organizations engage with customers and operate their businesses. Companies across all industries are re-platforming their businesses to cloud infrastructures to enable this digital transformation. Historically, engineering teams have been siloed, making the development of next generation applications on dynamic cloud environments challenging. We started Datadog to break this model and facilitate collaboration among development and operations teams, enabling the adoption of DevOps practices. Since then we have continuously pushed to unify separate tools into an integrated monitoring and analytics platform, readily available to everyone who cares about applications and their impact on business.

From our founding goal of breaking down silos between Dev and Ops, we set out in 2010 to build a real-time data integration platform to turn chaos from disparate sources into digestible and actionable insights. In 2012, we launched our first use case with infrastructure monitoring, purpose-built to handle increasingly ephemeral cloud-native architectures. This enabled us to be deployed on our customers’ entire cloud IT environments and gave our product broad usage across Dev, Ops and business teams, in turn allowing us to address a bigger set of challenges through our platform. In 2017 we launched our APM product, designed to be broadly deployed in very distributed, micro-services architectures. In 2018, we were the first to combine the “three pillars of observability” with the introduction of our log management product. To allow for full-stack observability, in 2019, we launched user experience monitoring and announced network performance monitoring. Today, we offer end-to-end monitoring and analytics, powered by a common data model that is extensible for potential new use cases.

Our proprietary platform combines the power of metrics, traces and logs to provide a unified view of infrastructure and application performance and the real-time events impacting this performance. Datadog is designed to be cloud agnostic and easy to deploy, with hundreds of out-of-the-box integrations, a built-in understanding of modern technology stacks and endless customizability. Customers can deploy our platform across their entire infrastructure, making it ubiquitous and a daily part of the lives of developers, operations engineers and business leaders.

We employ a land-and-expand business model centered around offering products that are easy to adopt and have a very short time to value. Our customers can expand their footprint with us on a self-service basis. Our



 

1


Table of Contents

customers often significantly increase their usage of the products they initially buy from us and expand their usage to other products we offer on our platform. We grow with our customers as they expand their workloads in the public and private cloud. Our ability to expand within our customer base is best demonstrated by our dollar-based net retention rate, which has been over 130% as of the end of each of our last eight fiscal quarters, and was 146% as of June 30, 2019. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors Affecting Our Performance” for additional information regarding our dollar-based net retention rate.

We have a highly efficient go-to-market model, which consists of a self-service tier, a high velocity inside sales team, and an enterprise sales force. As of June 30, 2019, we had approximately 8,800 customers, increasing from approximately 7,700, 5,400 and 3,800 customers as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Approximately 590 of our customers as of June 30, 2019 had annual run-rate revenue, or ARR, of $100,000 or more, increasing from approximately 450, 240 and 130 customers as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. As of June 30, 2019, approximately 72% of our ARR was generated from customers with $100,000 or more in ARR, increasing approximately 68%, 60% and 48% as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. In addition, as of June 30, 2019, we had 42 customers with ARR of $1.0 million or more, up from 29, 12 and two customers as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors Affecting Our Performance” for additional information regarding ARR.

Our business has experienced rapid growth and is capital efficient. Since inception, we have raised a total of $92 million, net of repurchases. As of March 31, 2019, we had $66.0 million in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash. We generated revenue of $100.8 million and $198.1 million in 2017 and 2018, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 97%. Our revenue was $39.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2018 compared to $70.1 million in the three months ended March 31, 2019, representing period-over-period growth of 76%. Substantially all of our revenue is subscription software sales. Our gross margins were 77% in each of 2017 and 2018. Our net (loss) income was $(2.6) million, $(10.8) million, $0.3 million and $(9.5) million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. We generated operating cash flow of $13.8 million, $10.8 million, $5.4 million and $3.4 million in 2017 and 2018 and the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. Our free cash flow was $6.0 million, $(5.0) million, $2.2 million and $(0.9) million in 2017 and 2018 and the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Free Cash Flow” for additional information.

Industry Background

Monitoring software is at the foundation of an organization’s IT stack. Without monitoring, organizations are blind to factors that impact performance, reliability, scalability and availability of systems in which they have invested large amounts of resources. Once installed, monitoring becomes integral to an organization’s performance and deeply embedded into business and operational workflows. There are a number of important industry trends that are transforming the way organizations use, deploy and manage software applications and their underlying technology infrastructure. These trends are creating a significant opportunity to displace existing monitoring solutions and reshape the corresponding product categories, and include:

 

   

Organizations must digitally transform their businesses to compete. Today, software applications are a critical driver of business performance and software developers are becoming increasingly influential. This rise in influence is directly correlated to the increased amounts of resources organizations are dedicating to building differentiated mission-critical software. Companies across all industries are heavily investing to digitally transform their businesses and enhance the experience of their customers. At the same time, companies are significantly growing their investments to monitor



 

2


Table of Contents
 

this digital transformation. According to Gartner, enterprises will quadruple their use of APM due to increasingly digitalized business processes from 2018 through 2021 to reach 20% of all business applications.

 

   

We are in the early days of seismic shift to the cloud. There is a seismic shift from static on-premise IT architectures to distributed, dynamic multi-cloud and hybrid cloud architectures with ephemeral technologies such as containers, microservices and serverless architectures becoming increasingly common. According to Gartner, as the cloud becomes increasingly mainstream from 2018 to 2022, it will influence greater portions of enterprise IT decisions, with more than $1 trillion in enterprise IT spend at stake in 2019. As companies migrate to the cloud and their underlying infrastructure changes, so does the monitoring of this infrastructure. We are still in the early days of this massive transformation. According to Gartner, only 5% of applications were monitored as of 2018.

 

   

Modern technologies create significant challenges for IT. Technologies such as containers, microservices and serverless computing create IT environments that are highly ephemeral in nature compared to static legacy on-premise environments. The number of SaaS platforms and open source tools available to IT organizations has exploded. The scale of computing resources required in the cloud has increased exponentially and is often called upon in quick, sometimes unpredictable, bursts of expanded computing capacity. The rate of change of application development in the cloud has increased dramatically. These challenges have made it extremely difficult to gain visibility and insight into application and infrastructure performance and legacy monitoring tools have struggled to adapt.

 

   

Collaboration of development and operations teams is critically important. DevOps is a practice and culture characterized by developers and IT operations teams working together collaboratively, each with ownership of the entire product development cycle. DevOps is essential to achieving the agility and speed required for developing and maintaining modern applications. In the static, on-premise world, developers and IT operations personnel functioned independently with separate goals, priorities and tools. In the cloud age, where the frequency of software updates is days or minutes, this communication and coordination between development and operations teams is essential to ensuring rapid execution and optimizing business performance.

Our Opportunity

Our platform provides comprehensive visibility and insights into IT infrastructure, application performance and the real time events impacting this performance. Our platform is employed across public cloud, private cloud, on-premise and multi-cloud hybrid environments. We believe that our platform currently addresses a significant portion of the IT Operations Management market. According to Gartner, the IT Operations Management market represents a $37 billion opportunity in 2023. We believe a large portion of this spend is for legacy on-premise and private cloud environments, but does not fully include the opportunity in modern multi-cloud and hybrid cloud environments. Our platform is designed to address both legacy and modern environments.

We estimate our current market opportunity to be approximately $35 billion. We calculate this figure using the total number of global companies with 200 or more employees, which we determined by referencing independent industry data from the S&P Capital IQ database. We then segment these companies into two cohorts based on the number of employees: companies that have between 200 and 999 employees and companies that have 1,000 or more employees. We then multiply the number of companies in each cohort by the average ARR per customer for each of our platform products. Our average ARR per customer is defined as the ARR in each platform product, for customers in the corresponding cohort of employee count, divided by the total number of customers in the corresponding platform product and cohort of employee count, as of June 30, 2019.



 

3


Table of Contents

We believe that we are currently underpenetrated in our existing customer base. We expect our estimated market opportunity will continue to expand as customers deploy our solution across a larger portion of their IT environments and adopt a greater number of our platform products.

Our Solution and Key Strengths

Datadog was founded on the premise that the old model of siloed developers and IT operations engineers is broken, and that legacy tools used for monitoring static on-premise architectures do not work in modern cloud or hybrid environments. Datadog’s cloud native platform enables development and operations teams to collaborate, quickly build and improve applications, and drive business performance. Empowered by our out-of-the box functionality and simple, self-service installation, our customers are able to rapidly deploy our platform to provide application- and infrastructure-wide visibility, often within minutes.

 

   

Built for dynamic cloud infrastructures. Our innovative platform was born in the cloud and was built to work with ephemeral cloud technologies such as microservices, containers and serverless computing. Our data model was built to work at cloud scale with highly dynamic data sets and can process more than 10 trillion events a day.

 

   

Simple but not simplistic. Our platform is easy-to-use with out-of-the-box integrations, customizable drag and drop dashboards, real-time visualization and prioritized alerting. The platform is deployed in a self-service installation process within minutes, allowing new users to quickly derive value without any specialized training or heavy implementation or customization. It is highly extensible across a wide array of use cases to a broad set of developers, operations engineers and business users. As a result, our platform is integral to business operations and used every day, and our users find increasing value in the solution over time.

 

   

Unified view of the three pillars of observability. Our platform includes the three pillars of observability all in one place, including infrastructure monitoring, application performance monitoring and log management. This increases efficiency by reducing both the expense and friction of attempting to glean insights from disparate systems. We are able to provide a unified view of infrastructure and application performance and the real-time events impacting this performance. Each of our products is integrated and taken together provide the ability to view metrics, traces and logs side-by-side and perform correlation analysis.

 

   

Built for collaboration. Our platform was built to break down the silos between developers and operations teams in order to help organizations adopt DevOps practices and improve overall business performance. We provide development and operations teams with a common set of tools to develop a joint understanding of application performance and shared insights into the infrastructure supporting the applications. Additionally, our customizable and interactive dashboards can be shared with business teams to provide them with real-time actionable insights.

 

   

Cloud agnostic. Our platform is designed to be deployable across all environments, including public cloud, private cloud, on-premise and multi-cloud hybrid environments, allowing organizations to diversify their infrastructure and reduce single vendor dependence.

 

   

Ubiquitous. Datadog is frequently deployed across a customer’s entire infrastructure, making it ubiquitous. Compared to legacy systems that are often used only by a few users in an organization’s IT operations team, Datadog is a daily part of the lives of developers, operations engineers and business leaders. For example, a leading communications software technology provider has almost 800 Datadog users, about half of the company’s total employee count and greater than the total number of the company’s engineers. Further, a Fortune 500 financial services firm has over 3,000 Datadog users.



 

4


Table of Contents
   

Integrates with our customers’ complex environments. We enable development and operations teams to harness the full spectrum of SaaS and open source tools. We have over 350 out-of-the-box integrations with technologies to provide significant value to our customers without the need for professional services. Our integrations provide for comprehensive data point aggregation and consistent, up-to-date, high-quality customer experiences across heterogeneous IT environments as they are fully maintained by Datadog.

 

   

Powered by robust analytics and machine learning. Our platform ingests massive amounts of data into our unified data warehouse. We develop actionable insights using our advanced analytics capabilities. Our platform features machine learning that can cross-correlate metrics, traces and logs to identify outliers and notify users of potential anomalies before they impact the business.

 

   

Scalable. Our SaaS platform is highly scalable and is delivered through the cloud. Our platform is massively scalable, currently monitoring more than 10 trillion events a day and millions of servers and containers at any point in time. We offer secure, easily accessible data retention at full granularity for extensive periods of time, which can provide customers with a complete view of their historical data.

Key Benefits to Our Customers

Our platform provides the following key benefits to our customers:

 

   

Accelerate digital transformation. We enable customers to take full advantage of the cloud to develop and maintain mission-critical applications with agility and with confidence in the face of increasing business and time pressure and complexity of underlying infrastructure. As a result, our platform helps accelerate innovation cycles, deliver exceptional digital experiences and optimize business performance.

 

   

Reduce time to problem detection and resolution. Using infrastructure, application performance monitoring, or APM, and log data in our unified platform, our customers are able to quickly isolate the root cause of application issues in one place where they otherwise would be required to spend hours trying to investigate using multiple tools. Additionally, our machine learning algorithms are trained on the enormous amount of data that our customers send us to detect anomalies and predict failures in customer systems in real-time, something that is impossible to do manually. The reduction in mean time to detection, or MTTD, and mean time to resolution, or MTTR, helps our customers avoid lost revenues and enhance customer experience.

 

   

Improve agility of development, operations and business teams. We eliminate the historical silos of development and operations teams and provide a platform that enables efficient and agile development through the adoption of DevOps. Our platform enables development and operations teams to collaborate closely with a shared understanding of data and analytics. This helps them develop a joint understanding of application performance and shared insights into the infrastructure supporting the applications. Additionally, for businesses, our customizable and easy-to-understand dashboards can be shared with business teams to provide them with real-time actionable insights into business performance.

 

   

Enable operational efficiency. Our solution is easy to install, which eliminates the need for heavy implementation costs and professional services. We have over 350 out-of-the-box integrations with key technologies, from which our customers can derive significant value, avoiding internal development costs and professional services required to create those integrations. Our customer-centric pricing model is tailored to customers’ desired usage needs. For example, our log management solution has differentiated pricing for logs indexed versus logs ingested. Our platform empowers customers to better understand the operational needs of their applications and IT environments, enabling greater efficiency in resource allocation and spend on cloud infrastructure.



 

5


Table of Contents

Our customers span a variety of industries and their deployments of our platform include a variety of use cases. Customer success stories include:

 

   

A large financial services institution consolidated numerous monitoring tools into a single platform, reducing operational complexity and overhead and offering executives a single source of truth about the health of their business and IT environment.

 

   

A Fortune 100 pharmaceutical company monitors across public cloud, containerized and on-premise environments, helping eliminate engineers’ alert fatigue from disparate tools, reducing mean time to resolution and improving compliance with service-level agreements.

 

   

A global shipping and logistics company accelerates the delivery and development of applications, providing them the ability to drive efficiencies in their supply chain, such as fuel cost planning and tracking of shipments.

 

   

A large retailer and e-commerce company avoids website outages that cause lost revenue and enables flexible capacity planning to scale-up infrastructure during peak customer demand.

 

   

A large hospitality company improves development and operations teams collaboration and reduces mean time to resolution by visualizing service inter-dependencies, to ultimately improve customer satisfaction.

Our Growth Strategies

We intend to pursue the following growth strategies:

 

   

Expand our customer base by acquiring new customers. Our market penetration is low. We believe there is a substantial opportunity to continue to grow our customer base. We intend to drive new customer additions by expanding our sales and marketing efforts in the markets we serve.

 

   

Expand within our existing customer base through broader deployments, new use cases and new product adoption. Our base of approximately 8,800 customers represents a significant opportunity for further sales expansion. For example, for the six months ended June 30, 2019, over 35% of new ARR came from our newer platform products, APM and logs, up from over 10% in the same period a year earlier. We plan to continue to increase sales within our existing customer base through increased usage of our platform and the cross selling of additional products.

 

   

Expand our technology leadership through continued investment and new products. Our goal is to expand our platform over time beyond our current three pillars of observability. We intend to invest in expanding the functionality of our current platform and adding capabilities that address new market opportunities. We have a history of continued innovation. For example, we launched APM in 2017, log management in 2018, and both user experience and network performance monitoring in 2019. This innovation strategy will provide new avenues for growth and allow us to continue to deliver differentiated outcomes to our customers. We have also selectively pursued acquisitions and strategic investments in businesses and technologies to drive product and market expansion and will continue to evaluate strategic acquisitions and investments on a case-by-case basis.

 

   

Expand our customer base internationally. We believe there is a significant opportunity to expand usage of our platform outside of the United States, as international markets have increased the shift of their IT spend to the cloud. We have made significant investments in expanding our presence in EMEA and APAC. As of December 31, 2018, approximately 24% of our ARR came from customers outside of North America. We intend to add international sales team members to take advantage of this market opportunity while refining our go-to-market approach based on local market dynamics.



 

6


Table of Contents

Risk Factors Summary

Investing in our Class A common stock involves substantial risk. The risks described in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this summary may cause us to not realize the full benefits of our strengths or may cause us to be unable to successfully execute all or part of our strategy. Some of the more significant challenges include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

Our recent rapid growth may not be indicative of our future growth. Our rapid growth also makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and may increase the risk that we will not be successful.

 

   

We have a history of operating losses and may not achieve or sustain profitability in the future.

 

   

We have a limited operating history, which makes it difficult to forecast our future results of operations.

 

   

Our business depends on our existing customers purchasing additional subscriptions and products from us and renewing their subscriptions. Any decline in our customer expansions and renewals would harm our future operating results.

 

   

If we are unable to attract new customers, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

   

Failure to effectively develop and expand our sales and marketing capabilities could harm our ability to increase our customer base and achieve broader market acceptance of our products.

 

   

If we or our third-party service providers experience a security breach or unauthorized parties otherwise obtain access to our customers’ data, our data or our platform, our solution may be perceived as not being secure, our reputation may be harmed, demand for our platform and products may be reduced, and we may incur significant liabilities.

 

   

Interruptions or performance problems associated with our products and platform capabilities may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

   

If we fail to adapt and respond effectively to rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards, changing regulations, or to changing customer needs, requirements or preferences, our platform and products may become less competitive.

 

   

The markets in which we participate are competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.

 

   

We may not be able to successfully manage our growth, and if we are not able to grow efficiently, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.

 

   

The dual class structure of our common stock will have the effect of concentrating voting control with our executive officers, directors and their affiliates, which will limit your ability to influence the outcome of important transactions.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in June 2010. Our principal executive offices are located at 620 8th Avenue, 45th Floor, New York, New York 10018, and our telephone number is (866) 329-4466. Our website address is www.datadog.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus.

The Datadog logo, “Datadog” and our other registered and common law trade names, trademarks and service marks are the property of Datadog, Inc. or our subsidiaries. Other trade names, trademarks and service marks used in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.



 

7


Table of Contents

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. We may take advantage of certain exemptions from various public company reporting requirements, including not being required to have our internal control over financial reporting audited by our independent registered public accounting firm under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments. We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or until we are no longer an emerging growth company, whichever is earlier. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to use the extended transition period under the JOBS Act. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.



 

8


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Class A common stock offered by us

             shares

 

Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering

             shares

 

Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

             shares

 

Total Class A common stock and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

             shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock offered by us

             shares

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of our Class A common stock that we are offering will be approximately $             million (or approximately $             million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock from us is exercised in full), assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

 

  The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, and create a public market for our Class A common stock. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to us from this offering. However, we currently intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments to enter into any acquisitions at this time. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

 

Voting rights

We will have two classes of common stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share and Class B common stock is entitled to             votes per share.

 

 

Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will generally vote together as a single class, unless otherwise required by law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering. The holders of our outstanding Class B common stock will hold



 

9


Table of Contents
 

approximately         % of the voting power of our outstanding shares following this offering and will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of our directors and the approval of any change in control transaction. See the sections titled “Principal Stockholders” and “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information.

 

Concentration of ownership

Once this offering is completed, the holders of our outstanding Class B common stock will beneficially own approximately         % of our outstanding shares and control approximately         % of the voting power of our outstanding shares and our executive officers, directors and stockholders holding more than 5% of our outstanding shares, together with their affiliates, will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately         % of our outstanding shares and control approximately         % of the voting power of our outstanding shares.

 

Proposed                trading symbol

“                ”

The number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on no shares of Class A common stock and 88,611,555 shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2019, and excludes:

 

   

11,539,501 shares of Class B common stock issuable on the exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2019 under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2012 Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of $4.58 per share;

 

   

                 shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2019 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2019 Plan, as well as any future increases, including annual automatic evergreen increases, in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2019 Plan; and

 

   

                 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP, as well as any future increases, including annual automatic evergreen increases, in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP.

In addition, unless we specifically state otherwise, the information in this prospectus assumes:

 

   

a 1-for-                stock split of our common stock to be effected prior to the completion of this offering;

 

   

a 4-for-1 stock split of our common stock effected on January 2, 2018;

 

   

the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the effectiveness of our amended and restated bylaws, each of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

   

the reclassification of our outstanding common stock into an equal number of shares of our Class B common stock and the authorization of our Class A common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

   

the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 59,670,477 shares of Class B common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;



 

10


Table of Contents
   

no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional             shares of Class A common stock from us in this offering; and

 

   

no exercise of the outstanding stock options described above.



 

11


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2019 have been derived from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements, and in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly our financial position and results of operations. You should read the consolidated financial data set forth below in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes and the information in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical and interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year or any other period in the future.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2017     2018     2018     2019  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

        

Revenue

   $   100,761     $   198,077     $ 39,715     $ 70,050  

Cost of revenue(1)(2)

     23,414       46,529       9,142       18,950  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     77,347       151,548       30,573       51,100  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development(1)

     24,734       55,176       10,871       22,815  

Sales and marketing(1)

     44,213       88,849       15,282       30,107  

General and administrative(1)

     11,356       18,556       4,267       7,840  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     80,303       162,581       30,420       60,762  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating (loss) income

     (2,956     (11,033     153       (9,662

Other income, net

     843       793       273       230  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

     (2,113     (10,240     426       (9,432

Provision for income taxes

     (457     (522     (81     (59
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (2,570   $ (10,762   $ 345     $ (9,491
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(3)

   $ (0.13   $ (0.46   $ 0.00     $ (0.37
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic(3)

     20,440       23,650       21,241       25,687  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted(3)

     20,440       23,650           24,811           25,687  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(3)

     $         $    
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(3)

        
    

 

 

     

 

 

 


 

12


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
      2017        2018         2018          2019    
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 112      $ 287      $ 46      $ 99  

Research and development

        1,160           1,641        279        786  

Sales and marketing

     977        1,910        299        729  

General and administrative

     819        1,406        170        831  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 3,068      $ 5,244      $       794      $    2,445  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2)

Includes amortization of acquired intangibles expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
       2017          2018          2018          2019    
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $       484      $       511      $       112      $       175  

 

(3)

See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders, pro forma earnings per share attributable to common stockholders and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

     As of March 31, 2019  
     Actual     Pro
Forma(1)
     Pro Forma
As Adjusted(2)(3)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 54,554     $                            $                        

Total assets

            255,480       

Working capital(4)

     (10,017     

Convertible preferred stock

     140,805       

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (81,564     

 

(1)

The pro forma consolidated balance sheet data gives effect to (a) the reclassification of our outstanding common stock into Class B common stock, (b) the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into 59,938,304 shares of Class B common stock, and (c) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, each of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

(2)

The pro forma as adjusted consolidated balance sheet data reflects (a) the items described in footnote (1) above and (b) our receipt of estimated net proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock that we are offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

(3)

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash, total assets, working capital and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) each of cash, total assets, working capital and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share of Class A common stock remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

(4)

Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities.



 

13


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider and read carefully all of the risks and uncertainties described below, as well as other information included in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. The risks described below are not the only ones we face. The occurrence of any of the following risks or additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. In such case, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you may lose some or all of your original investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Our recent rapid growth may not be indicative of our future growth. Our rapid growth also makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and may increase the risk that we will not be successful.

Our revenue was $100.8 million, $198.1 million, $39.7 million and $70.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. You should not rely on the revenue growth of any prior quarterly or annual period as an indication of our future performance. Even if our revenue continues to increase, we expect that our revenue growth rate will decline in the future as a result of a variety of factors, including the maturation of our business. Overall growth of our revenue depends on a number of factors, including our ability to:

 

   

price our products effectively so that we are able to attract new customers and expand sales to our existing customers;

 

   

expand the functionality and use cases for the products we offer on our platform;

 

   

maintain and expand the rates at which customers purchase and renew subscriptions to our platform;

 

   

provide our customers with support that meets their needs;

 

   

continue to introduce our products to new markets outside of the United States;

 

   

successfully identify and acquire or invest in businesses, products or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our platform; and

 

   

increase awareness of our brand on a global basis and successfully compete with other companies.

We may not successfully accomplish any of these objectives, and as a result, it is difficult for us to forecast our future results of operations. If the assumptions that we use to plan our business are incorrect or change in reaction to changes in our market, or if we are unable to maintain consistent revenue or revenue growth, our stock price could be volatile, and it may be difficult to achieve and maintain profitability. You should not rely on our revenue for any prior quarterly or annual periods as any indication of our future revenue or revenue growth.

In addition, we expect to continue to expend substantial financial and other resources on:

 

   

our technology infrastructure, including systems architecture, scalability, availability, performance and security;

 

   

our sales and marketing organization to engage our existing and prospective customers, increase brand awareness and drive adoption of our products;

 

   

product development, including investments in our product development team and the development of new products and new functionality for our platform as well as investments in further optimizing our existing products and infrastructure;

 

   

acquisitions or strategic investments;

 

14


Table of Contents
   

international expansion; and

 

   

general administration, including increased legal and accounting expenses associated with being a public company.

These investments may not result in increased revenue growth in our business. If we are unable to maintain or increase our revenue at a rate sufficient to offset the expected increase in our costs, our business, financial position, and results of operations will be harmed, and we may not be able to achieve or maintain profitability over the long term. Additionally, we may encounter unforeseen operating expenses, difficulties, complications, delays, and other unknown factors that may result in losses in future periods. If our revenue growth does not meet our expectations in future periods, our business, financial position and results of operations may be harmed, and we may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.

We have a history of operating losses and may not achieve or sustain profitability in the future.

We have experienced net losses in each period since inception. We generated net (loss) income of $(2.6) million, $(10.8) million, $0.3 million and $(9.5) million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. As of March 31, 2019, we had an accumulated deficit of $116.4 million. While we have experienced significant revenue growth in recent periods, we are not certain whether or when we will obtain a high enough volume of sales to sustain or increase our growth or achieve or maintain profitability in the future. We also expect our costs and expenses to increase in future periods, which could negatively affect our future results of operations if our revenue does not increase. In particular, we intend to continue to expend significant funds to further develop our platform, including by introducing new products and functionality, and to expand our inside and field sales teams and customer success team to drive new customer adoption, expand use cases and integrations, and support international expansion. We will also face increased compliance costs associated with growth, the expansion of our customer base, and being a public company. Our efforts to grow our business may be costlier than we expect, or the rate of our growth in revenue may be slower than we expect, and we may not be able to increase our revenue enough to offset our increased operating expenses. We may incur significant losses in the future for a number of reasons, including the other risks described herein, and unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications or delays, and other unknown events. If we are unable to achieve and sustain profitability, the value of our business and Class A common stock may significantly decrease.

We have a limited operating history, which makes it difficult to forecast our future results of operations.

We were founded in June 2010. As a result of our limited operating history, our ability to accurately forecast our future results of operations is limited and subject to a number of uncertainties, including our ability to plan for and model future growth. Our historical revenue growth should not be considered indicative of our future performance. Further, in future periods, our revenue growth could slow or our revenue could decline for a number of reasons, including slowing demand for our products, increasing competition, changes to technology, a decrease in the growth of our overall market, or our failure, for any reason, to continue to take advantage of growth opportunities. We have also encountered, and will continue to encounter, risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly changing industries, such as the risks and uncertainties described in this prospectus. If our assumptions regarding these risks and uncertainties and our future revenue growth are incorrect or change, or if we do not address these risks successfully, our operating and financial results could differ materially from our expectations, and our business could suffer.

Our business depends on our existing customers purchasing additional subscriptions and products from us and renewing their subscriptions. Any decline in our dollar-based net retention rate would harm our future operating results.

Our future success depends in part on our ability to sell additional subscriptions and products to our existing customers, and our customers renewing their subscriptions when the contract term expires. The terms of our

 

15


Table of Contents

subscription agreements are primarily monthly or annual, with some quarterly, semi-annual and multi-year. Our customers have no obligation to renew their subscriptions for our products after the expiration of their subscription period. In order for us to maintain or improve our results of operations, it is important that our customers renew or expand their subscriptions with us. We cannot accurately predict our dollar-based net retention rate given the diversity of our customer base, in terms of size, industry and geography. Our dollar-based net retention rate may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including business strength or weakness of our customers, customer usage, customer satisfaction with our products and platform capabilities and customer support, our prices, the capabilities and prices of competing products, mergers and acquisitions affecting our customer base, consolidation of affiliates’ multiple paid business accounts into a single paid business account, the effects of global economic conditions, or reductions in our customers’ spending on IT solutions or their spending levels generally. These factors may also be exacerbated if, consistent with our growth strategy, our customer base continues to grow to encompass larger enterprises, which may also require more sophisticated and costly sales efforts. If our customers do not purchase additional subscriptions and products from us or our customers fail to renew their subscriptions, our revenue may decline and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be harmed.

If we are unable to attract new customers, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected.

To increase our revenue, we must continue to attract new customers. Our success will depend to a substantial extent on the widespread adoption of our platform and products as an alternative to existing solutions. Many enterprises have invested substantial personnel and financial resources to integrate traditional on-premise architectures into their businesses and, therefore, may be reluctant or unwilling to migrate to cloud computing. Further, the adoption of SaaS business software may be slower in industries with heightened data security interests or business practices requiring highly-customizable application software. In addition, as our market matures, our products evolve, and competitors introduce lower cost or differentiated products that are perceived to compete with our platform and products, our ability to sell subscriptions for our products could be impaired. Similarly, our subscription sales could be adversely affected if customers or users within these organizations perceive that features incorporated into competitive products reduce the need for our products or if they prefer to purchase other products that are bundled with solutions offered by other companies that operate in adjacent markets and compete with our products. As a result of these and other factors, we may be unable to attract new customers, which may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Failure to effectively develop and expand our sales and marketing capabilities could harm our ability to increase our customer base and achieve broader market acceptance of our products.

Our ability to increase our customer base and achieve broader market acceptance of our products and platform capabilities will depend to a significant extent on our ability to expand our sales and marketing organization. We plan to continue expanding our direct sales force, both domestically and internationally. We also plan to dedicate significant resources to sales and marketing programs. All of these efforts will require us to invest significant financial and other resources, including in channels in which we have limited or no experience to date. Our business and results of operations will be harmed if our sales and marketing efforts do not generate significant increases in revenue or increases in revenue that are smaller than anticipated. We may not achieve anticipated revenue growth from expanding our sales force if we are unable to hire, develop, integrate and retain talented and effective sales personnel, if our new and existing sales personnel, on the whole, are unable to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, or if our sales and marketing programs are not effective.

 

16


Table of Contents

If we or our third-party service providers experience a security breach or unauthorized parties otherwise obtain access to our customers’ data, our data or our platform, our solution may be perceived as not being secure, our reputation may be harmed, demand for our platform and products may be reduced, and we may incur significant liabilities.

Our platform and products involve the storage and transmission of data, including personally identifiable information, and security breaches or unauthorized access to our platform and products could result in the loss of our or our customers’ data, litigation, indemnity obligations, fines, penalties, disputes, investigations and other liabilities. We have previously and may in the future become the target of cyber-attacks by third parties seeking unauthorized access to our or our customers’ data or to disrupt our ability to provide our services. For example, in July 2016 an unidentified third party gained unauthorized access to, and exfiltrated data from, certain of our infrastructure resources, including a database that stored our customers’ credentials for our platform and for third-party integrations. Some of the customer credentials accessed and exfiltrated included confidential and personal information. As a precautionary measure, we reset customer passwords and instructed customers to revoke credentials that had been shared with us. While we have taken steps to protect the confidential and personal information that we have access to, our security measures or those of our third-party service providers that store or otherwise process certain of our and our customers’ data on our behalf could be breached or we could suffer a loss of our or our customers’ data. Our ability to monitor our third-party service providers’ data security is limited. Cyber-attacks, computer malware, viruses, social engineering (including spear phishing and ransomware attacks), and general hacking have become more prevalent in our industry, particularly against cloud services. In addition, we do not directly control content that our customers store in our products. If our customers use our products for the transmission or storage of personally identifiable information and our security measures are or are believed to have been breached as a result of third-party action, employee error, malfeasance or otherwise, our reputation could be damaged, our business may suffer, and we could incur significant liability. In addition, our remediation efforts may not be successful.

We also process, store and transmit our own data as part of our business and operations. This data may include personally identifiable, confidential or proprietary information. There can be no assurance that any security measures that we or our third-party service providers have implemented will be effective against current or future security threats. While we have developed systems and processes to protect the integrity, confidentiality and security of our and our customers’ data, our security measures or those of our third-party service providers could fail and result in unauthorized access to or disclosure, modification, misuse, loss or destruction of such data.

Because there are many different security breach techniques and such techniques continue to evolve, we may be unable to anticipate attempted security breaches, react in a timely manner or implement adequate preventative measures. Third parties may also conduct attacks designed to temporarily deny customers access to our cloud services. Any security breach or other security incident, or the perception that one has occurred, could result in a loss of customer confidence in the security of our platform and damage to our brand, reduce the demand for our products, disrupt normal business operations, require us to spend material resources to investigate or correct the breach and to prevent future security breaches and incidents, expose us to legal liabilities, including litigation, regulatory enforcement, and indemnity obligations, and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These risks are likely to increase as we continue to grow and process, store, and transmit increasingly large amounts of data.

We use third-party technology and systems in a variety of contexts, including, without limitation, encryption and authentication technology, employee email, content delivery to customers, back-office support, credit card processing and other functions. Although we have developed systems and processes that are designed to protect customer data and prevent data loss and other security breaches, including systems and processes designed to reduce the impact of a security breach at a third-party service provider, such measures cannot provide absolute security.

 

17


Table of Contents

Additionally, we cannot be certain that our insurance coverage will be adequate for data security liabilities actually incurred, will cover any indemnification claims against us relating to any incident, will continue to be available to us on economically reasonable terms, or at all, or that any insurer will not deny coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceed available insurance coverage, or the occurrence of changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, could adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

Interruptions or performance problems associated with our products and platform capabilities may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our continued growth depends in part on the ability of our existing and potential customers to access our products and platform capabilities at any time and within an acceptable amount of time. We have experienced, and may in the future experience, disruptions, outages, and other performance problems due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, introductions of new functionality, human or software errors, capacity constraints due to an overwhelming number of users accessing our products and platform capabilities simultaneously, denial of service attacks, or other security-related incidents.

It may become increasingly difficult to maintain and improve our performance, especially during peak usage times and as our products and platform capabilities become more complex and our user traffic increases. If our products and platform capabilities are unavailable or if our users are unable to access our products and platform capabilities within a reasonable amount of time or at all, we may experience a loss of customers, lost or delayed market acceptance of our platform and products, delays in payment to us by customers, injury to our reputation and brand, legal claims against us, and the diversion of our resources. In addition, to the extent that we do not effectively address capacity constraints, upgrade our systems as needed and continually develop our technology and network architecture to accommodate actual and anticipated changes in technology, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

If we fail to adapt and respond effectively to rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards, changing regulations, or to changing customer needs, requirements or preferences, our platform and products may become less competitive.

Our ability to attract new users and customers and increase revenue from existing customers depends in large part on our ability to enhance and improve our existing products, increase adoption and usage of our products, and introduce new products and capabilities. The market in which we compete is relatively new and subject to rapid technological change, evolving industry standards, and changing regulations, as well as changing customer needs, requirements and preferences. The success of our business will depend, in part, on our ability to adapt and respond effectively to these changes on a timely basis. If we were unable to enhance our products and platform capabilities that keep pace with rapid technological and regulatory change, or if new technologies emerge that are able to deliver competitive products at lower prices, more efficiently, more conveniently, or more securely than our products, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

The success of our platform depends, in part, on its ability to be deployed in a self-service installation process. We currently offer more than 350 out-of-the-box integrations to assist customers in deploying Datadog, and we need to continuously modify and enhance our products to adapt to changes and innovation in existing and new technologies to maintain and grow our integrations. We expect that the number of integrations we will need to support will continue to expand as developers adopt new software platforms, and we will have to develop new versions of our products to work with those new platforms. This development effort may require significant engineering, sales and marketing resources, all of which would adversely affect our business. Any failure of our products to operate effectively with future infrastructure platforms and technologies could reduce the demand for our products. If we are unable to respond to these changes in a cost-effective manner, our products may become less marketable and less competitive or obsolete, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

18


Table of Contents

The markets in which we participate are competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.

Our unified platform combines functionality from numerous traditional product categories, and hence we compete in each of these categories with home-grown and open-source technologies, as well as a number of different vendors. With respect to on-premise infrastructure monitoring, we compete with diversified technology companies and systems management vendors including IBM, Microsoft Corporation, Micro Focus International plc, BMC Software, Inc. and Computer Associates International, Inc. With respect to APM, we compete with Cisco Systems, Inc., New Relic, Inc. and Dynatrace Software Inc. With respect to log management, we compete with Splunk Inc. and Elastic N.V. With respect to cloud monitoring, we compete with native solutions from cloud providers such as Amazon.com, Inc. (Amazon Web Services, or AWS), Alphabet Inc. (Google Cloud Platform, or GCP) and Microsoft Corporation (Microsoft Azure). In addition, we may increasingly choose to allow these third-party hosting providers to offer our solutions directly through their customer marketplaces. An increasing number of sales through cloud provider marketplaces could reduce both the number of customers with whom we have direct commercial relationships as well as our profit margins on sales made through such marketplaces.

With the introduction of new technologies and market entrants, we expect that the competitive environment will remain intense going forward. Some of our actual and potential competitors have been acquired by other larger enterprises and have made or may make acquisitions or may enter into partnerships or other strategic relationships that may provide more comprehensive offerings than they individually had offered or achieve greater economies of scale than us. In addition, new entrants not currently considered to be competitors may enter the market through acquisitions, partnerships or strategic relationships. As we look to market and sell our products and platform capabilities to potential customers with existing internal solutions, we must convince their internal stakeholders that our products and platform capabilities are superior to their current solutions.

We compete on the basis of a number of factors, including:

 

   

ability to provide unified, real-time observability of IT environments;

 

   

ability to operate in dynamic and elastic environments;

 

   

extensibility across the enterprise, including development, operations and business users;

 

   

propensity to enable collaboration between development, operations and business users;

 

   

ability to monitor any combination of public clouds, private clouds, on-premise and multi-cloud hybrids;

 

   

ability to provide advanced analytics and machine learning;

 

   

ease of deployment, implementation and use;

 

   

breadth of offering and key technology integrations;

 

   

performance, security, scalability and reliability;

 

   

quality of service and customer satisfaction;

 

   

total cost of ownership; and

 

   

brand recognition and reputation.

Our competitors vary in size and in the breadth and scope of the products offered. Many of our competitors and potential competitors have greater name recognition, longer operating histories, more established customer relationships and installed customer bases, larger marketing budgets and greater resources than we do. Further, other potential competitors not currently offering competitive solutions may expand their product or service offerings to compete with our products and platform capabilities, or our current and potential competitors may

 

19


Table of Contents

establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties that may further enhance their resources and product offerings in our addressable market. Our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards, and customer requirements. An existing competitor or new entrant could introduce new technology that reduces demand for our products and platform capabilities. In addition to product and technology competition, we face pricing competition. Some of our competitors offer their solutions at a lower price, which has resulted in, and may continue to result in, pricing pressures.

For all of these reasons, we may not be able to compete successfully against our current or future competitors, and this competition could result in the failure of our platform to continue to achieve or maintain market acceptance, any of which would harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

We may not be able to successfully manage our growth, and if we are not able to grow efficiently, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.

As usage of our platform capabilities grow, we will need to devote additional resources to improving and maintaining our infrastructure and integrating with third-party applications. In addition, we will need to appropriately scale our internal business systems and our services organization, including customer support and professional services, to serve our growing customer base. Any failure of or delay in these efforts could result in impaired system performance and reduced customer satisfaction, resulting in decreased sales to new customers, lower dollar-based net retention rates, the issuance of service credits or requested refunds, which would hurt our revenue growth and our reputation. Further, any failure in optimizing our spend on third-party cloud services as we scale could negatively impact our gross margins. Even if we are successful in our expansion efforts, they will be expensive and complex, and require the dedication of significant management time and attention. We could also face inefficiencies or service disruptions as a result of our efforts to scale our internal infrastructure. We cannot be sure that the expansion of and improvements to our internal infrastructure will be effectively implemented on a timely basis, if at all, and such failures could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely upon third-party providers of cloud-based infrastructure to host our products. Any disruption in the operations of these third-party providers, limitations on capacity or interference with our use could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We outsource substantially all of the infrastructure relating to our cloud solution to third-party hosting services. Customers of our cloud-based products need to be able to access our platform at any time, without interruption or degradation of performance, and we provide them with service-level commitments with respect to uptime. Our cloud-based products depend on protecting the virtual cloud infrastructure hosted by third-party hosting services by maintaining its configuration, architecture, features and interconnection specifications, as well as the information stored in these virtual data centers, which is transmitted by third-party internet service providers. Any limitation on the capacity of our third-party hosting services could impede our ability to onboard new customers or expand the usage of our existing customers, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, any incident affecting our third-party hosting services’ infrastructure that may be caused by cyber-attacks, natural disasters, fire, flood, severe storm, earthquake, power loss, telecommunications failures, terrorist or other attacks, and other similar events beyond our control could negatively affect our cloud-based products. A prolonged service disruption affecting our cloud-based solution for any of the foregoing reasons would negatively impact our ability to serve our customers and could damage our reputation with current and potential customers, expose us to liability, cause us to lose customers or otherwise harm our business. We may also incur significant costs for using alternative equipment or taking other actions in preparation for, or in reaction to, events that damage the third-party hosting services we use.

In the event that our service agreements with our third-party hosting services are terminated, or there is a lapse of service, elimination of services or features that we utilize, interruption of internet service provider

 

20


Table of Contents

connectivity or damage to such facilities, we could experience interruptions in access to our platform as well as significant delays and additional expense in arranging or creating new facilities and services and/or re-architecting our cloud solution for deployment on a different cloud infrastructure service provider, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We offer free trials and a free tier of our platform to drive developer awareness of our products, and encourage usage and adoption. If these marketing strategies fail to lead to customers purchasing paid subscriptions, our ability to grow our revenue will be adversely affected.

To encourage awareness, usage, familiarity and adoption of our platform and products, we offer free trials and a free tier of our platform. These strategies may not be successful in leading customers to purchase our products. Many users of our free tier may not lead to others within their organization purchasing and deploying our platform and products. To the extent that users do not become, or we are unable to successfully attract paying customers, we will not realize the intended benefits of these marketing strategies and our ability to grow our revenue will be adversely affected.

We expect fluctuations in our financial results, making it difficult to project future results, and if we fail to meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors with respect to our results of operations, our stock price and the value of your investment could decline.

Our results of operations have fluctuated in the past and are expected to fluctuate in the future due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. As a result, our past results may not be indicative of our future performance. In addition to the other risks described herein, factors that may affect our results of operations include the following:

 

   

fluctuations in demand for or pricing of our platform and products;

 

   

fluctuations in usage of our platform and products;

 

   

our ability to attract new customers;

 

   

our ability to retain our existing customers;

 

   

customer expansion rates and the pricing and quantity of subscriptions renewed;

 

   

the pricing of subscriptions from customers in our cloud-provider marketplaces;

 

   

timing and amount of our investments to expand the capacity of our third-party cloud infrastructure providers;

 

   

seasonality driven by industry conferences;

 

   

the investment in new products and features relative to investments in our existing infrastructure and products;

 

   

the timing of our customer purchases;

 

   

fluctuations or delays in purchasing decisions in anticipation of new products or enhancements by us or our competitors;

 

   

changes in customers’ budgets and in the timing of their budget cycles and purchasing decisions;

 

   

our ability to control costs, including our operating expenses;

 

   

the amount and timing of payment for operating expenses, particularly research and development and sales and marketing expenses, including commissions;

 

   

the amount and timing of non-cash expenses, including stock-based compensation, goodwill impairments and other non-cash charges;

 

21


Table of Contents
   

the amount and timing of costs associated with recruiting, training and integrating new employees and retaining and motivating existing employees;

 

   

the effects of acquisitions and their integration;

 

   

general economic conditions, both domestically and internationally, as well as economic conditions specifically affecting industries in which our customers participate;

 

   

the impact of new accounting pronouncements;

 

   

changes in regulatory or legal environments that may cause us to incur, among other elements, expenses associated with compliance;

 

   

changes in the competitive dynamics of our market, including consolidation among competitors or customers; and

 

   

significant security breaches of, technical difficulties with, or interruptions to, the delivery and use of our products and platform capabilities.

Any of these and other factors, or the cumulative effect of some of these factors, may cause our results of operations to vary significantly. If our quarterly results of operations fall below the expectations of investors and securities analysts who follow our stock, the price of our Class A common stock could decline substantially, and we could face costly lawsuits, including securities class action suits.

Seasonality may cause fluctuations in our sales and results of operations.

Historically, we have experienced seasonality in new customer bookings, as we typically we enter into a higher percentage of subscription agreements with new customers and renewals with existing customers in the fourth quarter of the year. We believe that this results from the procurement, budgeting, and deployment cycles of many of our customers, particularly our enterprise customers. We expect that this seasonality will continue to affect our bookings and our results of operations in the future, and might become more pronounced as we continue to target larger enterprise customers.

Downturns or upturns in our sales may not be immediately reflected in our financial position and results of operations.

Because we recognize the majority of our revenue ratably over the term of the subscription agreement, any decreases in new subscriptions or renewals in any one period may not be immediately reflected as a decrease in revenue for that period, but could negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. This also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our revenue through the sale of additional subscriptions in any period, as revenue is recognized over the term of the subscription agreement. In addition, fluctuations in monthly subscriptions based on usage could affect our revenue on a period-over-period basis. If our quarterly results of operations fall below the expectations of investors and securities analysts who follow our stock, the price of our Class A common stock would decline substantially, and we could face costly lawsuits, including securities class actions.

We target enterprise customers, and sales to these customers involve risks that may not be present or that are present to a lesser extent with sales to smaller entities.

We have a field sales team that targets enterprise customers. As of June 30, 2019, we had approximately 590 customers with an ARR of $100,000 or more, and 42 customers with an ARR of $1.0 million or more. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for a description of ARR. Sales to large customers involve risks that may not be present or that are present to a lesser extent with sales to smaller entities, such as longer sales cycles, more complex customer requirements, substantial upfront sales costs, and less predictability in completing some of our sales. For example, enterprise customers may require considerable time to evaluate and test our solutions and those of our competitors prior to

 

22


Table of Contents

making a purchase decision and placing an order. A number of factors influence the length and variability of our sales cycle, including the need to educate potential customers about the uses and benefits of our solutions, the discretionary nature of purchasing and budget cycles, and the competitive nature of evaluation and purchasing approval processes. As a result, the length of our sales cycle, from identification of the opportunity to deal closure, may vary significantly from customer to customer, with sales to large enterprises typically taking longer to complete. Moreover, large enterprise customers often begin to deploy our products on a limited basis, but nevertheless demand configuration, integration services and pricing negotiations, which increase our upfront investment in the sales effort with no guarantee that these customers will deploy our products widely enough across their organization to justify our substantial upfront investment.

If we fail to retain and motivate members of our management team or other key employees, or fail to attract additional qualified personnel to support our operations, our business and future growth prospects would be harmed.

Our success and future growth depend largely upon the continued services of our executive officers, particularly Olivier Pomel, our co-founder and Chief Executive Officer, Alexis Lê-Quôc, our co-founder, President and Chief Technology Officer, and David Obstler, our Chief Financial Officer, as well as our other key employees in the areas of research and development and sales and marketing functions. From time to time, there may be changes in our executive management team or other key employees resulting from the hiring or departure of these personnel. Our executive officers and other key employees are employed on an at-will basis, which means that these personnel could terminate their employment with us at any time. The loss of one or more of our executive officers, or the failure by our executive team to effectively work with our employees and lead our company, could harm our business. We also are dependent on the continued service of our existing software engineers because of the complexity of our products and platform capabilities.

In addition, to execute our growth plan, we must attract and retain highly qualified personnel. Competition for these personnel is intense, especially for engineers experienced in designing and developing SaaS applications and experienced sales professionals. If we are unable to attract such personnel in cities where we are located, we may need to hire in other locations which may add to the complexity and costs of our business operations. From time to time, we have experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and retaining employees with appropriate qualifications. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have. If we hire employees from competitors or other companies, their former employers may attempt to assert that these employees or we have breached their legal obligations, resulting in a diversion of our time and resources. In addition, prospective and existing employees often consider the value of the equity awards they receive in connection with their employment. If the perceived value of our equity awards declines, experiences significant volatility, or increases such that prospective employees believe there is limited upside to the value of our equity awards, it may adversely affect our ability to recruit and retain key employees. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our business and future growth prospects would be harmed.

If we fail to maintain and enhance our brand, our ability to expand our customer base will be impaired and our business, financial condition and results of operations may suffer.

We believe that maintaining and enhancing the Datadog brand is important to support the marketing and sale of our existing and future products to new customers and expand sales of our platform and products to existing customers. We also believe that the importance of brand recognition will increase as competition in our market increases. Successfully maintaining and enhancing our brand will depend largely on the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, our ability to provide reliable products that continue to meet the needs of our customers at competitive prices, our ability to maintain our customers’ trust, our ability to continue to develop new functionality and use cases, and our ability to successfully differentiate our products and platform capabilities from competitive products. Our brand promotion activities may not generate customer awareness or yield increased revenue, and even if they do, any increased revenue may not offset the expenses we incur in building

 

23


Table of Contents

our brand. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand, our business, financial condition and results of operations may suffer.

If we cannot maintain our company culture as we grow, our success and our business and competitive position may be harmed.

We believe our culture has been a key contributor to our success to date and that the critical nature of the platform that we provide promotes a sense of greater purpose and fulfillment in our employees. Any failure to preserve our culture could negatively affect our ability to retain and recruit personnel, which is critical to our growth, and to effectively focus on and pursue our corporate objectives. As we grow and develop the infrastructure of a public company, we may find it difficult to maintain these important aspects of our culture. If we fail to maintain our company culture, our business and competitive position may be harmed.

The market for our solutions may develop more slowly or differently than we expect.

It is difficult to predict customer adoption rates and demand for our products, the entry of competitive products or the future growth rate and size of the cloud-based software and SaaS business software markets. The expansion of these markets depends on a number of factors, including: the cost, performance, and perceived value associated with cloud-based and SaaS business software as an alternative to legacy systems, as well as the ability of cloud-based software and SaaS providers to address heightened data security and privacy concerns. If we have a security incident or other cloud-based software and SaaS providers experience security incidents, loss of customer data, disruptions in delivery or other similar problems, which is an increasing focus of the public and investors in recent years, the market for these applications as a whole, including our platform and products, may be negatively affected. If cloud-based and SaaS business software does not continue to achieve market acceptance, or there is a reduction in demand caused by a lack of customer acceptance, technological challenges, weakening economic conditions, data security or privacy concerns, governmental regulation, competing technologies and products, or decreases in information technology spending or otherwise, the market for our platform and products might not continue to develop or might develop more slowly than we expect, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

The estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate. Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts included in this prospectus, including those we have generated ourselves, are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate, including the risks described herein. Even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

The variables that go into the calculation of our market opportunity are subject to change over time, and there is no guarantee that any particular number or percentage of addressable users or companies covered by our market opportunity estimates will purchase our products at all or generate any particular level of revenue for us. Any expansion in our market depends on a number of factors, including the cost, performance, and perceived value associated with our platform and those of our competitors. Even if the market in which we compete meets the size estimates and growth forecasted in this prospectus, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all. Our growth is subject to many factors, including our success in implementing our business strategy, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, the forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus should not be taken as indicative of our future growth.

 

24


Table of Contents

We typically provide service-level commitments under our subscription agreements. If we fail to meet these contractual commitments, we could be obligated to provide credits for future service or face subscription termination with refunds of prepaid amounts, which would lower our revenue and harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our subscription agreements typically contain service-level commitments. If we are unable to meet the stated service-level commitments, including failure to meet the uptime and response time requirements under our customer subscription agreements, we may be contractually obligated to provide these customers with service credits which could significantly affect our revenue in the periods in which the failure occurs and the credits are applied. We could also face subscription terminations and a reduction in renewals, which could significantly affect both our current and future revenue. Any service-level failures could also damage our reputation, which could also adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Indemnity provisions in various agreements to which we are party potentially expose us to substantial liability for infringement, misappropriation or other violation of intellectual property rights, data protection and other losses.

Our agreements with our customers and other third parties may include indemnification provisions under which we agree to indemnify or otherwise be liable to them for losses suffered or incurred as a result of claims of infringement, misappropriation or other violation of intellectual property rights, data protection, damages caused by us to property or persons, or other liabilities relating to or arising from our software, services, platform, our acts or omissions under such agreements or other contractual obligations. Some of these indemnity agreements provide for uncapped liability and some indemnity provisions survive termination or expiration of the applicable agreement. Large indemnity payments could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Although we attempt to contractually limit our liability with respect to such indemnity obligations, we are not always successful and may still incur substantial liability related to them, and we may be required to cease use of certain functions of our platform or products as a result of any such claims. Any dispute with a customer or other third party with respect to such obligations could have adverse effects on our relationship with such customer or other third party and other existing or prospective customers, reduce demand for our products and services and adversely affect our business, financial conditions and results of operations. In addition, although we carry general liability insurance, our insurance may not be adequate to indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed or otherwise protect us from liabilities or damages with respect to claims alleging compromises of customer data, and any such coverage may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms or at all.

If we fail to offer high-quality support, our reputation could suffer.

Our customers rely on our customer support personnel to resolve issues and realize the full benefits that our platform provides. High-quality support is also important for the renewal and expansion of our subscriptions with existing customers. The importance of our support function will increase as we expand our business and pursue new customers. If we do not help our customers quickly resolve issues and provide effective ongoing support, our ability to maintain and expand our subscriptions to existing and new customers could suffer, and our reputation with existing or potential customers could suffer.

Acquisitions, strategic investments, partnerships, or alliances could be difficult to identify, pose integration challenges, divert the attention of management, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value, and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have in the past and may in the future seek to acquire or invest in businesses, joint ventures, products and platform capabilities, or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our services and platform capabilities, enhance our technical capabilities, or otherwise offer growth opportunities. Further, our anticipated proceeds from this offering increase the likelihood that we will devote resources to exploring larger and more complex acquisitions and investments than we have previously attempted. Any such acquisition or investment

 

25


Table of Contents

may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable opportunities, whether or not the transactions are completed, and may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures. In particular, we may encounter difficulties assimilating or integrating the businesses, technologies, products and platform capabilities, personnel or operations of any acquired companies, particularly if the key personnel of an acquired company choose not to work for us, their software is not easily adapted to work with our platform, or we have difficulty retaining the customers of any acquired business due to changes in ownership, management or otherwise. These transactions may also disrupt our business, divert our resources, and require significant management attention that would otherwise be available for development of our existing business. Any such transactions that we are able to complete may not result in any synergies or other benefits we had expected to achieve, which could result in impairment charges that could be substantial. In addition, we may not be able to find and identify desirable acquisition targets or business opportunities or be successful in entering into an agreement with any particular strategic partner. These transactions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, if the resulting business from such a transaction fails to meet our expectations, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected or we may be exposed to unknown risks or liabilities.

We are subject to stringent and changing privacy laws, regulations and standards, information security policies and contractual obligations related to data privacy and security. Our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could harm our business.

We have legal and contractual obligations regarding the protection of confidentiality and appropriate use of personally identifiable information. We are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and international laws, directives and regulations relating to the collection, use, retention, security, disclosure, transfer and other processing of personally identifiable information. The regulatory framework for privacy and security issues worldwide is rapidly evolving and as a result implementation standards and enforcement practices are likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future. We publicly post documentation regarding our practices concerning the collection, processing, use and disclosure of data. Although we endeavor to comply with our published policies and documentation, we may at times fail to do so or be alleged to have failed to do so. The publication of our privacy policy and other documentation that provide promises and assurances about privacy and security can subject us to potential state and federal action if they are found to be deceptive, unfair, or misrepresentative of our actual practices. Any failure by us, our suppliers or other parties with whom we do business to comply with this documentation or with federal, state, local or international regulations could result in proceedings against us by governmental entities or others. In many jurisdictions, enforcement actions and consequences for noncompliance are rising. In the United States, these include enforcement actions in response to rules and regulations promulgated under the authority of federal agencies and state attorneys general and legislatures and consumer protection agencies. In addition, privacy advocates and industry groups have regularly proposed, and may propose in the future, self-regulatory standards with which we must legally comply or that contractually apply to us. If we fail to follow these security standards even if no customer information is compromised, we may incur significant fines or experience a significant increase in costs.

Internationally, virtually every jurisdiction in which we operate has established its own data security and privacy legal framework with which we or our customers must comply, including but not limited to the European Union, or EU. The EU’s data protection landscape is currently unstable, resulting in possible significant operational costs for internal compliance and risk to our business. The EU has adopted the General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, which went into effect in May 2018 and contains numerous requirements and changes from previously existing EU law, including more robust obligations on data processors and heavier documentation requirements for data protection compliance programs by companies. Among other requirements, the GDPR regulates transfers of personal data subject to the GDPR to third countries that have not been found to provide adequate protection to such personal data, including the United States. While we have taken steps to mitigate the impact on us with respect to transfers of data, such as implementing standard contractual clauses and self-certifying under the EU-US Privacy Shield, the efficacy and longevity of these transfer mechanisms remains

 

26


Table of Contents

uncertain. The GDPR also introduced numerous privacy-related changes for companies operating in the EU, including greater control for data subjects (including, for example, the “right to be forgotten”), increased data portability for EU consumers, data breach notification requirements and increased fines. In particular, under the GDPR, fines of up to 20 million euros or up to 4% of the annual global revenue of the noncompliant company, whichever is greater, could be imposed for violations of certain of the GDPR’s requirements. Such penalties are in addition to any civil litigation claims by customers and data subjects. The GDPR requirements apply not only to third-party transactions, but also to transfers of information between us and our subsidiaries, including employee information.

In addition to the GDPR, the European Commission has another draft regulation in the approval process that focuses on a person’s right to conduct a private life (in contrast to the GDPR, which focuses on protection of personal data). The proposed legislation, known as the Regulation on Privacy and Electronic Communications, or ePrivacy Regulation, would replace the current ePrivacy Directive. Originally planned to be adopted and implemented at the same time as the GDPR, the ePrivacy Regulation will likely be enacted sometime in 2019. While the new legislation contains protections for those using communications services (for example, protections against online tracking technologies), the timing of its proposed enactment following the GDPR means that additional time and effort may need to be spent addressing differences between the ePrivacy Regulation and the GDPR. New rules related to the ePrivacy Regulation are likely to include enhanced consent requirements in order to use communications content and communications metadata, which may negatively impact our platform and products and our relationships with our customers.

Complying with the GDPR and the ePrivacy Regulation, when it becomes effective, may cause us to incur substantial operational costs or require us to change our business practices. Despite our efforts to bring practices into compliance before the effective date of the GDPR and ePrivacy Regulation, we may not be successful in our efforts to achieve compliance either due to internal or external factors such as resource allocation limitations or a lack of vendor cooperation. Non-compliance could result in proceedings against us by governmental entities, customers, data subjects or others. We may also experience difficulty retaining or obtaining new European or multi-national customers due to the legal requirements, compliance cost, potential risk exposure, and uncertainty for these entities, and we may experience significantly increased liability with respect to these customers pursuant to the terms set forth in our engagements with them. While we utilize a data center in the European Economic Area to maintain certain customer data (which may include personal data) originating from the EU in the European Economic Area, we may find it necessary to establish additional systems and processes to maintain such data in the European Economic Area, which may involve substantial expense and distraction from other aspects of our business.

Domestic laws in this area are also complex and developing rapidly. Many state legislatures have adopted legislation that regulates how businesses operate online, including measures relating to privacy, data security and data breaches. Laws in all 50 states require businesses to provide notice to customers whose personally identifiable information has been disclosed as a result of a data breach. The laws are not consistent, and compliance in the event of a widespread data breach is costly. States are also constantly amending existing laws, requiring attention to frequently changing regulatory requirements. Further, California recently enacted the California Consumer Privacy Act, or CCPA, which is expected to take effect on January 1, 2020. The CCPA gives California residents expanded rights to access and delete their personal information, opt out of certain personal information sharing, and receive detailed information about how their personal information is used. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that is expected to increase data breach litigation. The CCPA may increase our compliance costs and potential liability. Some observers have noted that the CCPA could mark the beginning of a trend toward more stringent privacy legislation in the United States, which could increase our potential liability and adversely affect our business.

Because the interpretation and application of many privacy and data protection laws along with contractually imposed industry standards are uncertain, it is possible that these laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our existing data management practices or the features of our

 

27


Table of Contents

products and platform capabilities. If so, in addition to the possibility of fines, lawsuits, regulatory investigations, imprisonment of company officials and public censure, other claims and penalties, significant costs for remediation and damage to our reputation, we could be required to fundamentally change our business activities and practices or modify our products and platform capabilities, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business. Any inability to adequately address privacy and security concerns, even if unfounded, or comply with applicable privacy and data security laws, regulations, and policies, could result in additional cost and liability to us, damage our reputation, inhibit sales and adversely affect our business. Furthermore, the costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, the laws, regulations, and policies that are applicable to the businesses of our customers may limit the use and adoption of, and reduce the overall demand for, our products. Privacy and data security concerns, whether valid or not valid, may inhibit market adoption of our products, particularly in certain industries and foreign countries. If we are not able to adjust to changing laws, regulations, and standards related to the internet, our business may be harmed.

We are subject to anti-corruption, anti-bribery, anti-money laundering, and similar laws, and non-compliance with such laws can subject us to criminal or civil liability and harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, U.S. domestic bribery laws, the UK Bribery Act, and other anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws in the countries in which we conduct activities. Anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws have been enforced aggressively in recent years and are interpreted broadly to generally prohibit companies, their employees and their third-party intermediaries from authorizing, offering, or providing, directly or indirectly, improper payments or benefits to recipients in the public or private sector. As we increase our international sales and business and sales to the public sector, we may engage with business partners and third-party intermediaries to market our products and to obtain necessary permits, licenses, and other regulatory approvals. In addition, we or our third-party intermediaries may have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or state-owned or affiliated entities. We can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of these third-party intermediaries, our employees, representatives, contractors, partners and agents, even if we do not explicitly authorize such activities.

While we have policies and procedures to address compliance with such laws, we cannot assure you that all of our employees and agents will not take actions in violation of our policies and applicable law, for which we may be ultimately held responsible. As we increase our international sales and business, our risks under these laws may increase.

Detecting, investigating, and resolving actual or alleged violations of anti-corruption laws can require a significant diversion of time, resources, and attention from senior management. In addition, noncompliance with anti-corruption, anti-bribery, or anti-money laundering laws could subject us to whistleblower complaints, investigations, sanctions, settlements, prosecution, enforcement actions, fines, damages, other civil or criminal penalties or injunctions, suspension or debarment from contracting with certain persons, reputational harm, adverse media coverage, and other collateral consequences. If any subpoenas or investigations are launched, or governmental or other sanctions are imposed, or if we do not prevail in any possible civil or criminal proceeding, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed. In addition, responding to any action will likely result in a materially significant diversion of management’s attention and resources and significant defense costs and other professional fees.

Sales to government entities and highly regulated organizations are subject to a number of challenges and risks.

We may sell to U.S. federal, state, and local, as well as foreign, governmental agency customers, as well as to customers in highly regulated industries such as financial services, telecommunications and healthcare. Sales to such entities are subject to a number of challenges and risks. Selling to such entities can be highly competitive,

 

28


Table of Contents

expensive, and time-consuming, often requiring significant upfront time and expense without any assurance that these efforts will generate a sale. Government contracting requirements may change and in doing so restrict our ability to sell into the government sector until we have attained the revised certification. Government demand and payment for our products are affected by public sector budgetary cycles and funding authorizations, with funding reductions or delays adversely affecting public sector demand for our products.

Further, governmental and highly regulated entities may demand contract terms that differ from our standard arrangements and are less favorable than terms agreed with private sector customers. Such entities may have statutory, contractual, or other legal rights to terminate contracts with us or our partners for convenience or for other reasons. Any such termination may adversely affect our ability to contract with other government customers as well as our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could impair our ability to compete in international markets or subject us to liability if we violate the controls.

Our platform and products are subject to U.S. export controls, including the Export Administration Regulations, and we incorporate encryption technology into certain of our products. These encryption products and the underlying technology may be exported outside of the United States only with the required export authorizations, including by license, a license exception, or other appropriate government authorizations, including the filing of an encryption classification request or self-classification report.

Furthermore, our activities are subject to U.S. economic sanctions laws and regulations administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control that prohibit the shipment of most products and services to embargoed jurisdictions or sanctioned parties without the required export authorizations. Additionally, the Trump administration has been critical of existing trade agreements and may impose more stringent export controls. Obtaining the necessary export license or other authorization for a particular sale may be time-consuming and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. Violations of U.S. sanctions or export control regulations can result in significant fines or penalties and possible incarceration for responsible employees and managers.

If our channel partners fail to obtain appropriate import, export, or re-export licenses or permits, we may also be adversely affected through reputational harm, as well as other negative consequences, including government investigations and penalties.

Also, various countries, in addition to the United States, regulate the import and export of certain encryption and other technology, including import and export licensing requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our products or could limit our end-customers’ ability to implement our products in those countries. Changes in our products or future changes in export and import regulations may create delays in the introduction of our platform in international markets, prevent our end-customers with international operations from deploying our platform globally or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our products to certain countries, governments, or persons altogether. From time to time, various governmental agencies have proposed additional regulation of encryption technology. Any change in export or import regulations, economic sanctions or related legislation, increased export and import controls, or change in the countries, governments, persons, or technologies targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of our platform by, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our products to, existing or potential end-customers with international operations. Any decreased use of our platform or limitation on our ability to export or sell our products would adversely affect our business, results of operations, and growth prospects.

Any failure to obtain, maintain, protect or enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights could impair our ability to protect our proprietary technology and our brand.

Our success depends to a significant degree on our ability to obtain, maintain, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights, including our proprietary technology, know-how and our brand. We rely on a

 

29


Table of Contents

combination of trademarks, trade secret laws, patents, copyrights, service marks, contractual restrictions, and other intellectual property laws and confidentiality procedures to establish and protect our proprietary rights. However, the steps we take to obtain, maintain, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights may be inadequate. We will not be able to protect our intellectual property rights if we are unable to enforce our rights or if we do not detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property rights. If we fail to protect our intellectual property rights adequately, our competitors may gain access to our proprietary technology and develop and commercialize substantially identical products, services or technologies, our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects may be harmed. In addition, defending our intellectual property rights might entail significant expense. Any patents, trademarks, or other intellectual property rights that we have or may obtain may be challenged or circumvented by others or invalidated or held unenforceable through administrative process, including re-examination, inter partes review, interference and derivation proceedings and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions (e.g., opposition proceedings) or litigation. Despite our pending U.S. patent applications, there can be no assurance that our patent applications will result in issued patents. Even if we continue to seek patent protection in the future, we may be unable to obtain or maintain patent protection for our technology. In addition, any patents issued from pending or future patent applications or licensed to us in the future may not provide us with competitive advantages, or may be successfully challenged by third parties. There may be issued patents of which we are not aware, held by third parties that, if found to be valid and enforceable, could be alleged to be infringed by our current or future technologies or products. There also may be pending patent applications of which we are not aware that may result in issued patents, which could be alleged to be infringed by our current or future technologies or products. Furthermore, legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability, and scope of protection of intellectual property rights are uncertain. Despite our precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy our products and platform capabilities and use information that we regard as proprietary to create products that compete with ours. Patent, trademark, copyright, and trade secret protection may not be available to us in every country in which our products are available. For example, as we have expanded internationally, we have been unable to register and obtain the right to use the Datadog trademark in certain jurisdictions, including in the EU, and as we continue to expand, we may face similar issues in other jurisdictions. The value of our intellectual property could diminish if others assert rights in or ownership of our trademarks and other intellectual property rights, or trademarks that are similar to our trademarks. We may be unable to successfully resolve these types of conflicts to our satisfaction. In some cases, litigation or other actions may be necessary to protect or enforce our trademarks and other intellectual property rights. Furthermore, third parties may assert intellectual property claims against us, and we may be subject to liability, required to enter into costly license agreements, or required to rebrand our products and/or prevented from selling some of our products if third parties successfully oppose or challenge our trademarks or successfully claim that we infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate their trademarks or other intellectual property rights. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries may not be as protective of intellectual property rights as those in the United States, and mechanisms for enforcement of intellectual property rights may be inadequate. As we expand our international activities, our exposure to unauthorized copying and use of our products and platform capabilities and proprietary information will likely increase. Moreover, policing unauthorized use of our technologies, trade secrets, and intellectual property may be difficult, expensive, and time-consuming, particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not be as protective of intellectual property rights as those in the United States and where mechanisms for enforcement of intellectual property rights may be weak. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may be unable to prevent third parties from infringing upon, misappropriating or otherwise violating our intellectual property rights.

We enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and consultants and enter into confidentiality agreements with other third parties, including suppliers and other partners. However, we cannot guarantee that we have entered into such agreements with each party that has or may have had access to our proprietary information, know-how and trade secrets. Moreover, no assurance can be given that these agreements will be effective in controlling access to, distribution, use, misuse, misappropriation, reverse engineering or disclosure of our proprietary information, know-how and trade secrets. Further, these agreements may not prevent our competitors from independently developing technologies that are substantially equivalent or

 

30


Table of Contents

superior to our products and platform capabilities. These agreements may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any such breach.

In order to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect our intellectual property rights. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights and to protect our trade secrets. Litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time-consuming, and distracting to management, and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Further, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims, and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights, and if such defenses, counterclaims or countersuits are successful, we could lose valuable intellectual property rights. Our inability to protect our proprietary technology against unauthorized copying or use, as well as any costly litigation or diversion of our management’s attention and resources, could delay further sales or the implementation of our products and platform capabilities, impair the functionality of our products and platform capabilities, delay introductions of new solutions, result in our substituting inferior or more costly technologies into our products, or injure our reputation.

We may become subject to intellectual property disputes, which are costly and may subject us to significant liability and increased costs of doing business.

We may become subject to intellectual property disputes. Our success depends, in part, on our ability to develop and commercialize our products and services without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property rights of third parties. However, we may not be aware that our products or services are infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating third-party intellectual property rights and such third parties may bring claims alleging such infringement, misappropriation or violation. Lawsuits are time-consuming and expensive to resolve and they divert management’s time and attention. The software industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, and other intellectual and proprietary rights. Companies in the software industry are often required to defend against litigation claims based on allegations of infringement, misappropriation or other violations of intellectual property rights. Our technologies may not be able to withstand any third-party claims against their use. In addition, many companies have the capability to dedicate substantially greater resources to enforce their intellectual property rights and to defend claims that may be brought against them. We do not currently have a large patent portfolio, which could prevent us from deterring patent infringement claims through our own patent portfolio, and our competitors and others may now and in the future have significantly larger and more mature patent portfolios than we have. Any litigation may also involve patent holding companies or other adverse patent owners that have no relevant product revenue, and therefore, our patent applications may provide little or no deterrence as we would not be able to assert them against such entities or individuals. If a third party is able to obtain an injunction preventing us from accessing such third-party intellectual property rights, or if we cannot license or develop alternative technology for any infringing aspect of our business, we would be forced to limit or stop sales of our products and platform capabilities or cease business activities related to such intellectual property. Although we carry general liability insurance, our insurance may not cover potential claims of this type or may not be adequate to indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed. We cannot predict the outcome of lawsuits and cannot ensure that the results of any such actions will not have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Any intellectual property litigation to which we might become a party, or for which we are required to provide indemnification, may require us to do one or more of the following:

 

   

cease selling or using products or services that incorporate the intellectual property rights that we allegedly infringe, misappropriate or violate;

 

   

make substantial payments for legal fees, settlement payments or other costs or damages;

 

   

obtain a license, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all, to sell or use the relevant technology; or

 

   

redesign the allegedly infringing products to avoid infringement, misappropriation or violation, which could be costly, time-consuming or impossible.

 

31


Table of Contents

Even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and harm our business and operating results. Moreover, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. We expect that the occurrence of infringement claims is likely to grow as the market for our platform and products grows. Accordingly, our exposure to damages resulting from infringement claims could increase and this could further exhaust our financial and management resources.

Any future litigation against us could be costly and time-consuming to defend.

We may become subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business, such as claims brought by our customers in connection with commercial disputes or employment claims made by our current or former employees. Litigation might result in substantial costs and may divert management’s attention and resources, which might seriously harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Insurance might not cover such claims, might not provide sufficient payments to cover all the costs to resolve one or more such claims, and might not continue to be available on terms acceptable to us. A claim brought against us that is uninsured or underinsured could result in unanticipated costs, potentially harming our business, financial position and results of operations.

We use open source software in our products, which could negatively affect our ability to sell our services or subject us to litigation or other actions.

We use open source software in our products and we expect to continue to incorporate open source software in our services in the future. Few of the licenses applicable to open source software have been interpreted by courts, and there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in a manner that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our products. Moreover, we cannot ensure that we have not incorporated additional open source software in our software in a manner that is inconsistent with the terms of the applicable license or our current policies and procedures. If we fail to comply with these licenses, we may be subject to certain requirements, including requirements that we offer our solutions that incorporate the open source software for no cost, that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon, incorporating or using the open source software and that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of applicable open source licenses. If an author or other third party that distributes such open source software were to allege that we had not complied with the conditions of one or more of these licenses, we could be required to incur significant legal expenses defending against such allegations and could be subject to significant damages, enjoined from the sale of our products that contained the open source software and required to comply with onerous conditions or restrictions on these products, which could disrupt the distribution and sale of these products. From time to time, there have been claims challenging the ownership rights in open source software against companies that incorporate it into their products and the licensors of such open source software provide no warranties or indemnities with respect to such claims. As a result, we and our customers could be subject to lawsuits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software. Litigation could be costly for us to defend, have a negative effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, or require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our products. In addition, although we employ open source software license screening measures, if we were to combine our proprietary software products with open source software in a certain manner we could, under certain open source licenses, be required to release the source code of our proprietary software products. Some open source projects have known vulnerabilities and architectural instabilities and are provided on an “as-is” basis which, if not properly addressed, could negatively affect the performance of our product. If we inappropriately use or incorporate open source software subject to certain types of open source licenses that challenge the proprietary nature of our products, we may be required to re-engineer such products, discontinue the sale of such products or take other remedial actions.

 

32


Table of Contents

Unfavorable conditions in our industry or the global economy, or reductions in information technology spending, could limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our results of operations.

Our results of operations may vary based on the impact of changes in our industry or the global economy on us or our customers and potential customers. Negative conditions in the general economy both in the United States and abroad, including conditions resulting from changes in gross domestic product growth, financial and credit market fluctuations, international trade relations, political turmoil, natural catastrophes, warfare and terrorist attacks on the United States, Europe, the Asia Pacific region, Japan or elsewhere, could cause a decrease in business investments, including spending on information technology, and negatively affect the growth of our business. Competitors, many of whom are larger and have greater financial resources than we do, may respond to challenging market conditions by lowering prices in an attempt to attract our customers. In addition, the increased pace of consolidation in certain industries may result in reduced overall spending on our products and solutions. We cannot predict the timing, strength, or duration of any economic slowdown, instability, or recovery, generally or within any particular industry.

Our current operations are international in scope, and we plan further geographic expansion, creating a variety of operational challenges.

A component of our growth strategy involves the further expansion of our operations and customer base internationally. Customers outside North America generated 24% of ARR as of December 31, 2018. Beyond North America, we now have sales presence internationally, including in Dublin, Paris, London, Singapore, Tokyo, Seoul and Sydney. We are continuing to adapt to and develop strategies to address international markets, but there is no guarantee that such efforts will have the desired effect. For example, we anticipate that we will need to establish relationships with new partners in order to expand into certain countries, and if we fail to identify, establish and maintain such relationships, we may be unable to execute on our expansion plans. As of June 30, 2019, approximately         % of our full-time employees were located outside of the United States,         % of which were located in France. We expect that our international activities will continue to grow for the foreseeable future as we continue to pursue opportunities in existing and new international markets, which will require significant dedication of management attention and financial resources.

Our current and future international business and operations involve a variety of risks, including:

 

   

slower than anticipated availability and adoption of cloud and hybrid IT infrastructures by international businesses;

 

   

changes in a specific country’s or region’s political or economic conditions, including in the United Kingdom as a result of the United Kingdom exiting the European Union, or Brexit;

 

   

the need to adapt and localize our products for specific countries;

 

   

greater difficulty collecting accounts receivable and longer payment cycles;

 

   

potential changes in trade relations, regulations, or laws;

 

   

unexpected changes in laws, regulatory requirements, or tax laws;

 

   

more stringent regulations relating to privacy and data security and the unauthorized use of, or access to, commercial and personal information, particularly in Europe;

 

   

differing and potentially more onerous labor regulations, especially in Europe, where labor laws are generally more advantageous to employees as compared to the United States, including deemed hourly wage and overtime regulations in these locations;

 

   

challenges inherent in efficiently managing, and the increased costs associated with, an increased number of employees over large geographic distances, including the need to implement appropriate systems, policies, benefits, and compliance programs that are specific to each jurisdiction;

 

33


Table of Contents
   

potential changes in laws, regulations and costs affecting our U.K. operations and local employees due to Brexit;

 

   

difficulties in managing a business in new markets with diverse cultures, languages, customs, legal systems, alternative dispute systems, and regulatory systems;

 

   

increased travel, real estate, infrastructure, and legal compliance costs associated with international operations;

 

   

currency exchange rate fluctuations and the resulting effect on our revenue and expenses, and the cost and risk of entering into hedging transactions if we chose to do so in the future;

 

   

limitations on our ability to reinvest earnings from operations in one country to fund the capital needs of our operations in other countries;

 

   

laws and business practices favoring local competitors or general market preferences for local vendors;

 

   

limited or insufficient intellectual property protection or difficulties obtaining, maintaining, protecting or enforcing our intellectual property rights, including our trademarks and patents;

 

   

political instability or terrorist activities;

 

   

exposure to liabilities under anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws, including the FCPA, U.S. bribery laws, the UK Bribery Act, and similar laws and regulations in other jurisdictions; and

 

   

adverse tax burdens and foreign exchange controls that could make it difficult to repatriate earnings and cash.

If we invest substantial time and resources to further expand our international operations and are unable to do so successfully and in a timely manner, our business and results of operations will suffer.

Legal, political and economic uncertainty surrounding the planned exit of the United Kingdom from the EU may be a source of instability in international markets, create significant currency fluctuations, adversely affect our operations in the United Kingdom and pose additional risks to our business, financial condition and results of operations.

On March 29, 2017, the United Kingdom formally notified the European Council of its intention to leave the EU Pursuant to Article 50 of the Treaty on European Union. The United Kingdom will cease to be an EU Member State either on the effective date of a withdrawal agreement or, failing that, two years following such notification of its intention to leave the EU, or the Brexit Date, unless the European Council (together with the United Kingdom) unanimously decides to extend the two year period. It is unclear how long it will take to negotiate a withdrawal agreement, but it appears likely that Brexit will continue to involve a process of lengthy negotiations between the United Kingdom and EU member states to determine the future terms of the United Kingdom’s relationship with the EU To date, no formal withdrawal arrangements have been agreed, and there have been several extensions to the Brexit Date. On April 11, 2019, the Brexit Date was further extended to October 31, 2019. The purpose of this extension is to allow for the ratification of a withdrawal agreement by the U.K. House of Commons. If the withdrawal agreement is ratified, the United Kingdom will leave the EU earlier than October 31, 2019.

Lack of clarity about future U.K. laws and regulations as the United Kingdom determines which EU rules and regulations to replace or replicate in the event of a withdrawal, including financial laws and regulations, tax and free trade agreements, intellectual property rights, supply chain logistics, environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, immigration laws and employment laws, could decrease foreign direct investment in the United Kingdom, increase costs, depress economic activity, and restrict access to capital. In addition, depending on the terms of the United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the EU, the United Kingdom could lose the benefits of global trade agreements negotiated by the EU on behalf of its members. The long-term effects of Brexit will depend on any agreements (or lack thereof) between the United Kingdom and the EU and, in particular, any arrangements for the United Kingdom to retain access to EU markets either during a transitional period or more permanently.

 

34


Table of Contents

Such a withdrawal from the EU is unprecedented, and it is unclear how the United Kingdom’s access to the European single market for goods, capital, services and labor within the EU, or the European single market, and the wider commercial, legal and regulatory environment, will impact our U.K. operations, including our customers in the United Kingdom. We may also face new regulatory costs and challenges that could have an adverse effect on our operations. The announcement of Brexit has already created economic uncertainty, and its consequences could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are exposed to fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which could negatively affect our results of operations.

Our sales contracts are denominated in U.S. dollars, and therefore, our revenue is not subject to foreign currency risk. However, a strengthening of the U.S. dollar could increase the real cost of our products and platform capabilities to our customers outside of the United States, which could adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, an increasing portion of our operating expenses are incurred outside the United States. These operating expenses are denominated in foreign currencies and are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. If we are not able to successfully hedge against the risks associated with currency fluctuations, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our international operations may subject us to potential adverse tax consequences.

We are expanding our international operations to better support our growth into international markets. Our corporate structure and associated transfer pricing policies contemplate future growth in international markets, and consider the functions, risks, and assets of the various entities involved in intercompany transactions. The amount of taxes we pay in different jurisdictions may depend on the application of the tax laws of the various jurisdictions, including the United States, to our international business activities, changes in tax rates, new or revised tax laws or interpretations of existing tax laws and policies, and our ability to operate our business in a manner consistent with our corporate structure and intercompany arrangements. The taxing authorities of the jurisdictions in which we operate may challenge our methodologies for pricing intercompany transactions pursuant to our intercompany arrangements or disagree with our determinations as to the income and expenses attributable to specific jurisdictions. If such a challenge or disagreement were to occur, and our position was not sustained, we could be required to pay additional taxes, interest, and penalties, which could result in one-time tax charges, higher effective tax rates, reduced cash flows and lower overall profitability of our operations. Our financial statements could fail to reflect adequate reserves to cover such a contingency.

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, or the Tax Act, makes broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code including, among other things, changes to U.S. federal tax rates, imposes additional limitations on the deductibility of interest, has both positive and negative changes to the utilization of future net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards, allows for the expensing of certain capital expenditures, and puts into effect the migration from a “worldwide” system of taxation to a territorial system. We completed our accounting with respect to the Tax Act in 2018, and did not make any measurement-period adjustments.

We could be required to collect additional sales taxes or be subject to other tax liabilities that may increase the costs our clients would have to pay for our products and adversely affect our results of operations.

An increasing number of states have considered or adopted laws that attempt to impose tax collection obligations on out-of-state companies. Additionally, the Supreme Court of the United States recently ruled in South Dakota v. Wayfair, Inc. et al, or Wayfair, that online sellers can be required to collect sales and use tax despite not having a physical presence in the buyer’s state. In response to Wayfair, or otherwise, states or local governments may adopt, or begin to enforce, laws requiring us to calculate, collect, and remit taxes on sales in their jurisdictions. A successful assertion by one or more states requiring us to collect taxes where we presently do not do so, or to collect more taxes in a jurisdiction in which we currently do collect some taxes, could result in substantial tax liabilities, including taxes on past sales, as well as penalties and interest. The imposition by state

 

35


Table of Contents

governments or local governments of sales tax collection obligations on out-of-state sellers could also create additional administrative burdens for us, put us at a competitive disadvantage if they do not impose similar obligations on our competitors, and decrease our future sales, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

As of December 31, 2018, we had NOL carryforwards for federal and state income tax purposes of approximately $28.0 million and $24.2 million, respectively, which may be available to offset taxable income in the future, and which expire in various years beginning in 2031 for federal purposes and 2029 for state purposes if not utilized. A lack of future taxable income would adversely affect our ability to utilize these NOLs before they expire. In general, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” (as defined under Section 382 of the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations) is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change NOLs to offset future taxable income. We may experience a future ownership change (including, potentially, in connection with this offering) under Section 382 of the Code that could affect our ability to utilize the NOLs to offset our income. Furthermore, our ability to utilize NOLs of companies that we have acquired or may acquire in the future may be subject to limitations. There is also a risk that due to regulatory changes, such as suspensions on the use of NOLs or other unforeseen reasons, our existing NOLs could expire or otherwise be unavailable to reduce future income tax liabilities, including for state tax purposes. For these reasons, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of the NOLs reflected on our balance sheet, even if we attain profitability, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability to us and could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Changes in our effective tax rate or tax liability may have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our effective tax rate could increase due to several factors, including:

 

   

changes in the relative amounts of income before taxes in the various jurisdictions in which we operate that have differing statutory tax rates;

 

   

changes in tax laws, tax treaties, and regulations or the interpretation of them, including the Tax Act;

 

   

changes to our assessment about our ability to realize our deferred tax assets that are based on estimates of our future results, the prudence and feasibility of possible tax planning strategies, and the economic and political environments in which we do business;

 

   

the outcome of current and future tax audits, examinations, or administrative appeals; and

 

   

limitations or adverse findings regarding our ability to do business in some jurisdictions.

Any of these developments could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our reported financial results may be adversely affected by changes in accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, the SEC and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. A change in these principles or interpretations could have a significant effect on our reported results of operations and could affect the reporting of transactions already completed before the announcement of a change.

If our estimates or judgments relating to our critical accounting policies prove to be incorrect, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying

 

36


Table of Contents

notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, as provided in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations- Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates.” The results of these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities and equity, and the amount of revenue and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Significant estimates and judgments involve revenue recognition, deferred contract costs, and the valuation of our stock-based compensation awards, including the determination of fair value of our common stock, among others. Our results of operations may be adversely affected if our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, which could cause our results of operations to fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the market price of our Class A common stock.

We may require additional capital to support the growth of our business, and this capital might not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.

We have funded our operations since inception primarily through equity financings and sales of our products. We cannot be certain when or if our operations will generate sufficient cash to fully fund our ongoing operations or the growth of our business. We intend to continue to make investments to support our business, which may require us to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. Additional financing may not be available on terms favorable to us, if at all. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to invest in future growth opportunities, which could harm our business, operating results, and financial condition. If we incur additional debt, the debt holders would have rights senior to holders of common stock to make claims on our assets, and the terms of any debt could restrict our operations, including our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. Furthermore, if we issue additional equity securities, stockholders will experience dilution, and the new equity securities could have rights senior to those of our common stock. Because our decision to issue securities in the future will depend on numerous considerations, including factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing, or nature of any future issuances of debt or equity securities. As a result, our stockholders bear the risk of future issuances of debt or equity securities reducing the value of our common stock and diluting their interests.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock

Our stock price may be volatile, and the value of our Class A common stock may decline.

The market price of our Class A common stock may be highly volatile and may fluctuate or decline substantially as a result of a variety of factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition or results of operations;

 

   

variance in our financial performance from expectations of securities analysts;

 

   

changes in the pricing of subscriptions to our products;

 

   

changes in our projected operating and financial results;

 

   

changes in laws or regulations applicable to our platform and products;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant business developments, acquisitions, or new offerings;

 

   

significant data breaches, disruptions to or other incidents involving our software;

 

   

our involvement in litigation;

 

   

future sales of our Class A common stock by us or our stockholders, as well as the anticipation of lock-up releases;

 

37


Table of Contents
   

changes in senior management or key personnel;

 

   

the trading volume of our Class A common stock;

 

   

changes in the anticipated future size and growth rate of our market; and

 

   

general economic and market conditions.

Broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political, regulatory, and market conditions, may also negatively impact the market price of our Class A common stock. In addition, technology stocks have historically experienced high levels of volatility. In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their securities have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future, which could result in substantial expenses and divert our management’s attention.

The dual class structure of our common stock will have the effect of concentrating voting control with our executive officers, directors and their affiliates, which will limit your ability to influence the outcome of important transactions.

Our Class B common stock has              votes per share and our Class A common stock, which is the stock we are offering in this offering, has one vote per share. Our existing stockholders, all of which hold shares of Class B common stock, will collectively beneficially own shares representing approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following the completion of this offering. Our directors and executive officers and their affiliates will collectively beneficially own, in the aggregate, shares representing approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock immediately following the completion of this offering, based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2019. As a result, the holders of our Class B common stock will be able to exercise considerable influence over matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or our assets, even if their stock holdings represent less than 50% of the outstanding shares of our capital stock. This concentration of ownership will limit the ability of other stockholders to influence corporate matters and may cause us to make strategic decisions that could involve risks to you or that may not be aligned with your interests. This control may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

Further, future transfers by holders of our Class B common stock will generally result in those shares converting into shares of our Class A common stock, subject to limited exceptions, such as certain transfers effected for tax or estate planning purposes. The conversion of shares of our Class B common stock into shares of our Class A common stock will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B common stock who retain their shares in the long term. For example, as of June 30, 2019, Olivier Pomel and Alexis Lê-Quôc represented approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, and if they retain a significant portion of their holdings of our Class B common stock for an extended period of time, they could control a significant portion of the voting power of our capital stock for the foreseeable future. As board members, Messrs. Pomel and Lê-Quôc each owe a fiduciary duty to our stockholders and must act in good faith and in a manner they each reasonably believe to be in the best interests of our stockholders. As stockholders, Messrs. Pomel and Lê-Quôc are entitled to vote their shares in their own interests, which may not always be in the interests of our stockholders generally.

We cannot predict the impact our dual class structure may have on the market price of our Class A common stock.

We cannot predict whether our dual class structure, combined with the concentrated control of our stockholders who held our capital stock prior to the completion of our IPO, including our executive officers, employees and directors and their affiliates, will result in a lower or more volatile market price of our Class A

 

38


Table of Contents

common stock or in adverse publicity or other adverse consequences. For example, certain index providers have announced restrictions on including companies with multiple class share structures in certain of their indexes. For example, in July 2017, FTSE Russell and Standard & Poor’s announced that they would cease to allow most newly public companies utilizing dual or multi-class capital structures to be included in their indices. Under the announced policies, our dual class capital structure would make us ineligible for inclusion in any of these indices. Given the sustained flow of investment funds into passive strategies that seek to track certain indexes, exclusion from stock indexes would likely preclude investment by many of these funds and could make our Class A common stock less attractive to other investors. As a result, the market price of our Class A common stock could be adversely affected.

No public market for our Class A common stock currently exists, and an active public trading market may not develop or be sustained following this offering.

No public market for our Class A common stock currently exists. An active public trading market for our Class A common stock may not develop following the completion of this offering or, if developed, it may not be sustained. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair value of your shares. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration.

We will have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds to us from this offering and may not use them effectively.

We will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds to us from this offering, including for any of the purposes described in the section titled “Use of Proceeds,” and you will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, our ultimate use may vary substantially from our currently intended use. Investors will need to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of proceeds. Pending use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities, such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government that may not generate a high yield for our stockholders. If we do not use the net proceeds that we receive in this offering effectively, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be harmed, and the market price of our Class A common stock could decline.

Future sales of our Class A common stock in the public market could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market following the completion of this offering, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our Class A common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. Many of our existing equityholders have substantial unrecognized gains on the value of the equity they hold based upon the price of this offering, and therefore they may take steps to sell their shares or otherwise secure the unrecognized gains on those shares. We are unable to predict the timing of or the effect that such sales may have on the prevailing market price of our Class A common stock.

All of our directors and officers and the holders of substantially all of our capital stock and securities convertible into our capital stock are subject to lock-up agreements that restrict their ability to transfer shares of our capital stock for 180 days from the date of this prospectus. These lock-up agreements limit the number of shares of capital stock that may be sold immediately following this offering. Subject to certain limitations, approximately                  shares of Class A common stock, will become eligible for sale upon expiration of the

 

39


Table of Contents

180-day lock-up period.                may, in its sole discretion, permit our stockholders who are subject to these lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements.

In addition, there were                  shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2019. We intend to register all of the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options or other equity incentives we may grant in the future, for public resale under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. The shares of Class A common stock will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent such options are exercised, subject to the lock-up agreements described above and compliance with applicable securities laws.

Further, based on shares outstanding as of June 30, 2019, holders of approximately                  shares, or             % of our capital stock after the completion of this offering, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering the sale of their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders.

Our issuance of additional capital stock in connection with financings, acquisitions, investments, our equity incentive plans or otherwise will dilute all other stockholders.

We expect to issue additional capital stock in the future that will result in dilution to all other stockholders. We expect to grant equity awards to employees, directors and consultants under our equity incentive plans. We may also raise capital through equity financings in the future. As part of our business strategy, we may acquire or make investments in companies, products or technologies and issue equity securities to pay for any such acquisition or investment. Any such issuances of additional capital stock may cause stockholders to experience significant dilution of their ownership interests and the per share value of our Class A common stock to decline.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish unfavorable or inaccurate research about our business, the market price and trading volume of our Class A common stock could decline.

The market price and trading volume of our Class A common stock following the completion of this offering will be heavily influenced by the way analysts interpret our financial information and other disclosures. We do not have control over these analysts. If few securities analysts commence coverage of us, or if industry analysts cease coverage of us, our stock price would be negatively affected. If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, downgrade our Class A common stock, or publish negative reports about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our Class A common stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price to decline and could decrease the trading volume of our Class A common stock.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the shares of Class A common stock you purchase in this offering.

The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. If you purchase shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of $             per share, or $             per share if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, representing the difference between our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to the sale of Class A common stock in this offering and the assumed public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. See the section titled “Dilution.”

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future and, as a result, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our Class A common stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the

 

40


Table of Contents

discretion of our board of directors. Accordingly, you may need to rely on sales of our Class A common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on your investment.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. Pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act, as an emerging growth company, we have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies, which may make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors. In addition, if we cease to be an emerging growth company, we will no longer be able to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of: (1) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering; (2) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenue is $1.07 billion or more; (3) the date on which we have, during the previous rolling three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (4) the last day of the fiscal year in which the market value of our Class A common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of June 30 of such fiscal year.

We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. For example, if we do not adopt a new or revised accounting standard, our future results of operations may not be as comparable to the results of operations of certain other companies in our industry that adopted such standards. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock, and our stock price may be more volatile.

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to compliance with our public company responsibilities and corporate governance practices.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, which we expect to further increase after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of the                     , and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies. Our management and other personnel devote a substantial amount of time to compliance with these requirements. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we will incur as a public company or the specific timing of such costs.

As a result of being a public company, we are obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal controls over financial reporting, and any failure to maintain the adequacy of these internal controls may adversely affect investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our Class A common stock.

We are required, pursuant to Section 404 to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020. This

 

41


Table of Contents

assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC following the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We have recently commenced the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404, but we may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion once initiated. Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial expenses and expend significant management efforts. We currently do not have an internal audit group, and we will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge and compile the system and process documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404.

During the evaluation and testing process of our internal controls, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to certify that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. We cannot assure you that there will not be material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting in the future. Any failure to maintain internal control over financial reporting could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition or results of operations. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm determines we have a material weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline, and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities. Failure to remedy any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, or to implement or maintain other effective control systems required of public companies, could also restrict our future access to the capital markets.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our Class A common stock.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will include provisions that:

 

   

authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, shares of undesignated preferred stock with terms, rights, and preferences determined by our board of directors that may be senior to our Class A common stock;

 

   

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent;

 

   

specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the chairperson of our board of directors, or our chief executive officer;

 

   

establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

 

   

establish that our board of directors is divided into three classes, with each class serving three-year staggered terms;

 

   

prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors;

 

   

provide that our directors may be removed for cause only upon the vote of at least 66 2/3% of our outstanding shares of voting stock;

 

42


Table of Contents
   

provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum; and

 

   

require the approval of our board of directors or the holders of at least 66 2/3% of our outstanding shares of voting stock to amend our bylaws and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder. Any of the foregoing provisions could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our Class A common stock, and they could deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby reducing the likelihood that you would receive a premium for your shares of our Class A common stock in an acquisition.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and, to the extent enforceable, the federal district courts of the United States of America as the exclusive forums for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which will restrict our stockholders’ ability to choose the judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law: any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of a fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, or our amended and restated bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The provisions would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, subject to and contingent upon a final adjudication in the State of Delaware of the enforceability of such exclusive forum provision.

These choice of forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or other employees. If a court were to find either choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions. For example, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware recently determined that the exclusive forum provision of federal district courts of the United States of America for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act is not enforceable. However, this decision may be reviewed and ultimately overturned by the Delaware Supreme Court. If this ultimate adjudication were to occur, we would enforce the federal district court exclusive forum provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

 

43


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements about us and our industry that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations or financial condition, business strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “target,” “will” or “would” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements concerning the following:

 

   

our expectations regarding our revenue, expenses and other operating results;

 

   

our ability to acquire new customers and successfully retain existing customers;

 

   

our ability to increase usage of our platform and upsell and cross sell additional products;

 

   

our ability to achieve or sustain our profitability;

 

   

future investments in our business, our anticipated capital expenditures and our estimates regarding our capital requirements;

 

   

the costs and success of our sales and marketing efforts, and our ability to promote our brand;

 

   

our reliance on key personnel and our ability to identify, recruit and retain skilled personnel;

 

   

our ability to effectively manage our growth, including any international expansion;

 

   

our ability to protect our intellectual property rights and any costs associated therewith;

 

   

our ability to compete effectively with existing competitors and new market entrants; and

 

   

the growth rates of the markets in which we compete.

You should not rely on forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and operating results. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. The results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based on information available to us as of the date of this prospectus. And while we believe that information provides a reasonable basis for these statements, that information may be limited or incomplete. Our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain, and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely on these statements.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments.

 

44


Table of Contents

MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

This prospectus contains statistical data, estimates and forecasts that are based on independent industry publications or other publicly available information, as well as other information based on our internal sources. While we believe the industry and market data included in this prospectus are reliable and are based on reasonable assumptions, these data involve many assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates. We have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the data contained in these industry publications and other publicly available information. None of the industry publications referred to in this prospectus were prepared on our or on our affiliates’ behalf or at our expense. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors,” that could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications and other publicly available information.

The sources of certain statistical data, estimates and forecasts contained in this prospectus are the following independent industry publications or reports:

 

   

Gartner: Market Insight: Cloud Shift—2018 to 2022, published August 24, 2018; Magic Quadrant for Application Performance Monitoring Suites, published March 14, 2018; Market Guide for IT Infrastructure Monitoring Tools, published July 9, 2018; Forecast: Enterprise Infrastructure Software, Worldwide, 2017-2023, 1Q19 Update, published March 26, 2019.

 

   

IDC: Worldwide Semi-Annual Public Cloud Services Spending Guide 2018H1, published December 2018.

The Gartner reports described herein represent research opinions or viewpoints published as part of a syndicated subscription service by Gartner, Inc., and are not representations of fact. Each Gartner report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this prospectus) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner reports are subject to change without notice.

Gartner does not endorse any vendor, product or service depicted in its research publications, and does not advise technology users to select only those vendors with the highest ratings or other designation. Gartner research publications consist of the opinions of Gartner’s research organization and should not be construed as statements of fact. Gartner disclaims all warranties, expressed or implied, with respect to this research, including any warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.

 

45


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $            million (or approximately $            million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock from us in full) based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share of Class A common stock, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share of Class A common stock would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $            million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $            million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share of Class A common stock remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, and create a public market for our Class A common stock, and facilitate our future access to the capital markets. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to us from this offering. However, we currently intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments to enter into any acquisitions at this time.

We will have broad discretion over how to use the net proceeds to us from this offering. We intend to invest the net proceeds to us from the offering that are not used as described above in investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments.

 

46


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination regarding the declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then-existing conditions, including our financial condition, operating results, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

47


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and capitalization as of June 30, 2019:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis, giving effect to (1) the reclassification of our common stock into Class B common stock, (2) the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into shares of Class B common stock, and (3) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, each of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to (1) the pro forma adjustments set forth above and (2) our receipt of estimated net proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock that we are offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

 

48


Table of Contents

You should read this table together with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    As of June 30, 2019  
    Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
    (in thousands except share and per share amounts)  

Cash

  $                           $                           $                        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock, $0.00001 par value, 59,938,304 shares authorized, 59,670,477 shares issued and outstanding, actual, and no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

  $       $       $    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

     

Preferred stock, $0.00001 par value, no shares authorized, issued, and outstanding, actual, and                  shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     

Common stock, $0.00001 par value, 120,379,000 authorized, 28,941,078 shares issued and outstanding, actual, and no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     

Class A common stock, $0.00001 par value, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual,                  shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma,                  shares authorized and                  shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     

Class B common stock, $0.00001 par value, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual,                  shares authorized and              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     

Additional paid-in capital

     

Accumulated deficit

     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

  $       $       $    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share of Class A common stock, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of our pro forma as adjusted cash, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) each of our pro forma as adjusted cash, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share of Class A common stock remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

49


Table of Contents

The number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on no shares of Class A common stock and 88,611,555 shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2019, and excludes:

 

   

11,539,501 shares of Class B common stock issuable on the exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2019 under our 2012 Plan with a weighted-average exercise price of $4.58 per share;

 

   

                 shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2019 Plan, as well as any future increases, including annual automatic evergreen increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2019 Plan; and

 

   

                 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our ESPP, as well as any future increases, including annual automatic evergreen increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP.

 

50


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our Class A common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering.

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2019 was $             million, or $             per share. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of our shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2019, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 59,670,477 shares of Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

After giving effect to the sale by us of          shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2019 would have been $             million, or $             per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $             per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $             per share to new investors purchasing Class A common stock in this offering. We determine dilution by subtracting the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the amount of cash that a new investor paid for a share of Class A common stock. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Historical net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2019

   $                   

Increase per share attributable to the pro forma adjustments described above

     

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2019

                        

Increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing shares in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

      $                
     

 

 

 

The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and may change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share of Class A common stock, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $             per share and increase (decrease) the dilution to new investors by $             per share, in each case assuming the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $             per share and decrease (increase) the dilution to new investors by approximately $             per share, in each case assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share of Class A common stock remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in full, the pro forma net tangible book value per share, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, would be $             per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering would be $             per share.

 

51


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, as of June 30, 2019, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as described above, the number of shares of our common stock, the total consideration and the average price per share (1) paid to us by existing stockholders, and (2) to be paid by new investors acquiring our Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent        

Existing stockholders

                                          

New investors

            
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Totals

                         100.0   $                    100.0               
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

The number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on no shares of Class A common stock and 88,611,555 shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2019, and excludes:

 

   

11,539,501 shares of Class B common stock issuable on the exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2019 under our 2012 Plan with a weighted-average exercise price of $4.58 per share;

 

   

                 shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2019 Plan, as well as any future increases, including annual automatic evergreen increases, in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2019 Plan; and

 

   

                 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our ESPP, as well as any future increases, including annual automatic evergreen increases, in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP.

To the extent that any outstanding options are exercised or new options are issued under our stock-based compensation plans, or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering. If all outstanding options under our 2012 Plan as of June 30, 2019 were exercised or settled, then our existing stockholders, including the holders of these options, would own     % and our new investors would own     % of the total number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock outstanding on the completion of this offering.

 

52


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2019 have been derived from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual consolidated financial statements, and in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly our financial position and results of operations. You should read the consolidated financial data set forth below in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes and the information in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical and interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year or any other period in the future.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2017     2018     2018     2019  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

        

Revenue

   $   100,761     $   198,077     $ 39,715     $ 70,050  

Cost of revenue(1)(2)

     23,414       46,529       9,142       18,950  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     77,347       151,548       30,573       51,100  

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development(1)

     24,734       55,176       10,871       22,815  

Sales and marketing(1)

     44,213       88,849       15,282       30,107  

General and administrative(1)

     11,356       18,556       4,267       7,840  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     80,303       162,581       30,420       60,762  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating (loss) income

     (2,956     (11,033     153       (9,662

Other income, net

     843       793       273       230  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

     (2,113     (10,240     426       (9,432

Provision for income taxes

     (457     (522     (81     (59
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (2,570   $ (10,762   $ 345     $ (9,491
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(3)

   $ (0.13   $ (0.46   $ 0.00     $ (0.37
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic(3)

     20,440       23,650       21,241       25,687  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted(3)

     20,440       23,650           24,811           25,687  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(3)

     $         $    
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(3)

        
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

53


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2017      2018        2018          2019    
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 112      $      287      $ 46      $ 99  

Research and development

     1,160        1,641        279        786  

Sales and marketing

     977        1,910        299        729  

General and administrative

     819        1,406        170        831  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 3,068      $ 5,244      $      794      $    2,445  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2)

Includes amortization of acquired intangibles expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
       2017          2018          2018          2019    
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $       484      $       511      $       112      $       175  

 

(3)

See Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders, pro forma earnings per share attributable to common stockholders and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

     As of December 31,     As of
March 31, 2019
 
     2017     2018  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $          60,024     $          53,639     $          54,554  

Total assets

     127,062       179,750       255,480  

Working capital(1)

     43,164       9,717       (10,017

Convertible preferred stock

     140,805       140,805       140,805  

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (75,701     (76,041     (81,564

 

(1)

Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities.

 

54


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis, including information with respect to our planned investments in our research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative functions, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review the sections titled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” for a discussion of forward-looking statements and important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

Datadog is the monitoring and analytics platform for developers, IT operations teams and business users in the cloud age.

Our SaaS platform integrates and automates infrastructure monitoring, application performance monitoring and log management to provide unified, real-time observability of our customers’ entire technology stack. Datadog is used by organizations of all sizes and across a wide range of industries to enable digital transformation and cloud migration, drive collaboration among development, operations and business teams, accelerate time to market for applications, reduce time to problem resolution, understand user behavior and track key business metrics.

Software applications are transforming how organizations engage with customers and operate their businesses. Companies across all industries are re-platforming their businesses to cloud infrastructures to enable this digital transformation. Historically, engineering teams have been siloed, making the development of next generation applications on dynamic cloud environments challenging. We started Datadog to break this model and facilitate collaboration among development and operations teams, enabling the adoption of DevOps practices. Since then we have continuously pushed to unify separate tools into an integrated monitoring and analytics platform, readily available to everyone who cares about applications and their impact on business.

Our proprietary platform combines the power of metrics, traces and logs to provide a unified view of infrastructure and application performance and the real-time events impacting this performance. Datadog is designed to be cloud agnostic and easy to deploy, with hundreds of out-of-the-box integrations, a built-in understanding of modern technology stacks and endless customizability. Customers can deploy our platform across their entire infrastructure, making it ubiquitous and a daily part of the lives of developers, operations engineers and business leaders.

Datadog was founded in 2010, and we launched Datadog Infrastructure Monitoring in 2012 to provide enterprises with visibility across developers, IT operations teams and business users. Since then, we have added new functionality, launched new products and expanded our operations:

 

   

2010: Founded in New York

 

   

2012: Launched Datadog Infrastructure Monitoring

 

   

2013: Surpassed 100 customers

 

   

2014: Began monitoring containers

 

   

2015: Expanded research and development to Paris

 

   

2015: Surpassed 1,000 customers

 

55


Table of Contents
   

2016: Began monitoring serverless environments

 

   

2016: Established enterprise sales team

 

   

2017: Launched Datadog APM

 

   

2017: Opened first international sales office in Dublin

 

   

2017: Surpassed 5,000 customers

 

   

2018: Launched Datadog Log Management and Analytics

 

   

2018: Opened first APAC sales office in Tokyo

 

   

2018: Held inaugural DASH user conference in New York

 

   

2019: Launched Datadog Synthetics

 

   

2019: Established APAC headquarters in Singapore

 

   

2019: Announced beta availability of Datadog Network Performance Monitoring and Real User Monitoring

We generate revenue from the sale of subscriptions to customers using our cloud-based platform. Our paid subscriptions are available in Pro and Enterprise tiers. The terms of our subscription agreements are primarily monthly or annual. Customers also have the option to purchase additional products, such as additional containers to monitor, custom metrics packages, anomaly detection and trace search and analytics. Professional services are generally not required for the implementation of our products and revenue from such services has been immaterial to date.

We employ a land-and-expand business model centered around offering products that are easy to adopt and have a very short time to value. Our customers can expand their footprint with us on a self-service basis. Our customers often significantly increase their usage of the products they initially buy from us and expand their usage to other products we offer on our platform. We grow with our customers as they expand their workloads in the public and private cloud. Our ability to expand within our customer base is best demonstrated by our dollar-based net retention rate, which has been over 130% as of the end of each of our last eight fiscal quarters, and was 146% as of June 30, 2019.

We have a highly efficient go-to-market model, which consists of a self-service tier, a high velocity inside sales team, and an enterprise sales force. As of June 30, 2019, we had 8,846 customers, increasing from 7,676, 5,403 and 3,785 customers as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. In addition, 594, 453, 239 and 126 of our customers had ARR of $100,000 or more as of June 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, accounting for approximately 72%, 68%, 60% and 48% of our ARR, respectively. Further, as of June 30, 2019, we had 42 customers with ARR of $1.0 million or more, up from 29, 12 and two customers as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. As of June 30, 2019, our 10 largest customers represented approximately 14% of our ARR and no single customer represented more than 5% of our ARR.

Our business has experienced rapid growth and is capital efficient. Since inception, we have raised a total of $92 million, net of repurchases. As of March 31, 2019, we had $66 million in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash. We generated revenue of $100.8 million and $198.1 million in 2017 and 2018, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 97%. Our revenue was $39.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2018 compared to $70.1 million in the three months ended March 31, 2019, representing period-over-period growth of 76%. Substantially all of our revenue is subscription software sales. Our gross margins were 77% in each of 2017 and 2018. Our net (loss) income was $(2.6) million, $(10.8) million, $0.3 million and $(9.5) million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. We generated operating cash flow of $13.8 million, $10.8 million, $5.4 million and $3.4 million in 2017 and 2018 and the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. Our free cash flow was $6.0 million, $(5.0) million, $2.2 million and $(0.9) million in 2017 and 2018 and the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. See the section titled “—Non-GAAP Free Cash Flow” for additional information.

 

56


Table of Contents

Factors Affecting Our Performance

Acquiring New Customers

We believe there is substantial opportunity to continue to grow our customer base. We intend to drive new customer acquisition by continuing to invest significantly in sales and marketing to engage our prospective customers, increase brand awareness and drive adoption of our platform and products. We also plan to continue to invest in building brand awareness within the development and operations communities. As of June 30, 2019, we had approximately 8,800 customers spanning organizations of a broad range of sizes and industries, compared to approximately 7,700, 5,400, and 3,800 customers as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Our ability to attract new customers will depend on a number of factors, including the effectiveness and pricing of our products, offerings of our competitors, and the effectiveness of our marketing efforts.

We define the number of customers as the number of accounts with a unique account identifier for which we have an active subscription in the period indicated. Users of our free trials or tier are not included in our customer count. A single organization with multiple divisions, segments or subsidiaries is generally counted as a single customer. However, in some cases where they have separate billing terms, we may count separate divisions, segments or subsidiaries as multiple customers.

Expanding Within Our Existing Customer Base

Our large base of customers represents a significant opportunity for further sales expansion. As of June 30, 2019, approximately 35% of the Fortune 100 were Datadog customers, while only about 20% were customers with ARR of $100,000 or more. We believe this demonstrates that our product has been adopted by many of the largest enterprises in the United States, and that there is substantial opportunity to expand within these large enterprises. We believe that our land-and-expand business model allows us to efficiently increase revenue from our existing customer base. Our customers often expand the deployment of our platform across large teams and more broadly within the enterprise as they migrate more workloads to the cloud, find new use cases for our platform, and generally realize the benefits of our platform. We intend to continue to invest in enhancing awareness of our brand and developing more products, features and functionality, which we believe are important factors to achieve widespread adoption of our platform. Our ability to increase sales to existing customers will depend on a number of factors, including our customers’ satisfaction with our solution, competition, pricing and overall changes in our customers’ spending levels.

Once our platform is deployed we have experienced significant expansion historically, with customers engaging with our customer success team as well as increasing usage and spend in a self-serve manner. The chart below illustrates this expansion by presenting the ARR from each customer cohort over the years presented. We define ARR as the annual run-rate revenue of subscription agreements from all customers at a point in time. We calculate ARR by taking the monthly run-rate revenue, or MRR, and multiplying it by 12. MRR is defined as the revenue run-rate of subscription agreements from all customers for the last month of the period, including committed amounts and any additional usage. ARR and MRR should be viewed independently of revenue as they are operating metrics that can be impacted by contract start and end dates and renewal rates. ARR and MRR are not intended to be replacements or forecasts of revenue. Each cohort represents customers that made their initial purchase from us in a given year. For example, the 2014 cohort includes all customers as of the end of 2014. This cohort increased their ARR from $4.8 million as of December 31, 2014 to $19.2 million as of December 31, 2018, representing a multiple of 4.0x. Additionally, the ARR from our top 25 customers as of December 31, 2018 increased by a median multiple of 33.9x, as measured from the ARR generated in each such customer’s first month as a customer.

 

57


Table of Contents

Customer Cohort Analysis ($MM ARR)

 

 

LOGO

A further indication of the propensity of our customer relationships to expand over time is our dollar-based net retention rate, which compares our ARR from the same set of customers in one period, relative to the year-ago period. Our dollar-based net retention rate has been over 130% as of the end of each of our last eight fiscal quarters, and was 146% as of June 30, 2019. We calculate dollar-based net retention rate as of a period end by starting with the ARR from the cohort of all customers as of 12 months prior to such period-end, or the Prior Period ARR. We then calculate the ARR from these same customers as of the current period-end, or the Current Period ARR. Current Period ARR includes any expansion and is net of contraction or attrition over the last 12 months, but excludes ARR from new customers in the current period. We then divide the total Current Period ARR by the total Prior Period ARR to arrive at the point-in-time dollar-based net retention rate. We then calculate the weighted average of the trailing 12-month point-in-time dollar-based net retention rates, to arrive at the dollar-based net retention rate. Furthermore, our dollar-based gross retention rate, based on a cohort of all of our customers, has been in the low-to-mid 90% range as of the end of each of our last eight quarters. We believe this demonstrates the stickiness of the product category we operate in, and of our platform in particular. We calculate our dollar-based gross retention rate by first calculating the point-in-time gross retention as the previous year ARR minus ARR attrition over the last 12 months, divided by the previous year ARR. We then calculate the dollar-based gross retention rate as the weighted average of the trailing 12-month point-in-time gross retention rates.

Sustaining Innovation and Technology Leadership

Our success is dependent on our ability to sustain innovation and technology leadership in order to maintain our competitive advantage. We believe that we have built a highly differentiated platform that will position us to further extend the adoption of our platform and products. Datadog is frequently deployed across a customer’s entire infrastructure, making it ubiquitous. Datadog is a daily part of the lives of developers, operations engineers and business leaders. We employ a land-and-expand business model centered around offering products that are easy to adopt and have a very short time to value. Our efficient go-to-market model enables us to prioritize significant investment in innovation. We have proven initial success of our platform approach, through expansion beyond our initial infrastructure monitoring solution, to include APM in 2017, logs in 2018, and both user experience and network performance monitoring in 2019. As of June 30, 2019, approximately 40% of our customers were using more than one product, up from approximately 10% a year earlier. Additionally, in the six-month period ended June 30, 2019, approximately 60% of our new customers landed with more than one product, up from approximately 15% a year earlier. We believe these metrics indicate strong momentum in the uptake of our newer platform products.

 

58


Table of Contents

We intend to continue to invest in building additional products, features and functionality that expand our capabilities and facilitate the extension of our platform to new use cases. We also intend to continue to evaluate strategic acquisitions and investments in businesses and technologies to drive product and market expansion. Our future success is dependent on our ability to successfully develop, market and sell existing and new products to both new and existing customers.

Expanding Internationally

We believe there is a significant opportunity to expand usage of our platform outside of the United States. As of December 31, 2018, approximately 24% of our ARR was generated by customers outside of North America. In addition, we have made and plan to continue to make significant investments to expand geographically, particularly in EMEA and APAC. Although these investments may adversely affect our operating results in the near term, we believe that they will contribute to our long-term growth. Beyond North America, we now have sales presence internationally, including in Dublin, London, Paris, Singapore, Sydney and Tokyo.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

We generate revenue from the sale of subscriptions to customers using our cloud-based platform. The terms of our subscription agreements are primarily monthly or annual, with the majority of our revenue coming from annual subscriptions. Our customers can enter into a subscription for a committed contractual amount of usage that is apportioned ratably on a monthly basis over the term of the subscription period, a subscription for a committed contractual amount of usage that is delivered as used, or a monthly subscription based on usage. To the extent that our customers’ usage exceeds the committed contracted amounts under their subscriptions, either on a monthly basis in the case of a ratable subscription or once the entire commitment is used in the case of a delivered-as-used subscription, they are charged for their incremental usage.

Usage is measured primarily by the number of hosts or by the volume of data indexed. A host is generally defined as a server, either in the cloud or on-premise. Our infrastructure monitoring and APM products are priced per host, while the logs product is priced primarily per log events indexed and secondarily by events ingested. Customers also have the option to purchase additional products, such as additional container or serverless monitoring, custom metrics packages, anomaly detection, synthetic monitoring and trace search and analytics.

In the case of subscriptions for committed contractual amounts of usage, revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the subscription agreement, generally beginning on the date that our platform is made available to a customer. As a result, much of our revenue is generated from subscriptions entered into during previous periods. Consequently, any decreases in new subscriptions or renewals in any one period may not be immediately reflected as a decrease in revenue for that period, but could negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. This also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our revenue through the sale of additional subscriptions in any period, as revenue is recognized over the term of the subscription agreement. In the case of a subscription for a committed contractual amount of usage that is delivered as used, a monthly subscription based on usage, or usage in excess of a ratable subscription, we recognize revenue as the product is used, which may lead to fluctuations in our revenue and results of operations. In addition, historically, we have experienced seasonality in new customer bookings, as we typically enter into a higher percentage of subscription agreements with new customers in the fourth quarter of the year.

Due to ease of implementation of our products, professional services generally are not required and revenue from such services has been immaterial to date.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of expenses related to providing our products to customers, including payments to our third-party cloud infrastructure providers for hosting our software, personnel-related expenses for operations and global support, including salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation, payment

 

59


Table of Contents

processing fees, information technology, depreciation and amortization related to the amortization of acquired intangibles and internal-use software and other overhead costs such as allocated facilities.

We intend to continue to invest additional resources in our platform infrastructure and our customer support and success organizations to expand the capability of our platform and ensure that our customers are realizing the full benefit of our platform and products. The level, timing and relative investment in our infrastructure could affect our cost of revenue in the future.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Gross profit represents revenue less cost of revenue. Gross margin is gross profit expressed as a percentage of revenue. Our gross margin may fluctuate from period to period as our revenue fluctuates, and as a result of the timing and amount of investments to expand our products and geographical coverage.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses consist of research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses. Personnel costs are the most significant component of operating expenses and consist of salaries, benefits, bonuses, stock-based compensation expense and sales commissions. Operating expenses also include overhead costs for facilities and shared IT related expenses, including depreciation expense.

Research and Development

Research and development expense consists primarily of personnel costs for our engineering, service and design teams. Additionally, research and development expense includes contractor fees, depreciation and amortization and allocated overhead costs. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. We expect that our research and development expense will increase in absolute dollars as our business grows, particularly as we incur additional costs related to continued investments in our platform.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of personnel costs for our sales and marketing organization, costs of general marketing and promotional activities, including the free tier and free introductory trials of our products, travel-related expenses and allocated overhead costs. Sales commissions earned by our sales force are deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected period of benefit, which we have determined to be four years. We expect that our sales and marketing expense will increase in absolute dollars and continue to be our largest operating expense for the foreseeable future as we expand our sales and marketing efforts. However, we expect that our sales and marketing expense will decrease as a percentage of our revenue over the long term.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expense consists primarily of personnel costs and contractor fees for finance, legal, human resources, information technology and other administrative functions. In addition, general and administrative expense includes non-personnel costs, such as legal, accounting and other professional fees, hardware and software costs, certain tax, license and insurance-related expenses and allocated overhead costs.

Following the completion of this offering, we expect to incur additional expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including costs to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to companies listed on a national securities exchange, costs related to compliance and reporting obligations, and increased expenses for insurance, investor relations and professional services. We expect that our general and administrative expense will increase in absolute dollars as our business grows. However, we expect that our general and administrative expense will decrease as a percentage of our revenue as our revenue grows over the longer term.

 

60


Table of Contents

Other Income, Net

Other income, net consists of income earned on our money market funds included in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash.

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes consists of U.S. federal and state income taxes and income taxes in certain foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business. We maintain a full valuation allowance on our federal and state deferred tax assets as we have concluded that it is not more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2017     2018     2018     2019  
     (in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 100,761     $ 198,077     $   39,715     $   70,050  

Cost of revenue(1)(2)

     23,414       46,529       9,142       18,950  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     77,347       151,548       30,573       51,100  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development(1)

     24,734       55,176       10,871       22,815  

Sales and marketing(1)

     44,213       88,849       15,282       30,107  

General and administrative(1)

     11,356       18,556       4,267       7,840  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     80,303       162,581       30,420       60,762  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating (loss) income

     (2,956     (11,033     153       (9,662

Other income, net

     843       793       273       230  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

     (2,113     (10,240     426       (9,432

Provision for income taxes

     (457     (522     (81     (59
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (2,570   $ (10,762   $ 345     $ (9,491
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2017      2018      2018      2019  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 112      $ 287      $      46      $ 99  

Research and development

     1,160        1,641        279        786  

Sales and marketing

     977        1,910        299        729  

General and administrative

     819        1,406        170        831  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 3,068      $ 5,244      $ 794      $ 2,445  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2)

Includes amortization of acquired intangibles expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2017      2018      2018      2019  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $       484      $       511      $       112      $       175  

 

61


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data expressed as a percentage of revenue for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2017     2018     2018     2019  
     (as a percentage of total revenue)  

Revenue

            100            100            100            100

Cost of revenue

     23       23       23       27  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     77       77       77       73  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expense:

        

Research and development

     25       28       27       33  

Sales and marketing

     44       45       38       43  

General and administrative

     11       9       11       11  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     80       82       76       87  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating (loss) income

     (3     (5     1       (14

Other income, net

     1       1       1       1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

     (2     (4     2       (13

Provision for income taxes

     (1     (1     (1     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

     (3 )%      (5 )%      1     (14 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comparison of Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 and 2019

Revenue

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
     Change      % Change  
     2018      2019  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue

   $   39,715      $   70,050      $   30,335                   76

Revenue increased by $30.3 million, or 76%, for the three months ended March 31, 2019 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2018. Approximately 60% of the increase in revenue was attributable to the growth from existing customers, and the remaining increase in revenue was attributable to new customers.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Change      % Change  
     2018     2019  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $     9,142     $   18,950     $     9,808                 107

Gross margin

     77     73     

Cost of revenue increased by $9.8 million, or 107%, for the three months ended March 31, 2019 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2018. This increase was primarily due to an increase of $8.3 million in third-party cloud infrastructure hosting and software costs, $0.6 million of depreciation and amortization, $0.5 million in personnel expenses as a result of increased headcount, $0.2 million of credit card processing fees and other fees, and $0.2 million in allocated overhead costs as a result of an increase in overall costs necessary to support the growth of the business and related infrastructure.

 

62


Table of Contents

Our gross margin declined by 4% for the three months ended March 31, 2019 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2018, primarily as the result of the timing and amount of our investments to expand the capacity of our third-party cloud infrastructure providers.

Research and Development

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Change      % Change  
     2018     2019  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Research and development

   $   10,871     $   22,815     $   11,944                 110

Percentage of revenue

     27     33     

Research and development expense increased by $11.9 million, or 110%, for the three months ended March 31, 2019 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2018. This increase was primarily due to an increase of $6.6 million in personnel costs for our engineering, product and design teams as a result of increased headcount and an increase of $5.3 million in cloud infrastructure related investments and in allocated overhead costs necessary for supporting the growth of the business.

Sales and Marketing

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Change      % Change  
     2018     2019  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $   15,282     $   30,107     $   14,825                   97

Percentage of revenue

     38     43     

Sales and marketing expense increased by $14.8 million, or 97%, for the three months ended March 31, 2019 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2018. This increase was primarily due to an increase of $9.0 million in personnel costs for our sales and marketing organization as a result of increased headcount and increased amortization of deferred contract costs related to increased variable compensation for our sales personnel due to our increased sales, an increase of $2.6 million in marketing and promotional activities, and an increase of $3.2 million in allocated overhead costs as a result of an increase in overall costs necessary to support the growth of the business and related infrastructure.

General and Administrative

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Change      % Change  
     2018     2019  
     (dollars in thousands)  

General and administrative

   $     4,267     $     7,840     $     3,573                   84

Percentage of revenue

     11     11     

General and administrative expense increased by $3.6 million, or 84%, for the three months ended March 31, 2019 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2018. This increase was primarily due to an increase of $2.0 million in personnel costs as a result of increased headcount, an increase of $1.2 million related to outside professional fees primarily related to legal and accounting services and an increase of $0.4 million in allocated overhead costs as a result of an increase in overall costs necessary to support the growth of the business and related infrastructure.

 

63


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2017 and 2018

Revenue

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change      % Change  
     2017      2018  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 100,761      $ 198,077      $   97,316                   97

Revenue increased by $97.3 million, or 97%, for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. Approximately 60% of the increase in revenue was attributable to the growth from existing customers, and the remaining increase in revenue was attributable to new customers.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Change      % Change  
     2017     2018  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $   23,414     $   46,529     $   23,115                   99

Gross margin

     77     77     

Cost of revenue increased by $23.1 million, or 99%, for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase was primarily due to an increase of $17.2 million in third-party cloud infrastructure hosting and software costs, an increase of $2.5 million in personnel expenses as a result of increased headcount, an increase of $1.8 million of depreciation and amortization expense, an increase of $0.9 million in credit card processing fees and other fees, and an increase of $0.7 million in allocated overhead costs as a result of an increase in overall costs necessary to support the growth of the business and related infrastructure.

Our gross margin remained relatively constant for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 compared to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.

Research and Development

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Change      % Change  
     2017     2018  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Research and development

   $   24,734     $   55,176     $   30,442                 123

Percentage of revenue

     25     28     

Research and development expense increased by $30.4 million, or 123%, for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase was primarily due to an increase of $21.7 million in personnel costs for our engineering, product and design teams as a result of increased headcount and an increase of $8.7 million in cloud infrastructure related investments and in allocated overhead costs necessary for supporting the growth of the business.

Sales and Marketing

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Change      % Change  
     2017     2018  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $   44,213     $   88,849     $   44,636                 101

Percentage of revenue

     44     45     

 

64


Table of Contents

Sales and marketing expense increased by $44.6 million, or 101%, for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase was primarily due to an increase of $26.1 million in personnel costs for our sales and marketing organization as a result of increased headcount and increased variable compensation for our sales personnel, an increase of $11.6 million in marketing and promotional activities, and an increase of $6.9 million in allocated overhead costs as a result of an increase in overall costs necessary to support the growth of the business and related infrastructure.

General and Administrative

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Change      % Change  
     2017     2018  
     (dollars in thousands)  

General and administrative

   $   11,356     $   18,556     $     7,200                   63

Percentage of revenue

     11     9     

General and administrative expense increased by $7.2 million, or 63%, for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase was primarily due to an increase of $4.7 million in personnel expenses as a result of increased headcount, an increase of $0.9 million related to outside professional fees primarily related to legal and accounting services, an increase of $1.6 million in allocated overhead expenses related to an increase in overall costs necessary to support the growth of the business and related infrastructure.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We have financed operations primarily through sales of subscriptions and the net proceeds we have received from sales of equity securities as further detailed below since inception. As of December 31, 2018, our principal sources of liquidity were cash and cash equivalents totaling $53.6 million. We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents and cash flow from operations will be sufficient to support working capital and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our subscription growth rate, subscription renewal activity, including the timing and the amount of cash received from customers, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, the timing and extent of spending to support development efforts, the introduction of new and enhanced products, and the continuing market adoption of our platform. We may, in the future, enter into arrangements to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, products, and technologies. We may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing. In the event that we require additional financing, we may not be able to raise such financing on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital or generate cash flows necessary to expand our operations and invest in continued innovation, we may not be able to compete successfully, which would harm our business, operations and financial condition.

Therefore, a substantial source of our cash is from our deferred revenue, which is included in the liabilities section of our consolidated balance sheet. Deferred revenue consists of the unearned portion of customer billings, which is recognized as revenue in accordance with our revenue recognition policy. As of December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019, we had deferred revenue of $70.7 million and $89.6 million, respectively, of which $69.3 million and $85.7 million was recorded as a current liability and expected to be recognized as revenue in the next 12 months, respectively, provided all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

 

65


Table of Contents

The following table shows a summary of our cash flows for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2017     2018     2018     2019  
     (in thousands)  

Cash provided by operating activities

   $ 13,832     $ 10,829     $ 5,362     $ 3,418  

Cash used in investing activities

     (12,760     (17,456     (3,195     (4,293

Cash provided by financing activities

     462       7,782       3,820       1,776  

Operating Activities

Our largest source of operating cash is cash collection from sales of subscriptions to our customers. Our primary uses of cash from operating activities are for personnel expenses, marketing expenses, hosting expenses and allocated overhead expenses. We have generated negative cash flows and have supplemented working capital requirements through net proceeds from the sale of equity securities.

Cash provided by operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2019 of $3.4 million primarily related to our net loss of $9.5 million, adjusted for non-cash charges of $5.8 million and net cash inflows of $7.1 million provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of stock-based compensation, depreciation and amortization of property and equipment, amortization of capitalized software, and amortization of acquired intangibles. The main drivers of the changes in operating assets and liabilities related to a $18.9 million increase in deferred revenue, resulting primarily from increased billings for subscriptions, a $14.5 million increase in accounts payable, and a $1.4 million increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities, due to an increase in headcount. These amounts were partially offset by a $7.6 million increase in accounts receivable, net, due to increases in sales, a $8.5 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets, primarily driven by prepaid hosting services, a $3.4 million increase in deferred contract costs related to commissions paid on new bookings, and $8.2 million increase in other assets.

Cash provided by operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2018 of $5.4 million primarily related to our net income of $0.3 million, adjusted for non-cash charges of $2.4 million and net cash inflows of $2.6 million provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of stock-based compensation, depreciation and amortization of property and equipment, amortization of capitalized software, and amortization of acquired intangibles. The main drivers of the changes in operating assets and liabilities related to an $11.5 million increase in deferred revenue, resulting primarily from increased billings for subscriptions, a $4.0 million increase in accounts payable, and a $1.9 million increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities, due to an increase in headcount. These amounts were partially offset by an $8.5 million increase in accounts receivable, net, due to increases in sales, a $3.9 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets, primarily driven by prepaid hosting services, a $1.9 million increase in deferred contract costs related to commissions paid on new bookings, and $0.4 million increase in other assets.

Cash provided by operating activities for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 of $10.8 million primarily related to our net loss of $10.8 million, adjusted for non-cash charges of $14.4 million and net cash inflows of $7.2 million provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of stock-based compensation, net of amounts capitalized, depreciation and amortization of property and equipment, amortization of capitalized software, and amortization of acquired intangibles. The main drivers of the changes in operating assets and liabilities related to a $31.6 million increase in deferred revenue, resulting primarily from increased billings for subscriptions, a $7.2 million increase in accounts payable, and a $10.9 million increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities, due to an increase in headcount. These amounts were partially offset by a $25.3 million increase in accounts receivable, net, due to increases in sales, a $1.3 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets, primarily driven by prepaid hosting services, a $8.9 million increase in deferred contract costs related to commissions paid on new bookings, and $7.0 million increase in other assets.

 

66


Table of Contents

Cash provided by operating activities for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 of $13.8 million primarily related to our net loss of $2.6 million, adjusted for non-cash charges of $7.4 million and net cash inflows of $9.0 million provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of stock-based compensation, net of amounts capitalized, depreciation and amortization of property and equipment, amortization of capitalized software, and amortization of acquired intangibles. The main drivers of the changes in operating assets and liabilities related to a $29.8 million increase in deferred revenue, resulting primarily from increased billings for subscriptions, a $4.6 million increase in accounts payable, and a $2.9 increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities, due to an increase in headcount. These amounts were partially offset by a $19.3 million increase in accounts receivable, net, due to increases in sales, a $4.3 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets, a $3.4 million increase in deferred contract costs related to commissions paid on new bookings, and $1.5 million increase in other assets.

Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, and for the three months ended March 31, 2018, and 2019, was $12.8 million, $17.5 million, $3.2 million, and $4.3 million, respectively, primarily as a result of increases in capital expenditures to purchase property and equipment to support additional office space and site operations, increases in capitalization of software development costs and increases in acquired intangibles.

Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, and for the three months ended March 31, 2018, and 2019, was $0.5 million, $7.8 million, $3.8 million, and $1.8 million, respectively, and was primarily the result of proceeds from the exercise of stock options.

Non-GAAP Free Cash Flow

We report our financial results in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. To supplement our consolidated financial statements, we provide investors with the amount of free cash flow, which is a non-GAAP financial measure. Free cash flow represents net cash used in operating activities, reduced by capital expenditures and capitalized software development costs, if any. Free cash flow is a measure used by management to understand and evaluate our liquidity and to generate future operating plans. The reduction of capital expenditures and amounts capitalized for software development facilitates comparisons of our liquidity on a period-to-period basis and excludes items that we do not consider to be indicative of our liquidity. We believe that free cash flow is a measure of liquidity that provides useful information to our management, investors and others in understanding and evaluating the strength of our liquidity and future ability to generate cash that can be used for strategic opportunities or investing in our business in the same manner as our management and board of directors. Nevertheless, our use of free cash flow has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under GAAP. Further, our definition of free cash flow may differ from the definitions used by other companies and therefore comparability may be limited. You should consider free cash flow alongside our other GAAP-based financial performance measures, such as net cash used in operating activities, and our other GAAP financial results. The following table presents a reconciliation of free cash flow to net cash used in operating activities, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, for each of the periods indicated.

 

67


Table of Contents

The following table presents our cash flows for the periods presented and a reconciliation of free cash flow to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2017     2018     2018     2019  
     (in thousands)  

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

   $ 13,832     $ 10,829     $ 5,362     $ 3,418  

Less: purchases of property and equipment

     (2,351     (9,662     (2,031     (2,197

Less: capitalized software development costs

     (5,452     (6,176     (1,164     (2,096
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow

   $ 6,029     $ (5,009   $ 2,167     $ (875
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2018:

 

     Payments Due By Period  
     Total      Less than 1
Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More than 5
Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Operating lease commitments

   $ 77,675      $ 9,833      $ 31,803      $ 32,022      $ 4,017  

Purchase commitments

     45,538        31,851        13,687                
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 123,213      $ 41,684      $ 45,490      $ 32,022      $ 4,017  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The commitment amounts in the table above are associated with contracts that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum services to be used, fixed, minimum or variable price provisions, and the approximate timing of the actions under the contracts. Our operating lease commitments relate primarily to our office space. The significant operating lease obligations relate to leases for our New York, Boston, Paris and Dublin office spaces. Purchase commitments relate mainly to hosting agreements as well as computer software used to facilitate our operations at the enterprise level.

The table does not reflect the enterprise agreement and addendum for cloud hosting that we entered into with AWS in April 2019, or the AWS Agreement. Under the AWS Agreement, we are required to purchase an aggregate of at least $225.0 million of cloud services from AWS through April 2022. Except in limited circumstances, such as our termination of the AWS Agreement for cause, if we fail to meet the minimum purchase commitment during any year, we are required to pay the difference. Neither party may terminate the AWS Agreement for convenience during this three-year term. In addition to AWS, we operate on other cloud hosting providers.

We reported other liabilities of $1.4 million in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2018, which principally consists of unrecognized tax benefits (see Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements). We have excluded these long-term liabilities from the contractual obligations table above. A variety of factors could affect the timing of payments for the liabilities related to unrecognized tax benefits. Therefore, we cannot reasonably estimate the timing of such payments. We believe that these matters will likely not be resolved in the next twelve months and accordingly we have classified the estimated liability as non-current in the consolidated balance sheet.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet financing arrangements or any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, including entities sometimes referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, that were established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

 

68


Table of Contents

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily the result of fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates.

Interest Rate Risk

As of March 31, 2019, we had $54.6 million of cash equivalents invested in money market funds. In addition, we had $11.2 million of restricted cash due to the outstanding line of credit established in connection with lease agreements for our facilities. Our cash and cash equivalents are held for working capital purposes. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. As of March 31, 2019, a hypothetical 10% relative change in interest rates would not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

Our reporting currency and the functional currency of our wholly owned foreign subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. All of our sales are denominated in U.S. dollars, and therefore our revenue is not currently subject to significant foreign currency risk. Our operating expenses are denominated in the currencies of the countries in which our operations are located, which are primarily in the United States, Canada, France, the United Kingdom, Japan and Australia. Our consolidated results of operations and cash flows are, therefore, subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and may be adversely affected in the future due to changes in foreign exchange rates. To date, we have not entered into any hedging arrangements with respect to foreign currency risk or other derivative financial instruments, although we may choose to do so in the future. A hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in the relative value of the U.S. dollar to other currencies would not have a material effect on our operating results.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of consolidated financial statements also requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses, and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ significantly from the estimates made by management. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected.

We believe that the accounting policies described below involve a greater degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, these are the policies we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

Revenue Recognition

We generate revenue from the sale of subscriptions to customers using our cloud-based platform. The terms of our subscription agreements are primarily monthly or annual, with the majority of our revenue coming from annual subscriptions. Our customers can enter into a subscription for a committed contractual amount of usage that is apportioned ratably on a monthly basis over the term of the subscription period, a subscription for a committed contractual amount of usage that is delivered as used, or a monthly subscription based on usage. To the extent that our customers’ usage exceeds the committed contracted amounts under their subscriptions, either on a monthly basis in the case of a ratable subscription or once the entire commitment is used in the case of a delivered-as-used subscription, they are charged for their incremental usage.

 

69


Table of Contents

We elected to early adopt Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, or Topic 606, effective January 1, 2017, using the full retrospective method of adoption. As such, the consolidated financial statements present revenue in accordance with Topic 606 for the period presented.

We account for revenue contracts with customers through the following steps:

 

   

identify the contract with a customer;

 

   

identify the performance obligations in the contract;

 

   

determine the transaction price;

 

   

allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

 

   

recognize revenue when or as, we satisfy a performance obligation.

Our subscriptions are generally non-cancellable. Once we have determined the transaction price, the total transaction price is allocated to each performance obligation in the contract on a relative stand-alone selling price basis, or SSP. The determination of a relative stand-alone SSP for each distinct performance obligation requires judgment. We determine SSP for performance obligations based on overall pricing objectives, which take into consideration market conditions and customer-specific factors. This includes a review of internal discounting tables, the service(s) being sold, and customer demographics.

Revenue is recognized when control of these services is transferred to customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to receive in exchange for those services. We determined an output method to be the most appropriate measure of progress because it most faithfully represents when the value of the services are simultaneously received and consumed by the customer, and control is transferred.

For committed contractual amounts of usage, revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the subscription agreement generally beginning on the date that the platform is made available to a customer. For committed contractual amount of usage that is delivered as used, a monthly subscription based on usage, or usage in excess of a ratable subscription, we recognize revenue as the services are rendered.

Stock-Based Compensation

Compensation expense related to stock-based transactions, including employee, consultant, and non-employee director stock option awards, is measured and recognized in the consolidated financial statements based on fair value. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the grant date using the Black Scholes option-pricing model. Expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award. Forfeitures are accounted for in the period in which the awards are forfeited.

Our option-pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the underlying common stock, the expected term of the option, the expected volatility of the price of our common stock, risk-free interest rates, and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. The assumptions used in our option-pricing model represent management’s best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

These assumptions are estimated as follows:

 

   

Fair value. Because our common stock is not yet publicly traded, we must estimate the fair value of common stock. Our board of directors considers numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock at each meeting in which awards are approved.

 

70


Table of Contents
   

Expected volatility. Expected volatility is a measure of the amount by which the stock price is expected to fluctuate. Since we do not have sufficient trading history of our common stock, we estimate the expected volatility of our stock options at the grant date by taking the average historical volatility of a group of comparable publicly traded companies over a period equal to the expected life of the options.

 

   

Expected term. We determine the expected term based on the average period the stock options are expected to remain outstanding using the simplified method, generally calculated as the midpoint of the stock options’ vesting term and contractual expiration period, as we do not have sufficient historical information to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise patterns and post-vesting employment termination behavior.

 

   

Risk-free rate. We use the U.S. Treasury yield for our risk-free interest rate that corresponds with the expected term.

 

   

Expected dividend yield. We utilize a dividend yield of zero, as we do not currently issue dividends, nor do we expect to do so in the future.

The following assumptions were used to calculate the fair value of stock options granted to employees:

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Three Months Ended March 31,
     2017    2018            2018                    2019        

Expected dividend yield

   0%    0%    0%    0%

Expected volatility

   37.1% - 38.8%    38.4% - 39.0%    38.9%    39.1% - 39.2%

Expected term (years)

   5.1 - 6.1    5.8 - 6.1    5.9 -6.1    5.9 - 6.1

Risk-free interest rate

   1.8% - 2.2%    2.6% - 3.0%    2.6%    2.5% - 2.6%

Assumptions used in valuing non-employee stock options are generally consistent with those used for employee stock options with the exception that the expected term is over the contractual life, or 10 years.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to our stock-based compensation on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may have refinements to our estimates, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense.

Prior to January 1, 2018, we estimated a forfeiture rate to calculate stock-based compensation. We adopted ASU No. 2016-09 effective January 1, 2018 and elected to account for forfeitures as they occur, rather than estimating expected forfeitures over the course of a vesting period. The Company recognized a cumulative effect of $0.8 million to accumulated deficit as of January 1, 2018 upon adoption.

Common Stock Valuations

The fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards has historically been determined by our board of directors, with input from management and contemporaneous third-party valuations. We believe that our board of directors has the relevant experience and expertise to determine the fair value of our common stock. Given the absence of a public trading market of our common stock, and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock at each grant date. These factors include:

 

   

contemporaneous valuations of our common stock performed by independent third-party specialists;

 

   

the prices, rights, preferences, and privileges of our redeemable convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

   

the prices of common or preferred stock sold to third-party investors by us and in secondary transactions or repurchased by us in arm’s-length transactions;

 

71


Table of Contents
   

lack of marketability of our common stock;

 

   

our actual operating and financial performance;

 

   

current business conditions and projections;

 

   

hiring of key personnel and the experience of our management;

 

   

the history of the company and the introduction of new products;

 

   

our stage of development;

 

   

likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering, or IPO, or a merger or acquisition of our company given prevailing market conditions;

 

   

the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies; and

 

   

the U.S. and global capital market conditions.

In valuing our common stock, our board of directors determined the equity value of our business using various valuation methods including combinations of income and market approaches with input from management. The income approach estimates value based on the expectation of future cash flows that a company will generate. These future cash flows are discounted to their present values using a discount rate derived from an analysis of the cost of capital of comparable publicly traded companies in our industry or similar business operations as of each valuation date and is adjusted to reflect the risks inherent in our cash flows.

For each valuation, the equity value determined by the income and market approaches was then allocated to the common stock using either the option pricing method, or OPM, or a hybrid method. The hybrid method is a hybrid of the probability weighted expected return method, or PWERM, and OPM.

The option pricing method is based on a binomial lattice model, which allows for the identification of a range of possible future outcomes, each with an associated probability. The OPM is appropriate to use when the range of possible future outcomes is difficult to predict and thus creates highly speculative forecasts. PWERM involves a forward-looking analysis of the possible future outcomes of the enterprise. This method is particularly useful when discrete future outcomes can be predicted at a relatively high confidence level with a probability distribution. Discrete future outcomes considered under the PWERM include an IPO, as well as non-IPO market-based outcomes. Determining the fair value of the enterprise using the PWERM requires us to develop assumptions and estimates for both the probability of an IPO liquidity event and stay private outcomes, as well as the values we expect those outcomes could yield. Our valuations prior to September 2018 were based on the OPM. Beginning in September 2018, we valued our common stock based on a hybrid method of the PWERM and the OPM.

In addition, we also considered any secondary transactions involving our capital stock. In our evaluation of those transactions, we considered the facts and circumstances of each transaction to determine the extent to which they represented a fair value exchange. Factors considered include transaction volume, timing, whether the transactions occurred among willing and unrelated parties, and whether the transactions involved investors with access to our financial information.

Application of these approaches involves the use of estimates, judgment, and assumptions that are highly complex and subjective, such as those regarding our expected future revenue, expenses, and future cash flows, discount rates, market multiples, the selection of comparable companies, and the probability of possible future events. Changes in any or all of these estimates and assumptions or the relationships between those assumptions impact our valuations as of each valuation date and may have a material impact on the valuation of our common stock.

For valuations after the completion of this offering, our board of directors will determine the fair value of each share of underlying common stock based on the closing price of our common stock as reported on the date

 

72


Table of Contents

of grant. Future expense amounts for any particular period could be affected by changes in our assumptions or market conditions.

Based on the assumed initial public offering price per share of $            , which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of our outstanding stock options as of March 31, 2019 was $            , with $            million related to vested stock options.

Internal Use Software Development Costs

We capitalize certain costs related to the development of our platform and other software applications for internal use. In accordance with authoritative guidance, we begin to capitalize our costs to develop software when preliminary development efforts are successfully completed, management has authorized and committed project funding, and it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used as intended. We stop capitalizing these costs when the software is substantially complete and ready for its intended use, including the completion of all significant testing. These costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the related asset, generally estimated to be two years. We also capitalize costs related to specific upgrades and enhancements when it is probable the expenditure will result in additional functionality and expense costs incurred for maintenance and minor upgrades and enhancements. Costs incurred prior to meeting these criteria together with costs incurred for training and maintenance are expensed as incurred and recorded within research and development expenses in our consolidated statements of operations.

We exercise judgment in determining the point at which various projects may be capitalized, in assessing the ongoing value of the capitalized costs and in determining the estimated useful lives over which the costs are amortized. To the extent that we change the manner in which we develop and test new features and functionalities related to our platform, assess the ongoing value of capitalized assets or determine the estimated useful lives over which the costs are amortized, the amount of internal-use software development costs we capitalize and amortize could change in future periods.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

See the sections titled “Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting PoliciesAccounting Pronouncements Recently Adopted” and “—Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted” in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for more information.

JOBS Act Accounting Election

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to use the extended transition period under the JOBS Act until the earlier of the date we (1) are no longer an emerging growth company or (2) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

 

73


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

Datadog is the monitoring and analytics platform for developers, IT operations teams and business users in the cloud age.

Our SaaS platform integrates and automates infrastructure monitoring, application performance monitoring and log management to provide unified, real-time observability of our customers’ entire technology stack. Datadog is used by organizations of all sizes and across a wide range of industries to enable digital transformation and cloud migration, drive collaboration among development, operations and business teams, accelerate time to market for applications, reduce time to problem resolution, understand user behavior and track key business metrics.

Software applications are transforming how organizations engage with customers and operate their businesses. Companies across all industries are re-platforming their businesses to cloud infrastructures to enable this digital transformation. Historically, engineering teams have been siloed, making the development of next generation applications on dynamic cloud environments challenging. We started Datadog to break this model and facilitate collaboration among development and operations teams, enabling the adoption of DevOps practices. Since then we have continuously pushed to unify separate tools into an integrated monitoring and analytics platform, readily available to everyone who cares about applications and their impact on business.

From our founding goal of breaking down silos between Dev and Ops, we set out in 2010 to build a real-time data integration platform to turn chaos from disparate sources into digestible and actionable insights. In 2012, we launched our first use case with infrastructure monitoring, purpose-built to handle increasingly ephemeral cloud-native architectures. This enabled us to be deployed on our customers’ entire cloud IT environments and gave our product broad usage across Dev, Ops and business teams, in turn allowing us to address a bigger set of challenges through our platform. In 2017 we launched our APM product, designed to be broadly deployed in very distributed, micro-services architectures. In 2018, we were the first to combine the “three pillars of observability” with the introduction of our log management product. To allow for full-stack observability, in 2019, we launched user experience monitoring and announced network performance monitoring. Today, we offer end-to-end monitoring and analytics, powered by a common data model that is extensible for potential new use cases.

Our proprietary platform combines the power of metrics, traces and logs to provide a unified view of infrastructure and application performance and the real-time events impacting this performance. Datadog is designed to be cloud agnostic and easy to deploy, with hundreds of out-of-the-box integrations, a built-in understanding of modern technology stacks and endless customizability. Customers can deploy our platform across their entire infrastructure, making it ubiquitous and a daily part of the lives of developers, operations engineers and business leaders.

 

74


Table of Contents

We employ a land-and-expand business model centered around offering products that are easy to adopt and have a very short time to value. Our customers can expand their footprint with us on a self-service basis. Our customers often significantly increase their usage of the products they initially buy from us and expand their usage to other products we offer on our platform. We grow with our customers as they expand their workloads in the public and private cloud. Our ability to expand within our customer base is best demonstrated by our dollar-based net retention rate, which has been over 130% as of the end of each of our last eight fiscal quarters, and was 146% as of June 30, 2019. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors Affecting Our Performance” for additional information regarding our dollar-based net retention rate.

We have a highly efficient go-to-market model, which consists of a self-service tier, a high velocity inside sales team, and an enterprise sales force. As of June 30, 2019, we had approximately 8,800 customers, increasing from approximately 7,700, 5,400 and 3,800 customers as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Approximately 590 of our customers as of June 30, 2019 had annual run-rate revenue, or ARR, of $100,000 or more, increasing from approximately 450, 240, and 130 customers as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. As of June 30, 2019, approximately 72% of our ARR was generated from customers with $100,000 or more in ARR, increasing from approximately 68%, 60% and 48% as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. In addition, as of June 30, 2019, we had 42 customers with ARR of $1.0 million or more, up from 29, 12 and two customers as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors Affecting Our Performance” for additional information regarding ARR.

Our business has experienced rapid growth and is capital efficient. Since inception, we have raised a total of $92 million, net of repurchases. As of March 31, 2019, we had $66.0 million in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash. We generated revenue of $100.8 million and $198.1 million in 2017 and 2018, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 97%. Our revenue was $39.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2018 compared to $70.1 million in the three months ended March 31, 2019, representing period-over-period growth of 76%. Substantially all of our revenue is subscription software sales. Our gross margins were 77% in each of 2017 and 2018. Our net (loss) income was $(2.6) million, $(10.8) million, $0.3 million and $(9.5) million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. We generated operating cash flow of $13.8 million, $10.8 million, $5.4 million and $3.4 million in 2017 and 2018 and the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. Our free cash flow was $6.0 million, $(5.0) million, $2.2 million and $(0.9) million in 2017 and 2018 and the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Free Cash Flow” for additional information.

 

75


Table of Contents

LOGO

Industry Background

Monitoring software is at the foundation of an organization’s IT stack. Without monitoring, organizations are blind to factors that impact performance, reliability, scalability and availability of systems in which they have invested large amounts of resources. Once installed, monitoring becomes integral to an organization’s performance and deeply embedded into business and operational workflows. There are a number of important industry trends that are transforming the way organizations use, deploy and manage software applications and their underlying technology infrastructure. These trends are creating a significant opportunity to displace existing monitoring solutions and reshape the corresponding product categories, and include:

 

76


Table of Contents
   

Organizations must digitally transform their businesses to compete. There has been a fundamental shift in the way organizations use technology to interact with their customers and compete in the marketplace. Today, software applications are a critical driver of business performance and software developers are becoming increasingly influential. This rise in influence is directly correlated to the increased amounts of resources organizations are dedicating to building differentiated mission-critical software. Poor technology performance negatively impacts user experience and results in lost revenue, customer churn, negative brand perception and reduced employee productivity. Therefore, companies across all industries are heavily investing to digitally transform their businesses and enhance the experience of their customers. At the same time, companies are significantly growing their investments to monitor this digital transformation. According to Gartner, enterprises will quadruple their use of APM due to increasingly digitalized business processes from 2018 through 2021 to reach 20% of all business applications.

 

   

We are in the early days of seismic shift to the cloud. There is a seismic shift from static on-premise IT architectures to distributed, dynamic multi-cloud and hybrid cloud architectures with ephemeral technologies such as containers, microservices and serverless architectures becoming increasingly common. According to Gartner, as the cloud becomes increasingly mainstream from 2018 to 2022, it will influence greater portions of enterprise IT decisions, with more than $1 trillion in enterprise IT spend at stake in 2019. The shift allows companies to improve agility, accelerate innovation and better manage costs. As companies migrate to the cloud and their underlying infrastructure changes, so does the monitoring of this infrastructure. We are still in the early days of this massive transformation. According to Gartner, only 5% of applications were monitored as of 2018. Worldwide spend on public cloud services, including infrastructure-as-a-service and platform-as-a-service is expected to increase from $60 billion in 2018 to approximately $173 billion in 2022, according to the IDC, representing a 30% compound annual growth rate.

 

   

Modern technologies create significant challenges for IT. Technologies such as containers, microservices and serverless computing create IT environments that are highly ephemeral in nature compared to static legacy on-premise environments. The number of SaaS platforms and open source tools available to IT organizations has exploded providing significant choices to developers to use the most powerful and agile services compared to a few standardized vendor suites in the on-premise world. The scale of computing resources required in the cloud has increased exponentially and is often called upon in quick, sometimes unpredictable, bursts of expanded computing capacity compared to the static nature and smaller scale required of legacy data centers. The rate of change of application development in the cloud has increased dramatically as applications are being updated in days and minutes compared to months and years. These challenges have made it extremely difficult to gain visibility and insight into infrastructure and application performance and legacy monitoring tools have struggled to adapt.

 

   

Collaboration of development and operations teams is critically important. DevOps is a practice and culture characterized by developers and IT operations teams working together collaboratively, each with ownership of the entire product development cycle. DevOps is essential to achieving the agility and speed required for developing and maintaining modern applications, but they have been historically siloed. In the static, on-premise world, developers and IT operations personnel functioned independently with separate goals, priorities and tools. Developers would focus on writing code to create the best applications and operations teams would be responsible for testing, scaling and deploying the applications. These teams generally did not collaborate and had separate systems and tools to track performance. Often the lack of communication between Dev and Ops teams would lead to problems in application performance as the code may not have been written with the most efficient deployment in mind, leading to difficulty scaling, latency and other performance issues. The cycle of code rewrites could be lengthy, but acceptable in the static world where software releases happened once a year. In the cloud age, where the frequency of software updates is days or minutes, this communication and coordination between Dev and Ops is essential to ensuring rapid execution and optimizing business performance. With mission-critical processes being powered by software, Dev and Ops teams must collaborate to optimize both technology and business performance. As a result, Dev and Ops teams need tools that provide a unified view of both technology and business performance in order to collaborate in real-time to optimize business results.

 

77


Table of Contents

Limitations of Existing Offerings

Legacy commercial and homegrown technologies were designed to work with monolithic, static and on-premise environments. These approaches typically exhibit the following critical limitations:

 

   

Not built for dynamic and ephemeral infrastructure. Other offerings were built for static infrastructures where elements of the infrastructure and applications are deployed once and rarely change. These solutions are unable to visualize, and monitor technologies such as clouds, containers and microservices, which are highly dynamic and ephemeral in nature.

 

   

Not built to work with a broad set of technologies. Legacy technologies are not designed to operate in heterogeneous environments, with a myriad of vendors, applications and technologies. Instead, these offerings are built to work with a limited number of legacy, on-premise vendor suites and cannot take advantage of modern SaaS and open source technologies that the industry has recently adopted.

 

   

Not built for development and operations teams collaboration. Legacy offerings often force development and operations teams to use disparate monitoring technologies that do not share a common framework or set of data and analytics. This makes collaboration between Dev and Ops teams challenging and can frequently cause sub-optimal business results.

 

   

Not built for cloud scale. Legacy technologies are not designed for cloud scale environments and quick, sometimes unpredictable, bursts of computing resources required by modern applications.

 

   

Lack of advanced analytics. Legacy on-premise architectures lack scalability in collecting and processing large comprehensive datasets. Users of these legacy technologies often need to manually collect and integrate data from disparate systems and IT environments. The lack of data scale and aggregation can make it challenging to train modern machine-learning algorithms resulting in less accurate insights.

There have been a number of modern commercial technologies that have attempted to address the shortcomings of legacy approaches. These approaches typically exhibit the following limitations:

 

   

Point solutions lack depth of visibility and insight. Point solutions cannot offer integrated infrastructure monitoring, application performance monitoring and log management on a single platform and therefore, lack the required visibility, insight and context for optimal collaboration.

 

   

Monitoring sprawl exacerbates alert fatigue. Disparate tools often exacerbate the alert fatigue suffered by many organizations. Gartner notes the need for companies to trim down the number of monitoring tools used, which in the case of larger enterprises is more than 30, while some smaller organizations have monitoring tools ranging in number from three to 10.

 

   

Difficult to install and difficult to use. These technologies often have complicated implementation processes requiring significant professional services. These offerings are complex to use, requiring extensive upfront and ongoing training and time commitment.

 

   

Rigid and not extensible. These offerings are designed to address very specific use cases for a small cadre of users and can require heavy implementation costs and professional services in order to derive value. They are not easily extensible to a broad set of use cases for a greater number of technology and business users.

Our Solution and Key Strengths

Datadog was founded on the premise that the old model of siloed developers and IT operations engineers is broken, and that legacy tools used for monitoring static on-premise architectures do not work in modern cloud or hybrid environments. Datadog’s cloud-native platform enables development and operations teams to collaborate, quickly build and improve applications, and drive business performance. Empowered by our out-of-the box functionality and simple, self-service installation, our customers are able to rapidly deploy our platform to provide application- and infrastructure-wide visibility, often within minutes.

 

78


Table of Contents
   

Built for dynamic cloud infrastructures. Our innovative platform was born in the cloud and was built to work with ephemeral cloud technologies such as microservices, containers and serverless computing. Our data model was built to work at cloud scale with highly dynamic data sets and can process more than 10 trillion events a day.

 

LOGO

 

   

Simple but not simplistic. Our platform is easy-to-use with out-of-the-box integrations, customizable drag-and-drop dashboards, real-time visualization and prioritized alerting. The platform is deployed in a self-service installation process within minutes, allowing new users to quickly derive value without any specialized training or heavy implementation or customization. It is highly extensible across a wide array of use cases to a broad set of developers, operations engineers and business users. As a result, our platform is integral to business operations and used every day, and our users find increasing value in the solution over time.

 

LOGO

 

79


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

   

Unified view of the three pillars of observability. Our platform includes the three pillars of observability all in one place, including infrastructure monitoring, application performance monitoring and log management. This increases efficiency by reducing both the expense and friction of attempting to glean insights from disparate systems. We are able to provide a unified view of infrastructure and application performance and the real-time events impacting this performance. Each of our products is integrated and taken together provide the ability to view metrics, traces and logs side-by-side and perform correlation analysis.

 

LOGO

 

80


Table of Contents
   

Built for collaboration. Our platform was built to break down the silos between developers and operations teams in order to help organizations adopt DevOps practices and improve overall business performance. We provide development and operations teams with a common set of tools to develop a joint understanding of application performance and shared insights into the infrastructure supporting the applications. Additionally, our customizable and interactive dashboards can be shared with business teams to provide them with real-time actionable insights.

LOGO

 

81


Table of Contents
   

Cloud agnostic. Our platform is designed to be deployable across all environments, including public cloud, private cloud, on-premise and multi-cloud hybrid environments, allowing organizations to diversify their infrastructure and reduce single vendor dependence.

 

LOGO

 

   

Ubiquitous. Datadog is frequently deployed across a customer’s entire infrastructure, making it ubiquitous. Compared to legacy systems that are often used only by a few users in an organization’s IT operations team, Datadog is a daily part of the lives of developers, operations engineers and business leaders. For example, a leading communications software technology provider has almost 800 Datadog users, about half of the company’s total employee count and greater than the total number of the company’s engineers. Further, a Fortune 500 financial services firm has over 3,000 Datadog users.

 

82


Table of Contents
   

Integrates with our customers’ complex environments. We enable development and operations teams to harness the full spectrum of SaaS and open source tools. We have over 350 out-of-the-box integrations with technologies to provide significant value to our customers without the need for professional services. Our integrations provide for comprehensive data point aggregation and consistent, up-to-date, high-quality customer experiences across heterogeneous IT environments as they are fully maintained by Datadog.

 

LOGO

 

   

Powered by robust analytics and machine-learning. Our platform ingests massive amounts of data into our unified data warehouse. We develop actionable insights using our advanced analytics capabilities. Our platform features machine learning that can cross-correlate metrics, traces and logs to identify outliers and notify users of potential anomalies before they impact the business.

 

   

Scalable. Our SaaS platform is highly scalable and is delivered through the cloud. Our platform is massively scalable currently monitoring more than 10 trillion events a day and millions of servers and containers at any point in time. We offer secure, easily accessible data retention at full granularity for extensive periods of time, which can provide customers with a complete view of their historical data.

 

83


Table of Contents

Key Benefits to Our Customers

Our platform provides the following key benefits to our customers:

 

   

Accelerate digital transformation. We enable customers to take full advantage of the cloud to develop and maintain mission-critical applications with agility and with confidence in the face of increasing business and time pressure and complexity of underlying infrastructure. As a result, our platform helps accelerate innovation cycles, deliver exceptional digital experiences and optimize business performance.

 

   

Reduce time to problem detection and resolution. Using infrastructure, APM and log data in our unified platform, our customers are able to quickly isolate the root cause of application issues in one place where they otherwise would be required to spend hours trying to investigate using multiple tools. Additionally, our machine learning algorithms are trained on the enormous amount of data that our customers send us to detect anomalies and predict failures in customer systems in real time, something that is impossible to do manually. The reduction in mean time to detection, or MTTD, and mean time to resolution, or MTTR, helps our customers avoid lost revenues and enhance customer experience.

 

   

Improve agility of development, operations and business teams. We eliminate the historical silos of development and operations teams and provide a platform that enables efficient and agile development through the adoption of DevOps. Our platform enables development and operations teams to collaborate closely with a shared understanding of data and analytics. This helps them develop a joint understanding of application performance and shared insights into the infrastructure supporting the applications. Additionally, for businesses, our customizable and easy-to-understand dashboards can be shared with business teams to provide them with real-time actionable insights into business performance.

 

   

Enable operational efficiency. Our solution is easy to install, which eliminates the need for heavy implementation costs and professional services. We have over 350 out-of-the-box integrations with key technologies, from which our customers can derive significant value, avoiding internal development costs and professional services required to create those integrations. Our customer-centric pricing model is tailored to customers’ desired usage needs. For example, our log management solution has differentiated pricing for logs indexed versus logs ingested. Our platform empowers customers to better understand the operational needs of their applications and IT environments, enabling greater efficiency in resource allocation and spend on cloud infrastructure.

Our customers span a variety of industries and their deployments of our platform include a variety of use cases. Customer success stories include:

 

   

A large financial services institution consolidated numerous monitoring tools into a single platform, reducing operational complexity and overhead and offering executives a single source of truth about the health of their business and IT environment.

 

   

A Fortune 100 pharmaceutical company monitors across public cloud, containerized and on-premise environments, helping eliminate engineers’ alert fatigue from disparate tools, reducing mean time to resolution and improving compliance with service-level agreements.

 

   

A global shipping and logistics company accelerates the delivery and development of applications, providing them the ability to drive efficiencies in their supply chain, such as fuel cost planning and tracking of shipments.

 

   

A large retailer and e-commerce company avoids website outages that cause lost revenue and enables flexible capacity planning to scale-up infrastructure during peak customer demand.

 

   

A large hospitality company improves development and operations teams collaboration and reduces mean time to resolution by visualizing service inter-dependencies, to ultimately improve customer satisfaction.

 

84


Table of Contents

Our Opportunity

Our platform provides comprehensive visibility and insights into IT infrastructure, application performance and the real time events impacting this performance. Our platform is employed across public cloud, private cloud, on-premise and multi-cloud hybrid environments. We believe that our platform currently addresses a significant portion of the IT Operations Management market. According to Gartner, the IT Operations Management market represents a $37 billion opportunity in 2023. We believe a large portion of this spend is for legacy on-premise and private cloud environments, but does not fully include the opportunity in modern multi-cloud and hybrid cloud environments. Our platform is designed to address both legacy and modern environments.

We estimate our current market opportunity to be approximately $35 billion. We calculate this figure using the total number of global companies with 200 or more employees, which we determined by referencing independent industry data from the S&P Capital IQ database. We then segment these companies into two cohorts based on the number of employees: companies that have between 200 and 999 employees and companies that have 1,000 or more employees. We then multiply the number of companies in each cohort by the average ARR per customer for each of our platform products. Our average ARR per customer is defined as the ARR in each platform product, for customers in the corresponding cohort of employee count, divided by the total number of customers in the corresponding platform product and cohort of employee count, as of June 30, 2019.

We believe that we are currently underpenetrated in our existing customer base. We expect our estimated market opportunity will continue to expand as customers deploy our solution across a larger portion of their IT environments and adopt a greater number of our platform products.

Our Growth Strategies

We intend to pursue the following growth strategies:

 

   

Expand our customer base by acquiring new customers. Our market penetration is low. We believe there is a substantial opportunity to continue to grow our customer base. We intend to drive new customer additions by expanding our sales and marketing efforts in the markets we serve.

 

   

Expand within our existing customer base through broader deployments, new use cases and new product adoption. Our base of approximately 8,800 customers represents a significant opportunity for further sales expansion. For example, for the six months ended June 30, 2019, over 35% of new ARR came from our newer platform products, APM and logs, up from over 10% in the same period a year earlier. We plan to continue to increase sales within our existing customer base through increased usage of our platform and the cross selling of additional products.

 

   

Expand our technology leadership through continued investment and new products. Our goal is to expand our platform over time beyond our current three pillars of observability. We intend to invest in expanding the functionality of our current platform and adding capabilities that address new market opportunities. We have a history of continued innovation. For example, we launched APM in 2017, log management in 2018, and both user experience and network performance monitoring in 2019. This innovation strategy will provide new avenues for growth and allow us to continue to deliver differentiated outcomes to our customers. We have also selectively pursued acquisitions and strategic investments in businesses and technologies to drive product and market expansion and will continue to evaluate strategic acquisitions and investments on a case-by-case basis.

 

   

Expand our customer base internationally. We believe there is a significant opportunity to expand usage of our platform outside of the United States, as international markets have increased the shift of their IT spend to the cloud. We have made significant investments in expanding our presence in EMEA and APAC. As of December 31, 2018, approximately 24% of our ARR came from customers outside of North America. We intend to add international sales team members to take advantage of this market opportunity while refining our go-to-market approach based on local market dynamics.

 

85


Table of Contents

Our Platform

Our proprietary platform provides real-time insights into software applications and IT infrastructure performance to enable better user experiences, faster problem detection and resolution and smarter, more impactful business decisions. Our platform is also modular and includes infrastructure monitoring, application performance monitoring, log management, user experience monitoring and network performance monitoring, as well as a range of shared features such as sophisticated dashboards, advanced analytics, collaboration tools and alerting capabilities. Each of our products is fully capable stand-alone so clients can choose to use different capabilities incrementally or deploy many at once. When deployed together, our products automatically enable cross-correlation, which in turn allows customers to gain greater levels of visibility across their infrastructure and applications to more rapidly troubleshoot problems.

Our platform is supported by hundreds of integrations to seamlessly aggregate metrics and events across all of the systems and services that power digital businesses. Our easy-to-use platform is deployed through a self-service installation process. Users can derive value from our platform within minutes without any specialized training or heavy implementation or customization. Customers can easily expand their usage of our platform on a self-serve basis, adding hosts or volumes of data monitored. Our platform is massively scalable currently monitoring more than 10 trillion events a day and millions of servers and containers.

 

 

LOGO

The key elements that can be leveraged across our platform:

 

   

Single pane of glass. Our ability to provide a unified source of data enables users to access information from a single platform and easily explore multiple data sources. Through a single dashboard and with a common data framework, users are able to access and explore all of the relevant performance data from their applications, hosts, containers and services. Users are able to more quickly assess and resolve their issues without having to toggle between multiple products and translate multiple data sources.

 

   

Robust, deep data set. Our client-side collection technology is built on a unified data model and relies on installation of a single agent for metrics, traces, and logs, allowing for a simple, seamless deployment experience for the customers. We ingest massive amounts of complex data and normalize it. The volume of data associated with combining infrastructure, APM and log management provides for a dramatically more robust data set than any of the individual data sources would provide on their own. Having insight across all of these data points and understanding their measurements leading up to

 

86


Table of Contents
 

prior incidents provides for a more in-depth understanding of root cause analysis and potential performance issues. We provide code level visibility to identify the specific cause of the issue, allowing for a targeted remediation effort with minimal turnaround time.

 

   

SaaS Platform. Our cloud based multi-tenant SaaS platform allows for real-time ingestion, and analysis of massive amounts of data, without our customers needing to worry about the provisioning, sizing and capacity of their monitoring platform.

 

   

Unified data model. Our platform automatically combines related monitoring and analytics data such as metrics, APM and log traces from over 350 disparate, complex sources of data through our technology integrations. Our unified data model enables development and operations teams to quickly troubleshoot and diagnose in one place instead of having to manually track the health and performance of their applications across several different software tools.

 

   

Cross-correlation. All of our solutions are integrated and work cohesively to provide a deep level of context and insight into what is occurring in a customer’s IT environment. By integrating infrastructure monitoring, application performance monitoring and log management in a single platform, our clients are able to analyze cross-correlations between metrics, traces and logs in one platform, at a deeper level, and resolve issues more quickly than if the products are used separately. Our platform’s ability to apply machine learning and cross-correlation to all of the data contained in our platform allows for users to predict likely issues, and proactively remediate them before they occur.

 

   

Out-of-the-box, actionable insights. From the moment of installation, our platform provides actionable insights through customizable dashboards, predictive analytics, automated correlations, visualizations and alerting. These insights enable customers to develop and update mission-critical applications with agility and confidence in the face of increasing business and time pressure, as well as increasing complexity of underlying infrastructure.

 

   

High accuracy machine-learning capabilities and predictive capabilities powered by the network effect. Our multi-tenant cloud platform analyzes massive data sets ingested across our customers and their IT environments. It uses machine learning to predict and identify sources of performance or availability issues that customers share due to dependencies on common service providers or third-party services. Additionally, our algorithms look at historical behavior, in context, in order to predict issues before they occur. Our platform allows users to quickly and easily discern if an incident or service impact was caused by code changes, infrastructure degradation or third-party dependencies and provides them with the visibility to identify the scope of business impact and root cause. This allows for a targeted and prioritized remediation plan, reducing time to recovery.

 

   

350+ fully supported integrations. We offer more than 350 out-of-the-box integrations including public cloud, private cloud, on-premise hardware, databases and third-party software. Our integrations normalize complex data streams and are highly robust. We believe we provide more data points than our competitors. These out-of-the-box integrations have easy-to-use APIs that quickly and efficiently connect to a broad range of technologies and the data that they generate. Our integrations do not require any professional services to implement.

 

   

Automated alerts. We offer sophisticated real time alerting capabilities in the platform that detects issues, alerts users, and integrates with their service management systems. The alerting provides for expressing complex user-defined rules as well as fully-automated, machine-learning based predictions, anomaly and outlier detection.

 

   

Trace, log, metric, synthetics correlation. Correlation of infrastructure metrics, APM traces, log data and synthetics not only identifies what issues may be occurring in an application, but also provides a deeper understanding of the root cause of the issues and powers faster troubleshooting.

 

87


Table of Contents

Our platform consists of five products that can be used individually or as a unified solution, including:

 

   

Infrastructure Monitoring. Our platform provides real-time monitoring of IT infrastructure across public cloud, private cloud and hybrid environments ensuring performance and availability of applications. All infrastructure data is located in one repository with automatic correlation, regardless of environment size or rate of change, to provide a fulsome view of everything that is occurring across the IT ecosystem. Key features include:

 

   

Dashboarding and correlation analysis. Our platform centralizes the monitoring of systems and services in easy-to-use, customizable dashboards, created by dragging and dropping widgets, and visualizations. Our unified dashboards allow for a common framework across Dev and Ops teams to provide a joint understanding of infrastructure and application performance. Data from integrations and other products can be consolidated in the same dashboard and events can be correlated with metrics data allowing for a deep level of context and insight into IT and business performance.

 

   

Infrastructure visualization. We offer the capability to discover and assess an entire infrastructure in a single view, from the simplest to the most massive ecosystems comprised of hundreds of thousands of hosts or containers. This allows users to quickly understand the topology and health of their infrastructure assets.

 

   

Data retention. We use our proprietary data storage to retain data at full granularity for brief or extensive periods of time to provide insight into performance and analyze historical trends. The full granularity of data retention provides for high accuracy machine learning and the unique ability to examine and compare two time periods for highly seasonal businesses.

 

   

Business metrics. Metrics such as shopping cart purchases, hotel check-ins, or ad impressions served are ingested and available for analysis giving users insight not only into their infrastructure and application performance but also business performance. Organizations use these metrics so that a business user can understand and manage mission-critical digital operations.

 

   

Anomaly detection. Our platform provides predictive capabilities that identify potential faults and allow our customers to identify and mitigate potential issues before their businesses are impacted. Our platform observes and correlates historic and real-time signals across combined inputs to identify anomalous behaviors as well as forecast upcoming user facing impact. These combined data provide our machine-learning models deeper understanding of a given application or service, allowing the platform to more quickly identify and raise potential service impact than any single data set would on its own.

 

   

Host monitoring. Our host monitoring functionality provides deep monitoring health and availability of all the servers in a customer environment. Our unique capabilities provide both summary about the hosts as well as detailed information about application components that run on these hosts (e.g. databases, web servers, application servers etc.).

 

   

Container monitoring. Our container visualization functionality offers real-time insight into the health, resource consumption and deployment of containers that enable a global view of a company’s environment, allowing users to dynamically group, filter and explore all containers. This gives users the ability to manage and visualize the ephemeral and complex environments that are increasingly prevalent in modern IT ecosystems.

 

   

Serverless monitoring. Our customers can search, filter and explore all serverless functions in one central view. Our serverless monitoring allows users to combine insights across metrics, traces and logs, to ensure serverless functions are performing properly, and troubleshoot issues that arise.

 

   

Service Level Management. Our customers can easily track SLOs (Service Level Objectives) and performance against error budgets in a simple interface that is relevant to both engineers and business users.

 

88


Table of Contents
   

Application Performance Monitoring (APM). We provide full visibility into the health and functioning of applications regardless of the deployment environment. Distributed tracing across microservices, hosts, containers and serverless computing functions allows our customers to gain deep insights into application performance. In-context correlation of APM traces to logs and infrastructure metrics provides for faster troubleshooting allowing issues to be resolved in minimal time. Key features include:

 

   

Trace visualization. Our users can visualize and trace executed code through the various systems that process code to determine how long each system worked to execute a specific request. This functionality allows users to identify exactly where an issue is occurring across the system in order to accelerate time to remediation.

 

   

Trace search and analytics. Our trace analytics allows customers quickly filter down to narrow problematic traces to any service, endpoint, customer, group of customers, or any other subset of your data. Traces can be queried and browsed to understand performance across specific sections of an application. Our trace searching capabilities are available through an easy-to-use GUI interface that does not require a specialized query language, making it accessible to a broad range of users with minimal training or specific expertise.

 

   

Service map. Automatic and real-time mapping of data flows and dependencies based on distributed traces allows users to dynamically visualize how data flows between services and the volume of data that each service is sending in and out, in order to understand real-time performance health of each service.

 

   

Service overview. Users can see all services and high-level KPIs related to each service from a single pane of glass. Service overview provides users with the ability to assess performance details at a highly granular level in order to gain an in-depth view of how the application is working.

 

   

Broad language support. Our APM solution supports the most commonly used programming languages and frameworks including, but not limited to, Java, Python, Go, Ruby, .NET, Node.js and PHP, allowing for breadth of deployment across customers of all sizes.

 

   

Fully automated anomaly detection. Watchdog is our auto-detection engine that surfaces performance problems in applications without any manual setup or configuration. Watchdog analyzes all performance data that is ingested, and performs machine learning based anomaly detection to identify any unusual trends or occurrences in this data to predict and alert users to any potential issues ahead of them occurring.

 

   

Log Management. Log management for applications, systems and cloud platforms ingests data, creates indexes and enables querying of logs with visualizations and alerting to ensure immediate insight into any performance issues. Machine-learning powered pattern detection of frequently occurring logs allows predictive functionality to pre-emptively address issues before they occur. Key features include:

 

   

Logging without limits. Our product allows customers to decouple the cost of log ingestion from processing. This in turn makes it possible to cost-effectively collect a massive volume of logs and selectively process the ones they need to monitor in real-time. Archived logs can be rehydrated, or reloaded on demand for investigation.

 

   

Logs enrichment. Datadog automatically collects, tags, and enriches customer logs with Datadog’s built-in integrations. This in turn helps customers explore, investigate and analyze logs in our platform quickly without complex query logic. Additionally, this functionality allows customers to quickly navigate between logs and the related infrastructure and APM dashboards for root cause analysis.

 

   

Log patterns. Log patterns provide real-time analysis and clustering of events, which allows investigations to quickly eliminate noise and identify anomalous or unexpected activities. Our multi-tenant cloud platform analyzes data ingested across customer and ecosystems, to predict and

 

89


Table of Contents
 

identify faults that customers share due to dependencies on common service providers or third- party services. These features, when combined with Watchdog, allow our platform to identify and raise user-impacting events automatically.

 

   

Processing pipelines. Our log processing pipelines capability allows customers to enrich logs with custom data facets that make searching and filtering logs intuitive and quick for all users.

 

   

User Experience Monitoring. User experience monitoring brings visibility up the stack to monitor the digital experience of the customer. Datadog user experience monitoring includes both the simulation of customers, through Synthetics, and the monitoring of actual users, through Real User Monitoring. Key features include:

 

   

Synthetics. Synthetics provides user-experience monitoring of applications and API endpoints via simulated user requests to track application performance and ensure uptime.

 

   

API tests. API tests actively simulate an application or user querying an API or accessing a webpage to ensure that web requests are being processed as expected from multiple points around the world, and proactively monitor site availability to reduce mean time to detection and resolution.

 

   

Browser tests. Browser tests monitor user experience, ensuring web pages are fully functional by simulating step-by-step user journeys including specific button clicks, filling out fields and interacting with various page elements on multiple web browsers and browser versions. AI-powered tests enable the monitoring of critical business transactions to ensure that these core customer-facing digital capabilities are always running at optimal functionality.

 

   

Real User Monitoring. Currently available in beta, Datadog Real User Monitoring provides analysis and visualization of the performance of frontend applications as experienced by all actual users.

 

   

Automatic correlation. User Experience Monitoring delivers end-to-end monitoring, including correlation with application traces, infrastructure-level metrics and logs to quickly troubleshoot performance issues.

 

   

Network Performance Monitoring. Currently available in beta, Datadog Network Performance Monitoring enables the analysis and visualization of the flow of network traffic in cloud-based or hybrid environments. It allows the mapping of full-stack dependencies, and is fully integrated with the Datadog platform. It is very lightweight, allowing customers to monitor the flow of network traffic without sacrificing performance.

Our Customers

Organizations of all sizes, in all industries, both private and public, purchase our products for a variety of use cases. As of June 30, 2019, we had 8,846 customers in over 100 countries. We have been adopted by thousands of enterprises globally across a wide range of industries. As of June 30, 2019, we had 594 customers with ARR of $100,000 or more, an increase from 453, 239 and 126 as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. In addition, as of June 30, 2019, we had 42 customers with ARR of $1.0 million or more, up from 29, 12 and two customers as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. We have seen increased traction with enterprise customers, a testament to our success and ability to grow. As of June 30, 2019, the average ARR of our enterprise customers, defined as having 5,000 or more employees, was approximately $200,000, which has increased from approximately $120,000 as of December 31, 2017. The average ARR of our mid-market customers, defined as having between 1,000 and 5,000 employees, was approximately $140,000, which has increased from approximately $70,000 as of December 31, 2017. No customer, including any group of customers under common control or customers that are affiliates of each other, represented more than 10% of our revenue in 2017 or 2018.

 

90


Table of Contents

Representative customers by industry vertical are listed below:

 

Consumer & Retail

  

Financial Services

  

Industrial, Transportation &
Healthcare

Airbnb

  

Coinbase

  

BrightInsight, a Flex Company

Delivery Hero

  

Credit Suisse

  

Haier U.S. Solutions

Expedia Group

  

Donnelley Financial Solutions (DFIN)

  

Maersk Group

GrubHub

  

HSBC

  

Qantas

Instacart

  

IHS Markit

  

PSEG

Mercado Libre

  

Jefferies

  

ServiceMaster

Nextdoor

  

Morgan Stanley

  

SHARE NOW

Peloton

  

RBC

  

SNCF

Ring

  

S&P Global

  

TELUS Health

Starbucks

  

Thomson Reuters

  

Trimble

TrueCar

  

Wirecard

  

UnitedHealth Group/Optum

Wayfair

     

Wabtec Corporation

 

Media, Entertainment & Telecommunications

  

Technology

BuzzFeed

  

Aspect Software

Comcast

  

Cvent

Condé Nast

  

Dropbox

Dow Jones

  

Evernote

Hearst

  

HashiCorp

Hulu

  

Lenovo

KDDI Corporation

  

Looker

Nielsen

  

PagerDuty

Schibsted Media Group

  

Pegasystems

Telstra

  

Pivotal Software

Vodafone

  

Salesforce

  

Samsung Electronics

  

Twilio

  

Zendesk

Customer Case Studies

The following are representative examples of how some of our customers have benefitted from using Datadog:

Airbnb

Industry: Consumer & Retail

Products Used: Infrastructure, APM

Customer Since: 2013

Founded in 2008, Airbnb exists to create a world where anyone can belong anywhere, providing healthy travel that is local, authentic, diverse, inclusive and sustainable. Airbnb uniquely leverages technology to economically empower millions of people around the world to unlock and monetize their spaces, passions and talents to become hospitality entrepreneurs. Airbnb’s accommodation marketplace provides access to 6+ million unique places to stay in 100,000+ cities and 191 countries and regions. With Experiences, Airbnb offers unprecedented access to local communities and interests through 40,000+ unique, handcrafted activities run by hosts across 1,000+ markets around the world. Airbnb’s people-to-people platform benefits all its stakeholders, including hosts, guests, employees and the communities in which it operates.

 

91


Table of Contents

The complexity of Airbnb’s technical infrastructure requires a robust, but flexible platform that can meet the needs of its rapidly expanding global business. The company’s engineers have used Datadog since 2013 to collect and share data and knowledge about their infrastructure. In 2018, Airbnb also started using Datadog for APM, bringing infrastructure and application-level insight onto one platform. Over the years, the company’s decentralized engineering organization has grown substantially, and Datadog has played a vital role helping independent teams coordinate as they work on shared underlying systems. The single source of truth for system insight and collaboration that Datadog offers helps Airbnb ensure its users have exceptional travel experiences.

Coinbase

Industry: Financial Services

Products Used: Infrastructure, APM

Customer Since: 2018

Coinbase is a leading digital currency exchange with over 20 million users, encompassing consumers, advanced traders, businesses, and institutions. The company has facilitated the exchange of over $150 billion in currency to date. By the end of 2017, exploding interest in digital currencies led to a 60x surge in traffic to Coinbase’s customer-facing applications, which severely strained the company’s home-grown monitoring system. Coinbase required a monitoring and analytics solution that was capable of scaling with Coinbase’s exponential growth.

In 2018, Coinbase chose Datadog to free engineers to focus on building new functionality, and provide a fast, secure, scalable, and usable monitoring tool that could handle future growth in transaction volumes. Datadog was able to meet Coinbase’s extremely rigorous security requirements, which contribute to the company’s recognition as one of the most trusted digital currency exchanges. Today, Coinbase’s more than 200 engineers use Datadog to provide timely and detailed insight into the health of their applications and infrastructure through robust dashboards and alerts. By helping Coinbase achieve its objectives for service reliability and quality, Datadog ensures positive user experiences and continued trust in Coinbase’s platform.

Comcast

Industry: Media, Entertainment & Telecommunications

Products Used: Infrastructure, APM, Logs

Customer Since: 2017

Comcast Corporation is a global telecommunications and media conglomerate. The company is shifting more customer-facing, mission-critical applications to the cloud and also building new businesses powered by cloud infrastructure. These initiatives require robust cloud performance monitoring to reduce technology and business risk, enable system visibility, and improve team agility.

Since 2017, Datadog has empowered multiple Comcast businesses with a clear view into the underlying systems and applications that deliver an exceptional customer experience. The Comcast Timeline team leverages the Datadog platform to ensure its infrastructure, applications, and related logs are operating with the high performance required to support its business objectives. Comcast Digital Home has chosen Datadog for infrastructure and application monitoring in order to ensure the success of their growing Xhome and Xfi businesses. Beyond cloud infrastructure, Datadog has also worked with Comcast teams to provide visibility into on-premises infrastructures. In these cases and multiple others, Datadog has replaced time and labor-intensive solutions and enriched Comcast’s monitoring and log management capabilities. Datadog has enabled Comcast technical teams to spend less time monitoring and troubleshooting and more time building new features and functionality that benefit customers.

 

92


Table of Contents

HSBC

Industry: Financial Services

Product Used: Infrastructure

Customer Since: 2018

HSBC is one of the world’s largest banking and financial services institutions. The company is migrating existing mission-critical, customer-facing applications to a modern, dynamic on-premises application hosting environment, and required a modern monitoring solution to ensure the success of this initiative.

In 2018, HSBC selected Datadog to replace legacy infrastructure monitoring tools in its emerging application platform. This use has expanded to monitor the entire infrastructure which hosts 12,000 key banking applications. Several factors differentiated Datadog for HSBC: out-of-the-box dashboards and visualizations, fully-supported cloud and PaaS integrations, and ease of use. Datadog is helping to drive a collaborative culture among technical teams, and freeing up time and resources to build new capabilities.

Peloton

Industry: Consumer & Retail

Products Used: Infrastructure, APM

Customer Since: 2013

Peloton brings the energy and benefits of group fitness into the home, by combining advanced technology, media, and equipment. In order to create the engagement and energy of a live exercise class, Peloton needs to deliver a high-quality video feed and real-time stats to their rapidly growing user base, and minimize any perceived lag.

In 2013, Peloton adopted Datadog’s Infrastructure Monitoring platform to alert on availability and performance issues in the cloud infrastructure supporting their core application. The company also uses Datadog to collect custom user-experience metrics from the in-home equipment, such as video lag and wi-fi strength. And, in 2017, Peloton added Datadog’s APM capabilities to continuously identify and eliminate slowness and inefficiencies in their core application. The insight Datadog provides has helped Peloton’s engineers scale their business rapidly and improve the user experience at the same time. For example, using Datadog, Peloton was able to cut the response time when users search for a class by a factor of four. Within the first 30-45 days of using the platform, engineers were able to identify the top user requests that were having performance issues and reduced response time by 80-90%.

Starbucks

Industry: Consumer & Retail

Products Used: Infrastructure, APM, Logs

Customer Since: 2017

Starbucks is the world’s largest coffee company. The company’s app and loyalty program are widely recognized as among the most successful and innovative of major consumer brands. These increasingly critical digital customer touchpoints drive billions of dollars in sales and must be fast, highly reliable, and a source of business insight.

In 2017, Starbucks adopted Datadog’s Infrastructure Monitoring platform to support their digital transformation. Since then, the company has added Datadog’s APM and Log Management capabilities to ensure smooth digital customer experiences and fast deployment of new, innovative features. As Starbucks deploys new features and changes on the app, Datadog provides engineers immediate feedback on performance. With many ways for customers to pay (plastic cards, mobile payments, the Starbucks app, and third-party apps) Datadog collects crucial transaction data, allowing Starbucks to better understand the customer and ensure purchases are

 

93


Table of Contents

recognized through the rewards program. In all, there are currently over 100 Starbucks teams using Datadog to support the business.

Twilio

Industry: Technology

Product Used: Infrastructure

Customer Since: 2015

Twilio is the leading cloud platform that enables developers to embed communications channels like voice, text, chat, video, and email into their software. With thousands of microservices powering its platform, Twilio needed a solution to help their more than 100 engineering teams collect, analyze, and share vital performance metrics.

Twilio adopted Datadog’s Infrastructure Monitoring platform in 2015 and their usage, as measured by hosts monitored, has grown more than 4x since then. The company leverages Datadog’s hundreds of fully-supported technology integrations to ingest a tremendous amount of performance data, and then quickly process, visualize, and gain insight into their microservices. The Datadog platform has provided a single place for Twilio’s technical teams to make sense of a very complex, high scale, and dynamic infrastructure environment, which ultimately helps Twilio provide reliable and innovative communications services to customers.

Wabtec Corporation

Industry: Industrial & Transportation

Products Used: Infrastructure, APM, Logs

Customer Since: 2018

Wabtec is a global digital industrial leader and supplier to the rail, mining, marine, stationary power, and drilling industries. The company has a large-scale initiative to migrate existing applications to the cloud and build new applications on the cloud. The company required a robust, cloud-native performance monitoring solution to ensure the success of this initiative.

In 2018, legacy GE Transportation, now a Wabtec company, adopted Datadog for Infrastructure Monitoring, APM, and Log Management in one platform. The detailed insight Datadog provides is enabling teams to migrate applications to the cloud on schedule and with minimal disruption. Datadog’s ease of use is helping the company onboard new application development teams and helping to drive adoption of the new cloud environment. In addition, Datadog’s native support for hundreds of popular, modern tools and services is enabling Wabtec developers to introduce new technologies with confidence.

Zendesk

Industry: Technology

Products Used: Infrastructure, APM, Logs

Customer Since: 2013

Zendesk’s customer service and engagement products are powerful and flexible, and scale to meet the needs of any business. Zendesk serves businesses across hundreds of industries, with more than 145,000 paid customer accounts offering service and support in over 30 languages. Zendesk’s globally-distributed engineering teams had long selected their own performance monitoring tools, leading to tool sprawl, data silos, and monitoring gaps. In order to boost developer productivity and improve troubleshooting speed and effectiveness, Zendesk sought to consolidate its performance monitoring toolset.

In 2013, Zendesk invested in Datadog’s Infrastructure Monitoring platform, and in 2018 adopted Datadog APM for code-level insight in one platform. Then, in 2019, Zendesk added Datadog’s log management

 

94


Table of Contents

capabilities, bringing a third pillar of highly granular performance data onto the platform. Over the last six years, Zendesk has partnered with Datadog to serve their evolving needs. For example, Zendesk extensively uses Datadog APM and Log Management to find “needles in haystacks”—that is, to precisely pinpoint issues such as individual requests that are taking too long or utilizing too much infrastructure capacity. This data-driven insight gives teams specific guidance on how to improve the performance of their code, and also immediately see if changes and new deployments are working as expected. By embracing Datadog as a unified platform for insight on infrastructure, applications, and logs, Zendesk is enabling its more than 500 engineers to spend less time searching for solutions and more time building new functionality. Beyond being leveraged by engineers, Zendesk’s support organization uses insights and information from Datadog to ensure a leading customer experience.

Our Technology

SaaS Platform

Our SaaS platform was purpose-built for scaling and leveraging modern technologies such as containers, microservices and serverless computing. This has informed many of the technology architectural decisions we have made for our platform and products, as we understand the complexity of operating in these dynamic environments. Our SaaS multi-tenant platform allows us to rapidly introduce new features required by today’s rapidly changing technology environment. The result is an “always-on” service that provides customers with daily enhancements and unlimited capacity to take on new performance data that a customer opts to monitor and analyze with our platform, reducing the friction associated with onboarding.

Proprietary Data Storage System Drives Scalability

We built a proprietary data storage system that provides our platform with the scale to ingest, stream and analyze massive datasets in real time. Our platform is able to process and store several trillion events points a day in a highly performant manner through the use of our proprietary database architecture. This system allows for quick, behind-the-scenes querying of data at full granularity, and presents it to the user in real-time. Given the scale of our datasets we are able to drive better, more actionable, insights infrastructure, application and business performance.

One Data Model

We built Datadog to break the old model of siloed development and operations teams by making monitoring and monitoring data accessible to everyone in the organization. Every piece of data that is ingested by our platform is consistently tagged with metadata regardless of its type. This allows for different kinds of performance data, such as a log event and an application trace, to be queried together, correlated, alerted on, and visualized in a common user interface.

Enterprise-Grade Security and Compliance

We are committed to the security and privacy of our customers’ data. Data submitted to the Datadog service by authorized users is considered confidential, is protected in transit across public networks and encrypted at rest. All data transmitted between Datadog and Datadog users is protected using Transport Layer Security and HTTP Strict Transport Security. Additionally, we have continued to pursue independent third-party assessments and validations of our security and compliance capabilities, including through industry-standard reports like SOC 2 Type II. We have also completed a third-party HIPAA compliance assessment for the Log Management product.

Our Ecosystem

Datadog’s client software, such as our agent, integration plugins, SDKs and documentation are licensed and developed as open source software. Our community is made up of thousands of developers, representing over

 

95


Table of Contents

650 organizations, who contribute code and documentation to extend and improve upon Datadog’s client software. In addition, we offer a free version of our software to reduce the friction of customer adoption and encourage developer utilization.

In addition to our own projects, Datadog is an active participant in upstream software projects, community foundations and standard bodies. Participation in these projects and advisory boards such as the Open-Tracing Specification Council, Kubernetes, Terraform, Istio and others, allows us to play an active role in driving these projects to meet our customers’ monitoring needs and ensure integration with our own services.

We believe that participating in the open source community makes it easier for our customers to do business with us and enhances the attractiveness and depth of our offering. It allows our customers to more efficiently write their own integrations and increases the transparency of our technology that may be downloaded. Further, we believe it allows us to attract and retain talented engineers and strengthens our reputation within the developer community.

Sales and Marketing

Our sales team is segmented into four revenue-generating areas: an enterprise sales team that sells to large businesses; a high velocity inside-sales team that is focused on acquiring new customers; a customer success team that handles new customer on-boarding and expansions in existing customers; and a partner team that works with resellers, distributors and managed service providers. Each of these teams is further split regionally for geographic coverage across Americas, APAC and EMEA. The sales teams work with marketing to actively pursue leads generated from marketing programs and help take prospective customers through an evaluation and purchase process.

We sell to organizations of all sizes across a broad range of industries and make it easy for developers and IT operations teams to begin using our platform. As a result of the viral nature and ease of use of our platform, our products are able to capitalize on the decision-making power of the developer community to initially land with development and IT operation teams and then spread organically to broader teams. Our relationships within customer organizations often grow beyond the initial users of the technology to include senior technology and business decision-makers. We also engage with our customers on an ongoing basis through a customer success team, to ensure customer satisfaction and to help expand their usage of our platform. In addition, we have select resellers, managed service providers and partners who sell our products.

Our customer success team manages the relationships of our customers, primarily focused on those that come from the inside sales channel, and through partnership with the enterprise sales force. In addition to being a day-to-day contact for our customers, our customer success team drives renewals, upsells and cross-sells. As key drivers of our land-and-expand business model, customer success employees ensure customers are receiving value from our platform, while supporting a growing relationship over time through increased usage of our platform and adoption of newer platform products.

We focus our multi-touch marketing efforts on the strength of our product innovation, the value we provide and our domain expertise. We target the development and IT operations community through our marketing activities, using diverse tactics to connect with prospective customers, such as content marketing, email marketing, events, digital advertising, social media, public relations, partner marketing and community initiatives. We offer prospective customers free trials to help them understand the power of our platform. Once a prospective customer is trialing Datadog, our sales efforts aim to land an initial purchase, which we then work to expand into broader use cases, increased environment footprints and new product adoption. We also host and present at regional, national and global events, including our Dash conference, to engage both customers and prospects, deliver product training, share best practices and foster community. Our technical leaders and evangelists frequently speak as subject matter experts at market-leading developer events such as DevOpsDays and AWS re:Invent.

 

96


Table of Contents

As of June 30, 2019, we had 474 employees in our sales and marketing organization, including sales development, field sales, sales engineering, business development, sales operations, sales strategy, customer success and marketing personnel. We intend to continue to invest in our sales and marketing capabilities to capitalize on our market opportunity.

Research and Development

Our research and development organization is responsible for the design, development, testing and delivery of new technologies, features and integrations of our platform, as well as the continued improvement and iteration of our existing products. It is also responsible for operating and scaling our platform including the underlying cloud infrastructure. Our most significant investments are in research and development to drive core technology innovation and bring new products to market. Research and development employees are located primarily in our New York and Paris offices, as well as remotely distributed.

Our research and development team consists of our software engineering, user experience, product management, development and site reliability engineering teams. As of June 30, 2019, we had 462 employees in our research and development organization. We intend to continue to invest in our research and development capabilities to extend our platform and products.

Our Competition

The worldwide monitoring and analytics market is and has been highly competitive for decades and is rapidly evolving. We compete on the basis of a number of factors, including:

 

   

ability to provide unified, real-time observability of IT environments;

 

   

ability to operate in dynamic and elastic environments;

 

   

extensibility across the enterprise, including development, operations and business users;

 

   

propensity to enable collaboration between development, operations and business users;

 

   

ability to monitor any combination of public clouds, private clouds, on-premise and multi-cloud hybrids;

 

   

ability to provide advanced analytics and machine learning;

 

   

ease of deployment, implementation and use;

 

   

breadth of offering and key technology integrations;

 

   

performance, security, scalability and reliability;

 

   

quality of service and customer satisfaction;

 

   

total cost of ownership; and

 

   

brand recognition and reputation.

Our unified platform combines functionality from numerous traditional product categories, and hence we compete in each of these categories with different vendors:

 

   

With respect to on-premise infrastructure monitoring, we compete with diversified technology companies and systems management vendors including IBM, Microsoft Corporation, Micro Focus International plc, BMC Software, Inc. and Computer Associates International, Inc.

 

   

With respect to APM, we compete with Cisco Systems, Inc., New Relic, Inc. and Dynatrace Software Inc.

 

   

With respect to Log management, we compete with Splunk Inc. and Elastic N.V.

 

97


Table of Contents
   

With respect to Cloud monitoring, we compete with native solutions from cloud providers such as Amazon.com, Inc. (AWS), Alphabet Inc. (GCP) and Microsoft Corporation (Azure).

Additionally, we compete with home-grown and open-source technologies across the categories described above. We believe that we compete favorably with respect to the factors listed above. However, many of our competitors have greater financial, technical and other resources, greater brand recognition, larger sales forces and marketing budgets, broader distribution networks, more diverse product and services offerings and larger and more mature intellectual property portfolios. They may be able to leverage these resources to gain business in a manner that discourages customers from purchasing our offerings. Furthermore, we expect that our industry will continue to attract new companies, including smaller emerging companies, which could introduce new offerings. We may also expand into new markets and encounter additional competitors in such markets.

Our Employees

As of June 30, 2019, we had 1,212 employees operating across 24 countries. None of our employees are represented by a labor union with respect to his or her employment. In certain countries in which we operate, such as France, we are subject to, and comply with, local labor law requirements, which may automatically make our employees subject to industry-wide collective bargaining agreements. We have not experienced any work stoppages and we consider our relations with our employees to be good.

Intellectual Property

Intellectual property rights are important to the success of our business. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws in the United States and other jurisdictions, as well as license agreements, confidentiality procedures, non-disclosure agreements with third parties, and other contractual protections, to protect our intellectual property rights, including our proprietary technology, software, know-how and brand. We use open source software in our services. Our proprietary API and the agent used by customers to upload data to our platform are licensed by us on an open source basis.

As of June 30, 2019, we own three patent applications pending for examination in the United States and no non-U.S. patents or patent applications. The pending U.S. patent applications, if issued, would be scheduled to expire in 2038 and 2039. Despite our pending U.S. patent applications, there can be no assurance that our patent applications will result in issued patents. As of June 30, 2019, we own two registered trademarks in the United States and six registered trademarks in various non-U.S. jurisdictions. However, as we have expanded internationally, we have been unable to register or obtain the right to use the Datadog trademark in certain jurisdictions, and as we continue to expand may face similar issues in other jurisdictions.

Although we rely on intellectual property rights, including patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets, as well as contractual protections to establish and protect our proprietary rights, we believe that factors such as the technological and creative skills of our personnel, creation of new services, features and functionality, and frequent enhancements to our platform are more essential to establishing and maintaining our technology leadership position.

We control access to and use of our proprietary technology and other confidential information through the use of internal and external controls, including contractual protections with employees, contractors, customers and partners. We require our employees, consultants and other third parties to enter into confidentiality and proprietary rights agreements and we control and monitor access to our software, documentation, proprietary technology and other confidential information. Our policy is to require all employees and independent contractors to sign agreements assigning to us any inventions, trade secrets, works of authorship, developments, processes and other intellectual property generated by them on our behalf and under which they agree to protect our confidential information. In addition, we generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our customers and partners. See the section titled “Risk Factors” for a more comprehensive description of risks related to our intellectual property.

 

98


Table of Contents

Our Facilities

Our headquarters is located in New York City, where we lease approximately 97,000 square feet pursuant to three separate subleases. One of these subleases, for approximately 33,000 square feet, will expire in September 2022. The other two subleases, together for approximately 64,000 square feet, will expire in December 2023. We have other offices including Boston, Dublin and Paris. These offices are leased and we do not own any real property. We believe that our current facilities are adequate to meet our current needs.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are involved in various legal proceedings arising from the normal course of business activities. We are not presently a party to any litigation the outcome of which, we believe, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, cash flows or financial condition. Defending such proceedings is costly and can impose a significant burden on management and employees. The results of any current or future litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, and regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

99


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth information for our executive officers and directors as of June 30, 2019:

 

Name

  

Age

    

Position

Executive Officers:

     

Olivier Pomel

     42     

Chief Executive Officer, Co-Founder and Director

Alexis Lê-Quôc

     44     

President, Chief Technology Officer, Co-Founder and Director

Amit Agarwal

     45     

Chief Product Officer

David Obstler

     59     

Chief Financial Officer

Dan Fougere

     48     

Chief Revenue Officer

Laszlo Kopits

     54     

General Counsel

Non-Employee Directors:

     

Michael Callahan

     50     

Director

Dev Ittycheria

     52     

Director

Julie Richardson

     56     

Director

Shardul Shah

     36     

Director

Kirill Sheynkman

     52     

Director

Executive Officers

Olivier Pomel is one of the co-founders of our company and has served as our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors since June 2010. Prior to co-founding Datadog, Mr. Pomel was Vice President of Technology at Wireless Generation, Inc., a SaaS technology company, from 2002 until its acquisition by News Corp in 2010. Previously, Mr. Pomel held engineering positions at a number of technology and software companies, including IBM Research. Mr. Pomel received his M.S. in Computer Science from Ecole Centrale Paris. We believe Mr. Pomel is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his experience building and leading our business and his insight into corporate matters as our Chief Executive Officer.

Alexis Lê-Quôc is one of the co-founders of our company and has served as our President, Chief Technology Officer and a member of our board of directors since June 2010. Prior to co-founding Datadog, Mr. Lê-Quôc worked at Wireless Generation from March 2004 to December 2010, where he most recently served as Director of Live Operations. Previously, Mr. Lê-Quôc held engineering positions at a number of technology and software companies, including IBM Research and France Télécom S.A . Mr. Lê-Quôc received his M.S. in Computer Science from Centrale Supelec. We believe Mr. Lê-Quôc is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his experience building and leading the development of our technology and his insight into our business as our Chief Technology Officer.

Amit Agarwal has served as our Chief Product Officer since April 2012. Prior to Datadog, Mr. Agarwal held senior product management and engineering positions at a number of software companies, including Quest Software and IBM. Mr. Agarwal received his M.B.A. in General Management from York University and his M.S. in Computer Science from Dalhousie University.

David Obstler has served as our Chief Financial Officer since November 2018. Prior to joining us, Mr. Obstler held Chief Financial Officer positions at a number of other companies including TravelClick, Inc., a hospitality technology company, where he served from September 2014 to October 2018, OpenLink Financial LLC, a financial services software provider, where he served from November 2012 to July 2014, MSCI Inc., a financial index and investment management software company, where he served from June 2010 to September

 

100


Table of Contents

2012, and Risk Metrics Group, Inc., a risk management and corporate governance service provider, where he served from January 2005 to June 2010. Earlier in his career, Mr. Obstler held various investment banking positions at J.P. Morgan, Lehman Brothers and Goldman Sachs. Mr. Obstler received his M.B.A. from Harvard Business School and his B.A. from Yale University.

Dan Fougere has served as our Chief Revenue Officer since February 2017. Prior to joining us, Mr. Fougere held various roles at Medallia, Inc., a SaaS-based customer feedback company, including Head of Global Sales from September 2016 to January 2017 and Vice President of Sales from April 2012 to August 2016. From April 2008 to April 2012, Mr. Fougere was Area Director at BMC Software, Inc., an information technology and services company. Earlier in his career, Mr. Fougere held sales positions at various technology companies including Actuate Corporation, BladeLogic Server Automation and Parametric Technology Corp. Mr. Fougere received his B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.

Laszlo Kopits has served as our General Counsel since January 2018, and prior to that as our Deputy General Counsel from February 2017. Mr. Kopits served as a Director of Fluence Learning, LLC, an education technology company producing instructional assessment content and technology, from April 2016 to August 2017. Previously, Mr. Kopits worked at Wireless Generation and, after its acquisition by News Corp., Amplify Education, Inc., where he served as General Counsel from January 2006 to December 2015, and most recently as Executive Vice President. Earlier in his career, Mr. Kopits held legal positions at Thomson Reuters Corp. and Weil Gotshal & Manges LLP. Mr. Kopits received his J.D. from Stanford Law School and his M.A. in International Relations from Johns Hopkins University.

Non-Employee Directors

Michael Callahan has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2011. Mr. Callahan served as Chief Executive Officer of Awake Security, Inc., a private cyber security company that he co-founded, from August 2014 to July 2018. From September 2011 to August 2014, Mr. Callahan was an Entrepreneur in Residence at Greylock Partners. Earlier in his career, Mr. Callahan was Chief Technologist for Enterprise NAS at Hewlett Packard from April 2007 to October 2009; Chief Technology Officer and co-founder of PolyServe, a software company, from May 2000 to April 2007; and Director of Advanced Development at Ask Jeeves, a search engine, from January 1999 to May 2000. Mr. Callahan received his A.B. in Social Studies from Harvard University and was a Rhodes Scholar and Junior Research Fellow in mathematics at the University of Oxford. We believe that Mr. Callahan is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his extensive experience in the technology industry.

Dev Ittycheria has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2014. Mr. Ittycheria has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of MongoDB, Inc. and as a member of its board of directors since September 2014. Prior to joining MongoDB, Mr. Ittycheria served as a Managing Director at OpenView Venture Partners, a venture capital firm, from October 2013 to September 2014. From February 2012 to June 2013, Mr. Ittycheria served as Venture Partner at Greylock Partners, a venture capital firm. From April 2008 to February 2010, Mr. Ittycheria served as President-Enterprise Management at BMC Software, Inc., a computer software company, which he joined in connection with its acquisition of BladeLogic, Inc., a computer software company that Mr. Ittycheria co-founded and for which he served as Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Ittycheria previously served on the board of directors of athenahealth, Inc., a public cloud-based services company, from June 2010 to February 2019; Bazaarvoice, Inc., a public software company, from January 2010 to August 2014; and AppDynamics, Inc., a private software company, from March 2011 until its acquisition by Cisco Systems, Inc. in March 2017. Mr. Ittycheria received his B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Rutgers University. We believe that Mr. Ittycheria is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his experience in building and leading high-growth businesses and his service on the boards of multiple public companies.

Julie G. Richardson has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2019. From November 2012 to October 2014, Ms. Richardson was a Senior Adviser to Providence Equity Partners LLC, a global asset

 

101


Table of Contents

management firm. From April 2003 to November 2012, Ms. Richardson was a Partner and Managing Director at Providence Equity, a private equity investment fund, and oversaw its New York office. Prior to Providence Equity, Ms. Richardson served as Global Head of JP Morgan’s Telecom, Media and Technology Group, and was previously a Managing Director in Merrill Lynch & Co.’s investment banking group. Ms. Richardson has served on the board of directors of The Hartford Financial Group, a publicly held insurance and financial services company, since January 2014, VEREIT, Inc., a publicly held real estate investment operating property company, since April 2015, UBS Group AG, a publicly held financial services company, since May 2017, and Yext Inc., a technology and online brand management company, since May 2015. Ms. Richardson previously served on the boards of directors of Stream Global Services, Inc. from 2009 to 2012 and Arconic, Inc. from 2016 to 2018. Ms. Richardson holds a B.B.A from the University of Wisconsin Madison. We believe that Ms. Richardson is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of her investment management and financial services experience, and her extensive experience serving on public company boards.

Shardul Shah has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2012. He is a partner at Index Ventures, a venture capital firm, where he has worked since 2008. Mr. Shah currently serves on the board of directors of a number of private technology companies, including AttackIQ, Inc., Brightback Inc., Castle Intelligence, Inc., and Iterable, Inc. Mr. Shah previously served on the board of directors of private technology companies Adallom Ltd., FutureSimple Inc. (previously Base CRM), Lacoon Mobile Security and SourceClear Inc. and is an observer at Outbrain Inc. Prior to Index Ventures, Mr. Shah began his career as an associate at Summit Partners, a venture capital fund, where he worked from July 2005 to January 2008. Mr. Shah received his B.A. in Economics and Biology from the University of Chicago. We believe that Mr. Shah is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his experience in the venture capital industry and his knowledge of infrastructure, security and software.

Kirill Sheynkman has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2015. Mr. Sheynkman is General Partner at RTP Ventures, an investment firm he co-founded in September 2011. Mr. Sheynkman currently serves on the board of directors of a number of private companies, including Indeni Ltd., Divvy Cloud Corporation, GridGain Systems and HYPR Corp., among others, and he previously served on the board of directors of numerous other private technology companies. Mr. Sheynkman was a Venture Partner at Greycroft Partners from November 2010 to May 2013. He also founded several software companies where he served as President and Chief Executive Officer, including Elastra Corporation from April 2007 to March 2010, Pumtree Software from February 1997 to April 1998 and Stanford Technology Group from April 1993 to July 1995. From March 1996 to January 1997, Mr. Sheynkman was an Entrepreneur in Residence at Sequoia Capital, a venture capital fund. Mr. Sheynkman began his career as a consultant and business development manager at Oracle Corporation. Mr. Sheynkman received his M.B.A. from the University of California, Berkeley and his B.S. in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science from Stanford University. We believe that Mr. Sheynkman is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his extensive experience in the venture capital and technology industries.

Composition of Our Board of Directors

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. We currently have seven directors. All of our directors currently serve on the board of directors pursuant to the provisions of a voting agreement between us and certain of our investors including entities affiliated with Index Ventures, OpenView Venture Partners, ICONIQ Strategic Partners and RTP Ventures. Pursuant to the voting agreement, our Series A preferred stockholders have the right to appoint two directors and our Series B preferred stockholders have the right to appoint one director. The current members of our board of directors designated by our Series A preferred stockholders are Kirill Sheynkman and Shardul Shah. The current member of our board of directors designated by our Series B preferred stockholders is Dev Ittycheria. This agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering, after which there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Following the completion of this offering, no stockholder will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors. Our current directors will continue to serve as directors until their resignation, removal or successor is duly elected.

 

102


Table of Contents

Our board of directors may establish the authorized number of directors from time to time by resolution. In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect on the completion of this offering, immediately after this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual general meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

   

the Class I directors will be                  and                 , whose terms will expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2020;

 

   

the Class II directors will be                  and                 , whose terms will expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2021; and

 

   

the Class III director will be                 , whose term will expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2022.

We expect that any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on information provided by each director concerning her or his background, employment and affiliations, our board of directors has determined that             , and             do not have relationships that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the listing standards. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our shares by each non-employee director and the transactions described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Committees of Our Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established an audit committee and a compensation committee, and will establish a nominating and corporate governance committee prior to the completion of this offering. The composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of our board of directors are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors. Our board of directors may establish other committees as it deems necessary or appropriate from time to time.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of             ,             and             . Our board of directors has determined that                satisfies the independence requirements under                listing standards and Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Exchange Act. The chair of our audit committee is             , who our board of directors has determined is an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of SEC regulations. Each member of our audit committee can read and understand fundamental financial statements in accordance with applicable requirements. In arriving at these determinations, our board of directors has examined each audit committee member’s scope of experience and the nature of their employment in the corporate finance sector.

The principal duties and responsibilities of our audit committee include, among other things:

 

   

selecting a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

 

103


Table of Contents
   

helping to ensure the independence and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

helping to maintain and foster an open avenue of communication between management and the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and the independent accountants, our interim and year-end operating results;

 

   

developing procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;

 

   

reviewing our policies on risk assessment and risk management;

 

   

reviewing related party transactions;

 

   

obtaining and reviewing a report by the independent registered public accounting firm at least annually, that describes its internal quality-control procedures, any material issues with such procedures, and any steps taken to deal with such issues when required by applicable law; and

 

   

approving (or, as permitted, pre-approving) all audit and all permissible non-audit services to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Our audit committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable listing standards of the                 .

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of             and             . The chair of our compensation committee is                . Our board of directors has determined that each of             and             is independent under                listing standards, a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

The principal duties and responsibilities of our audit committee include, among other things:

 

   

approving the retention of compensation consultants and outside service providers and advisors;

 

   

reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, the compensation, individual and corporate performance goals and objectives and other terms of employment of our executive officers, including evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer and, with his assistance, that of our other executive officers;

 

   

reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our directors;

 

   

administering our equity and non-equity incentive plans;

 

   

reviewing our practices and policies of employee compensation as they relate to risk management and risk-taking incentives;

 

   

reviewing and evaluating succession plans for the executive officers;

 

   

reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, incentive compensation and equity plans; and

 

   

reviewing and establishing general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees and reviewing our overall compensation philosophy.

Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable listing standards of the                 .

 

104


Table of Contents

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of                  and                 . The chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee will be                 . Our board of directors has determined that each member of the nominating and corporate governance committee is independent under the                 listing standards.

The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include, among other things:

 

   

identifying, evaluating, and selecting, or recommending that our board of directors approve, nominees for election to our board of directors and its committees;

 

   

approving the retention of director search firms;

 

   

evaluating the performance of our board of directors and of individual directors;

 

   

considering and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition of our board of directors and its committees;

 

   

evaluating the adequacy of our corporate governance practices and reporting; and

 

   

overseeing an annual evaluation of the board’s performance.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable listing standards of the                 .

Code of Conduct

We have adopted a Code of Conduct that applies to all our employees, officers and directors. This includes our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. The full text of our Code of Conduct will be posted on our website at www.datadog.com. We intend to disclose on our website any future amendments of our Code of Conduct or waivers that exempt any principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, persons performing similar functions or our directors from provisions in the Code of Conduct. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of the compensation committee are currently, or have been at any time, one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serve, or have served during the last year, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned by or paid to our non-employee directors for the year ended December 31, 2018:

 

Name

   Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
     Option
Awards(1)
     Total  

Michael Callahan

   $      $      $  

Dev Ittycheria

            814,399        814,399  

Julie Richardson

                    

Shardul Shah

                    

Kirill Sheynkman

                    

 

105


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Amount reported represent the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options granted to our directors during 2018 under our 2012 Plan, computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board Accounting Standards Codification, Topic 718, or ASC Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in this column are set forth in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This amount does not reflect the actual economic value that may be realized by the non-employee director.

Each of Mr. Pomel, our co-founder and Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. Lê-Quôc, our co-founder, President and Chief Technology Officer, is also a member of our board of directors but does not receive any additional compensation for his service as a director. See the section titled “Executive Compensation” for more information regarding the compensation earned by these executive officers.

We intend to adopt a non-employee director compensation policy in connection with this offering and on terms to be determined by our board of directors. Under the non-employee director policy, our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive compensation for service on our board of directors and committees of our board of directors.

 

106


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Our named executive officers, consisting of our principal executive officer and the next two most highly compensated executive officers, as of December 31, 2018, were:

 

   

Olivier Pomel, Co-Founder and Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

David Obstler, Chief Financial Officer; and

 

   

Laszlo Kopits, General Counsel

2018 Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents all of the compensation awarded to or earned by or paid to our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Salary     Bonus(1)     Option
Awards(2)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation(3)
    All Other
Compensation(4)
    Total  

Olivier Pomel

  $ 300,000     $     $     $ 147,791     $ 240     $ 448,031  

Co-Founder and Chief

Executive Officer

           

David Obstler

    58,333 (5)      60,000       7,449,033       51,727       129       7,619,222  

Chief Financial Officer

           

Laszlo Kopits

    299,391             732,649       62,500       552       1,095,092  

General Counsel

           

 

(1)

Amounts shown represent a one-time signing bonus awarded to Mr. Obstler.

(2)

Amounts reported represents the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options granted to our executive officer during 2018 under our 2012 Plan, computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in this column are set forth in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This amount does not reflect the actual economic value that may be realized by the executive officer.

(3)

Amounts shown represent the executive officers’ total bonuses earned for 2018 based on the achievement of company performance goals as determined by our board of directors.

(4)

Amounts shown represent life insurance premiums paid by us on behalf of the executive officer.

(5)

Mr. Obstler joined us in November 2018. Amount represents the pro rata portion of his 2018 annual base salary as set forth in the section titled “—Employment Arrangements.”

 

107


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2018

The following table sets forth certain information about outstanding equity awards granted to our named executive officers that remain outstanding as of December 31, 2018.

 

     Option Awards(1)  

Name

   Grant Date(1)      Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
    Option
Exercise
Price
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Olivier Pomel

     10/27/2015        1,502,400           $ 0.92        10/26/2025  
     10/25/2017        189,000       243,000 (2)      2.7275        10/24/2027  

David Obstler

     9/6/2018        400,000 (3)            4.65        9/5/2028  

Laszlo Kopits

     10/25/2017        11,664       28,336 (4)      2.7275        10/24/2027  

 

(1)

All option awards listed in this table were granted pursuant to our 2012 Plan, the terms of which are described below under “Equity Incentive Plans—2012 Equity Incentive Plan.

(2)

25% of the shares underlying this option vested on March 1, 2018, with the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the next three years, subject to the executive officer’s continuous service through each such vesting date.

(3)

25% of the shares underlying this option vest on November 1, 2019, with the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the next three years, subject to the executive officer’s continuous service through each such vesting date. This option is immediately exercisable, subject to our right to repurchase unvested shares in the event that Mr. Obstler’s employment with us terminates.

(4)

25% of the shares underlying this option vested on October 1, 2018, with the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the next three years, subject to the executive officer’s continuous service through each such vesting date.

Employment Arrangements

We have entered into offer letters with each of our named executive officers, the terms of which are described below. Each of our named executive officers has also executed our standard form of proprietary information and inventions agreement.

Olivier Pomel. In 2011, we entered into an offer letter with Olivier Pomel, our Chief Executive Officer. The offer letter has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. Mr. Pomel’s current annual base salary is $300,000.

David Obstler. In 2018, we entered into an offer letter with David Obstler, our Chief Financial Officer. The offer letter has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. Mr. Obstler’s current annual base salary is $350,000, and he is currently eligible for a target annual discretionary performance bonus of up to 60% of his annual base salary, based on individual and corporate performance goals. In addition, pursuant to the terms of Mr. Obstler’s offer letter, we paid him a one-time signing bonus of $60,000, which bonus Mr. Obstler must fully repay if he resigns without “good reason” or we terminate his employment for “cause” (each as defined in his offer letter), in each case prior to completing 12 months of service with us.

Under Mr. Obstler’s offer letter, if he resigns for good reason or we terminate his employment other than for cause, death or “permanent disability” (as defined in his offer letter), then Mr. Obstler will be eligible to receive the following severance benefits (less applicable tax withholdings): (1) six months of base salary paid in accordance with our regular payroll practices; (2) a prorated target bonus for the greater of the portion of the applicable calendar year during which he was employed or six months, payable pro rata over the six month severance period; and (3) payment on his behalf of the premiums for him and his eligible dependents to continue coverage under our group health plan pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 for a period of up to six months following the date his employment terminates. As a condition to receiving the severance benefits above, Mr. Obstler must sign and not revoke a general release agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to us within the time period set forth in his offer letter. Further, if Mr. Obstler resigns for good reason

 

108


Table of Contents

or we terminate Mr. Obstler’s employment without cause, in either case within 12 months of a change in control, 100% of the shares subject to the option granted to him in September 2018 will vest and become exercisable. In addition, if the unvested portion of such option is cancelled without payment or issuance of substitute options upon the closing of a change in control, Mr. Obstler will become entitled to receive a cash payment equal to the amount, if any, that he would have received as a cash-out payment at the closing of such transaction as if the unvested portion of the option had been vested at such closing.

Laszlo Kopits. In 2017, we entered into an offer letter with Laszlo Kopits, our General Counsel. The offer letter has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. Mr. Kopits’s current annual base salary is $300,000.

Equity Incentive Plans

2019 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved our 2019 Plan on                 , 2019 and on                 , 2019, respectively. The 2019 Plan will become effective, and no stock awards may be granted under the 2019 Plan until immediately prior to the execution of the underwriting agreement related to this offering. Once the 2019 Plan is effective, no further grants will be made under the 2012 Plan.

Stock Awards. The 2019 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, or ISOs, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, nonstatutory stock options, or NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance-based stock awards, and other forms of equity compensation, which are collectively referred to as stock awards. Additionally, the 2019 Plan provides for the grant of performance cash awards. ISOs may be granted only to our employees and to any of our parent or subsidiary corporation’s employees. All other awards may be granted to employees, including officers, and to non-employee directors and consultants of ours and any of our affiliates.

Share Reserve. Initially, the aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be issued pursuant to stock awards under the 2019 Plan is the sum of (i)    shares plus (ii) the number of shares reserved, and remaining available for issuance, under our 2012 Plan at the time our 2019 Plan became effective and (iii) the number of shares subject to stock options or other stock awards granted under our 2012 Plan that would have otherwise returned to our 2012 Plan (such as upon the expiration or termination of a stock award prior to vesting). The number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2019 Plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each year, beginning on January 1, 2020 and continuing through and including January 1, 2029, by     % of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, or a lesser number of shares determined by our board of directors. The maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs under our 2019 Plan is                  shares.

If a stock award granted under the 2019 Plan expires or otherwise terminates without being exercised in full, or is settled in cash, the shares of our common stock not acquired pursuant to the stock award again will become available for subsequent issuance under the 2019 Plan. In addition, the following types of shares under the 2019 Plan may become available for the grant of new stock awards under the 2019 Plan: (1) shares that are forfeited to or repurchased by us prior to becoming fully vested; (2) shares withheld to satisfy income or employment withholding taxes; or (3) shares used to pay the exercise or purchase price of a stock award. Shares issued under the 2019 Plan may be previously unissued shares or reacquired shares bought by us on the open market.

The maximum number of shares of common stock subject to stock awards granted under the 2019 Plan or otherwise during any one calendar year to any non-employee director, taken together with any cash fees paid by us to such non-employee director during such calendar year for service on the board of directors, will not exceed $        in total value (calculating the value of any such stock awards based on the grant date fair value of such stock awards for financial reporting purposes), or, with respect to the calendar year in which a non-employee director is first appointed or elected to our board of directors, $        .

 

109


Table of Contents

Administration. Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, has the authority to administer the 2019 Plan. Our board of directors may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (1) designate employees (other than other officers) to be recipients of certain stock awards, (2) determine the number of shares of common stock to be subject to such stock awards and (3) specify the other terms and conditions, including the strike price or purchase price and vesting schedule, applicable to such awards. Subject to the terms of the 2019 Plan, our board of directors or the authorized committee, referred to as the plan administrator, determines recipients, dates of grant, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted and the terms and conditions of the stock awards, including the period of their exercisability and the vesting schedule applicable to a stock award. Subject to the limitations set forth below, the plan administrator will also determine the exercise price, strike price or purchase price of stock awards granted and the types of consideration to be paid for the stock award.

The plan administrator has the authority to modify outstanding stock awards under our 2019 Plan. Subject to the terms of our 2019 Plan, the plan administrator has the authority, without stockholder approval, to reduce the exercise, purchase or strike price of any outstanding stock award, cancel any outstanding stock award in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

Stock Options. ISOs and NSOs are evidenced by stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for a stock option, within the terms and conditions of the 2019 Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2019 Plan vest at the rate specified by the plan administrator.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2019 Plan, up to a maximum of 10 years. Unless the terms of an option holder’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an option holder’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability, death or cause, the option holder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The option term will automatically be extended in the event that exercise of the option following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws or our insider trading policy. If an option holder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability or death, or an option holder dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the option holder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, options generally terminate immediately. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the plan administrator and may include (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) a broker-assisted cashless exercise, (3) the tender of shares of our common stock previously owned by the option holder, (4) a net exercise of the option if it is an NSO and (5) other legal consideration approved by the plan administrator.

Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a domestic relations order. An option holder may designate a beneficiary, however, who may exercise the option following the option holder’s death.

Tax Limitations on ISOs. The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by an option holder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will be treated as NSOs. No ISOs may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our parent or subsidiary corporations unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant and (2) the term of the ISO does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

 

110


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock Awards. Restricted stock awards are evidenced by restricted stock award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Restricted stock awards may be granted in consideration for (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) services rendered to us or our affiliates or (3) any other form of legal consideration. Common stock acquired under a restricted stock award may, but need not, be subject to a share repurchase option in our favor in accordance with a vesting schedule as determined by the plan administrator. Rights to acquire shares under a restricted stock award may be transferred only upon such terms and conditions as set by the plan administrator. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock awards that have not vested will be forfeited upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Restricted stock unit awards are evidenced by restricted stock unit award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Restricted stock unit awards may be granted in consideration for any form of legal consideration or for no consideration. A restricted stock unit award may be settled by cash, delivery of stock, a combination of cash and stock as deemed appropriate by the plan administrator, or in any other form of consideration set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a restricted stock unit award. Rights under a restricted stock unit award may be transferred only upon such terms and conditions as set by the plan administrator. Restricted stock unit awards may be subject to vesting as determined by the plan administrator. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock units that have not vested will be forfeited upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock appreciation rights are evidenced by stock appreciation grant agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the strike price for a stock appreciation right, which generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right, we will pay the participant an amount in cash or stock equal to (1) the excess of the per share fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise over the strike price, multiplied by (2) the number of shares of common stock with respect to which the stock appreciation right is exercised. A stock appreciation right granted under the 2019 Plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right agreement as determined by the plan administrator.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock appreciation rights granted under the 2019 Plan, up to a maximum of 10 years. Unless the terms of a participant’s stock appreciation right agreement provides otherwise, if a participant’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than cause, disability or death, the participant may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The stock appreciation right term will be further extended in the event that exercise of the stock appreciation right following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws. If a participant’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases due to disability or death, or a participant dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the participant or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, stock appreciation rights generally terminate immediately upon the occurrence of the event giving rise to the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, stock appreciation rights generally are not transferable except by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a domestic relations order. A stock appreciation right holder may designate a beneficiary, however, who may exercise the stock appreciation right following the holder’s death.

Performance Awards. Our 2019 Plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards. The performance goals that may be selected include one or more of the following: (1) earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); (2) earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; (3) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (4) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and legal

 

111


Table of Contents

settlements; (5) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements and other income (expense); (6) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense) and stock-based compensation; (7) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense), stock-based compensation and changes in deferred revenue; (8) total stockholder return; (9) return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; (10) return on assets, investment, or capital employed; (11) stock price; (12) margin (including gross margin); (13) income (before or after taxes); (14) operating income; (15) operating income after taxes; (16) pre-tax profit; (17) operating cash flow; (18) sales or revenue targets; (19) increases in revenue or product revenue; (20) expenses and cost reduction goals; (21) improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; (22) economic value added (or an equivalent metric); (23) market share; (24) cash flow; (25) cash flow per share; (26) share price performance; (27) debt reduction; (28) implementation or completion of projects or processes; (29) stockholders’ equity; (30) capital expenditures; (31) debt levels; (32) operating profit or net operating profit; (33) workforce diversity; (34) growth of net income or operating income; (35) billings; (36) bookings; (37) employee retention; (38) user satisfaction; (39) the number of users, including unique users; (40) budget management; (41) partner satisfaction; (42) entry into or completion of strategic partnerships or transactions (including in-licensing and out-licensing of intellectual property); and (43) other measures of performance selected by our board of directors or a committee thereof.

The performance goals may be based on company-wide performance or performance of one or more business units, divisions, affiliates, or business segments, and may be either absolute or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise in the award agreement at the time the award is granted or in such other document setting forth the performance goals at the time the goals are established, we will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of performance goals as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of any items that are unusual in nature or occur infrequently as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by us achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a performance period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of our common stock by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock-based compensation and the award of bonuses under our bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles; and (12) to exclude the effect of any other unusual, nonrecurring gain or loss or other extraordinary item. In addition, we retain the discretion to adjust or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of the goals. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

Other Stock Awards. The plan administrator may grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to our common stock. The plan administrator will set the number of shares under the stock award and all other terms and conditions of such awards.

Changes to Capital Structure. In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2019 Plan, (2) the class and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (3) the class and number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs and (4) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

 

112


Table of Contents

Corporate Transactions. In the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, the plan administrator has the discretion to take any of the following actions with respect to stock awards:

 

   

arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of a stock award by a surviving or acquiring entity or parent company;

 

   

arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to the surviving or acquiring entity or parent company;

 

   

accelerate the vesting of the stock award and provide for its termination prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction;

 

   

arrange for the lapse of any reacquisition or repurchase right held by us;

 

   

cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the stock award in exchange for such cash consideration, if any, as our board of directors may deem appropriate; or

 

   

make a payment equal to the excess of (1) the value of the property the participant would have received upon exercise of the stock award over (2) the exercise price or strike price otherwise payable in connection with the stock award.

Our plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner.

Under the 2019 Plan, a significant corporate transaction is generally the consummation of (1) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our consolidated assets, (2) a sale or other disposition of at least 50% of our outstanding securities, (3) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are not the surviving corporation or (4) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are the surviving corporation but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction.

Change in Control. The plan administrator may provide, in an individual award agreement or in any other written agreement between a participant and us that the stock award will be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability or settlement in the event of a change in control. Under the 2019 Plan, a change in control is generally (1) the acquisition by a person or entity of more than 50% of our combined voting power other than by merger, consolidation or similar transaction, (2) a consummated merger, consolidation or similar transaction immediately after which our stockholders cease to own more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity, (3) a consummated sale, lease or exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of our consolidated assets and (4) certain dissolutions, liquidations and changes in the board of directors.

Amendment and Termination. Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our 2019 Plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent and provided further that certain types of amendments will require the approval of our stockholders. No ISOs may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopts our 2019 Plan.

2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors adopted the 2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP, on                 , 2019 and our stockholders approved the ESPP on                 , 2019. The ESPP will become effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the date of the underwriting agreement related to this offering. The purpose of the ESPP is to secure the services of new employees, to retain the services of existing employees and to provide incentives for such individuals to exert maximum efforts toward our success and that of our affiliates. The ESPP is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code.

 

113


Table of Contents

Share Reserve. Following this offering, the ESPP will authorize the issuance of                  shares of our common stock pursuant to purchase rights granted to our employees or to employees of any of our designated affiliates. The number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance will automatically increase on January 1 of each calendar year, from January 1, 2020 (assuming the ESPP becomes effective in 2019) through January 1, 2029, by the lesser of (1)    % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, and (2)         shares; provided, that prior to the date of any such increase, our board of directors may determine that such increase will be less than the amount set forth in clauses (1) and (2).

Administration. Our board of directors intends to delegate concurrent authority to administer the ESPP to our compensation committee. The ESPP is implemented through a series of offerings under which eligible employees are granted purchase rights to purchase shares of our common stock on specified dates during such offerings. Under the ESPP, we may specify offerings with durations of not more than 27 months, and may specify shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of our common stock will be purchased for employees participating in the offering. An offering under the ESPP may be terminated under certain circumstances.

Payroll Deductions. Generally, all regular employees, including executive officers, employed by us or by any of our designated affiliates, may participate in the ESPP and may contribute, normally through payroll deductions, up to 15% of their earnings (as defined in the ESPP) for the purchase of our common stock under the ESPP. Unless otherwise determined by our board of directors, common stock will be purchased for the accounts of employees participating in the ESPP at a price per share equal to the lower of (a) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the first trading date of an offering or (b) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of purchase.

Limitations. Employees may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in the ESPP, as determined by our board of directors, including: (1) being customarily employed for more than 20 hours per week; (2) being customarily employed for more than five months per calendar year; or (3) continuous employment with us or one of our affiliates for a period of time (not to exceed two years). No employee may purchase shares under the ESPP at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of our common stock based on the fair market value per share of our common stock at the beginning of an offering for each year such a purchase right is outstanding. Finally, no employee will be eligible for the grant of any purchase rights under the ESPP if immediately after such rights are granted, such employee has voting power over 5% or more of our outstanding capital stock measured by vote or value pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code.

Changes to Capital Structure. In the event that there occurs a change in our capital structure through such actions as a stock split, merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or similar transaction, the board of directors will make appropriate adjustments to (1) the number of shares reserved under the ESPP, (2) the maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (3) the number of shares and purchase price of all outstanding purchase rights and (4) the number of shares that are subject to purchase limits under ongoing offerings.

Corporate Transactions. In the event of certain significant corporate transactions, including (1) a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, (2) the sale or disposition of 50% of our outstanding securities, (3) the consummation of a merger or consolidation where we do not survive the transactions and (4) the consummation of a merger or consolidation where we do survive the transaction but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction, any then-outstanding rights to purchase our stock under the ESPP may be assumed, continued or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company). If the surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company) elects not to assume, continue or substitute for such purchase rights, then the participants’ accumulated

 

114


Table of Contents

payroll contributions will be used to purchase shares of our common stock within 10 business days prior to such corporate transaction, and such purchase rights will terminate immediately.

ESPP Amendments, Termination. Our board of directors has the authority to amend or terminate our ESPP, provided that except in certain circumstances such amendment or termination may not materially impair any outstanding purchase rights without the holder’s consent. We will obtain stockholder approval of any amendment to our ESPP, as required by applicable law or listing requirements.

2012 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved our 2012 Plan on , 2012 and on , , respectively. Our 2012 Plan has been periodically amended, most recently in April 2018. Our 2012 Plan permits the grant of ISOs, NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted or unrestricted stock awards, phantom stock, restricted stock units, performance awards, and other stock-based awards. ISOs may be granted only to our employees and to any of our parent or subsidiary corporation’s employees. All other awards may be granted to employees, directors and consultants of ours and to any of our parent or subsidiary corporation’s employees or consultants. Our 2012 Plan will be terminated prior to the completion of this offering, and thereafter we will not grant any additional awards under our 2012 Plan. However, our 2012 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted thereunder.

As of June 30, 2019, stock options covering 11,539,501 shares of our common stock with a weighted-average exercise price of $4.58 per share were outstanding, and 325,544 shares of our common stock remained available for the future grant of awards under our 2012 Plan. Any shares of our common stock remaining available for issuance under our 2012 Plan when our 2019 Plan becomes effective will become available for issuance under our 2019 Plan. In addition, any shares subject to options that expire or terminate prior to exercise or are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations related to an option or the exercise price of an option will be added to the number of shares then available for issuance under our 2019 Plan.

Administration. Our board of directors or a committee delegated by our board of directors administers our 2012 Plan. Subject to the terms of our 2012 Plan, the administrator has the power to, among other things, determine the eligible persons to whom, and the times at which, awards will be granted, to determine the terms and conditions of each award (including the number of shares subject to the award, the exercise price of the award, if any, and when the award will vest and, as applicable, become exercisable), to modify or amend outstanding awards, or accept the surrender of outstanding awards and substitute new awards, to accelerate the time(s) at which an award may vest or be exercised, and to construe and interpret the terms of our 2012 Plan and awards granted thereunder.

Options. The exercise price per share of ISOs granted under our 2012 Plan must be at least 100% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the grant date. NSOs may be granted with a per share exercise price that is less than 100% of the per share fair market value of our common stock. Subject to the provisions of our 2012 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of options, including any vesting and exercisability requirements, the method of payment of the option exercise price, the option expiration date, and the period following termination of service during which options may remain exercisable.

Changes to Capital Structure. In the event there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock dividend, stock split or reverse stock split, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the number of shares available for issuance under our 2012 Plan, and (2) the number of shares covered by and, as applicable, the exercise price of each outstanding award granted under our 2012 Plan.

Change in Control. In the event of a “change in control” (as defined in the 2012 Plan), our board of directors generally may take one or more of the following actions with respect to outstanding awards:

 

   

arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of the award by the surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company);

 

115


Table of Contents
   

arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to the surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company);

 

   

accelerate the vesting and, if applicable, exercisability of the award and provide for its termination prior to the effective time of the change in control;

 

   

arrange for the lapse of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us;

 

   

cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the award in exchange for such cash consideration, if any, as our board of directors may deem appropriate; or

 

   

make a payment equal to the excess of (1) the value of the property the participant would have received upon exercise of the award over (2) the exercise price or strike price otherwise payable in connection with the award.

Our board of directors is not obligated to treat all awards in the same manner.

However, if awards will not be continued, assumed or substituted in connection with the change in control, such awards will become fully vested and, if applicable, exercisable, immediately before the effective time of the change in control.

Plan Amendment or Termination. Our board of directors may amend, modify or terminate our 2012 Plan at any time. As discussed above, we will terminate our 2012 Plan prior to the completion of this offering and no new awards will be granted thereunder following such termination.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters

On the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that limit the liability of our current and former directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Such limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect on the completion of this offering will authorize us to indemnify our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect on the completion of this offering will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law and may indemnify our other employees and agents. Our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect on the completion of this offering will also provide that, on satisfaction of certain conditions, we will advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by the board of directors. With certain exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including attorneys’ fees,

 

116


Table of Contents

judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain customary directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted for directors, executive officers or persons controlling us, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans

Our directors and officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades under parameters established by the director or officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from them. The director or officer may amend a Rule 10b5-1 plan in some circumstances and may terminate a plan at any time. Our directors and executive officers may also buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they do not possess of material nonpublic information, subject to compliance with the terms of our insider trading policy.

 

117


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Other than compensation arrangements for our directors and executive officers, which are described elsewhere in this prospectus, below we describe transactions since January 1, 2016 to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

 

   

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

   

any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of, or person sharing the household with, the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Third-Party Tender Offer

In March 2019, we entered into an agreement with certain investors, including entities associated with T. Rowe Price Associates, Dragoneer Investment Group, Index Ventures, ICONIQ Capital Management and Institutional Venture Partners, pursuant to which we agreed to waive certain transfer restrictions in connection with, and assist in the administration of, a tender offer that such investors proposed to commence. In March 2019, these investors commenced a tender offer to purchase shares of our capital stock from certain of our stockholders at a price of $47.75 per share, pursuant to an offer to purchase to which we were not a party. In connection with the tender offer, and to the extent not already bound by such agreements, the investors signed a joinder to our investors’ rights agreement and our voting agreement. These investors did not receive any any rights or privileges beyond those afforded to all Class B stockholders. In addition, the shares purchased by the investors in the tender offer are subject to lock-up agreements that restrict their ability to transfer such shares for at least 180 days from the date of this prospectus and for 18 months from the date of this prospectus in the case of shares held by entities affiliated with Dragoneer Investment Group, Index Ventures, ICONIQ Capital Management and Institutional Venture Partners. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-Up Arrangements” for more information.

Olivier Pomel and Alexis Lê-Quôc, each of whom is a member of our board of directors, an executive officer and a beneficial holder of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, Kirill Sheynkman and Michael Callahan, each of whom is a member of our board of directors, Laszlo Kopits, Amit Agarwal and Dan Fougere, each of whom is one of our executive officers, as well as certain of the Company’s employees sold shares of our capital stock in the tender offer.

An aggregate of 4,788,957 shares of our capital stock were successfully tendered pursuant to the tender offer, of which Index Ventures and its affiliates collectively purchased 209,424 shares for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $10.0 million. Index Ventures and its affiliates are beneficial holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock and Shardul Shah, a partner at Index Ventures, is a member of our board of directors.

 

118


Table of Contents

Other Repurchases of Outstanding Stock

On January 29, 2016 we entered into a series of common stock repurchase agreements, pursuant to which we repurchased from existing investors an aggregate of 443,090 shares of our common stock, 399,239 of our Series C preferred stock, 614,067 of our Series B preferred stock, 39,833 of our Series A preferred stock and 120,899 of our Series Seed preferred stock at a purchase price of $27.52246 per share, for an aggregate consideration of about $44.5 million. The participants in this repurchase included certain beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock and entities affiliated with certain of our directors, as set forth in the table below:

 

Participants

   Number of Shares
Repurchased
    

Series of Preferred Stock;
Common Stock

   Aggregate Purchase
Price
 

Olivier Pomel

     181,670      Common Stock    $
 
 
5,000,005
 
 

The Alexis Lê-Quôc Revocable Trust

     181,670      Common Stock      5,000,005  

Amit Agarwal

     45,000      Common Stock      1,238,511  

Michael Callahan

     26,764      Series Seed      736,611  
     23,236      Series A Preferred Stock      639,512  

Kirill Sheynkman

     3,081      Series B Preferred Stock      84,797  
     1,395      Series C Preferred Stock      38,394  

Entities Associated with RTP Ventures(1)

     610,986      Series B Preferred Stock      16,815,838  
     397,844      Series C Preferred Stock      10,949,646  

 

(1)

Consists of (a) 610,986 shares of Series B preferred stock held by ru-Net Technology Capital LP, (b) 232,877 shares of Series C preferred stock held by ru-Net Technology Capital LP, and (c) 164,967 shares of Series C preferred stock held by ru-Net Technology Capital AIV LP. Kirill Sheynkman, a member of our board of directors, is the founder and Senior Managing Director of RTP Ventures.

Indemnification Agreements

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect on the completion of this offering will contain provisions limiting the liability of directors, and our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect on the completion of this offering will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect on the completion of this offering will also provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our employees and other agents when determined appropriate by the board. In addition, we have entered into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers, which requires us to indemnify them. For more information regarding these agreements, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Policies and Procedures for Transactions with Related Persons

Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to adopt a policy that our executive officers, directors, nominees for election as a director, beneficial owners of more than 5% of any class of our common stock and any members of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons are not permitted to enter into a related person transaction with us without the approval or ratification of our board of directors or our audit committee. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, nominee for election as a director, beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our common stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and such person would have a direct or indirect interest, must be presented to our board of directors or our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our board of directors or our audit committee is to consider the material facts of the transaction, including whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction.

 

119


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our shares as of June 30, 2019 by:

 

   

each named executive officer;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

our directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

   

each person or entity known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock (by number or by voting power).

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.

Applicable percentage ownership before the offering is based on no shares of Class A common stock and 88,611,555 shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2019, assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into          shares of Class B common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Applicable percentage ownership after the offering is based on (1)          shares of Class A common stock and (2)          shares of Class B common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of such person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares subject to options held by the person that are currently exercisable, or exercisable or would vest based on service-based vesting conditions within 60 days of June 30, 2019. However, except as described above, we did not deem such shares outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

120


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Datadog, Inc., 620 8th Avenue, 45th Floor, New York, New York 10018.

 

    Beneficial Ownership
Before the Offering
    Beneficial Ownership
After the Offering
 
    Class A
Common
Stock
    Class B
Common
Stock
    % of
Total
Voting
Power
Before
the
Offering
    Class A
Common
Stock
    Class B
Common
Stock
    % of
Total
Voting
Power
After
the
Offering
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

  Shares     %     Shares     Shares     %     Shares     %     Shares  

5% Stockholders:

                 

Entities associated with Index Ventures(1)

                17,833,359       20.1          

Entities associated with OpenView Venture Partners(2)

                14,134,292       16.0            

Entities associated with ICONIQ Strategic Partners(3)

                10,048,655       11.3            

Entities associated with RTP Ventures(4)

                7,292,720       8.2            

Directors and Named Executive Officers:

                 

Olivier Pomel(5)

                8,251,388       9.1            

Alexis Lê-Quôc(6)

                8,051,388       8.9            

David Obstler(7)

                900,000       1.0            

Laszlo Kopits(8)

                175,832       *            

Michael Callahan(9)

                366,554       *            

Dev Ittycheria(10)

                622,591       *            

Julie Richardson

                                 

Shardul Shah

                                 

Kirill Sheynkman(11)

                16,378       *            

All directors and executive officers as a group (11 persons)(12)

                21,119,660       23.5            

 

*

Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

Percentage of total voting power represents voting power with respect to all shares of our Class A and Class B common stock, as a single class. The holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to        votes per share, and holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock” for additional information about the voting rights of our Class A and Class B common stock.

(1)

Consists of (a) 12,971,912 shares of Class B common stock held by Index Ventures VI (Jersey), L.P., (b) 4,365,618 shares of Class B common stock held by Index Ventures Growth III (Jersey), L.P., (c) 261,840 shares of Class B common stock held by Index Ventures VI Parallel Entrepreneur Fund (Jersey), L.P., (d) 66,476 shares of Class B common stock held by Yucca (Jersey) SLP (Index Ventures Growth III co-investment scheme) and (e) 167,513 shares of Class B common stock held by Yucca (Jersey) SLP (Index Ventures co-investment scheme). Index Venture Associates VI Limited is the managing general partner of Index Ventures VI (Jersey), L.P. and Index Ventures VI Parallel Entrepreneur Fund (Jersey), L.P., Index Venture Growth Associates III Limited is the managing general partner of Index Ventures Growth III (Jersey) L.P. which limited partnerships (“the Funds”) together with Yucca (Jersey) SLP are the Index Venture Entities. Yucca (Jersey) SLP is the administrator of the Index co-investment vehicles that are contractually required to mirror the relevant Funds’ investment. David Hall, Phil Balderson, Ian Henderson, Nigel Greenwood and Sinéad Meehan are the members of the board of directors of Index Venture Associates VI Limited and may be deemed to have shared voting, investment and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by this entity. David Hall, Phil Balderson, Ian Henderson, Nigel Greenwood and Sinéad Meehan are the members of the board of directors of Index Venture Growth Associates III Limited and may be deemed to have shared voting, investment and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by this entity. These individuals disclaim beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address of each of these entities is 5th Floor, 44 Esplanade, St Helier, Jersey JE1 3FG, Channel Islands, except for Yucca (Jersey) SLP (Index Ventures co-investment scheme), the address of which is 44 Esplanade, St. Helier, Jersey JE4 9WG.

 

121


Table of Contents
(2)

Consists of (a) 13,602,760 shares of Class B common stock held by OpenView Venture Partners III, L.P. and (b) 531,532 shares of Class B common stock held by OpenView Affiliates Fund III, L.P. Blake Bartlett, Elizabeth Cain, John Craven, Daniel Demmer, Scott Maxwell, John McCullough, Devon McDonald and Richard Pelletier are members of the investment committee of OpenView Advisors, LLC and may be deemed to have shared voting, investment and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by these entities. The address of each of these entities is 303 Congress Street, Boston, MA 02210.

(3)

Consists of (a) 3,777,808 shares of Class B common stock held by ICONIQ Strategic Partners II, L.P., or ICONIQ II, (b) 2,957,256 shares of Class B common stock held by ICONIQ Strategic Partners II-B, L.P., or ICONIQ II-B, (c) 1,373,420 shares of Class B common stock held by ICONIQ Strategic Partners II Co-Invest, L.P., DD Series, or ICONIQ DD, (d) 140,693 shares of Class B common stock held by ICONIQ Strategic Partners III, L.P., or ICONIQ III, (e) 141,209 shares of Class B common stock held by ICONIQ Strategic Partners III-B, L.P., or ICONIQ III-B, (f) 630,142 shares of Class B common stock held by ICONIQ Strategic Partners IV, L.P., or ICONIQ IV and (g) 1,028,127 shares of Class B common stock held by ICONIQ Strategic Partners IV-B, L.P., or ICONIQ IV-B. ICONIQ II, ICONIQ II-B, ICONIQ DD, ICONIQ III, ICONIQ III-B, ICONIQ IV and ICONIQ IV-B are the ICONIQ Entities. ICONIQ Strategic Partners II GP, L.P., or ICONIQ GP II, is the general partner of ICONIQ II, ICONIQ II-B and ICONIQ DD. ICONIQ Strategic Partners II TT GP, Ltd., or ICONIQ Parent GP II, is the general partner of ICONIQ GP II. ICONIQ Strategic Partners III GP, L.P., or ICONIQ GP III, is the general partner of ICONIQ III and ICONIQ III-B. ICONIQ Strategic Partners III TT GP, Ltd., or ICONIQ Parent GP III, is the general partner of ICONIQ GP III. ICONIQ Strategic Partners IV GP, L.P., or ICONIQ GP IV, is the general partner of ICONIQ IV and ICONIQ IV-B. ICONIQ Strategic Partners IV TT GP, Ltd., or ICONIQ Parent GP IV, is the general partner of ICONIQ GP IV. Divesh Makan and William Griffith are the sole equity holders and directors of ICONIQ Parent GP II, ICONIQ Parent GP III and ICONIQ Parent GP IV and may be deemed to have shared voting, investment and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the ICONIQ Entities. The address of each of these entities is 394 Pacific Avenue, 2nd Floor, San Francisco, CA 94111.

(4)

Consists of (a) 6,632,856 shares of Class B common stock held by ru-Net Technology Capital, L.P. and (b) 659,864 shares of Class B common stock held by ru-Net Technology Capital AIV, L.P. Ru-Net Technology Partners, LLC, or RTP Ventures, is the managing general partner of ru-Net Technology Capital, L.P. and ru-Net Technology Capital AIV, L.P., which limited partnerships together with RTP Ventures are the Ru-Net Entities. Kirill Sheynkman, Sabri Murat Bicer and Maria Krayukhina are members of RTP Ventures and may be deemed to have shared voting, investment and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the Ru-Net Entities. The address of each of these entities is 885 Third Ave, 24th floor, NY, NY 10022.

(5)

Consists of (a) 4,387,988 shares of Class B common stock held by Mr. Pomel, (b) 1,500,000 shares of Class B common stock held by the Olivier Pomel 2018 GRAT, (c) 200,000 shares of Class B common stock held by the Pomel Descendants’ 2018 Trust, (d) 200,000 shares of Class B common stock held by the Agathe Lê-Quôc 2018 Trust and 200,000 shares of Class B common stock held by the Artémis Lê-Quôc 2018 Trust, in each case, for which Mr. Pomel acts as trustee, and (e) 1,736,400 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options.

(6)

Consists of (a) 4,519,465 shares of Class B common stock held by the Alexis Lê-Quôc Revocable Trust, (b) 1,168,523 shares of Class B common stock held by the Alexis Lê-Quôc 2016 GRAT, (c) 200,000 shares of Class B common stock held by the Agathe Lê-Quôc 2018 Trust, (d) 200,000 shares of Class B common stock held by the Artémis Lê-Quôc 2018 Trust, (e) 200,000 shares of Class B common stock held by the Pomel Descendants’ 2018 Trust, for which Mr. Lê-Quôc acts as trustee, and (f) 1,736,400 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options.

(7)

Consists of (a) 393,750 shares of Class B common stock held by Mr. Obstler, (b) 206,250 shares of Class B common stock held by the David Obstler 2019 GRAT and (c) 300,000 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options.

(8)

Consists of (a) 173,332 shares of Class B common stock held by Mr. Kopits and (b) 2,500 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options.

(9)

Consists of (a) 365,234 shares of Class B common stock held by Mr. Callahan and (b) 1,320 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options.

(10)

Consists of (a) 600,640 shares of Class B common stock held by Mr. Ittycheria and (b) 21,951 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options.

(11)

Consists of 16,378 shares of Class B common stock held by Mr. Sheynkman.

(12)

Consists of (a) 16,600,006 shares of Class B common stock and (b) 4,519,654 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options.

 

122


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following description of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect on the completion of this offering. Copies of these documents have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of the common stock and preferred stock reflect changes to our capital structure that will be in effect on the completion of this offering.

On the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for two classes of common stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect on the completion of this offering will authorize shares of undesignated preferred stock, the rights, preferences and privileges of which may be designated from time to time by our board of directors.

Upon the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                  shares, all with a par value of $0.00001 per share, of which:

 

   

                 shares are designated Class A common stock;

 

   

                 shares are designated Class B common stock; and

 

   

                 shares are designated preferred stock.

As of June 30, 2019, we had outstanding:

 

   

no shares of Class A common stock; and

 

   

88,611,555 shares of Class B common stock, which assumes the automatic conversion of 59,670,477 outstanding shares of preferred stock into the same number of shares of Class B common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

Our outstanding capital stock was held by 1,393 stockholders of record as of June 30, 2019. Our board of directors is authorized, without stockholder approval except as required by the listing standards of                 , to issue additional shares of our capital stock.

Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock

Voting Rights

The Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share on any matter that is submitted to a vote of our stockholders. Holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to             votes per share on any matter submitted to our stockholders. Holders of shares of Class B common stock and Class A common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders, unless otherwise required by Delaware law.

Under Delaware law, holders of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock would be entitled to vote as a separate class if a proposed amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation would increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of such class, increase or decrease the par value of the shares of such class, or alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the shares of such class so as to affect them adversely. As a result, in these limited instances, the holders of a majority of the Class A common stock could defeat any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. For

 

123


Table of Contents

example, if a proposed amendment of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provided for the Class A common stock to rank junior to the Class B common stock with respect to (1) any dividend or distribution, (2) the distribution of proceeds were we to be acquired or (3) any other right, Delaware law would require the vote of the Class A common stock. In this instance, the holders of a majority of Class A common stock could defeat that amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect on the completion of this offering will not provide for cumulative voting for the election of directors.

Economic Rights

Except as otherwise will be expressly provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect on the completion of this offering or required by applicable law, all shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will have the same rights and privileges and rank equally, share ratably and be identical in all respects for all matters, including those described below.

Dividends and Distributions

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be entitled to share equally, identically and ratably, on a per share basis, with respect to any dividend or distribution of cash or property paid or distributed by the company, unless different treatment of the shares of the affected class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of such affected class, voting separately as a class. See the section titled “Dividend Policy” for additional information.

Liquidation Rights

On our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be entitled to share equally, identically and ratably in all assets remaining after the payment of any liabilities, liquidation preferences and accrued or declared but unpaid dividends, if any, with respect to any outstanding preferred stock, unless a different treatment is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of such affected class, voting separately as a class.

Change of Control Transactions

The holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be treated equally and identically with respect to shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock owned by them, unless different treatment of the shares of each class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class treated differently, voting separately as a class, on (a) the closing of the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, (b) the consummation of a merger, reorganization, consolidation or share transfer which results in our voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction (or the voting securities issued with respect to our voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction) representing less than a majority of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the company or the surviving or acquiring entity or (c) the closing of the transfer (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons of securities of the company if, after closing, the transferee person or group would hold 50% or more of the outstanding voting power of the company (or the surviving or acquiring entity). However, consideration to be paid or received by a holder of common stock in connection with any such assets sale, merger, reorganization, consolidation or share transfer under any employment, consulting, severance or other arrangement will be disregarded for the purposes of determining whether holders of common stock are treated equally and identically.

 

124


Table of Contents

Subdivisions and Combinations

If we subdivide or combine in any manner outstanding shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock, the outstanding shares of the other classes will be subdivided or combined in the same manner.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Our Class A common stock and Class B common stock are not entitled to preemptive rights, and are not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions, except for the conversion provisions with respect to the Class B common stock described below.

Conversion

Each share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of Class A common stock. After the completion of this offering, on any transfer of shares of Class B common stock, whether or not for value, each such transferred share will automatically convert into one share of Class A common stock, except for certain transfers described in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect on the completion of this offering, including transfers for tax and estate planning purposes, so long as the transferring holder continues to hold sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares transferred.

Any holder’s shares of Class B common stock will convert automatically into Class A common stock, on a one-to-one basis, upon the following: (1) sale or transfer of such share of Class B common stock; (2) the death of the Class B common stockholder; and (3) on the final conversion date, defined as the tenth anniversary of this offering.

Once transferred and converted into Class A common stock, the Class B common may not be reissued.

Fully Paid and Non-Assessable

In connection with this offering, our legal counsel will opine that the shares of our Class A common stock to be issued under this offering will be fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

As of June 30, 2019, there were 59,670,477 shares of our preferred stock outstanding. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, each outstanding share of our preferred stock will convert into one share of our Class B common stock.

On the completion of this offering and under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect on the completion of this offering, our board of directors may, without further action by our stockholders, fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of up to an aggregate of                  shares of preferred stock in one or more series and authorize their issuance. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock. Any issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of our Class B common stock, and the likelihood that such holders would receive dividend payments and payments on liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control or other corporate action. On the completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding. We have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

 

125


Table of Contents

Options

As of June 30, 2019, we had outstanding options to purchase 11,539,501 shares of our common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of approximately $4.58 per share, under our 2012 Plan.

Registration Rights

Stockholder Registration Rights

We are party to an investor rights agreement that provides that certain holders of our preferred stock, including certain holders of at least 5% of our capital stock and entities affiliated with certain of our directors, have certain registration rights, as set forth below. This investor rights agreement was entered into in December 2015. In addition, certain holders of our preferred stock have registration rights under the purchase agreement under which they originally purchased their preferred stock. The registration of shares of our common stock by the exercise of registration rights described below would enable the holders to sell these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective. We will pay the registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, of the shares registered by the demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registrations described below.

Generally, in an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include. The demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights described below will expire five years after the effective date of the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, or with respect to any particular stockholder, such time after the effective date of the registration statement that such stockholder (a) holds less than 1% of our outstanding common stock (including shares issuable on conversion of outstanding preferred stock) and (b) can sell all of its shares under Rule 144 of the Securities Act during any 90-day period.

Demand Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 65,437,438 shares of our Class B common stock will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time beginning 180 days after the completion of this offering, the holders of a majority of these shares may, on not more than one occasion, request that we register all or a portion of their shares. Such request for registration must cover shares with an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, of at least $10.0 million.

Piggyback Registration Rights

In connection with this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 65,437,438 shares of our Class B common stock were entitled to, and the necessary percentage of holders waived, their rights to notice of this offering and to include their shares of registrable securities in this offering. After this offering, in the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of these shares will be entitled to certain piggyback registration rights allowing the holder to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a demand registration or a registration statement on Forms S-4 or S-8, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right to include their shares in the registration, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the offering.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 65,437,438 shares of Class B common stock will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. The holders of at least 20% of these shares can make a request that we register their shares

 

126


Table of Contents

on Form S-3 if we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the reasonably anticipated aggregate gross proceeds of the shares offered would equal or exceed $1.0 million. We will not be required to effect more than two registrations on Form S-3 within any 12-month period.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws to Be in Effect on the Completion of This Offering

Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, stockholders holding a majority of the voting power of our shares of common stock will be able to elect all of our directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective on the completion of this offering will provide for stockholder actions at a duly called meeting of stockholders or, before the date on which all shares of common stock convert into a single class, by written consent. A special meeting of stockholders may be called by a majority of our board of directors, the chair of our board of directors, our chief executive officer or our lead independent director. Our amended and restated bylaws to be effective on the completion of this offering will establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective on the completion of this offering will further provide for a dual-class common stock structure, which provides our current investors, officers and employees with control over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets.

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective on the completion of this offering, immediately after this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms.

The foregoing provisions will make it more difficult for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.

These provisions, including the dual-class structure of our common stock, are intended to preserve our existing control structure after completion of this offering, facilitate our continued product innovation and the risk-taking that it requires, permit us to continue to prioritize our long-term goals rather than short-term results, enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of us. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in our control or management. As a consequence, these provisions may also inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

When we have a class of voting stock that is either listed on a national securities exchange or held of record by more than 2,000 stockholders, we will be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, subject to certain exceptions.

 

127


Table of Contents

Choice of Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective on the completion of this offering will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware be the exclusive forum for actions or proceedings brought under Delaware statutory or common law: (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (2) any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; (3) any action asserting a claim against us arising under the Delaware General Corporation Law; (4) any action regarding our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; or (5) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Exchange Listing

Our Class A common stock is currently not listed on any securities exchange. We intend to apply to have our Class A common stock approved for listing on             under the symbol “                .”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

On the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be                 . The transfer agent’s address is                 .

 

128


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock, including shares issued on the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales or issuances occurring, could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our Class A common stock or impair our ability to raise equity capital.

Based on our shares outstanding as of June 30, 2019, on the completion of this offering, a total of             shares of Class A common stock and 88,611,555 shares of Class B common stock will be outstanding, assuming the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 59,670,477 shares of Class B common stock. Of these shares, all of the Class A common stock sold in this offering by us, plus any shares sold by us on exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Class A common stock, will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

The remaining shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be, and shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock subject to stock options will be on issuance, “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below. Restricted securities may also be sold outside of the United States to non-U.S. persons in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S.

Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144 or Regulation S under the Securities Act, as well as our insider trading policy, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market after the date of this prospectus.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, an eligible stockholder is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. To be an eligible stockholder under Rule 144, such stockholder must not be deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and must have beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144, subject to the expiration of the lock-up agreements described below.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell shares on expiration of the lock-up agreements described below. Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, within any three-month period, such stockholders may sell a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of Class A common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately             shares immediately after this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common stock on the                during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

 

129


Table of Contents

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who was issued shares under a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days, to sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares under Rule 701, subject to the expiration of the lock-up agreements described below.

Form S-8 Registration Statements

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act with the SEC to register the offer and sale of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock that are issuable under our 2012 Plan, 2019 Plan and ESPP. These registration statements will become effective immediately on filing. Shares covered by these registration statements will then be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, any applicable lock-up agreements described below, and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates.

Lock-up Arrangements

We, and all of our directors, executive officers and the holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities exercisable for or convertible into our Class A common stock and Class B common stock outstanding immediately on the completion of this offering, have agreed, or will agree, with the underwriters that, until 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of             , offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any of our shares of common stock, any options or warrants to purchase any of our shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock. These agreements are described in the section titled “Underwriting.”                may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time.

In addition to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreements described above, we have entered into agreements with all of our security holders that contain market stand-off provisions imposing restrictions on the ability of such security holders to offer, sell or transfer our equity securities for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus.

Registration Rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of 65,437,438 shares of our Class B common stock or their transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately on the effectiveness of the registration. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information.

 

130


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR

CLASS A COMMON STOCK

The following summary describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of our common stock acquired in this offering by Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below). This discussion is not a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income tax consequences relating thereto, and does not deal with foreign, state, and local consequences that may be relevant to Non-U.S. Holders in light of their particular circumstances, nor does it address U.S. federal tax consequences (such as gift and estate taxes) other than income taxes. Special rules different from those described below may apply to certain Non-U.S. Holders that are subject to special treatment under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), such as financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, broker-dealers and traders in securities, U.S. expatriates, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, corporations organized outside of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia that are nonetheless treated as U.S. taxpayers for U.S. federal income tax purposes, persons that hold our common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction,” “synthetic security” or integrated investment or other risk reduction strategy, persons who acquire our common stock through the exercise of an option or otherwise as compensation, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax or federal Medicare contribution tax on net investment income, persons subject to special tax accounting rules under Section 451(b) of the Code, “qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds, partnerships and other pass-through entities or arrangements, and investors in such pass-through entities or arrangements. Such Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine the U.S. federal, state, local, and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them. Furthermore, the discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Code, and Treasury Regulations, rulings, and judicial decisions thereunder as of the date hereof, and such authorities may be repealed, revoked, or modified, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested a ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions. This discussion assumes that the Non-U.S. Holder holds our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment).

This discussion is for informational purposes only and is not tax advice. Persons considering the purchase of our common stock pursuant to this offering should consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income, estate, and other tax consequences of acquiring, owning, and disposing of our common stock in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction, including any state, local, or foreign tax consequences.

For the purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a beneficial owner of common stock that is neither a U.S. Holder, nor a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its place of organization or formation). A “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes any of the following:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

 

131


Table of Contents

Distributions

Distributions, if any, made on our common stock to a Non-U.S. Holder to the extent made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) generally will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes and will be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, subject to the discussions below regarding effectively connected income, backup withholding, and foreign accounts. To obtain a reduced rate of withholding under a treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be required to provide us with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (in the case of individuals) or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (in the case of entities), or other appropriate form, certifying the Non-U.S. Holder’s entitlement to benefits under that treaty. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. In the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is an entity, Treasury Regulations and the relevant tax treaty provide rules to determine whether, for purposes of determining the applicability of a tax treaty, dividends will be treated as paid to the entity or to those holding an interest in that entity. If a Non-U.S. Holder holds stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the holder’s behalf, the holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to such agent. The holder’s agent will then be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty and you do not timely file the required certification, you may be able to obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS.

We generally are not required to withhold tax on dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains in the United States) if a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI, stating that the dividends are so connected, is furnished to us (or, if stock is held through a financial institution or other agent, to such agent). In general, such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax, on a net income basis at the regular rates applicable to U.S. residents. A corporate Non-U.S. Holder receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax,” which is imposed, under certain circumstances, at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable treaty) on the corporate Non-U.S. Holder’s effectively connected earnings and profits, subject to certain adjustments. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

To the extent distributions on our common stock, if any, exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, they will first reduce the Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain to the extent of any excess amount distributed, and taxed in the same manner as gain realized from a sale or other disposition of common stock as described in the next section.

Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on a sale or other disposition of our common stock unless (a) the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of such holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains in the United States), (b) the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual and is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, or (c) we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Code Section 897(c)(2) at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding such disposition or such holder’s holding period. In general, we would be a United States real property holding corporation if our interests in U.S. real estate comprise (by fair market value) at least half of our business assets. We believe that we have not been and we are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a United States real property holding corporation. Even if we are treated as a United States real property holding corporation, gain realized by a Non-U.S. Holder on a disposition of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax so long as

 

132


Table of Contents

(1) the Non-U.S. Holder owned, directly, indirectly and constructively, no more than 5% of our common stock at all times within the shorter of (i) the five-year period preceding the disposition or (ii) the holder’s holding period and (2) our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market. There can be no assurance that our common stock will continue to qualify as regularly traded on an established securities market. If any gain on your disposition is taxable because we are a United States real property holding corporation and your ownership of our common stock exceeds 5%, you will be taxed on such disposition generally in the manner as gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business (subject to the provisions under an applicable income tax treaty), except that the branch profits tax generally will not apply.

If you are a Non-U.S. Holder described in (a) above, you will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale at regular U.S. federal income tax rates, and corporate Non-U.S. Holders described in (a) above may be subject to the additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. Gain described in (b) above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, which gain may be offset by certain U.S.-source capital losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

Information Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding

Generally, we must report information to the IRS with respect to any dividends we pay on our common stock (even if the payments are exempt from withholding), including the amount of any such dividends, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the holder to whom any such dividends are paid. Pursuant to tax treaties or certain other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the recipient’s country of residence.

Dividends paid by us (or our paying agents) to a Non-U.S. Holder may also be subject to U.S. backup withholding. U.S. backup withholding generally will not apply to a Non-U.S. Holder who provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, or IRS Form W-ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if the payor has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person who is not an exempt recipient.

U.S. information reporting and backup withholding requirements generally will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock effected by or through a U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, except that information reporting and such requirements may be avoided if the holder provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing non-U.S. person status or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, U.S. information reporting and backup withholding requirements will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a Non-U.S. Holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker. Information reporting and backup withholding requirements may, however, apply to a payment of disposition proceeds if the broker has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is, in fact, a U.S. person. For information reporting purposes, certain brokers with substantial U.S. ownership or operations will generally be treated in a manner similar to U.S. brokers.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be credited against the tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Foreign Accounts

Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (commonly referred to as FATCA) impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments, including dividends paid on, and the gross proceeds of a disposition of, our common stock paid to a foreign financial institution (as specifically defined by applicable rules) unless

 

133


Table of Contents

such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). FATCA also generally imposes a federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments, including dividends paid on, and the gross proceeds of a disposition of, our common stock to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with either a certification that it does not have any substantial direct or indirect U.S. owners or provides information regarding substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify those requirements. The withholding tax described above will not apply if the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from the rules.

The U.S. Treasury Department recently released proposed regulations which, if finalized in their present form, would eliminate the federal withholding tax of 30% applicable to the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock. In its preamble to such proposed regulations, the U.S. Treasury Department stated that taxpayers may generally rely on the proposed regulations until final regulations are issued. Non-U.S. holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our common stock.

EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING, AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY RECENT OR PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW.

 

134


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Name

   Number of Shares  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

                                       

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total:

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of Class A common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of Class A common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of Class A common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to additional shares of Class A common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of Class A common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of Class A common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional             shares of Class A common stock.

 

            Total  
     Per
Share
     No
Exercise
     Full
Exercise
 

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us

   $        $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $        $        $    

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $                 million. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expense relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority up to $                    .

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of Class A common stock offered by them.

 

135


Table of Contents

We intend to apply to have our Class A common stock approved for listing on             under the symbol “                .”

We and all directors and officers and the holders of all of our outstanding stock and stock options have agreed that, without the prior written consent of                on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus (the “restricted period”):

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock;

 

   

file any registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or

 

   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock.

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of                on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph to do not apply to:

 

   

the sale of shares to the underwriters; or

 

   

the issuance by the Company of shares of common stock upon the exercise of an option or a warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of this prospectus of which the underwriters have been advised in writing;

 

   

transactions by any person other than us relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the offering of the shares; provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), is required or voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of the common stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions; or

 

   

the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the restricted period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required or voluntarily made regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of common stock may be made under such plan during the restricted period.

            , in its sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time.

In order to facilitate the offering of the Class A common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the Class A common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of

 

136


Table of Contents

shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of Class A common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the Class A common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the Class A common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the Class A common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of Class A common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging. financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares of our Class A common stock

 

137


Table of Contents

may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our Class A common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (a)   to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b)   to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c)   in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares of our Class A common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person located in a Member State to whom any offer of securities is made or who receives any communication in respect of any offer of shares of Class A common stock, or who initially acquires any securities will be deemed to have represented, warranted, acknowledged and agreed to and with each representative and the Company that (i) it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive; and (ii) in the case of any securities acquired by it as a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, the securities acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Member State other than qualified investors, as that term is defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been given to the offer or resale; or where shares of Class A common stock have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Member State other than qualified investors, the offer of those shares to it is not treated under the Prospectus Directive as having been made to such persons.

The Company, the representatives and their respective affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgments and agreements.

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of securities in any Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of securities. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Member State of securities which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for the company or any of the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither the Company nor the representatives have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of securities in circumstances in which an obligation arises for the company or the representatives to publish a prospectus for such offer.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our Class A common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our Class A common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our Class A common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

 

138


Table of Contents

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a)   it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our Class A common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

  (b)   it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our Class A common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Canada

The shares of Class A common stock may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares of Class A common stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

139


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of Class A common stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Cooley LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2018, included in this Prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein (which report expresses an unqualified opinion on the financial statements and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to the adoption of a new revenue accounting standard). Such financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our Class A common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The SEC maintains an internet website that contains reports and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

On the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available at www.sec.gov.

We also maintain a website at www.datadog.com. Information contained in, or accessible through, our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is only as an inactive textual reference.

 

140


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Datadog, Inc.,

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Datadog, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”), as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income, and convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for revenue from contracts with customers due to the adoption of a new revenue accounting standard.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit of the financial statements provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York

June 13, 2019

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2016.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    

 

December 31,

    March 31,
2019
    Pro Forma
Stockholders’
Equity

March 31,
2019
 
     2017     2018  
ASSETS                (unaudited)  

CURRENT ASSETS:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 60,024     $ 53,639     $ 54,554                     

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of doubtful accounts of $450, $477, and $551 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and March 31, 2019, respectively

     30,957       55,822       63,332    

Deferred contract costs, current

     1,701       3,717       4,486    

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     7,737       8,773       17,266    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

     100,419       121,951       139,638    

Property and equipment, net

     11,121       21,649       24,617    

Operating lease assets

                 45,591    

Goodwill

     6,292       7,626       7,626    

Intangibles, net

     974       1,288       1,114    

Deferred contract costs, non-current

     3,054       7,292       8,885    

Restricted cash

     3,470       11,341       11,240    

Other assets

     1,732       8,603       16,769    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 127,062     $ 179,750     $ 255,480    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

        

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

        

Accounts payable

   $ 5,316     $ 12,638     $ 27,702    

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     16,656       30,290       28,398    

Operating lease liabilities, current

                 7,899    

Deferred revenue, current

     35,283       69,306       85,656    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

     57,255       112,234       149,655    

Operating lease liabilities, non-current

                 41,300    

Deferred revenue, non-current

     3,818       1,393       3,926    

Other liabilities

     885       1,359       1,358    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities

     61,958       114,986       196,239    

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (NOTE 7)

        

CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK:

        

Convertible Preferred Stock; $0.00001 par value per share; 64,634,456, 59,938,304 and 59,938,304 shares authorized as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, and March 31, 2019 (unaudited), respectively; 59,938,304 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and March 31, 2019 (unaudited); liquidation preference of $141,312 as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and March 31, 2019 (unaudited);             shares authorized as of March 31, 2019 pro forma (unaudited); 0 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2019 pro forma (unaudited)

     140,805       140,805       140,805    

STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT:

        

Non-voting common shares; $0.00001 par value per share; 379,000, 0 and 0 shares authorized as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and March 31, 2019 (unaudited), respectively; 379,000 and 0 and 0 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and March 31, 2019 (unaudited), respectively; 0 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2019 pro forma (unaudited)

                    

Common stock, $0.00001 par value per share; 100,000,000, 120,379,000 and 120,379,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and March 31, 2019 (unaudited); 20,720,328, 26,060,202 and 26,984,602 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and March 31, 2019 (unaudited), respectively;             shares authorized as of March 31, 2019 pro forma (unaudited);             shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2019 pro forma (unaudited)

                    

Additional paid-in capital

     19,716       30,834       34,853    

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

     (48     31       (20  

Accumulated deficit

     (95,369     (106,906     (116,397  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (75,701     (76,041     (81,564  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

   $ 127,062     $ 179,750     $ 255,480    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2017     2018     2018     2019  
                 (unaudited)  

Revenue

   $ 100,761     $ 198,077     $ 39,715     $ 70,050  

Cost of revenue

     23,414       46,529       9,142       18,950  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     77,347       151,548         30,573         51,100  

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     24,734       55,176       10,871       22,815  

Sales and marketing

     44,213       88,849       15,282       30,107  

General and administrative

     11,356       18,556       4,267       7,840  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     80,303       162,581       30,420       60,762  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating (loss) income

     (2,956     (11,033     153       (9,662

Other income, net

     843       793       273       230  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

     (2,113     (10,240     426       (9,432

Provision for income taxes

     (457     (522     (81     (59
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (2,570   $ (10,762   $ 345     $ (9,491
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income—Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (48     78       (19     (50
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive (loss) income

   $ (2,618   $ (10,684   $ 326     $ (9,541
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders

   $ (2,570   $ (10,762   $     $ (9,491
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic net (loss) income per share

   $ (0.13   $ (0.46)     $ 0.00     $ (0.37
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used in calculating basic net (loss) income per share:

     20,440       23,650       21,241       25,687  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted net (loss) income per share

   $ (0.13   $ (0.46   $ 0.00     $ (0.37
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used in calculating diluted net (loss) income per share:

     20,440       23,650       24,811       25,687  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro-forma net loss per share

        
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used in calculating pro-forma net loss per share

        
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2018 AND THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2019 (unaudited)

(in thousands, except share data)

 

    Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Non-Voting
Common Stock
    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount                          

BALANCE—December 31, 2016 (as reported)

    59,938,304     $ 140,805       19,230,832             379,000     $  —       13,785     $  —     $ (95,476)     $  (81,691)  

Effect of adoption of ASC 606

                                                    2,677       2,677  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE—January 1, 2017 (as adjusted)

    59,938,304       140,805       19,230,832             379,000             13,785             (92,799)       (79,014)  

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                721,992                         449                   449  

Vesting of early exercised stock options

                                        143                   143  

Issuance of common stock for acquisition

                764,004                         2,015                   2,015  

Stock-based compensation

                                        3,316                   3,316  

Change in accumulated other comprehensive loss

                                              (48)             (48)  

Other

                3,500                         8                   8  

Net loss

                                                    (2,570)       (2,570)  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE—December 31, 2017

    59,938,304       140,805       20,720,328             379,000             19,716       (48)       (95,369)       (75,701)  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of adoption of ASU 2016-09

                                        775             (775)        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE—January 1, 2018

    59,938,304       140,805       20,720,328             379,000             20,491       (48)       (96,144)       (75,701)  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                4,960,874                     4,557                   4,557  

Vesting of early exercised stock options

                                        375                   375  

Stock-based compensation

                                        5,411                   5,411  

Conversion of non-voting common stock

                379,000             (379,000)                                

Change in accumulated other comprehensive loss

                                              79             79  

Net loss

                                                    (10,762)       (10,762)  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE—December 31, 2018

    59,938,304     $ 140,805       26,060,202     $           $     $ 30,834     $ 31     $ (106,906)     $ (76,041)  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                924,400                     1,308                   1,308  

Vesting of early exercised stock options

                                        214                   214  

Stock-based compensation

                                        2,497                   2,497  

Change in accumulated other comprehensive loss

                                              (51)             (51)  

Net loss

                                                    (9,491)       (9,491)  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE—March 31, 2019

    59,938,304     $  140,805       26,984,602     $           $     $  34,853     $  (20)     $  (116,397)     $ (81,564)  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-5


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2018 (unaudited)

(in thousands, except share data)

 

    Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Non-Voting
Common Stock
    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

BALANCE—January 1, 2018

    59,938,304     $ 140,805       20,720,328     $       379,000     $     $  20,491     $ (48   $ (96,144   $ (75,701

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                3,125,968                         2,920                   2,920  

Vesting of early exercised stock options

                                        35                   35  

Stock-based compensation

                                        830                   830  

Conversion of non-voting common stock

                379,000             (379,000                              

Change in accumulated other comprehensive loss

                                              (19           (19

Net income

                                                    345       345  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE—March 31, 2018

    59,938,304     $ 140,805       24,225,296     $         —           $         —     $   24,276     $                  (67   $     (95,799   $         (71,590
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2017     2018     2018      2019  
                 (unaudited)  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

         

Net (loss) income

   $ (2,570   $ (10,762   $ 345      $ (9,491

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:

         

Depreciation and amortization

     2,704       6,026       1,025        2,111  

Amortization of deferred contract costs

     1,274       2,671       483        1,028  

Stock-based compensation, net of amounts capitalized

     3,068       5,244       794        2,445  

Noncash lease expense

                        117  

Provision for accounts receivable allowance

     378       477       73        74  

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     4       9              4  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

         

Accounts receivable, net

     (19,274)       (25,322)       (8,489)        (7,585)  

Deferred contract costs

     (3,352)       (8,925)       (1,899)        (3,390)  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (4,250)       (1,331)       (3,911)        (8,492)  

Other assets

     (1,482)       (6,955)       (444)        (8,219)  

Accounts payable

     4,647       7,241       4,009        14,524  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     2,860       10,857       1,909        1,408  

Deferred revenue

     29,825       31,599       11,467        18,884  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     13,832       10,829       5,362        3,418  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

         

Purchases of property and equipment

     (2,351)       (9,662)       (2,031)        (2,197)  

Capitalized software development costs

     (5,452)       (6,176)       (1,164)        (2,096)  

Cash paid for acquisition of businesses; net of cash acquired

     (4,957)       (1,618)               
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (12,760)       (17,456)       (3,195)        (4,293)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

         

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     462       7,782       3,820        1,776  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     462       7,782       3,820        1,776  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (54)       47       (37)        (87)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

NET INCREASE IN CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH

     1,480       1,202       5,950        814  

CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH—Beginning of period

     62,298       63,778       63,778        64,980  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH —End of period

   $ 63,778     $ 64,980     $ 69,728      $ 65,794  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

         

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 40     $ 36     $      $ 3  

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

         

Accrued property and equipment purchases

   $     $ 25     $ 269      $ 577  

Stock-based compensation included in capitalized software development costs

   $ 248     $ 167     $ 36      $ 52  

Vesting of early exercised options

   $ 143     $ 375     $ 35      $ 214  

Acquisition of intangible assets through issuance of common stock

   $ 2,015     $     $      $  

RECONCILIATION OF CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH WITHIN THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS TO THE AMOUNTS SHOWN IN THE STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS ABOVE:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 60,024     $ 53,639     $  65,974      $ 54,554  

Restricted cash – Including amounts in prepaid expense and other current assets and other assets

     3,754       11,341       3,754        11,240  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

   $    63,778     $    64,980     $    69,728      $    65,794  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Organization and Description of Business

Description of Business

Datadog, Inc. (“Datadog” or the “Company”) was incorporated in the State of Delaware on June 4, 2010. The Company is the monitoring and analytics platform for developers, IT operations teams and business users in the cloud age. The Company’s SaaS platform integrates and automates infrastructure monitoring, application performance monitoring and log management, to provide unified, real-time observability of its customers’ entire technology stack. The Company is headquartered in New York City and has various other global office locations.

2. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Datadog, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Stock Split

On January 2, 2018, a four-for-one stock split of the Company’s then-outstanding common stock and convertible preferred stock was effected without any change in the par value per share. All information related to the Company’s common stock, convertible preferred stock and stock awards has been retroactively adjusted to give effect to the four-for-one stock split, without any change in the par value per share.

Segment Information

The Company has a single operating and reportable segment as well as one business activity, monitoring and providing analytics on companies’ information technology (“IT”) infrastructure. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is its Chief Executive Officer, who reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of making operating decisions, assessing financial performance, and allocating resources. There are no segment managers who are held accountable for operations or results below the consolidated level.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Such estimates include allowance for doubtful accounts, the fair value of acquired assets and assumed liabilities from business combinations, useful lives of property, equipment, software, and finite lived intangibles, stock-based compensation including the determination of the fair value of the Company’s stock, valuation of long-lived assets and their recoverability, including goodwill, estimated expected period of benefit period for deferred contract costs, realization of deferred tax assets and uncertain tax positions, revenue

 

F-8


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

recognition and the allocation of overhead costs between cost of revenue and operating expenses. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and also on assumptions that management considers reasonable. The Company assesses these estimates on a regular basis; however, actual results could materially differ from these estimates.

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Information

The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2019, the interim consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income, cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019, the interim consolidated statement of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019 and the related notes to such interim consolidated financial statements are unaudited. These unaudited interim consolidated financial statements are presented in accordance with the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and do not include all disclosures normally required in annual consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP. In management’s opinion, the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements and reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the Company’s financial position as of March 31, 2019 and the Company’s consolidated results of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2019 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year or any other future interim or annual period.

Unaudited Pro Forma Stockholders’ Equity and Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share

Immediately prior to the completion of the Company’s initial public offering (“IPO”), all of the outstanding shares of its convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into             shares of common stock, based on the              shares of the convertible preferred stock outstanding as of March 31, 2019. The unaudited pro forma stockholders’ equity as of March 31, 2019 has been computed to give effect to the automatic conversion of the convertible preferred stock as though the conversion and reclassification had occurred as of March 31, 2019. The shares of common stock issuable and the proceeds expected to be received in the IPO are excluded from such pro forma information.

Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share is computed to give effect to the automatic conversion of             shares of the Company’s outstanding convertible preferred stock into              shares of common stock in connection with the IPO.

Foreign Currency Translation

The reporting currency of the Company is the United States dollar (“USD”). The functional currency of the Company is USD, and the functional currency of the Company’s subsidiaries is generally the local currency of the jurisdiction in which the foreign subsidiary is located. The assets and liabilities of the Company’s subsidiaries are translated to USD at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. All income statement accounts are translated at monthly average exchange rates. Resulting foreign currency translation adjustments are recorded directly in accumulated other comprehensive loss as a separate component of stockholders’ deficit.

Transaction gains and losses that arise from exchange rate fluctuations on transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency are included in other income, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss when realized.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Revenue Recognition

The Company generates revenue from the sale of subscriptions to customers using its cloud-based platform. The terms of the Company’s subscription agreements are primarily monthly or annual. The Company’s customers can enter into (1) a subscription agreement for a committed contractual amount of usage that is apportioned ratably on a monthly basis over the term of the subscription period, (2) a subscription agreement for a committed contractual amount of usage that is delivered as used, or (3) a monthly subscription based on usage. The Company typically bills customers on an annual subscription in full up-front, with any usage in excess of the committed contracted amount billed monthly in arrears. The Company typically bills customers on a monthly plan in arrears. Customers also have the option to purchase additional services priced at rates at or above the stand-alone selling price.

The Company elected to early adopt Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“Topic 606”), effective January 1, 2017, using the full retrospective method of adoption. As such, the consolidated financial statements present revenue in accordance with Topic 606 for all of the periods presented.

The Company accounts for revenue contracts with customers through the following steps:

 

  (1)   identify the contract with a customer;

 

  (2)   identify the performance obligations in the contract;

 

  (3)   determine the transaction price;

 

  (4)   allocate the transaction price; and

 

  (5)   recognize revenue when or as the Company satisfies a performance obligation.

The Company’s revenue arrangements may include infrastructure monitoring, application performance monitoring, log management, and synthetics, as well as secondary services including custom metrics in dashboard monitoring, docker container monitoring, and trace search. The Company has identified each service as a separate performance obligation.

The transaction price is based on the fixed price for the contracted level of service plus variable consideration for additional optional purchases. Billing periods correspond to the periods over which services are performed and there are no discounts given on the purchase of future services.

The Company allocates revenue to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. The Company generally determines standalone selling prices based on a range of actual prices charged to customers.

Revenue is recognized when control of these services is transferred to customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those services. The Company determined an output method to be the most appropriate measure of progress because it most faithfully represents when the value of the services are simultaneously received and consumed by the customer, and control is transferred.

For committed contractual amounts of usage, revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the subscription agreement generally beginning on the date that the platform is made available to a customer. For committed

 

F-10


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

contractual amount of usage that is delivered as used, a monthly subscription based on usage, or usage in excess of a ratable subscription, the Company recognizes revenue as the product is used. Subscription revenue excludes sales and other indirect taxes.

The Company applied the practical expedient in Topic 606 and did not evaluate contracts of one year or less for the existence of a significant financing component.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists primarily of costs related to providing subscription services to paying customers, including data center and networking expenses, employee compensation (including stock-based compensation) and other employee-related expenses for customer experience and technical operations staff, payments to outside service providers, payment processing fees, amortization of capitalized internally developed software costs and acquired developed technology, and allocated overhead costs.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development costs consist of employee compensation (including stock-based compensation) and other employee-related expenses, materials and supplies, and allocated overhead costs such as rent and facilities costs.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and were approximately $4.4 million, $8.3 million, $1.6 million and $2.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, and three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited), respectively, and are included in sales and marketing expense in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

Income Taxes

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts for financial reporting and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. The deferred assets and liabilities are recorded at the statutorily enacted tax rates anticipated to be in effect when such temporary differences reverse. The effect of on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is established; when based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

The Company engages in transactions in which the tax consequences may be subject to uncertainty. The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions based on an evaluation as to whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. This evaluation is based on all available evidence and assumes that the appropriate tax authorities have full knowledge of all relevant information concerning the tax position. The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions as non-current tax liabilities or through a reduction of a corresponding deferred tax asset. The tax benefit recognized is based on the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company includes potential interest expense and penalties related to its uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures compensation expense for all stock-based payment awards, including stock options granted to employees, directors, and nonemployees, based on the estimated fair value of the awards on the date of grant. The fair value of each stock option granted is estimated using the Black Scholes option pricing model. The determination of the grant date fair value using an option-pricing model is affected by the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock as well as assumptions regarding a number of other complex and subjective variables. These variables include expected stock price volatility over the expected term of the award, actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors, the risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the award and expected dividends. Stock-based compensation is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The Company also has certain options that have performance-based vesting conditions; stock-based compensation expense for such awards is recognized on a straight-line basis from the time the vesting condition is likely to be met through the time the vesting condition has been achieved.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents consist of funds deposited into money market funds.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash primarily consists of collateralized letters of credit established in connection with lease agreements for the Company’s facilities. Restricted cash is included in current assets for leases that expire within one year and is included in non-current assets for leases that expire in more than one year from the balance sheet date.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk primarily consist of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. For cash and cash equivalents, the Company is exposed to credit risk in the event of default by the financial institutions to the extent of the amounts recorded on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets exceed federally insured limits. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents with financial institutions with high-quality credit ratings and has not experienced any losses in such accounts. For accounts receivable, the Company is exposed to credit risk in the event of nonpayment by customers to the extent of the amounts recorded on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

There were no customers representing greater than 10% of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 or the three months ended March 31, 2018 or 2019. No customers represented greater than 10% of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 or as of March 31, 2018 or 2019 (unaudited).

Geographical Information

Revenue by location is determined by the billing address for the customer. The following table sets forth revenue by geographic area (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2017      2018      2018      2019  
                   (unaudited)  

North America

   $ 76,352      $ 150,945      $ 30,268      $ 53,238  

International

     24,409        47,132        9,447        16,812  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 100,761      $ 198,077      $   39,715      $   70,050  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-12


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Other than the United States, no other individual country accounted for 10% or more of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2017 or 2018. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, 84% and 85% of the Company’s long lived assets were located in the United States and 16% and 15% were located in Europe, respectively. As of March 31, 2019, 83% (unaudited) of the Company’s long lived assets were located in the United States and 17% (unaudited) were located in Europe.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The accounting guidance for fair value provides a framework for measuring fair value, clarifies the definition of fair value, and expands disclosures regarding fair value measurements. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the reporting date. The accounting guidance establishes a three tiered hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in the valuation methodologies in measuring fair value as follows:

Level 1 Inputs: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities accessible to the reporting entity at the measurement date.

Level 2 Inputs: Other than quoted prices included in Level 1 inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

Level 3 Inputs: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available, thereby allowing for situations in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at measurement date.

Included in the Company’s cash and cash equivalents are money market funds, which are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued using quoted market prices. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and March 31, 2019, the Company had $60.0 million, $53.6 million and $54.6 million (unaudited), respectively, of cash and cash equivalents primarily invested in money market funds. In addition, the Company had $3.8 million, $11.3 million and $11.2 million (unaudited), respectively, of restricted cash in connection with collateral for various lease agreements for the Company’s facilities. Accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued expenses are stated at their carrying value, which approximates fair value due to the short time to the expected receipt or payment date.

A financial instrument’s categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable includes billed and unbilled receivables. Trade accounts receivable are recorded at invoiced amounts and do not bear interest. The Company generally does not require collateral and provides for expected losses. The expectation of collectability is based on a review of credit profiles of customers, contractual terms and conditions, current economic trends, and historical payment experience. The Company regularly reviews the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts by considering the age of each outstanding invoice and the collection history of each customer to determine the appropriate amount of allowance for doubtful accounts. Accounts receivable deemed uncollectible are charged against the allowance for doubtful accounts when identified.

Unbilled accounts receivable represents revenue recognized on contracts for which billings have not yet been presented to customers because the amounts were earned but not contractually billable as of the balance sheet date. The unbilled accounts receivable balance is due within one year. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and March 31, 2019, unbilled accounts receivable of approximately $10.5 million, $13.1 million and $11.6 million (unaudited), respectively, was included in accounts receivable on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Internal Use Software Development Costs

The Company capitalizes qualifying internal use software development costs related to its cloud platform. The costs consist of personnel costs (including related benefits and stock-based compensation) that are incurred during the application development stage. Capitalization of costs begins when two criteria are met: (1) the preliminary project stage is completed, and (2) it is probable that the software will be completed and used for its intended function. Capitalization ceases when the software is substantially complete and ready for its intended use, including the completion of all significant testing. Costs related to preliminary project activities and post implementation operating activities are expensed as incurred.

Capitalized costs are included in property and equipment. These costs are amortized over the estimated useful life of the software, which is two years, on a straight-line basis, which represents the manner in which the expected benefit will be derived. The amortization of costs related to the platform applications is included in cost of revenue and sales and marketing expense based on an allocation between paid customer accounts and free customer accounts not generating revenue.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the related asset. Expenses that improve an asset or extend its remaining useful life are capitalized. Costs of maintenance or repairs that do not extend the lives of the respective assets are charged to expenses as incurred.

Deferred Contract Costs

Sales commissions earned by the Company’s sales force are considered incremental and recoverable costs of obtaining a contract with a customer. These costs are deferred and then amortized over a period of benefit which is determined to be four years. The Company determined the period of benefit by taking into consideration the length of terms in its customer contracts, life of the technology and other factors. Amounts expected to be recognized within one year of the balance sheet date are recorded as deferred contract costs, current; the remaining portion is recorded as deferred contract costs, non-current, in the consolidated balance sheets. Deferred contract costs are periodically analyzed for impairment. Amortization expense is included in sales and marketing expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

The adoption of ASC 606 related to the deferral of incremental commission costs of obtaining a contract, primarily sales commissions, resulted in a decrease to accumulated deficit of $2.7 million as of January 1, 2017.

Deferred contract costs on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets were $4.8 million, $11.0 million and $13.4 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and March 31, 2019 (unaudited) respectively. Amortization expense was $1.3 million, $2.7 million, $0.5 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, and three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited), respectively.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table represents a rollforward of the Company’s deferred contract costs (in thousands):

 

    

    Amount    

 

Balance as of January 1, 2017

 

   $

 

2,677

 

 

 

Additions to deferred contract costs

     3,352  

Amortization of deferred contract costs

     (1,274
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2017

     4,755  
  

 

 

 

Additions to deferred contract costs

     8,925  

Amortization of deferred contract costs

     (2,671
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2018

     11,009  
  

 

 

 

Additions to deferred contract costs (unaudited)

     3,390  

Amortization of deferred contract costs (unaudited)

     (1,028
  

 

 

 

Balance as of March 31, 2019 (unaudited)

   $  13,371  
  

 

 

 

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs, which consist of direct incremental legal, accounting, and consulting fees relating to the IPO, will be capitalized. The deferred offering costs will be offset against IPO proceeds upon the consummation of the IPO. In the event the planned IPO is terminated, the deferred offering costs will be expensed. There were no deferred offering costs recorded as of December 31, 2017 and 2018. As of March 31, 2019, there was $0.1 million (unaudited) of deferred offering costs recorded.

Business Combinations

When the Company acquires a business, the purchase consideration is allocated to the tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and intangible assets acquired based on their estimated respective fair values. The excess of the fair value of purchase consideration over the fair values of these identifiable assets and liabilities is recorded as goodwill. Such valuations require the Company to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. Significant estimates in valuing certain intangible assets include, but are not limited to, future expected cash flows from acquired users, acquired technology, and trade names from a market participant perspective, useful lives and discount rates. The Company’s estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable and, as a result, actual results may differ from estimates. During the measurement period, the Company may record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to other income, net in the consolidated statement of operations.

Accounting for Impairment of Long-Lived Assets (Including Goodwill and Intangibles)

Long-lived assets with finite lives include property and equipment, capitalized development software costs and acquired intangible assets. Long-lived assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives which are as follows:

 

Computers and equipment    3 years
Furnitures and fixtures    5 years
Leasehold improvements    Shorter of lease term or useful life of asset
Capitalized software development costs    2 years
Intangible assets    1-3 years

 

F-15


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Company evaluates long lived assets, including acquired intangible assets and capitalized software development costs, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable or the estimated useful life becomes shorter than originally estimated. Recoverability of assets held and used is measured by comparison of the carrying amount of an asset or an asset group to estimated undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or asset group. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds these estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the asset or asset group, based on discounted cash flows.

Goodwill is not amortized but rather tested for impairment at least annually in the fourth quarter, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired. Goodwill impairment is recognized when the quantitative assessment results in the carrying value exceeding the fair value, in which case an impairment charge is recorded to the extent the carrying value exceeds the fair value. The Company did not recognize any impairment of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2017 or 2018 or three months ended March 31, 2018 or 2019 (unaudited).

Operating Leases

The Company leases real estate facilities under operating leases. For leases that contain rent escalation or rent concession provisions, the Company records the total rent expense during the lease term on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Prior to the adoption of ASC 842, Leases on January 1, 2019, the Company records the difference between the rent paid and the straight-line rent expense as a deferred rent liability within accrued expenses and other current liabilities and other liabilities.

Deferred Revenue

The Company records contract liabilities to deferred revenue when the Company receives customer payments in advance of the performance obligations being satisfied on the Company’s contracts. Certain of the Company’s customers pay in advance of satisfaction of performance obligations and other customers with monthly contract terms are billed in arrears on a monthly basis.

The deferred revenue balance as of January 1, 2017 was $9.2 million. The Company recognized $9.2 million and $37.1 million of revenue during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively from beginning deferred revenue balances as of January 1, 2017 and 2018, respectively. The increase in contract liabilities from December 31, 2017 to December 31, 2018 primarily resulted from growth of contracts with new and existing customers.

The Company recognized $12.2 million (unaudited) and $31.3 million (unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, from beginning deferred revenue balances as of January 1, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

Remaining performance obligations represent the aggregate amount of the transaction price in contracts allocated to performance obligations not delivered, or partially undelivered, as of the end of the reporting period. Remaining performance obligations include unearned revenue, multi-year contracts with future installment payments and certain unfulfilled orders against accepted customer contracts at the end of any given period. As of December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019, the aggregate transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations was $127.1 million and $141.1 million (unaudited), respectively. There is uncertainty in the timing of revenues associated with the Company’s drawdown contracts, as future revenue can often vary significantly from past revenue.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

However, the Company expects to recognize substantially all of the remaining performance obligations over the next 24 months.

Net Income (Loss) Per Share Attributable to Common Shareholders

Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period giving effect to all potentially dilutive securities to the extent they are dilutive. The dilutive effect of potentially dilutive securities is reflected in diluted net income (loss) per share by application of the two-class method.

Accounting Pronouncements Recently Adopted

In November 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740), Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Tax. ASU No. 2015-17 was issued by the FASB as part of its initiative to reduce complexity in accounting standards (the Simplification Initiative). Current GAAP requires an entity to separate deferred income tax liabilities and assets into current and noncurrent amounts in a classified statement of financial position. To simplify the presentation of deferred income taxes, the amendments in ASU 2015-17 require that deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position. The current requirement that deferred tax liabilities and assets of a tax-paying component of an entity be offset and presented as a single amount is not affected by the amendments of ASU 2015-17. ASU 2015-17 is effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted for financial statements that have not been previously issued. The ASU was adopted January 1, 2019 and applied retrospectively to all deferred tax assets and liabilities for all periods presented. The Company adoption of this ASU had no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, CompensationStock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. The Company has adopted this ASU effective January 1, 2018, and elected to account for forfeitures as they occur upon adoption, rather than estimated expected forfeitures over the course of a vesting period. The Company recognized a cumulative effect of $0.8 million to accumulated deficit as of January 1, 2018 upon adoption.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows. The ASU provides guidance on how certain cash receipts and outflows should be classified on entities’ statement of cash flows. The Company adopted the ASU on January 1, 2019 on a retrospective basis to all periods presented. Adoption of this ASU and did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statements of cash flows for the periods presented.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows. The standard requires that the statements of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. The Company adopted the ASU on January 1, 2019 on a retrospective basis for all periods presented. Prior to the adoption of the ASU, changes within restricted cash were presented within investing activities as changes related to payments and refunds of security deposits in connection with leases for the Company’s facilities. As a result of adopting the ASU, the Company includes restricted cash with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and

 

F-17


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

end-of-period total amounts presented on the statement of consolidated cash flows. Accordingly, the statement of cash flows has been revised to include restricted cash as a consolidated component of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01 Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business. This ASU provides guidance to evaluate whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. If substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired (or disposed of) is concentrated in a single asset or a group of similar assets, the assets acquired (or disposed of) are not considered a business. The Company adopted ASU 2017-01 as of January 1, 2017 on a prospective basis and there was no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. The update simplifies the measurement of goodwill by eliminating step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. Entities should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The Company early adopted this ASU on January 1, 2017 and its adoption had no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting. This amends the scope of modification accounting for share-based payment arrangements. The ASU provides guidance on the types of changes to the terms or conditions of share-based payment awards to which an entity would be required to apply modification accounting. Specifically, an entity would not apply modification accounting if the fair value, vesting conditions, and classification of the awards are the same immediately before and after the modification. The Company adopted this ASU on January 1, 2019 on a retrospective basis to all periods presented. Application of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (ASC 842), which requires, among other items, lessees to recognize most leases as assets and liabilities on the balance sheet. Qualitative and quantitative disclosures are also enhanced to better understand the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. The Company adopted this ASU on January 1, 2019 and has elected the transition option prescribed by ASU 2018-11, and accordingly will not restate prior periods under ASC 842. The Company elected the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within the new standard, which among other things, allowed the Company to carry forward the historical lease classification and determination of the lease term. Upon adoption, the Company recognized a right of use asset of $47.9 million and a lease liability of $51.4 million with no impact to accumulated deficit or consolidated statement of cash flows. The Company’s consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2019 reflect the adoption of ASC 842.

Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting. The updated guidance simplifies the accounting for nonemployee share-based payment transactions. The amendments in the new guidance specify that Topic 718 applies to all share-based payment transactions in which a grantor acquires goods or services to be used or consumed in a grantor’s own operations by issuing share-based payment awards. The ASU is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and the Company does not expect a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as a result of this ASU.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software, which align the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement

 

F-18


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include an internal use software license). The accounting for the service element of a hosting arrangement that is a service contract is not affected by the amendments in this ASU. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this ASU to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

3. Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,
2019
 
     2017      2018  
                   (unaudited)  

Hosting

   $ 2,182      $ 3,356      $ 8,033  

General prepaid expenses

     1,293        3,607        4,755  

Other receivables

     1,896        526        732  

Deferred compensation

     1,358                

Marketing

     390        218        2,465  

Rent

     334        1,066        1,281  

Restricted cash

     284                
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $      7,737      $      8,773      $    17,266  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

4. Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     March 31,
2019
 
     2017     2018  
                 (unaudited)  

Computers and equipment

   $ 2,304     $ 4,540     $ 5,279  

Furniture & fixtures

     1,287       2,621       3,079  

Leasehold improvements

     2,401       8,554       10,319  

Capitalized software development costs

     8,657       15,000       17,065  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     14,649       30,715       35,742  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (3,528     (9,066     (11,125
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $    11,121     $    21,649     $    24,617  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As discussed in Note 2, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Internal Use Software, the Company capitalizes costs related to the development of computer software for internal use and is included in capitalized software development costs within property and equipment, net.

Depreciation and amortization expense was approximately $2.2 million, $5.5 million, $0.9 million and $1.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, and three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited), respectively.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

5. Acquisition, Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Focusmatic Acquisition

On March 28, 2017, the Company completed an acquisition of Focusmatic SAS (“Focusmatic”). Focusmatic is a log processing and analytics company that aligns with the Company’s goal of improving visibility for its customers IT infrastructure. Goodwill was not deductible for tax purposes. Pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, the entire ownership of Focusmatic was purchased by the Company in exchange for 764,004 shares of the Company’s common stock and $5.4 million of cash consideration. Goodwill resulted primarily from the expected integration of the employee base and product offerings of Focusmatic with the Company. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations with the results of Focusmatic’s operations included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. Results of operations for this acquisition have been included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss since the acquisition date and were not material. Pro forma results of operations for this acquisition have not been presented because it was also not material to the consolidated results of operations. Transaction costs amounted to approximately $0.1 million and were expensed as incurred.

The aggregate purchase consideration and estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value  

Fair value of purchase consideration:

  

Cash consideration

   $ 5,397  

Common stock

     2,015  
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $      7,412  
  

 

 

 

 

     Fair Value  

Fair value of net assets acquired:

  

Net tangible assets (liabilities)

   $ (200

Developed technology

     1,300  

Customer relationships

     20  

Goodwill

     6,292  
  

 

 

 

Total fair value of net assets acquired

   $      7,412  
  

 

 

 

Madumbo Acquisition

On September 28, 2018, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with Madumbo whereby the Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of Madumbo for $1.6 million in cash consideration. Madumbo created an artificial intelligence platform that the Company plans to use to strengthen the Company’s current product offering. Goodwill was not deductible for tax purposes. Goodwill resulted primarily from the expected integration of Madumbo’s platform with the Company’s existing product offerings. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. The results of Madumbo’s operations have been included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss since the acquisition date and were not material. Pro forma results of operations for this acquisition have not been presented because it was also not material to the consolidated results of operations. Transaction costs amounted to approximately $0.1 million and were expensed as incurred.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The aggregate purchase consideration and estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value  

Fair value of net assets acquired:

  

Net tangible assets (liabilities)

   $ (536

Developed technology

     825  

Goodwill

     1,334  
  

 

 

 

Total fair value of net assets acquired

   $     1,623  
  

 

 

 

Intangibles, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2017      December 31, 2018         
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount
     Amortization
Period
 

Developed technology

   $ 1,300      $ (330   $    970      $ 2,125      $ (837   $ 1,288        2-3 years  

Customer relationships

     20        (16     4        20        (20            1 year  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total

   $ 1,320      $ (346   $ 974      $ 2,145      $ (857   $ 1,288     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

     As of March 31, 2019  
     (unaudited)  
     Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Carrying
Amount
 

Developed technology

   $           2,125      $       (1,011)      $       1,114  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intangible amortization expense was approximately $0.5 million, $0.5 million, $0.1 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited), respectively. Amortization of developed technology and customer relationships are included in cost of revenue on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

As of March 31, 2019, future amortization expense by year is expected to be as follows (in thousands):

 

     Amount  
     (unaudited)  

Remainder of 2019

   $ 533  

2020

     378  

2021

     203  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $     1,114  
  

 

 

 

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Amount  

Balance as of January 1, 2017

   $  

Focusmatic acquisition

     6,292  
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2017

     6,292  

Madumbo acquisition

     1,334  
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019 (unaudited)

   $     7,626  
  

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

6. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,
2019
 
     2017      2018  
                   (unaudited)  

Accrued compensation

   $ 10,143      $ 8,434      $ 9,162  

Early exercise liability-stock options

     81        2,931        3,182  

Commissions and bonuses

     2,349        6,795        5,745  

Income tax liability

     152        516        534  

Payroll and sales taxes

     335        1,147        926  

Deferred rent

     600        3,527         

Other

     2,996        6,940        8,849  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   $ 16,656      $ 30,290      $ 28,398  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

7. Commitments and Contingencies

Lease Commitments—The Company has entered into various noncancelable operating leases for its facilities expiring between fiscal 2019 and 2025. Certain operating leases contain provisions under which monthly rent escalates over time. When lease agreements contain escalating rent clauses or free rent periods, the Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 was $3.8 million and $10.0 million, respectively.

During 2017 and 2018 the Company received $0.1 million and $0.7 million, respectively, in sub-lease income which were recorded as a credit to rent expense.

Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2018 are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Amount  

2019

   $ 9,833  

2020

     14,549  

2021

     17,254  

2022

     17,036  

2023

     14,986  

Thereafter

     4,017  
  

 

 

 

Total

     77,675  

Future sublease income

     (4,886
  

 

 

 

Net minimum lease payments

   $ 72,789  
  

 

 

 

The above payments include payments related to a lease entered into in July 2018 with a lease term of 5 years and total lease payments over the life of the lease of approximately $19.8 million. The Company has not taken possession of the underlying property as of December 31, 2018 or March 31, 2019 and therefore, the operating lease liability has not been reflected on the consolidated balance sheet subsequent to the adoption of ASC 842.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

401(k) Plan—The Company sponsors a 401(k) defined contribution plan covering all eligible US employees. Contributions to the 401(k) plan are discretionary. The Company did not make any matching contributions to the 401(k) plan for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018.

Legal Matters—The Company is involved from time to time in various claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. While it is not feasible to predict or determine the ultimate outcome of these matters, the Company believes that none of its current legal proceedings will have a material adverse effect on its financial position or results of operations.

Indemnification—The Company enters into indemnification provisions under some agreements with other parties in the ordinary course of business, including business partners, investors, contractors, customers, and the Company’s officers, directors and certain employees. The Company has agreed to indemnify and defend the indemnified party claims and related losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party from actual or threatened third-party claim because of the Company’s activities or non-compliance with certain representations and warranties made by the Company. It is not possible to determine the maximum potential loss under these indemnification provisions due to the Company’s limited history of prior indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular provision. To date, losses recorded in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income in connection with the indemnification provisions have not been material.

8. Leases

The Company has entered into various noncancelable operating leases for its facilities expiring between fiscal 2019 and 2025. Certain lease agreements contain an option for the Company to renew a lease for a term of up to five years or an option to terminate a lease early within three years. The Company considers these options, which may be elected at the Company’s sole discretion, in determining the lease term on a lease-by-lease basis. The Company has elected the practical expedient not to record leases with an initial term of 12 months or less on the balance sheet; we recognize lease expense for these leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company accounts for lease components and non-lease components as a single lease component. Operating lease assets and liabilities are reflected within operating lease assets; operating lease liabilities, current and operating lease liabilities, non-current, on the consolidated balance sheet.

Lease expense for these leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term, with variable lease payments recognized in the period those payments are incurred.

The components of lease cost recognized within the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31, 2019
 
     (unaudited)  

Operating lease cost(1)

   $                   2,969  

Variable lease cost(2)

     3  

Short-term lease cost

     636  

 

1)

Includes right of use amortization of $2.3 million

2)

Primarily related to Consumer Price Index adjustments, common area maintenance and property tax.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Supplemental cash flow information and non-cash activity related to the Company’s operating leases are as follows (in thousands):

 

     March 31, 2019  
     (unaudited)  

Cash paid for amounts included in measurement of lease liabilities

   $                   2,996  

Maturities of lease liabilities by fiscal year for the Company’s operating leases are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Amount  
     (unaudited)  

Remainder of 2019

   $ 7,295  

2020

     12,565  

2021

     12,534  

2022

     11,556  

2023

     8,326  

2024 and beyond

     4,017  
  

 

 

 

Total lease payments

   $    56,293  

Less: imputed interest

     (7,094
  

 

 

 

Present value of lease liabilities

   $ 49,199  
  

 

 

 

Weighted average remaining lease term and discount rate for the Company’s operating leases are as follows:

 

     March 31,
2019
 
     (unaudited)  

Weighted average remaining lease term

     4.8 years  

Weighted average discount rate

     5.6

9. Convertible Preferred Stock

Convertible Preferred Stock—Convertible Preferred Stock is carried at the issuance price, net of issuance costs.

At December 31, 2017, convertible preferred stock (the “Preferred Stock”) consisted of the following (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Shares
Authorized
     Shares Issued
and
Outstanding
     Issuance Price
Per Share
     Carrying
Value1
     Liquidation
Preference
 

Seed

     6,951,580        6,467,984      $ 0.1726      $ 1,090      $ 1,117  

Series A

     16,557,876        16,398,544      $ 0.3766        6,042      $ 6,175  

Series B

     15,662,932        13,206,664      $ 0.9577        12,564      $ 12,648  

Series C

     11,726,764        10,129,808      $ 2.6521        26,764      $ 26,865  

Series D

     13,735,304        13,735,304      $        6.8806        94,345      $        94,507  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    
       64,634,456          59,938,304         $      140,805     
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

1)

Amounts are net of issuance costs.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

At December 31, 2018, and March 31, 2019 (unaudited) Preferred Stock consisted of the following (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Shares
Authorized
     Shares Issued
and
Outstanding
     Issuance Price
Per Share
     Carrying
Value1
     Liquidation
Preference
 

Seed

     6,467,984        6,467,984      $ 0.1726      $ 1,090      $ 1,117  

Series A

     16,398,544        16,398,544      $ 0.3766        6,042      $ 6,175  

Series B

     13,206,664        13,206,664      $ 0.9577        12,564      $ 12,648  

Series C

     10,129,808        10,129,808      $ 2.6521        26,764      $ 26,865  

Series D

     13,735,304        13,735,304      $        6.8806        94,345      $        94,507  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    
       59,938,304          59,938,304         $      140,805     
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

1)

Amounts are net of issuance costs.

Significant rights and preferences of the above convertible Preferred Stock are as follows:

Conversion—At any time following the date of issuance, each share of Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of its holder, into the number of shares of common stock, which results from dividing the applicable original issue price per share for each series by the applicable conversion price per share for such series.

The initial conversion price of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be equal to $6.88, the Series C Preferred Stock shall be equal to $2.65, the Series B Preferred Stock shall be equal to $0.96, the Series A Preferred Stock shall be equal to $0.38, and the Seed Preferred Stock shall be equal to $0.17.

The conversion price may be adjusted from time to time based on certain events such as a Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock, stock splits and combinations, dividends or distributions or in the event of a merger or reorganization.

The Preferred Stock is subject to mandatory conversion upon the sale of shares of Common Stock of at least $10.32 per share in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, resulting in at least $75 million of gross proceeds to the Company (“Qualified Liquidation Event”).

Voting—The holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote on all matters and are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which each share is then convertible. The holders of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock, shall be entitled to elect one director, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, shall be entitled to elect two directors.

Dividends—The Company shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Company (other than dividends on common shares payable in common shares) unless the holders of the Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Seed Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to $0.01035 per share, on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to $0.02259 per share, on each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to $0.0574 per share, on each outstanding share of Series C Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to $0.1591 per share, and on each outstanding share of Series D Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to $0.4128 per share.

No dividends have been declared or paid by the Company since inception.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Liquidation Preference—In the event of any liquidation, the holders of shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders, on a pari passu basis. The liquidation to Preferred Stock (Seed, Series A, Series B, Series C, and Series D) will be an amount per share equal to the greater of (a) the original issue price plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (b) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares been converted into Common Stock immediately prior to liquidation.

If upon any liquidation, the assets of the Company are insufficient to make payment in full to the holders of Seed Preferred, Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, and Series D Preferred, then such assets shall be distributed among the holders of the Seed, Series A, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, and Series D ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

After payment has been made to the holders of the Preferred Stock, the remaining assets available for distribution will be distributed ratably among the holders of common stock.

Redemption—The Preferred Stock is redeemable upon certain deemed liquidation events such as a merger or sale of substantially all the assets of the Company.

Classification—The convertible Preferred Stock is not mandatorily redeemable, but a liquidation event would constitute a redemption event outside of management’s control. Therefore, all shares of convertible Preferred Stock have been presented outside of permanent equity in accordance with ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity. Further, the Company will not adjust the carrying value of the convertible Preferred Stock to the redemption value of such shares, since it is uncertain whether or when a redemption event will occur. In accordance with ASC 480, if it becomes certain that the convertible Preferred Stock will become redeemable, the carrying amount will be adjusted to equal the fair value of the instrument on the date that the contingent event becomes certain.

10. Equity

Common Stock—Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share and may elect two directors. Holders of common stock are entitled to receive any dividends as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors. Common stock is subordinate to the Preferred Stock with respect to dividend rights and rights upon a Qualified Liquidation Event of the Company. The common stock is not redeemable at the option of the holder.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

At December 31, 2017 and 2018 and March 31, 2019, the Company had reserved shares of common stock for future issuance as follows:

 

     December 31,      March 31,
2019
 
     2017      2018  
                   (unaudited)  

Seed Preferred Stock

     6,467,984        6,467,984        6,467,984  

Series A Preferred Stock

     16,398,544        16,398,544        16,398,544  

Series B Preferred Stock

     13,206,664        13,206,664        13,206,664  

Series C Preferred Stock

     10,129,808        10,129,808        10,129,808  

Series D Preferred Stock

     13,735,304        13,735,304        13,735,304  

Non-voting common shares

     379,000                

2012 stock option plan:

        

Options outstanding

     14,959,296        12,955,019        12,224,483  

Shares available for future grants

     2,979,672        23,075        329,211  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     78,256,272        72,916,398        72,491,998  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In January 2018, the Company converted the then outstanding shares of non-voting common stock to common stock. The non-voting common stock had the same rights and preferences as common stock except that the non-voting stock did not contain any voting rights.

Stock-Based Compensation—The Company adopted an equity incentive plan in 2012 (the “Plan”), pursuant to which the Company’s board of directors may grant stock option and restricted stock awards to employees, directors, officers, agents, consultants, advisors, and independent contractors. The Company has reserved 23,280,716 shares of the Company’s common stock for issuance pursuant to awards granted under the Plan as of March 31, 2019 (unaudited). Shares issued under the Plan shall be drawn from authorized and unissued shares or reacquired common stock. Stock option grants typically vest over a four year requisite service period. Certain awards do include provisions where vesting accelerates upon the change of control event. The contractual term of stock options is typically ten years.

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to value stock options. The fair value of each award is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting or service period, which is typically four years. The Black-Scholes model requires specified inputs to determine the fair value of stock-based awards, consisting of (i) the expected volatility of the Company’s common stock over the expected option life, (ii) the risk-free interest rate, (iii) the expected dividend yield, and (iv) the expected option life.

The following table summarizes the assumptions used during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2017   2018

Expected volatility

   37.1% - 38.8%   38.4% - 39.0%

Risk-free interest rate

   1.8% - 2.2%   2.6% - 3.0%

Expected dividend yield

   —%   —%

Expected term (in years)

   5.1 - 6.1   5.8 - 6.1

Fair value of common stock

   $2.61 - $3.07   $6.70 - $16.89

 

F-27


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table summarizes the assumptions used during the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019:

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
     2018    2019
     (unaudited)

Expected volatility

   38.9%    39.1% - 39.2%

Risk-free interest rate

   2.6%    2.5% - 2.6%

Expected dividend yield

   —%    —%

Expected term (in years)

   5.9 - 6.1    5.9 - 6.1

Fair value of common stock

   $6.70    $18.47 - $18.98

Expected volatility—The Company performed an analysis of its peer companies with similar expected lives to develop an expected volatility assumption.

Expected term—Derived from the life of the options granted under the option plan and is based on the simplified method which is essentially the weighted average of the vesting period and contractual term.

Risk-free interest rate—Based upon quoted market yields for the United States Treasury debt securities.

Expected dividend yield—Since the Company has never paid and has no intention to pay cash dividends on common stock, the expected dividend yield is zero.

Fair value of the common stock—Because the Company’s common stock is not yet publicly traded, the Company must estimate the fair value of common stock. The Board of Directors considers numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of the Company’s common stock at each meeting in which awards are approved. The factors considered include, but are not limited to: (i) the results of contemporaneous independent third-party valuations of the Company’s common stock; (ii) the prices, rights, preferences, and privileges of the Company’s redeemable convertible Preferred Stock relative to those of its common stock; (iii) the lack of marketability of the Company’s common stock; (iv) actual operating and financial results; (v) current business conditions and projections; (vi) the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale of the Company, given prevailing market conditions; and (vii) precedent transactions involving the Company’s shares.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Stock option activity during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the three months ended March 31, 2019 (unaudited) is as follows:

 

     Shares Available
For Grant
    Number Of
Options
Outstanding
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in Years)
 

Balance—January 1, 2017

     1,238,224       11,941,720     $               1.16        8.9  

Increase in option pool

     5,481,016             

Options granted

     (4,280,656     4,280,656     $ 2.68     

Options exercised

           (721,992   $ 0.64     

Options forfeited

     541,088       (541,088   $ 1.93     
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

Balance—December 31, 2017

     2,979,672       14,959,296     $ 1.59        8.3  

Options granted

     (3,745,601     3,745,601     $ 4.84     

Options exercised

           (4,960,874   $ 1.57     

Options forfeited

     789,004       (789,004   $ 2.37     
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

Balance—December 31, 2018

     23,075       12,955,019     $ 2.49        7.9  

Increase in option pool (unaudited)

     500,000             

Options granted (unaudited)

     (284,908     284,908     $ 12.59     

Options exercised (unaudited)

           (924,400   $ 1.92     

Options forfeited (unaudited)

     91,044       (91,044   $ 3.76     
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

Balance—March 31, 2019 (unaudited)

     329,211       12,224,483     $ 2.76        7.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

Exercisable—March 31, 2019 (unaudited)

       7,079,305     $ 1.68        7.2  

The weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted during 2017 and 2018 was $1.21 and $7.44, respectively. The Company received approximately $0.5 million and $7.8 million in cash proceeds from options exercised during 2017 and 2018, respectively. The intrinsic value of options exercised in 2017 and 2018 was approximately $1.5 million and $36.4 million, respectively. The aggregate fair value of options vested during 2017 and 2018 was $4.2 million and $3.5 million, respectively.

The weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted during the three months ended March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019 was $4.37 (unaudited) and $10.03 (unaudited), respectively. The Company received approximately $3.8 million (unaudited) and $1.8 million (unaudited) in cash proceeds from options exercised during three months ended March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019, respectively. The intrinsic value of options exercised during the three months ended March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019 was approximately $16.7 million (unaudited) and $16.8 million (unaudited), respectively. The aggregate fair value of options vested during the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019 was $1.3 million (unaudited) and $1.8 million (unaudited), respectively.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Stock-based compensation expense was included in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2017      2018      2018      2019  
                   (unaudited)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 112      $ 287      $ 46      $ 99  

Research and development

     1,160        1,641        279        786  

Sales and marketing

     977        1,910        299        729  

General and administrative

     819        1,406        170        831  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation, net of amounts capitalized

     3,068        5,244        794        2,445  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Capitalized stock-based compensation expense

     248        167        36        52  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $   3,316      $   5,411      $      830      $   2,497  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total compensation cost related to unvested awards not yet recognized was approximately $28.4 million and $28.3 million (unaudited) as of December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019, respectively. The weighted average period over which this compensation cost related to unvested employee awards will be recognized is 3.4 years and 3.2 years (unaudited) as of December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019, respectively.

Common stock purchased pursuant to an early exercise of stock options is not deemed to be outstanding for accounting purposes until those shares vest. The consideration received for an exercise of an option is considered to be a deposit of the exercise price and the related dollar amount is recorded as a liability. The shares issued upon the early exercise of these unvested stock option awards, which are reflected as exercises in the table above, are considered to be legally issued and outstanding on the date of exercise. Upon termination of service, the Company may repurchase unvested shares acquired through early exercise of stock options at a price equal to the price per share paid upon the exercise of such options. The Company has recorded liabilities related to early exercises of 87,596 shares of common stock, 698,552 shares of common stock and 726,000 shares of common stock as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and March 31, 2019 (unaudited), respectively.

11. Income Taxes

For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018

Income Taxes—For financial reporting purposes, income/(loss) before income taxes, includes the following components (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2017     2018  

Domestic

   $ (2,498   $ (11,273

Foreign

     385       1,033  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

   $ (2,113   $ (10,240
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Total income taxes allocated to operations for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 were as follows (in thousands):

 

2017

   Current      Deferred     Total  

Federal

   $ 41      $     $ 41  

State

     60              60  

Foreign

     477        (121     356  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 578      $ (121   $ 457  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

2018

   Current     Deferred      Total  

Federal

   $     $      $  

State

     (127            (127

Foreign

     559       90        649  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 432     $     90      $ 522  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tax Rate Reconciliation—Income tax expense was $0.5 million and $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, and differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate of 34% and 21% for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, to pretax loss from operations as a result of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2017     2018  

Income tax expense at federal statutory rate

   $ (719   $ (2,151

Nondeductible expenses

     735       1,289  

State taxes (net of federal benefit)

     60       (100

Impacts of United States tax reform—rate change and mandatory repatriation

     4,353        

Change in valuation allowance

     (4,146     1,052  

Uncertain tax positions

     366       241  

Foreign taxes

     (146     191  

Other

     (46      
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 457     $ 522  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”). The Tax Act makes broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code that affected the Company’s financial results for the year ended December 31, 2017, including, but not limited to: (1) requiring a one-time transition tax (payable over eight years) on certain un-repatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries; (2) a future reduction of the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 34% to 21% effective January 1, 2018, that reduced the current value of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities; and (3) bonus depreciation that allows for full expensing of qualified property placed in service after September 27, 2017. In addition, the Tax Act establishes new tax laws that may affect the Company’s financial results for the years ending after December 31, 2017, including, but not limited to: (1) a reduction of the U.S. federal income tax rate from 34% to 21%; (2) limitation of the deduction for interest expense; (3) a general elimination of U.S. federal income taxes on dividends from foreign subsidiaries; (4) a new provision designed to tax global intangible low-taxed income; (5) limitations on the deductibility of certain executive compensation; and (6) limitations on the use of Foreign Income Tax Credit to reduce the Company’s income tax liability.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Pursuant to the Staff Accounting Bulletin published by the SEC on December 22, 2017, addressing the challenges in accounting for the effects of the Tax Act in the period of enactment, companies reported provisional amounts for those specific income tax effects of the Tax Act for which the accounting was incomplete but a reasonable estimate could be determined. Those provisional amounts were subject to adjustment during a measurement period of up to one year from the enactment date (a “measurement-period adjustment”). Pursuant to this guidance, the estimated impact of the Tax Act was based on a preliminary review of the new tax law and projected future financial results and was subject to revision based upon further analysis and interpretation of the Tax Act and to the extent that actual results differed from projections available at that time.

In 2018, the Company completed its accounting with respect to the Tax Act and did not make any measurement-period adjustments to the initial tax expense of $4.0 million recorded in 2017. The accounting is summarized below:

 

   

Reduction of U.S. Federal Corporate Tax Rate: The Tax Act reduced the corporate tax rate to 21%, effective January 1, 2018. Consequently, the Company recorded a decrease related to deferred tax assets and liabilities with a corresponding net adjustment to deferred income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2017 of $4.0 million. In addition, the valuation allowance was reduced by $4.0 million, as the Company is in a full valuation allowance position for the U.S. Deferred Tax Asset position. The Company did not make any measurement-period adjustments related to this item in 2018. The Company’s accounting for this element of the Tax Act is complete.

 

   

One-Time Mandatory Deemed Repatriation Tax: The one-time mandatory deemed repatriation tax is imposed on previously untaxed accumulated and current earnings and profits of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries. The Company was able to reasonably estimate the one-time mandatory deemed repatriation tax and recorded an initial provisional tax obligation, with a corresponding adjustment to income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2017, which did not have a material impact. The Company did not make any measurement-period adjustments related to this item in 2018. The Company’s accounting for this element of the Tax Act is complete.

 

   

Valuation Allowances: The Company must assess whether its valuation allowance analyses are affected by the various aspects of the Tax Act. During 2017, the Company released $4.0 million of valuation allowance corresponding with the reduction of the associated U.S. deferred tax assets. The Company did not make any measurement-period adjustments related to this item in 2018. The Company’s accounting for this element of the Tax Act is complete.

 

   

Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (GILTI) Policy Election: The FASB allows companies to adopt an accounting policy to either recognize deferred tax for GILTI or treat such tax cost as a current period expense when incurred. The Company has adopted an accounting policy to treat taxes due on GILTI as a current period expense.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Components of Deferred Taxes—The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2017 and 2018 are presented below (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2017     2018  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating losses (Federal and State)

   $ 6,328     $ 7,448  

Stock-based compensation

     1,616       1,668  

Bad debt reserve

     113       120  

Intangibles

     165       200  

Accrued compensation

     276       248  

Deferred revenue

     2       658  

Federal withholding tax reserve

     1,502       1,550  

Internal use software

     214       725  

Rent expense

     209       865  

Unrealized foreign exchange

     1        
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

   $ 10,426     $ 13,482  

Less: valuation allowance

     (8,586     (9,730
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 1,840     $ 3,752  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Fixed assets

   $ (381   $ (737

Commissions

     (1,210     (2,796

Unrealized foreign exchange

       (95

Sec. 481(a) adjustment

     (249     (124
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

   $ (1,840   $ (3,752
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets/liabilities

   $     $  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company accounts for income taxes using an asset and liability method and deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. The Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are comprised primarily of federal and state net operating loss carryforwards and basis differences for financial reporting and tax purposes of certain assets and liabilities. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Based upon the weight of all available evidence, which includes the historical operating performance and the recorded cumulative losses in prior fiscal periods, management does not believe as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 that it is more likely than not that the Company will realize its deferred tax assets. As a result, a valuation allowance of $8.6 million and $9.7 million has been provided at December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively. The valuation allowance changed by ($3.8 million) and $1.2 million at December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively. At December 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards for federal tax purposes of approximately $23.2 million and $28.0 million, respectively, which is available to offset federal taxable income. The federal net operating loss carryforwards generated at December 31, 2017 and prior will begin to expire in 2031, if not utilized. Net operating losses generated in the December 31, 2018 period have an indefinite carryforward period but are subject to an 80% of taxable income limitation. The Company has approximately $21.7 million and $24.2 million of post-apportioned net operating loss carryforwards as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively for various state tax purposes. The state net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2029, if not utilized.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Utilization of the net operating losses may be subject to an annual limitation provided for in the Internal Revenue Code under Section 382 and similar state codes. The Company has prepared an analysis to determine whether its net operating losses may be limited under such provisions. It has been determined that any annual limitation would not result in the expiration of net operating loss carryforwards before utilization.

In general, it is the practice and intention of the Company to reinvest the earnings of its non-U.S. subsidiaries in those operations. Historically, the Company has not made a provision for U.S. income tax with respect to accumulated earnings of foreign subsidiaries where the foreign investment of such earnings is essentially permanent in duration. Generally, such amounts would become subject to U.S. taxation upon the remittance of dividends and under certain other circumstances. The Company has not provided U.S. taxes on unremitted earnings of its foreign subsidiaries as it asserts permanent reinvestment on any accumulated earnings and profits.

Consistent with the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes, the Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs.

The following table shows the changes in the gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2017      2018  

Beginning balance

   $      $ 563  

Increases based on tax positions during the current period

     563        357  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 563      $ 920  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized would impact the effective tax rate would be $0.4 million and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

The Company’s policy for classifying interest and penalties associated with unrecognized income tax benefits is to include such items in income tax expense. The total amount of interest and penalties associated with unrecognized income tax benefits is $0.2 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

Although it is reasonably possible that certain unrecognized tax benefits may increase or decrease within the next twelve months due to tax examination changes, settlement activities, expirations of statute of limitations, or the impact on recognition and measurement considerations related to the results of published tax cases or other similar activities, we do not anticipated any significant changes to unrecognized tax benefits over the next 12 months.

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, various state jurisdictions and in various international jurisdictions. Tax years 2013 and forward generally remain open for examination for federal and state tax purposes. To the extent utilized in future years’ tax returns, net operating loss carryforwards at December 31, 2017 and 2018 will remain subject to examination until the respective tax year is closed.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 and 2019

The Company has an effective tax rate of 19.0% and (0.6%) for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited), respectively. The Company has incurred U.S. operating losses and has minimal profits in its foreign jurisdictions.

The Company has evaluated the available evidence supporting the realization of its deferred tax assets, including the amount and timing of future taxable income, and has determined that it is more likely than not that its net deferred tax assets will not be realized in the U.S. Due to uncertainties surrounding the realization of the deferred tax assets, the Company maintains a full valuation allowance against substantially all of its net deferred tax assets. When the Company determines that it will be able to realize some portion or all of its deferred tax assets, an adjustment to its valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets would have the effect of increasing net income in the period such determination is made.

The Company has applied ASC 740, Income Taxes, and has determined that it has uncertain positions that would result in a tax reserve in the amount of $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited). The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. The Company is subject to U.S. federal tax authority, U.S. state tax authority and foreign tax authority examinations.

12. Net (Loss) Income Per Share

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share is presented in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities. Prior to the conversion of the preferred stock upon the IPO, holders of Series Seed, Series A, Series B, Series C and Series D convertible preferred stock are each entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends at a rate of $0.01035 per share, $0.02259 per share, $0.0574 per share, $0.1591 per share and $0.4128 per share, respectively, payable prior and in preference to any dividends on any shares of the Company’s common stock. During the periods when we are in a net loss position, the net loss attributable to common stockholders was not allocated to the convertible preferred stock and unvested common stock under the two-class method as these securities do not have a contractual obligation to share in the Company’s losses.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net (loss) income per share (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2017     2018     2018     2019  
                 (unaudited)  

Basic net (loss) income per share:

        

Numerator:

        

Allocation of net (loss) income

   $ (2,570   $ (10,762   $ 345   $ (9,491

Less: net income allocated to preferred stockholders

                 (345      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allocation of net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders

   $ (2,570   $ (10,762   $     $ (9,491
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

        

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

     20,440       23,650       21,241       25,687  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic net (loss) income per share

   $ (0.13   $ (0.46   $ 0.00     $ (0.37
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted net (loss) income per share:

        

Numerator:

        

Allocation of net (loss) income for basic computation

   $ (2,570   $ (10,762   $ 345     $ (9,491

Less: net income allocated to preferred stockholders

                 (345      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allocation of net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders

   $ (2,570   $ (10,762   $     $ (9,491
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

        

Number of shares used in basic calculation

     20,440       23,650       21,241       25,687  

Weighted-average effect of dilutive securities

        

Employee stock options

                 3,570        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Number of shares used in diluted calculation

     20,440       23,650       24,811       25,687  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic net (loss) income per share

   $ (0.13   $ (0.46   $ 0.00     $ (0.37
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Potentially dilutive securities that were not included in the diluted per share calculations because they would be anti-dilutive were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2017      2018          2018              2019      
                   (unaudited)  

Convertible Preferred Stock

     59,938        59,938        59,938        59,938  

Shares subject to outstanding stock options

     14,959        12,955        8,755        12,224  

Unvested early exercised stock options

     88        699        357        726  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     74,985        73,592        69,050        72,888  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share

Immediately prior to the completion of the IPO, all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will convert into              shares of common stock, based on the shares of the convertible preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2018. Unaudited pro forma net loss per share for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 and three months ended March 31, 2019 has been computed to give effect to the automatic conversion of the convertible preferred stock (using the as converted method).

The following table presents the calculation of pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Year Ended
  December 31, 2018  
     Three Months Ended
March 31, 2019
 

Net loss and pro forma net loss

     

Shares:

     

Weighted-average shares used in computing basic net loss per share

     

Pro forma adjustment to reflect conversion of convertible Preferred Stock

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

13. Subsequent Events

For its consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2018 and interim financial statements as of March 31, 2019, the Company evaluated subsequent events through June 13, 2019, the date on which the consolidated financial statements were issued, for events requiring recording or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019 (unaudited). The Company has identified the following subsequent events:

In April 2019, the Company entered into a hosting agreement, effective May 2019, for a total purchase commitment of $225.0 million payable over the next three years.

On April 22, 2019, the Company completed an offer to certain stockholders to sell shares to certain new and existing investors totaling $228.7 million. Approximately 5 million common shares were sold at a price of $47.75 per share. The funds for this transaction settled on May 8, 2019.

14. Subsequent Events (Unaudited)

Subsequent to June 13, 2019, the date on which the consolidated interim financial statements were originally issued, the Company evaluated subsequent events through July 30, 2019.

In June 2019, the Company granted stock options to purchase up to 201,100 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $23.87 per share. In addition, in July 2019, the Company granted stock options to purchase up to 1,494,900 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $32.22 per share.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

DATADOG, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

In July 2019, the Board of Directors approved an increase of 2 million shares of common stock under the Plan.

In July 2019, the Board of Directors approved the Equity Incentive Plan (the “2019 Plan”) and an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2019 ESPP”) each of which will become effective in connection with the IPO, subject to approval by the stockholders. The maximum amount of shares that may be issued under The 2019 Plan and 2019 ESPP are approximately 9% and 2%, respectively, of the fully diluted shares of the Company immediately following the IPO.

******

 

F-38


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Unless otherwise indicated, all references to “Datadog,” the “company,” “we,” “our,” “us” or similar terms refer to Datadog, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by us, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the exchange listing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ *  

FINRA filing fee

     *  

Exchange listing fee

     *  

Printing and engraving expenses

     *  

Legal fees and expenses

     *  

Accounting fees and expenses

     *  

Custodian transfer agent and registrar fees

     *  

Miscellaneous

     *  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $             *  
  

 

 

 

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect on the completion of this offering permits indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, and our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect on the completion of this offering provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers and permit us to indemnify our employees and other agents, in each case to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers, whereby we have agreed to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law, including indemnification against expenses and liabilities incurred in legal proceedings to which the director or officer was, or is threatened to be made, a party by reason of the fact that such director or officer is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of Datadog, Inc., provided that such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner that the director or officer reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interest of Datadog, Inc. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or officer of Datadog, Inc. regarding which indemnification is sought, nor is the registrant aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We maintain insurance policies that indemnify our directors and officers against various liabilities arising under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that might be incurred by any director or officer in his capacity as such.

The underwriters are obligated, under certain circumstances, under the underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, to indemnify us and our officers and directors against liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

The following sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold since January 1, 2016:

 

  (1)   Issuances of Options to Purchase Common Stock—From January 1, 2016 through the date of this registration statement, we granted under our 2012 Plan options to purchase an aggregate of 12,035,665 shares of our common stock to a total of 1,471 employees, consultants and directors, having exercise prices ranging from $2.3875 to $23.87 per share. 2,975,835 of the options granted under the 2012 Plan have been exercised.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. Unless otherwise specified above, we believe these transactions were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act (and Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder) or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or under benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed on the share certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

See the Exhibit Index on the page immediately preceding the signature page for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form S-1, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant under the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)  

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance on Rule 430A and contained in

 

II-2


Table of Contents
  a form of prospectus filed by the registrant under Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act will be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus will be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time will be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1†    Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Datadog, Inc., as currently in effect.
  3.2*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Datadog, Inc., to be in effect on the completion of the offering.
  3.3†    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Datadog, Inc., as currently in effect.
  3.4*    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Datadog, Inc., to be in effect on the completion of the offering.
  4.1*    Form of Class A Common Stock Certificate.
  5.1*    Opinion of Cooley LLP.
10.1    Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated December 28, 2015.
10.2+†    Datadog, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, and terms of agreements thereunder.
10.3+*    Datadog, Inc. 2019 Equity Incentive Plan, and terms of agreements thereunder.
10.4+*    Datadog, Inc. 2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.5+*    Form of Indemnity Agreement entered into by and between Datadog, Inc. and each director and executive officer.
10.6+*    Employment Agreement, by and between Datadog, Inc. and Olivier Pomel, dated                 , 2019.
10.7+*    Employment Agreement, by and between Datadog, Inc. and David Obstler, dated                 , 2019.
10.8+*    Employment Agreement, by and between Datadog, Inc. and Laszlo Kopits, dated                 , 2019.
10.9    Agreement of Sub-Sub-Sublease, by and between Datadog, Inc. and Ideeli Inc., dated April 14, 2016.
10.10    Agreement of Sub-Sublease, by and between Datadog, Inc. and BT Americas Inc., dated September 18, 2017.
10.11    Sublease, by and between Datadog, Inc. and Covington & Burling LLP, dated July 19, 2018.
21.1†    List of Subsidiaries of Datadog, Inc.
23.1*    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.2*    Consent of Cooley LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1*    Power of Attorney (included on page II-5).

 

 

*

To be submitted by amendment.

Previously submitted.

+

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in New York, New York, on                 , 2019.

 

DATADOG, INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Olivier Pomel
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Olivier Pomel and Alexis Lê-Quôc, and each one of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in their name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective on filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

     

Olivier Pomel

   Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)               , 2019

     

David Obstler

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

              , 2019

     

Alexis Lê-Quôc

  

President, Chief Technology Officer

and Director

              , 2019

     

Michael Callahan

  

Director

              , 2019

     

Dev Ittycheria

  

Director

              , 2019

     

Julie Richardson

  

Director

              , 2019

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

     

Shardul Shah

  

Director

              , 2019

     

Kirill Sheynkman

  

Director

              , 2019

 

II-6

EX-10.1

Exhibit 10.1

Execution Version

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of the 28th day of December, 2015, by and among Datadog, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and each of the investors listed on Schedule A hereto, each of which is referred to in this Agreement as an “Investor.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors (the “Existing Investors”) hold shares of the Company’s Seed Preferred Stock (as defined below), Series A Preferred Stock (as defined below), Series B Preferred Stock (as defined below), and Series C Preferred Stock (as defined below) and possess certain rights pursuant to a Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of January 22, 2015, between the Company and such Investors (the “Prior Agreement”);

WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Company and certain of the Investors are entering into a Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) providing for the sale of shares of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock (as defined below);

WHEREAS, the Company and the undersigned desire to induce certain of the Investors to enter into the Purchase Agreement by amending and restating the Prior Agreement to provide the Investors with rights and privileges as set forth herein; and

WHEREAS, the undersigned constitute the required signatories to amend the Prior Agreement as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Prior Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety, and the parties hereto hereby agree, as follows:

1.    Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:

1.1 “Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person, including without limitation any general partner, managing member, officer or director of such Person or any venture capital fund or investment vehicle now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares or is advised by the same management or advisory company as, such Person.

1.2 “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

1.3 “Certificate of Incorporation” means the Company’s Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as the same may be further amended or restated from time to time.

1.4 “Common Stock” means shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.00001 per share.


1.5 “Conversion Shares” means shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion of Preferred Stock.

1.6 “Damages” means any loss, damage, or liability (joint or several) to which a party hereto may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state law, insofar as such loss, damage, or liability (or any action in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement of the Company, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto; (ii) an omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the indemnifying party (or any of its agents or Affiliates) of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any state securities law.

1.7 “Derivative Securities” means any securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for (in each case, directly or indirectly), Common Stock, including options and warrants.

1.8 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

1.9 “Excluded Registration” means (i) a registration relating to the sale of securities to employees of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, or similar plan; (ii) a registration relating to an SEC Rule 145 transaction; (iii) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities; or (iv) a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered.

1.10 “Form S-1” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC.

1.11 “Form S-3” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

1.12 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

1.13 “Holder” means any holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement.

1.14 “Immediate Family Member” means a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, of a natural person referred to herein.

 

2


1.15 “Initiating Holders” means, collectively, Holders who properly initiate a registration request under this Agreement.

1.16 “IPO” means the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Securities Act.

1.17 “Key Employee” means Alexis Le-Quoc and Olivier Pomel.

1.18 “Major Investor” means any Investor that individually or together with such Investor’s Affiliates, holds at least 300,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, or other recapitalization or reclassification effected after the date hereof).

1.19 “New Securities” means, collectively, equity securities of the Company, whether or not currently authorized, as well as rights, options, or warrants to purchase such equity securities, or securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such equity securities.

1.20 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

1.21 “Preferred Directors” mean, collectively, the Series A Directors and the Series B Director.

1.22 “Preferred Stock” means, collectively, shares of Seed Preferred Stock, shares of Series A Preferred Stock, shares of Series B Preferred Stock, shares of Series C Preferred Stock, shares of Series D Preferred Stock, and shares of any other series of Preferred Stock of the Company issued from time to time.

1.23 “Registrable Securities” means (i) Conversion Shares; (ii) any Common Stock, or any Common Stock issued or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise of any other securities of the Company, acquired by the Investors after the date hereof; and (iii) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clauses (i) and (ii) above; excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a Person in a transaction in which the applicable rights under this Agreement are not assigned pursuant to Subsection 6.1(a), and excluding for purposes of Section 2 any shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Subsection 2.13 of this Agreement.

1.24 “Registrable Securities then outstanding” means the number of shares determined by adding the number of shares of outstanding Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable (directly or indirectly) pursuant to then exercisable and/or convertible securities that are Registrable Securities.

 

3


1.25 “Restricted Securities” means the securities of the Company required to bear the legend set forth in Subsection 2.12(b) hereof.

1.26 “Seed Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Seed Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share.

1.27 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

1.28 “SEC Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

1.29 “SEC Rule 145” means Rule 145 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

1.30 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

1.31 “Selling Expenses” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder, except for the fees and disbursements of the Selling Holder Counsel borne and paid by the Company as provided in Subsection 2.6.

1.32 “Series A Directors” means, collectively, the directors of the Company that the holders of record of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to elect pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation.

1.33 “Series A Preferred Stock” mean shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share.

1.34 “Series B Director” means the director of the Company that the holders of record of the Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to elect pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation.

1.35 “Series B Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share.

1.36 “Series C Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share.

1.37 “Series D Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share.

2.    Registration Rights. The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

2.1    Demand Registration.

(a)    Form S-1 Demand. If at any time after the earlier of (i) three (3) years after the date of this Agreement or (ii) one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective

 

4


date of the registration statement for the IPO, the Company receives a request from Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-1 registration statement with respect to at least twenty percent (20%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (or a lesser percent if the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, would exceed $10 million), then the Company shall (i) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give notice thereof (the “Demand Notice”) to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within sixty (60) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-1 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Subsection 2.1(c) and Subsection 2.3.

(b)    Form S-3 Demand. If at any time when it is eligible to use a Form S-3 registration statement, the Company receives a request from Holders of at least twenty percent (20%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-3 registration statement with respect to outstanding Registrable Securities of such Holders having an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, of at least $1 million, then the Company shall (i) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give a Demand Notice to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-3 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Subsection 2.1(c) and Subsection 2.3.

(c)    Notwithstanding the foregoing obligations, if the Company furnishes to Holders requesting a registration pursuant to this Subsection 2.1 a certificate signed by the Company’s chief executive officer stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to either become effective or remain effective for as long as such registration statement otherwise would be required to remain effective, because such action would (i) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction involving the Company; (ii) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential; or (iii) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, then the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing, and any time periods with respect to filing or effectiveness thereof shall be tolled correspondingly, for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the request of the Initiating Holders is given; provided, however, that the Company may not invoke this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period; and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other stockholder during such one hundred twenty (120) day period.

(d)    The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a)(i) during the period that is sixty (60) days

 

5


before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided, that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; (ii) after the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a); or (iii) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b). The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b) (i) during the period that is thirty (30) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is ninety (90) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided, that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or (ii) if the Company has effected one registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b) within the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the date of such request. A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Subsection 2.1(d) until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration, elect not to pay the registration expenses therefor, and forfeit their right to one demand registration statement pursuant to Subsection 2.6, in which case such withdrawn registration statement shall be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Subsection 2.1(d).

2.2    Company Registration. If the Company proposes to register (including, for this purpose, a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its securities under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than in an Excluded Registration), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder notice of such registration. Upon the request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after such notice is given by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Subsection 2.3, cause to be registered all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be included in such registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Subsection 2.2 before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration. The expenses (other than Selling Expenses) of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Subsection 2.6.

2.3    Underwriting Requirements.

(a)    If, pursuant to Subsection 2.1, the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Subsection 2.1, and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Notice. The underwriter(s) will be selected by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders. In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Subsection 2.4(e)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Subsection 2.3, if the managing

 

6


underwriter(s) advise(s) the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that otherwise would be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among such Holders of Registrable Securities, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities owned by each Holder or in such other proportion as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders; provided, however, that the number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest 100 shares.

(b) In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to Subsection 2.2, the Company shall not be required to include any of the Holders’ Registrable Securities in such underwriting unless the Holders accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and its underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total number of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities to be sold (other than by the Company) that the underwriters in their reasonable discretion determine is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters and the Company in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering. If the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be allocated among the selling Holders in proportion (as nearly as practicable to) the number of Registrable Securities owned by each selling Holder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest 100 shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall (i) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced unless all other securities (other than securities to be sold by the Company) are first entirely excluded from the offering, or (ii) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced below fifteen percent (15%) of the total number of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the IPO, in which case the selling Holders may be excluded further if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included in such offering. For purposes of the provision in this Subsection 2.3(b) concerning apportionment, for any selling Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company, or corporation, the partners, members, retired partners, retired members, stockholders, and Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and Immediate Family Members of any such partners, retired partners, members, and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Persons included in such “selling Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

 

7


(c)    For purposes of Subsection 2.1, a registration shall not be counted as “effected” if, as a result of an exercise of the underwriter’s cutback provisions in Subsection 2.3(a), fewer than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of Registrable Securities that Holders have requested to be included in such registration statement are actually included.

2.4    Obligations of the Company. Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a)    prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and, upon the request of the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided, however, that (i) such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains, at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration, and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, subject to compliance with applicable SEC rules, such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for up to sixty (60) days, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold;

(b)    prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement, and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement, as may be necessary to comply with the Securities Act in order to enable the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

(c)    furnish to the selling Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, as required by the Securities Act, and such other documents as the Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate their disposition of their Registrable Securities;

(d)    use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue-sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

(e)    in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the underwriter(s) of such offering;

(f)    use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

 

8


(g)    provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

(h) promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any managing underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent, in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith;

(i)    notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed; and

(j)    after such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus.

In addition, the Company shall ensure that, at all times after any registration statement covering a public offering of securities of the Company under the Securities Act shall have become effective, its insider trading policy shall provide that the Company’s directors may implement a trading program under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act.

2.5    Furnish Information. It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as is reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

2.6    Expenses of Registration. All expenses (other than Selling Expenses) incurred in connection with registrations, filings, or qualifications pursuant to Section 2, including all registration, filing, and qualification fees; printers’ and accounting fees; fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; and the reasonable fees and disbursements, not to exceed $35,000, of one counsel for the selling Holders (“Selling Holder Counsel”), shall be borne and paid by the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Subsection 2.1 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all selling Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the

 

9


withdrawn registration), unless the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a) or Subsection 2.1(b), as the case may be; provided further that if, at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness after learning of such information, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall not forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a) or Subsection 2.1(b). All Selling Expenses relating to Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 2 shall be borne and paid by the Holders pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities registered on their behalf.

2.7    Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

2.8    Indemnification. If any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement:

(a)    To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each selling Holder, and the partners, members, officers, directors, and stockholders of each such Holder; legal counsel and accountants for each such Holder; any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for each such Holder; and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any Damages, and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Subsection 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable for any Damages to the extent that they arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of any such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person expressly for use in connection with such registration.

(b)    To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each Person (if any), who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act), any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement, and any controlling Person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any Damages, in each case only to the extent that such Damages arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of such selling Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such selling Holder will pay to the Company and each other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection

 

10


with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Subsection 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further that in no event shall the aggregate amounts payable by any Holder by way of indemnity or contribution under Subsections 2.8(b) and 2.8(d) exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

(c)    Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Subsection 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Subsection 2.8, give the indemnifying party notice of the commencement thereof. The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in such action and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, participate jointly with any other indemnifying party to which notice has been given, and to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such action. The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Subsection 2.8, to the extent that such failure actually and materially prejudices the indemnifying party’s ability to defend such action. The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Subsection 2.8.

(d)    To provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (i) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Subsection 2.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that this Subsection 2.8 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under this Subsection 2.8, then, and in each such case, such parties will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of each of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements, omissions, or other actions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability, or expense, as well as to reflect any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact, or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact, relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified

 

11


party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, however, that, in any such case, (x) no Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, and (y) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and provided further that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Subsection 2.8(d), when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Subsection 2.8(b), exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of willful misconduct or fraud by such Holder.

(e)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

(f)    Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Subsection 2.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Section 2, and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

2.9    Reports Under Exchange Act. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of SEC Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company shall:

(a)    make and keep available adequate current public information, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO;

(b)    use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

(c)    furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) to the extent accurate, a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO), the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies); (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company; and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act) or pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies to use such form).

 

12


2.10    Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would allow such holder or prospective holder (i) to include such securities in any registration unless, under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such securities will not reduce the number of Registrable Securities of the Holders that are included or (ii) to demand registration of any securities held by such holder or prospective holder; provided that this limitation shall not apply to any additional Investor who becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with Subsection 6.9.

2.11    Market Stand-off” Agreement. Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the IPO and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days, or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (1) the publication or other distribution of research reports, and (2) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), (i) lend; offer; pledge; sell; contract to sell; sell any option or contract to purchase; purchase any option or contract to sell; grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase; or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Common Stock (whether such shares or any such securities are then owned by the Holder or are thereafter acquired) or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Subsection 2.11 shall apply only to the IPO, shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, or the transfer of any shares to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the Holder or the immediate family of the Holder, provided that the trustee of the trust agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, and provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, and shall be applicable to the Holders only if all officers, directors and stockholders individually owning more than one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (after giving effect to conversion into Common Stock of all outstanding Preferred Stock) are subject to the same restrictions. The underwriters in connection with such registration are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Subsection 2.11 and shall have the right, power, and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such registration that are consistent with this Subsection 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all such agreements by the Company or underwriters shall apply pro rata to all Holders subject to such agreements, based on the number of shares subject to such agreements.

 

13


2.12    Restrictions on Transfer.

(a)    The Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities shall not be sold, pledged, or otherwise transferred, and the Company shall not recognize and shall issue stop-transfer instructions to its transfer agent with respect to any such sale, pledge, or transfer, except upon the conditions specified in this Agreement, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. A transferring Holder will cause any proposed purchaser, pledgee, or transferee of the Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities held by such Holder to agree to take and hold such securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Agreement.

(b)    Each certificate or instrument representing (i) the Preferred Stock, (ii) the Registrable Securities, and (iii) any other securities issued in respect of the securities referenced in clauses (i) and (ii), upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Subsection 2.12(c)) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR A VALID EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

The Holders consent to the Company making a notation in its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Subsection 2.12.

(c)    The holder of each certificate representing Restricted Securities, by acceptance thereof, agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2. Before any proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of any Restricted Securities, unless there is in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the proposed transaction, the Holder thereof shall give notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to effect such sale, pledge, or transfer. Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer in sufficient detail and, if reasonably requested by the Company, shall be accompanied at such Holder’s expense by either (i) a written opinion of legal counsel who shall, and whose legal opinion shall, be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, addressed to the Company, to the effect that the proposed transaction may be effected without registration under the Securities Act; (ii) a “no action” letter from the SEC to the effect that the proposed sale,

 

14


pledge, or transfer of such Restricted Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the SEC that action be taken with respect thereto; or (iii) any other evidence reasonably satisfactory to counsel to the Company to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of the Restricted Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, whereupon the Holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to sell, pledge, or transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice given by the Holder to the Company. The Company will not require such a legal opinion or “no action” letter (x) in any transaction in compliance with SEC Rule 144 or (y) in any transaction in which such Holder distributes Restricted Securities to an Affiliate of such Holder for noconsideration; provided that each transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Subsection 2.12. Each certificate or instrument evidencing the Restricted Securities transferred as above provided shall bear, except if such transfer is made pursuant to SEC Rule 144, the appropriate restrictive legend set forth in Subsection 2.12(b), except that such certificate shall not bear such restrictive legend if, in the opinion of counsel for such Holder and the Company, such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provisions of the Securities Act.

2.13    Termination of Registration Rights. The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1 or Subsection 2.2 shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of:

(a)    the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Certificate of Incorporation;

(b) such time as Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of such Holder’s shares without limitation during a three-month period without registration; and

(c)    the fifth anniversary of the IPO.

3.    Information Rights.

3.1    Delivery of Financial Statements. The Company shall deliver to each Major Investor:

(a) as soon as practicable, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, (i) a balance sheet as of the end of such year, (ii) statements of income and of cash flows for such year, and (iii) a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year. Unless otherwise waived in writing by Iconiq Strategic Partners II, L.P. (“ICONIQ”), OpenView Venture Partners III, L.P. (“OpenView”), Index Ventures VI (Jersey), L.P (“Index Ventures”) and ru-Net Technology Capital LP (“RTP Ventures”), all such financial statements shall be audited and certified by independent public accountants approved by the Board, including a majority of the Preferred Directors;

(b) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, unaudited statements of income and of cash flows for each such fiscal quarter, and an unaudited balance sheet and a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such fiscal quarter, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (i) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and (ii) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP);

 

15


(c) upon request, copies of the most recent budget and business plan for the Company (collectively, the “Budget”) approved by the Board, including a majority of the Preferred Directors; and

(d)    such other information relating to the financial condition, business, prospects, or corporate affairs of the Company as any Major Investor may from time to time reasonably request; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this Subsection 3.1 to provide information (i) that the Company reasonably determines in good faith to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form acceptable to the Company) or (ii) the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

If, for any period, the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to the foregoing sections shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding anything else in this Subsection 3.1 to the contrary, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in this Subsection 3.1 during the period starting with the date sixty (60) days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of filing of a registration statement if it reasonably concludes it must do so to comply with the SEC rules applicable to such registration statement and related offering; provided that the Company’s covenants under this Subsection 3.1 shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

3.2    Inspection. The Company shall permit each Major Investor (provided that the Board has not reasonably determined that such Major Investor is a competitor of the Company), at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties; examine its books of account and records; and discuss the Company’s affairs, finances, and accounts with its officers, during normal business hours of the Company as may be reasonably requested by the Major Investor; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Subsection 3.2 to provide access to any information that it reasonably and in good faith considers to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form acceptable to the Company) or the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

3.3    Board Observer Right. For so long as ICONIQ owns at least 500,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock (or an equivalent amount of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) ( subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock split, stock dividend, combination, or other recapitalization or reclassification effected after the date hereof), the Company shall invite a representative of ICONIQ to attend all meetings of the Board in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors at the same time

 

16


and in the same manner as provided to such directors; provided, however, that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or result in disclosure of trade secrets or a conflict of interest.

3.4    Additional Information Rights. The Company shall deliver to ICONIQ, OpenView, Index Ventures, and RTP Ventures:

(a) as soon as practicable, but in any event within twenty-one (21) days after the end of each calendar quarter, to ICONIQ’s, OpenView’s, Index Ventures’, and RTP Ventures’ satisfaction, all the information requested on the Metric Schedule substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B. The completed schedule shall be sent to Index Ventures via email, with confirmation of receipt to reporting@indexventures.com or by any other reasonable method as hereafter specified by Index Ventures.

(b)    as soon as practicable, but in any event within twenty-one (21) days after the end of each calendar year, a detailed share capitalization table on a fully diluted basis, as of December 31 of the just completed calendar year, setting out the authorized and issued share capital of the Company on a shareholder by shareholder basis, together with details of any unexercised and unvested options and detailing any share transfers since the delivery of the previous share capitalization table, if any.

3.5    Termination of Information Rights. The covenants set forth in Subsections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, or (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Certificate of Incorporation, whichever event occurs first.

3.6    Confidentiality. Each Investor agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge, or use for any purpose (other than to monitor its investment in the Company) any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (including notice of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement), unless such confidential information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Subsection 3.6 by such Investor), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by the Investor without use of the Company’s confidential information, (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to the Investor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company, (d) was in the possession of or known by such Investor without restriction prior to receipt from the Company, or (e) is required to be disclosed by a governmental authority, stock market or stock exchange; provided, however, that an Investor may disclose confidential information (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; (ii) to any prospective purchaser of any Registrable Securities from such Investor, if such

 

17


prospective purchaser agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Subsection 3.6; (iii) to any existing Affiliate, partner, member, former partner or member who retained an economic interest in such Investor, stockholder, prospective investor or limited partner or wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor in the ordinary course of business (or any employee or representative of any of the foregoing) (each of the foregoing persons, a “Permitted Disclosee”), provided that such Investor informs such Person that such information is confidential and directs such Person to maintain the confidentiality of such information; or (iv) as may otherwise be required by law, rule, regulation or court or other governmental order, provided that the Investor promptly notifies the Company of such disclosure and takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure. Furthermore, nothing contained herein shall prevent the Investors, individually or together, or any Permitted Disclosee from entering into any business, entering into any agreement with a third party, or investing in or engaging in investment discussions with any other company (whether or not competitive with the Company), provided that such Investor or the Permitted Disclosee does not, except as permitted in accordance with this Subsection 3.6, disclose or otherwise make use of any proprietary or confidential information of the Company in connection with such activities.

3.7    Termination of Seed Preferred Stock Board Observer Rights. Each of the undersigned Investors other than ICONIQ, OpenView, Index Ventures and RTP Ventures hereby agrees that, regardless of what is set forth in any management rights letter or other side letter or agreement between the Company and such Investor, such Investor shall not have the right to attend and observe Board meetings of the Company other than at the invitation of and as approved by the Board, including a majority of the Preferred Directors, in its discretion. Other than as amended by the foregoing sentence, the terms of any such management rights letters shall remain in full force and effect.

4.    Rights to Future Stock Issuances.

4.1    Right of First Offer. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Subsection 4.1 and applicable securities laws, if the Company proposes to offer or sell any New Securities, the Company shall first offer such New Securities to each Major Investor. A Major Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted to it among itself and its Affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

(a) The Company shall give notice (the “Offer Notice”) to each Major Investor, stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such New Securities, (ii) the number of such New Securities to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such New Securities.

(b)    By notification to the Company within twenty (20) days after the Offer Notice is given, each Major Investor may elect to purchase or otherwise acquire, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice, up to that portion of such New Securities which equals the product of (x) the aggregate number of New Securities, times, (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of the Conversion Shares held by such Major Investor and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company then issued and outstanding (assuming full conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and other Derivative Securities). At the expiration of

 

18


such twenty (20) day period, the Company shall promptly notify each Major Investor that elects to purchase or acquire all the shares available to it (each, a “Fully Exercising Investor”) of any other Major Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the twenty (20) day period commencing after the Company has given such notice, each Fully Exercising Investor may, by giving notice to the Company, elect to purchase or acquire, in addition to the number of shares specified above, up to that portion of the New Securities for which Major Investors were entitled to subscribe but that were not subscribed for by the Major Investors which is equal to the product of (x) the aggregate number of New Securities for which Major Investors were entitled to subscribe but that were not subscribed for by the Major Investors, times, (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Conversion Shares then held by such Fully Exercising Investor and the denominator of which is the total number of Conversion Shares held by all Fully Exercising Investors who wish to purchase such unsubscribed shares. The closing of any sale pursuant to this Subsection 4.1(b) shall occur within the later of ninety (90) days of the date that the Offer Notice is given and the date of initial sale of New Securities pursuant to Subsection 4.1(c).

(c)    If all New Securities referred to in the Offer Notice are not elected to be purchased or acquired as provided in Subsection 4.1(b), the Company may, during the ninety (90) day period following the expiration of the periods provided in Subsection 4.1(b), offer and sell the remaining unsubscribed portion of such New Securities to any Person or Persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than, those specified in the Offer Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the New Securities within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within thirty (30) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such New Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance with this Subsection 4.1.

(d)    The right of first offer in this Subsection 4.1 shall not be applicable to (i) Exempted Securities (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation); and (ii) shares of Common Stock issued in the IPO.

(e)    Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, in lieu of complying with the provisions of this Subsection 4.1, the Company may elect to give notice to the Major Investors within thirty (30) days after the issuance of New Securities. Such notice shall describe the type, price, and terms of the New Securities. Each Major Investor shall have twenty (20) days from the date notice is given to elect to purchase up to the number of New Securities that would, if purchased by such Major Investor, maintain such Major Investor’s percentage-ownership position, calculated as set forth in Subsection 4.1(b) before giving effect to the issuance of such New Securities. The closing of such sale shall occur within sixty (60) days of the date notice is given to the Major Investors.

4.2    Termination. The covenants set forth in Subsection 4.1 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Certificate of Incorporation, whichever event occurs first.

 

19


5.    Additional Covenants.

5.1    D&O Insurance. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause Directors and Officers liability insurance, in an amount not less than $1,000,000 and on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Board, including a majority of the Preferred Directors, to be maintained until such time as the Board, including a majority of the Preferred Directors, determines that such insurance should be discontinued.

5.2    Employee Agreements. The Company will cause each Key Employee that has not already done so to enter into a noncompetition, nonsolicitation, nondisclosure and proprietary rights assignment agreement with a one (1) year noncompetition and nonsolicitation period, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A-1. The Company will cause each employee that is not a Key Employee and that has not already done so to enter into a nonsolicitation, nondisclosure and proprietary rights assignment agreement with a one (1) year nonsolicitation period, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A-2. In addition, the Company shall not amend, modify, terminate, waive, or otherwise alter, in whole or in part, any of the above-referenced agreements or any restricted stock agreement between the Company and any employee, without the consent of the Board.

5.3    Employee Stock. Unless otherwise approved by the Board, including a majority of the Preferred Directors, all future employees and consultants of the Company who purchase, receive options to purchase, or receive awards of shares of the Company’s capital stock, and any other Person who purchases, receives options to purchase, or receives awards of shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to the Company’s 2012 Equity Incentive Plan or any other equity incentive plan approved by the Board, after the date hereof shall be required to execute restricted stock or option agreements, as applicable, providing for (i) vesting of shares over a four (4) year period, with the first twenty-five percent (25%) of such shares vesting following twelve (12) months of continued employment or service, and the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the following thirty-six (36) months, and (ii) a market stand-off provision substantially similar to that in Subsection 2.11. In addition, unless otherwise approved by the Board, including a majority of the Preferred Directors, the Company shall retain a “right of first refusal” on employee transfers until the Company’s IPO and shall have the right to repurchase unvested shares at cost upon termination of employment of a holder of restricted stock. The Company will not accelerate any such vesting or allow any such repurchase right to expire without the approval of the Board, including a majority of the Preferred Directors.

5.4    Qualified Small Business Stock. The Company shall submit to its stockholders (including the Investors) and to the Internal Revenue Service any reports that may be required under Section 1202(d)(1)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) and the regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, within twenty (20) business days after any Investor’s written request therefor, the Company shall, at its option, either (i) deliver to such Investor a written statement indicating whether (and what portion of) such Investor’s interest in the Company constitutes “qualified small business stock” as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Code or (ii) deliver to such Investor such factual information in the Company’s possession as is reasonably necessary to enable such Investor to determine whether (and what portion of) such Investor’s interest in the Company constitutes “qualified small business stock” as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Code.

 

20


5.5    Matters Requiring Investor Director Approval. So long as there are issued and outstanding collectively at least 1,800,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, and/or Series A Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, or Series A Preferred Stock, as applicable), the Company hereby covenants and agrees with each of the Investors that it shall not, without approval of the Board, which approval must include the affirmative vote of a majority of the Preferred Directors:

(a)    make, or permit any subsidiary to make, any loan or advance to, or own any stock or other securities of, any subsidiary or other corporation, partnership, or other entity unless it is wholly owned by the Company;

(b)    make, or permit any subsidiary to make, any loan or advance to any Person, including, without limitation, any employee or director of the Company or any subsidiary, except short-term loans of less than $25,000 (e.g., for employee hardship), advances and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business or under the terms of an employee stock or option plan approved by the Board;

(c)    guarantee, directly or indirectly, or permit any subsidiary to guarantee, directly or indirectly, any indebtedness except for trade accounts of the Company or any subsidiary arising in the ordinary course of business;

(d)    make any investment inconsistent with any investment policy approved by the Board;

(e)    incur any aggregate indebtedness in excess of $500,000 that is not already included in a budget approved by the Board, other than trade credit incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(f) otherwise enter into or be a party to any transaction with any director, officer, or employee of the Company or any “associate” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of any such Person, including without limitation any “management bonus” or similar plan providing payments to employees in connection with a Deemed Liquidation Event as such term is defined in the Certificate of Incorporation, except for transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Purchase Agreement and other transaction documents;

(g)    hire, terminate, or change the compensation of the executive officers, including approving any option grants or stock awards to executive officers;

(h)    change the principal business of the Company, enter new lines of business, or exit the current line of business;

(i)    sell, assign, license, pledge, or encumber material technology or intellectual property, other than licenses granted in the ordinary course of business;

 

21


(j) enter into any corporate strategic relationship outside of the ordinary course of the Company’s business involving the payment, contribution, or assignment by the Company or to the Company of any assets;

(k)    engage in any transaction with any Affiliate, other than on an arms-length basis;

(l)    materially deviate from annual operating budgets and business plans; or

(m)    enter into any agreement to do any of the foregoing.

In addition, the Company shall prepare and present to Board in a timely manner before the end of each fiscal year the Budget for the next fiscal year, which Budget must be approved by the Board, including a majority of the Preferred Directors.

5.6    Board Matters. Unless otherwise determined by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office, including a majority of the Preferred Directors, the Board shall meet at least quarterly in accordance with an agreed-upon schedule. The Company shall reimburse the nonemployee directors for all reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses incurred (consistent with the Company’s travel policy) in connection with attending meetings of the Board.

5.7    Successor Indemnification. If the Company or any of its successors or assignees consolidates with or merges into any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger, then to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that successors and assignees of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Board as in effect immediately before such transaction, whether such obligations are contained in the Company’s Bylaws, its Certificate of Incorporation, or elsewhere, as the case may be.

5.8    Termination of Covenants. The covenants set forth in this Section 5 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO; (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Certificate of Incorporation, whichever event occurs first.

6.    Miscellaneous.

6.1    Successors and Assigns.

(a)    Except as otherwise provided with respect to Amplify in Subsection 6.1(b), the rights under this Agreement may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee of Registrable Securities that (i) is an Affiliate of a Holder; (ii) is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or one or more of such Holder’s Immediate Family Members; or (iii) after such transfer, holds at least 10,000 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, and other recapitalizations); provided, however, that (x) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the

 

22


name and address of such transferee and the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred; and (y) such transferee agrees in a written instrument delivered to the Company to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the provisions of Subsection 2.11. For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee, the holdings of a transferee (1) that is an Affiliate or stockholder of a Holder; (2) who is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member; or (3) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s Immediate Family Member shall be aggregated together and with those of the transferring Holder; provided further that all transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices, or taking any action under this Agreement.

(b) For so long as Amplify Partners, L.P., individually or together with its Affiliates (collectively, “Amplify”) is a Major Investor, Amplify shall be free to assign to Battery Ventures IX, L.P., and/or an Affiliate thereof (collectively, “Battery”), in whole or in part, without the consent of the Company but subject to the terms of this Subsection 6.1(b), Amplify’s rights and obligations under Subsection 4.1 with respect to any offer or issuance by the Company of New Securities (a “First Offer Assignment”). In no event, however, shall the Company be obligated to provide any notice directly to Battery of any offer or issuance of New Securities. In order to exercise its First Offer Assignment right, Amplify must give the Company written notice of the First Offer Assignment within 10 days after the applicable Offer Notice is given (or within 10 days after notice is given by the Company if proceeding pursuant to Subsection 4.1(e)). Immediately upon such notice by Amplify: (i) the First Offer Assignment shall be deemed to be irrevocable and the Company shall be entitled to deal exclusively with Battery with respect to the applicable offering and/or issuance of New Securities (to the extent of the First Offer Assignment) and (ii) the Company shall be under no obligation to provide any further notices to Amplify under Subsection 4.1(b) or otherwise with respect to the applicable offering and/or issuance of New Securities (if such First Offer Assignment is made with respect to the entire offer). The Company shall have no liability with respect to, and Amplify hereby waives, releases and agrees not to sue for, any direct or indirect damages suffered by Amplify in connection with, arising out of or in any way related to any First Offer Assignment (to the extent of the First Offer Assignment); the Company’s obligation to deal with Battery following a First Offer Assignment will be conditioned upon Battery making a substantially similar, waiver, release and agreement.

(c)    The terms and conditions of this Agreement inure to the benefit of and are binding upon the respective successors and permitted assignees of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assignees any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.

6.2    Governing Law. This Agreement and any controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws.

6.3    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute

 

23


one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

6.4    Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

6.5    Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt or: (i) personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent, if sent by electronic mail or facsimile during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day, (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one (1) business day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next business day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their e-mail address, facsimile number or address as set forth on the applicable signature page or Schedule A, or to such e-mail address, facsimile number or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Subsection 6.5. If notice is given to the Company, a copy shall also be given to Mark A. Haddad, Foley Hoag LLP, Seaport West, 155 Seaport Blvd., Boston, MA 02210, MHaddad@foleyhoag.com. If notice is given to the Investors, a copy shall also be given to Ilan Nissan, Goodwin Procter LLP, The New York Times Building, 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, NY 10018-1405, INissan@goodwinprocter.com and to Jane Greyf, Goodwin Procter LLP, The New York Times Building, 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, NY 10018-1405, JGreyf@goodwinprocter.com.

6.6    Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of, (i) the Company, and (ii) the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, and Series D Preferred Stock held by the Investors (voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis); provided that the Company may in its sole discretion waive compliance with Subsection 2.12(c) ( and the Company’s failure to object promptly in writing after notification of a proposed assignment allegedly in violation of Subsection 2.12(c) shall be deemed to be a waiver); and provided further that any provision hereof may be waived by any waiving party on such party’s own behalf, without the consent of any other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Investor without the written consent of such Investor, unless such amendment, termination, or waiver applies to all Investors in the same fashion (it being agreed that a waiver of the provisions of Section 4 with respect to a particular transaction shall be deemed to apply to all Investors in the same fashion if such waiver does so by its terms, notwithstanding the fact that certain Investors may nonetheless, by agreement with the Company, purchase securities in such transaction). The Company shall give prompt notice of any amendment or termination hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment, termination, or waiver. Any

 

24


amendment, termination, or waiver effected in accordance with this Subsection 6.6 shall be binding on all parties hereto, regardless of whether any such party has consented thereto; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Section 3.3 of this Agreement shall not be amended or waived without the prior written consent of ICONIQ, and provided further, however, that Section 3.4 of this Agreement, or any particular subsection thereto, shall not be amended or waived without the prior written consent of ICONIQ, OpenView, Index Ventures and RTP Ventures, and provided further, however, that the definition of Major Investor will not be amended to increase the qualification under such definition to more than 300,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, or other recapitalization or reclassification effected after the date hereof), without the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of shares of Seed Preferred Stock or issuable upon conversion of the shares of Seed Preferred Stock held by the Investors (voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis). Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) the rights of ICONIQ under Section 4.1 may not be waived without its written consent if OpenView, Index Ventures, RTP Ventures or any of their Affiliates or assigns purchases securities in such transaction, (b) the rights of OpenView under Section 4.1 may not be waived without its written consent if ICONIQ, Index Ventures, RTP Ventures or any of their Affiliates or assigns purchases securities in such transaction, (c) the rights of Index Ventures under Section 4.1 may not be waived without its written consent if ICONIQ, OpenView, RTP Ventures or any of their Affiliates or assigns purchases securities in such transaction, (d) the rights of RTP Ventures under Section 4.1 may not be waived without its written consent if ICONIQ, OpenView, Index Ventures or any of their Affiliates or assigns purchases securities in such transaction, and (e) this sentence will not be amended without the written consent of ICONIQ, OpenView, Index Ventures and RTP Ventures. No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition, or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition, or provision.

6.7    Severability. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision shall be reformed and construed so that it will be valid, legal, and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

6.8    Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement and such Affiliated persons may apportion such rights as among themselves in any manner they deem appropriate.

6.9    Additional Investors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company issues additional shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock after the date hereof, any purchaser of such shares of Preferred Stock may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement, and thereafter shall be deemed an “Investor” for all purposes hereunder. No action or consent by the Investors shall be required for such joinder to this Agreement by such additional Investor, so long as such additional Investor has agreed in writing to be bound by all of the obligations as an “Investor” hereunder.

 

25


6.10    Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including any Schedules and Exhibits hereto) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties is expressly canceled. Upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the Prior Agreement shall be deemed amended and restated and superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement, and shall be of no further force or effect.

6.11    Dispute Resolution. The parties (a) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the jurisdiction of the state courts of Delaware and to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the District of Delaware for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement, (b) agree not to commence any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement except in the state courts of Delaware or the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, and (c) hereby waive, and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court.

6.12    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS, THE SECURITIES OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR THEREOF. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. THIS SECTION HAS BEEN FULLY DISCUSSED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THESE PROVISIONS WILL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY EXCEPTIONS. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT SUCH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT SUCH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.

6.13    Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of such nonbreaching or nondefaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of or acquiescence to any such breach or default, or to any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. All remedies, whether under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

6.14    Acknowledgment. The Company acknowledges that the Investors are in the business of venture capital investing and therefore review the business plans and related

 

26


proprietary information of many enterprises, including enterprises which may have products or services which compete directly or indirectly with those of the Company. Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude or in any way restrict an Investor from investing or participating in any particular enterprise whether or not such enterprise has products or services which compete with those of the Company, provided such Investor observes and continues to comply with its confidentiality obligations under Subsection 3.6.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

27


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:

 

DATADOG, INC.

By:   /s/ Olivier Pomel
 

Olivier Pomel

Chief Executive Officer

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:

 

ICONIQ STRATEGIC PARTNERS II, L.P.

By:  

ICONIQ Strategic Partners II GP, L.P.,

its General Partner

By:  

ICONIQ Strategic Partners II TT GP, Ltd.,

its General Partner

 

By:   /s/ Kevin Foster
Name:   Kevin Foster
Title:   Authorized Person

 

ICONIQ STRATEGIC PARTNERS II-B, L.P.
By:  

ICONIQ Strategic Partners II GP, L.P.,

its General Partner

By:  

ICONIQ Strategic Partners II TT GP, Ltd.,

its General Partner

 

By:   /s/ Kevin Foster
Name:   Kevin Foster
Title:   Authorized Person

 

ICONIQ STRATEGIC PARTNERS II CO-INVEST, L.P.,

DD SERIES

By:  

ICONIQ Strategic Partners II GP, L.P.,

its General Partner

By:  

ICONIQ Strategic Partners II TT GP, Ltd.,

its General Partner

 

By:   /s/ Kevin Foster
Name:   Kevin Foster
Title:   Authorized Person

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:

 

INDEX VENTURES GROWTH III (JERSEY), L.P.

By:  

Its Managing General Partner:

Index Venture Growth Associates III Limited

 

By:   /s/ Nigel Greenwood
Name:   Nigel Greenwood
Title:   Director

 

INDEX VENTURES VI (JERSEY), L.P.
By:  

Its Managing General Partner:

Index Venture Associates VI Limited

 

By:   /s/ Nigel Greenwood
Name:   Nigel Greenwood
Title:   Director

 

INDEX VENTURES VI PARALLEL ENTREPRENEUR FUND (JERSEY), L.P.
By:  

Its Managing General Partner:

Index Venture Associates VI Limited

 

By:   /s/ Nigel Greenwood
Name:   Nigel Greenwood
Title:   Director

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:

 

YUCCA (JERSEY), SLP

By: EFG Trust Company Limited as Authorised Signatory of Yucca (Jersey) SLP in its capacity as administrator of the Index Ventures Growth III Co-Investment Scheme

 

By:   /s/ N. T. Greenwood
Name:   N. T. Greenwood
Title:   Authorised Signatory – EFG Trust Company Limited

 

YUCCA (JERSEY) SLP
By: Elian Employee Benefit Services Limited as Authorised Signatory of Yucca (Jersey) SLP in its capacity as administrator of the Index Co-Investment Scheme

 

By:   /s/ Giles Johnstone-Scott & Simon King
Name:   Giles Johnstone-Scott & Simon King
Title:   Authorised Signatory – Elian Employee Benefit Services Limited

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:

 

OPENVIEW VENTURE PARTNERS III, L.P.

By:  

OpenView General Partner III, L.P.,

its general partner

By:  

OpenView Management, LLC,

its general partner

 

By:   /s/ Rufus C. King
Name:   Rufus C. King
Title:   Chief Legal Officer

 

OPENVIEW AFFILIATES FUND III, L.P.
By:  

OpenView General Partner III, L.P.,

its general partner

By:  

OpenView Management, LLC,

its general partner

 

By:   /s/ Rufus C. King
Name:   Rufus C. King
Title:   Chief Legal Officer

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


RU-NET TECHNOLOGY CAPITAL LP
By:   /s/ Thomas Sima
Name:   Thomas Sima
Title:   Authorized Representative

 

RU-NET TECHNOLOGY CAPITAL AIV LP
By:   /s/ Kirill Sheynkman
Name:   Kirill Sheynkman
Title:   Senior Managing Director

 

/s/ Sabri Murat Bicer
Sabri Murat Bicer

 

/s/ Kirill Sheynkman
Kirill Sheynkman

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:

 

CONTOUR OPPORTUNITY FUND, L.P.

By:   /s/ Matt Gonh
Name:   Matt Gonh
Title:   Managing Partner

 

CONTOUR VENTURE PARTNERS, L.P.
By:   /s/ Matt Gonh
Name:   Matt Gonh
Title:   Managing Partner

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:

 

IA Ventures Strategies Fund I, LP

By:  

IA Venture Partners, LLC

Its General Partner

By:   /s/ Bradford W. Gillespie
Name:   Bradford W. Gillespie
Title:   General Partner

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:

 

RRE VENTURES IV, LP

By:  

IA Venture Partners, LLC

Its General Partner

By:   /s/ William D. Porteous
Name:   William D. Porteous
Title:   General Partner and COO

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:

 

AP OPPORTUNITY FUND, LLC

By:  

Amplify GP Partners, LLC

Its Manager

By:   /s/ Sunil Dhaliwal
Name:   Sunil Dhaliwal
Title:   Manager

 

AMPLIFY PARTNERS, L.P.
By:  

Amplify GP Partners, LLC

Its General Partner

By:   /s/ Sunil Dhaliwal
Name:   Sunil Dhaliwal
Title:   Manager

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


NYCSEED, LLC
By:  

Polytechnic Institute of New York

University

Its Member

 

By:   /s/ Owen Davis
Name:   Owen Davis
Title:   Managing Director

 

/s/ Lawrence Berger
Lawrence Berger

 

/s/ Laurence Holt
Laurence Holt

 

/s/ Toby Berger
Toby Berger

 

/s/ Michael Callahan
Michael Callahan

 

/s/ Gerard Neumann
Gerard Neumann

 

/s/ Alexander F. Payne
Alexander F. Payne

 

/s/ Robert Pasker
Robert Pasker

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


LEAVITT-COVINGTON VENTURES, LLC
By:   /s/ Stephen S. Leavitt
Name:   Stephen S. Leavitt
Title:    

 

/s/ Dennis Covington
Dennis Covington

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


Schedule A


Exhibit A-1

Form Of Noncompetition, Nonsolicitation, Nondisclosure and

Proprietary Rights Assignment Agreement

See attached.


PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT

Effective as of the first date of my employment, the following confirms an agreement between Datadog, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and the individual identified on the signature page to this Agreement. This Agreement is a material part of the consideration for my employment by the Company. In exchange for the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

t. NO CONFLICTS. 1 have not made and agree not to make any agreement, oral or written, that is in conflict with this Agreement or my employment with the Company. I will not violate any agreement with or the rights of any third party. When acting within the scope of my employment (or otherwise on behalf of the Company), I will not use or disclose my own or any third party’s confidential information or intellectual property (collectively, “Restricted Materials”), except as expressly authorized by the Company in writing. Further, I have not retained anything containing any confidential information of a prior employer or other third party, whether or not created by me.

2. INVENTIONS.

a. Definitions. Intellectual Property Rights” means any and all patent rights, copyright rights, mask work rights, trade secret rights, sui generis database rights and all other intellectual and industrial property rights of any sort throughout the world (including any application therefor). “Invention” means any idea, concept, discovery, invention, development, technology, work of authorship, trade secret, software, firmware, tool, process, technique, know-how, data, plan, device, apparatus, specification, design, circuit, layout. mask work, algorithm, program, code, documentation or other material or information, tangible or intangible, whether or not it may be patented, copyrighted or otherwise protected (including all versions, modifications, enhancements and derivative works thereof).

b. Assignment. To the fullest extent under applicable law, the Company shall own all right, title and interest in and to all Inventions (including all Intellectual Property Rights therein or related thereto) that are made, conceived or reduced to practice, in whole or in part, by me during the term of my employment with the Company and which arise out of research or other activity conducted by, for or under the direction of the Company (whether or not conducted at the Company’s facilities, during working hours or using Company assets), or which are useful with or relate directly or indirectly to any “Company Interest” (meaning any product, service, other Invention or Intellectual Property Right that is sold, leased, used or under consideration or development by the Company). I will promptly disclose and provide all of the foregoing Inventions (the “Assigned Inventions”) to the Company. I hereby make and agree to make all assignments to the Company necessary to accomplish the foregoing ownership. Assigned Inventions shall not include any Invention (i) that I develop entirely on my own time, (ii) without use of any Company assets and (iii) which is not useful with and does not relate to any Company Interest.

c. Assurances. I will further assist the Company, at its expense, to evidence, record and perfect such assignments, and to perfect, obtain, maintain, enforce and defend any rights specified to be so owned or assigned. I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Company as my agent and attorney-in-fact to act for and in my behalf to execute and file any document and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the purposes of the foregoing with the same legal force and effect as if executed by me.

d. Other Inventions. If I wish to clarify that something created by me prior to my employment that relates to the Company’s actual or proposed business is not within the scope of this Agreement, I have listed it on Appendix A. If (i) I use or disclose any Restricted Materials when acting within the scope of my employment (or otherwise on behalf of the Company), or (ii) any Assigned Invention cannot be fully made, used, reproduced or otherwise exploited without using or violating any Restricted Materials, I hereby grant and agree to grant to the Company a perpetual, irrevocable, worldwide, royalty-free, non-exclusive, sublicensable right and license to exploit and exercise all such Restricted Materials and Intellectual Property Rights therein. I will not use or disclose any Restricted Materials for which I am not fully authorized to grant the foregoing license.

e. Moral Rights. To the extent allowed by applicable law, the terms of this Section 2 include all rights of paternity, integrity, disclosure and withdrawal and any other rights that may be known as or referred to as moral rights, artist’s rights, droit moral or the like (collectively, “Moral Rights”). To the extent I retain any such Moral Rights under applicable law, I hereby ratify and consent to any action that may be taken with respect to such Moral Rights by or authorized by the Company and agree not to assert any Moral Rights with respect thereto. I will confirm any such ratification, consent or agreement from time to time as requested by the Company.


3. PROPRIETARY INFORMATION. I agree that all Assigned Inventions and all other financial, business, legal and technical information including, without limitation, the identity of and information relating to the Company’s employees, Affiliates and Business Partners (as such terms are defined below), which I develop, learn or obtain during my employment or that are received by or for the Company in confidence, constitute “Proprietary Information”. I will hold in strict confidence and not disclose or, except within the scope of my employment, use any Proprietary Information. Proprietary Information will not include information that I can document is or becomes readily publicly available without restriction through no fault of mine. Upon termination of my employment, I will promptly return to the Company all items containing or embodying Proprietary Information (including all copies), except that I may keep my personal copies of (a) my compensation records, (b) materials distributed to shareholders generally and (c) this Agreement. I also recognize and agree that l have no expectation of privacy with respect to the Company’s networks, telecommunications systems or information processing systems (including, without limitation, stored computer files, electronic mail messages and voice messages), and that my activity and any files or messages on or using any of those systems may be monitored at any time without notice.

4. RESTRICTED ACTIVITIES. For the purposes of this Section 4, the term Company includes the Company and ·all other persons or entities that control, are controlled by or are under common control with the Company (“Affiliates”).

a. Definitions. “Any Capacity” includes, without limitation, to (i) be an owner, founder, shareholder, partner, member, advisor, director, consultant, contractor, agent, employee, affiliate or co-venturer, (ii) otherwise invest, engage or participate in, (iii) be compensated by or (iv) prepare to be or do any of the foregoing or assist any third party to do so; provided, Any Capacity will not include being a holder of less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding equity of a public company. “Business Partner” means any past, present or prospective customer, vendor, supplier, distributor or other business partner of the Company with which I have contact (or knowledge of) during my employment. Cause means to recruit, employ, retain or otherwise solicit, induce or influence (or to attempt to do so). Solicit means to (i) service, take orders from or solicit the business or patronage of any Business Partner for myself or any other person or entity, (ii) divert, entice or otherwise take away from the Company the business or patronage of any Business Partner, or to attempt to do so, or (iii) to solicit, induce or encourage any Business Partner to terminate or reduce its relationship with the Company.

b. Acknowledgments. I acknowledge and agree that (i) the Company’s business is highly competitive, secrecy of the Proprietary Information is of the utmost importance to the Company and I will learn and use Proprietary Information in performing my work for the Company and (ii) my position may require me to establish goodwill with Business Partners and employees on behalf of the Company and such goodwill is extremely important to the Company’s success.

c. As an Employee. During my employment with the Company, I will not directly or indirectly: (i) Cause any person to leave their employment with the Company (other than terminating subordinate employees in the course of my duties for the Company); (ii) Solicit any Business Partner; or (iii) act in Any Capacity in or with respect to any commercial activity which competes or is reasonably likely to compete with any business that the Company conducts, or demonstrably anticipates conducting, at any time during my employment (a “Competing Business”).

d. After Termination. For the period of one year immediately following termination of my employment with the Company (for any or no reason, whether voluntary or involuntary), I will not directly or indirectly: (i) Cause any person to leave their employment with the Company; or (ii) Solicit any Business Partner or (iii) act in Any Capacity in or with respect to any Competing Business located within the state of New York, the rest of the United States, or anywhere else in the world.

e. Enforcement. I understand that the restrictions set forth in this Section 4 are intended to protect the Company’s interest in its Proprietary Information and established relationships and goodwill with employees and Business Partners, and I agree that such restrictions are reasonable and appropriate for this purpose. If at any time


any of the provisions of this Section 4 are deemed invalid or unenforceable or are prohibited by the laws of the state or place where they are to be entered into, performed or enforced, by reason of being vague or unreasonable as to duration or geographic scope or scope of activities restricted, or for any other reason, such provisions shall be considered divisible and shall become and be immediately amended to include only such restrictions and to such extent as shall be deemed to be reasonable and enforceable by the court or other body having jurisdiction over this Agreement. The Company and I agree that the provisions of this Section 4, as so amended, shall be valid and binding as though any invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included.

5. EMPLOYMENT AT WILL. I agree that this Agreement is not an employment contract for any particular term. I have the right to resign and the Company has the right to terminate my employment at will, at any time, for any or no reason, with or without cause. This Agreement does not purport to set forth all of the terms and conditions of my employment, and as an employee of the Company. I have obligations to the Company which are not described in this Agreement. However, the terms of this Agreement govern over any such terms that are inconsistent with this Agreement, and supersede the terms of any similar form that I may have previously signed. This Agreement can only be changed by a subsequent written agreement signed by the President of the Company (or authorized designee).

6. SURVIVAL. I agree that my obligations under Sections 2, 3 and 4 of this Agreement shall continue in effect after termination of my employment, regardless of the reason, and whether such termination is voluntary or involuntary, and that the Company is entitled to communicate my obligations under this Agreement to any of my potential or future employers. My obligations under Sections 2, 3 and 4 also shall be binding upon my heirs, executors, assigns and administrators, and shall inure to the benefit of the Company, its Affiliates, successors and assigns. This Agreement may be freely assigned by the Company to any third party.

7. GOVERNING LAW; REMEDIES. Any dispute in the meaning, effect or validity of this Agreement shall be resolved in accordance with the laws of the state of New York without regard to the conflict of laws provisions thereof. I acknowledge and agree that the consideration given for this Agreement is valid and sufficient. I further acknowledge and agree that the enforceability of this Agreement and the validity of its consideration shall not be affected by any change(s) in my working conditions, including but not limited to promotion, demotion, reduction in compensation, increase in compensation, change in compensation structure, change in title, change in location of employment, and change of Company name, structure or ownership. The failure of either party to enforce its rights under this Agreement at any time for any period shall not be construed as a waiver of such rights. Unless expressly provided otherwise, each right and remedy in this Agreement is in addition to any other right or remedy, at law or in equity, and the exercise of one right or remedy will not be deemed a waiver of any other right or remedy. I further agree that if one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be illegal or unenforceable under applicable law, such illegal or unenforceable portion shall be limited or excluded from this Agreement to the minimum extent required so that this Agreement shall otherwise remain in full force and effect and enforceable. I also understand that any breach or threatened breach of this Agreement will cause irreparable harm to the Company for which damages would not be a adequate remedy, and, therefore, the Company will be entitled to injunctive relief with respect thereto (without the necessity of posting any bond) in addition to any other remedies.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank.)


Exhibit A-2

Form Of Nonsolicitation, Nondisclosure and

Proprietary Rights Assignment Agreement

See attached.


Exhibit B

Metric Schedule

See attached.


Generic information and Definition required by Index Ventures

 

Metric

  

Definition

Employees at end of quarter (eoq)   

•  Full time employee (FTE) equivalent

  

•  How many people are working in the business, both permanent and temporary (including part time)

Net Revenues   

•  Income that the business generates

Operating Costs   

•  Net Revenues – EBITDA

EBITDA   

•  Earnings before interests, tax, depreciation, amortization

Operating cash Burn / generation during the quarter   

•  Cash at hand current period – Cash at hand previous period +/- non operational cash outflow or inflow (financing, investing)

Cash at hand – eoq   

•  Net cash position:

  

   Cash at bank

  

   Plus short term assets (under 6 months)

  

   Less short term debt (under 6 months)

Schedule to be filled by the company

 

   QX

FTE

  

Net Revenues

  

Operating Costs

  

EBITDA

  

Operating cash burn/generation

  

Cash at hand

  
EX-10.9

Exhibit 10.9

AGREEMENT OF SUB-SUB-SUBLEASE

This AGREEMENT OF SUB-SUB-SUBLEASE (this “Sub-Sub-sublease”), made as of the 14th day of April, 2016, between IDEELI INC., a Delaware corporation (“Sub-Sub-sublandlord”), and DATADOG, INC, a Delaware corporation (“Sub-Sub-subtenant”).

RECITALS:

A.    WHEREAS, by that certain Lease dated August 16, 2006 (the “Lease”), between FC Eighth Ave., LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), as landlord, and Legg Mason, Inc., a Maryland corporation (“Legg”), as tenant, a redacted copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A, Landlord leased to Legg all of the rentable square feet on the entire 45th, 46th, 47th, 48th, 49th and 50th floors, as well as certain roof top space and storage space (collectively, the “Lease Premises”) of the building located at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York (the “Building”), as more particularly set forth in the Lease;

B.    WHEREAS, the interest of Landlord in the Building is subject and subordinate to, among other things, the terms and provisions of the Ground Lease and the Condominium Documents (as such terms are defined in the Lease);

C.    WHEREAS, by that certain Assignment and Assumption of Lease dated August 16, 2006 between Legg and Clearbridge Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Sublandlord”), a copy of which is attached to the Lease, Legg assigned its interest under the Lease to Sublandlord;

D.    WHEREAS, by that certain Agreement of Sublease dated as of April 8, 2008 (the “Sublease”), a redacted copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B, Sublandlord subleased to BT Americas Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Sub-sublandlord”), a portion of the Lease Premises consisting of all of the rentable square feet on the entire 45th and 46th floors of the Building (the “Sublease Premises”); and

E.    WHEREAS, by that certain Agreement of Sub-Sublease dated as of April 27, 2012 (the “Sub-Sublease”), a redacted copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit C, Sub-sublandlord subleased to Sub-Sub-sublandlord, a portion of the Sublease Premises consisting of all of the rentable square feet on the entire 45th floor of the Building (the “Sub-sublease Premises; and also the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises); and

F.    WHEREAS, Sub-Sub-sublandlord hereby desires to sub-sub-sublease the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises to Sub-Sub-subtenant and Sub-Sub-subtenant desires to hire the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises from Sub-Sub-sublandlord on the terms and conditions contained herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, it is mutually agreed as follows:

1.    Sub-Sub-subleasing of the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises. Sub-Sub-sublandlord hereby sub-sub-subleases to Sub-Sub-subtenant, and Sub-Sub-subtenant hereby hires from Sub-Sub-sublandlord, the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises, upon and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

1.


2.    Term.

2.1    Commencement and Expiration Dates. The term (the “Term”) of this Sub-Sub-sublease shall (i) commence on the date (the “Commencement Date”) upon which Landlord, Sublandlord, Sub-sublandlord, Sub-Sub-sublandlord and Sub-Sub-subtenant shall execute and deliver a Consent Agreement to this Sub-Sub-sublease reasonably acceptable to all parties (the “Consent”) and possession of the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises delivered to Sub-Sub-subtenant in the condition required by this Sub-Sub-sublease, with all items required to be delivered on the Commencement Date and (ii) terminate on December 28, 2023, or on such earlier date upon which the Term shall expire or be canceled or terminated pursuant to any of the conditions or covenants of this Sub-Sub-sublease, the Sub-Sublease, the Sublease or the Lease (with respect to any termination of the Lease, the Sublease, or the Sub-sublease, subject to the terms hereof), or pursuant to law (the “Expiration Date”). Sub-Sub-subtenant shall not have any option to extend the Term. Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall deliver possession of the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises to Sub-Sub-subtenant on the Commencement Date in its current “as is”, broom-clean condition, reasonable wear and tear from the date hereof excepted, vacant and free of all personal property (other than Sub-sublandlord’s Furniture and Sub-Sub-sublandlord’s Furniture (as such terms are hereinafter defined)) and with all cabling disconnected within the IT room.

3.    Rent and Other Charges.

3.1    Base Rent. From and after the date (the “Rent Commencement Date”) that is four (4) months after the Commencement Date, Sub-Sub-subtenant shall pay to Sub-Sub-sublandlord, as rent for the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises, base annual rent (“Base Rent”) as set forth below. Sub-Sub-sublandlord hereby acknowledges receipt of Base Rent in the amount of $162,925.67 for the first full calendar month of the Term following the Rent Commencement Date. Base Rent shall be payable in equal monthly installments, in advance on or prior to the first day of each month, as follows:

(a)    Commencing on the Rent Commencement Date and continuing until the Expiration Date occurs, Sub-Sub-subtenant shall pay to Sub-Sub-sublandlord as base rent the sum of ONE MILLION NINE HUNDRED FIFTY-FIVE THOUSAND ONE HUNDRED EIGHT AND 00/100 DOLLARS ($1,955,108.00) per annum, payable in equal monthly installments of $162,925.67.

(b)    If the Rent Commencement Date shall occur on a date other than the first (1st) day of any calendar month, the Base Rent payable hereunder for such month shall be prorated on a per diem basis and shall be paid on the Rent Commencement Date. If the Expiration Date shall occur on any date other than the last day of a calendar month, Base Rent for such month shall be prorated on a per diem basis based on the number of days in the Term occurring in such month.

(c)    Promptly after the Commencement Date and the Rent Commencement Date are determined, Sub-Sub-sublandlord and Sub-Sub-subtenant, at either Sub-Sub-sublandlord’s or Sub-Sub-subtenant’s request, will execute an agreement setting forth each of the above dates. Sub-Sub-subtenant’s or Sub-Sub-sublandlord’s failure or refusal to sign the same shall in no event affect the determination of such dates or either party’s obligations hereunder.

 

2.


3.2    Additional Rent. In addition to Base Rent, Sub-Sub-subtenant shall pay to Sub-Sub-sublandlord when due all other amounts payable by Sub-Sub-subtenant to Sub-Sub-sublandlord under the provisions of this Sub-Sub-sublease (collectively, “Additional Rent”); provided that Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall have delivered to Sub-Sub-subtenant reasonable backup documentation showing that Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall have incurred such amounts. “Additional Rent” shall include any and all amounts other than Base Rent payable hereunder, which, by the terms of the Sub-Sublease, as incorporated herein, would become due and payable by the Sub-subtenant thereunder to Sub-Sublandlord as additional rent or otherwise and which would not have become due and payable but for the acts, requests for services, and/or failures to act of Sub-Sub-subtenant, its agents, officers, representatives, employees, servants, contractors, invitees, licensees or visitors under this Sub-Sub-sublease, including, but not limited to: (i) any increases in Landlord’s, Sublandlord’s or Sub-sublandlord’s fire, rent or other insurance premiums resulting from any act or omission of Sub-Sub-subtenant, (ii) any charges on account of Sub-Sub-subtenant’s use of heating, ventilation or air-conditioning or condenser water, (iii) any charges to Sub-Sub-sublandlord or Sub-Sub-subtenant on account of Sub-Sub-subtenant’s use of special cleaning and freight elevator services or for overtime or other extra services requested or required by Sub-Sub-subtenant, and (iv) any review, approval or other fees charged by Sub-Sublandlord under the Sub-Sublease, Sublandlord under the Sublease or Landlord under the Lease on account of Sub-Sub-subtenant. Following Sub-Sub-subtenant’s receipt of any services for which such Additional Rent would be payable and receipt by Sub-Sub-sublandlord of any statement or written demand from Sub-Sublandlord, Sublandlord or Landlord for payment of any such Additional Rent, Sub-Sub-sublandlord will furnish Sub-Sub-subtenant with a copy of such statement or demand, together with a statement of the amount of any such Additional Rent. Sub-Sub-subtenant shall pay to Sub-Sub-sublandlord the amount of any Additional Rent payable under this Sub-Sub-sublease at least two (2) Business Days prior to the date on which payment thereof is due under the applicable provision of the Sub-Sublease (provided that such statement or demand shall have been delivered to Sub-Sub-subtenant). The obligations of Sub-Sub-subtenant to pay Base Rent and Additional Rent hereunder shall survive the expiration or termination of this Sub-Sub-sublease.

3.3    Escalation Rent. In addition to the Base Rent, Sub-Sub-subtenant covenants and agrees to pay to Sub-Sub-sublandlord commencing on the Rent Commencement Date, an amount (collectively, “Escalation Rent”) equal to: (i) the Tax Escalation Payment (as hereinafter defined) plus (ii) the Operating Expense Escalation Payment (as hereinafter defined) plus (iii) the BID Escalation Payment (as hereinafter defined). Escalation Rent shall be payable by Sub-Sub-subtenant to Sub-Sub-sublandlord in the same manner as the same is payable by Sub-Sub-sublandlord to Sub-Sublandlord under Article 3 of the Sub-Sublease; except that Sub-Sub-subtenant shall, upon receipt of written notice or an invoice therefor from Sub-Sub-sublandlord, pay all installments of Escalation Rent directly to Sub-Sub-sublandlord at least two (2) Business Days prior to the respective due dates under the Sub-Sublease for the corresponding payments of such Escalation Rent. Escalation Rent shall be prorated, if necessary, to correspond with that portion of a Tax Year (as defined in the Lease) or an Operating Expense Year (as defined in the Lease) occurring during the Term. Promptly following its receipt of any Estimated Tax Statement pursuant to Section 4.02.B(ii) of the Lease, Estimated BID Statement pursuant to Section 4.02.D(ii) of the Lease and/or Estimated Operating Expense Statement pursuant to Section 4.03.B(ii) of the Lease or of any Tax Statement pursuant to Section 4.02.B(iii) of the Lease, BID Statement pursuant to Section 4.02.D(iii) of the Lease and/or Operating Expense Statement pursuant to Section 4.03.B(iii) of the Lease, Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall calculate the Escalation

 

3.


Rent payable by Sub-Sub-subtenant in accordance with the terms of this Sub-Sub-sublease. After making the aforesaid calculations, Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall send a statement (“Sub-Sub-sublandlord’s Statement”) to Sub-Sub-subtenant, along with a copy of such Estimated Tax Statement, Estimated BID Statement, Estimated Operating Expense Statement, Tax Statement, BID Statement and/or Operating Expense Statement and any other supporting documentation received from Landlord, Sublandlord, and/or Sub-sublandlord, which statement shall set forth the Escalation Rent payable by Sub-Sub-subtenant and the manner in which it was derived. In the event that Sub-Sub-sublandlord receives a refund from Sub-Sublandlord in connection with any Escalation Rent payment, Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall promptly refund to Sub-Sub-subtenant Sub-Sub-subtenant’s Proportionate Tax Share or Sub-Sub-subtenant’s Proportionate Operating Expense Share (each such term as hereinafter defined), as applicable, of such amount refunded, after first deducting a proportionate amount of Sub-Sub-sublandlord’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs, if any, in obtaining such rent abatement or refund calculated based on the percentage of the total amount of the refund which is payable to Sub-Sub-subtenant. Sub-Sub-sublandlord agrees that in the event that Sub-Sub-sublandlord makes any objection under Article 3 of the Sublease, such objection shall not be resolved in a manner that adversely affects Sub-Sub-subtenant.

3.4    Defined Terms Relating to Escalation Rent. For purposes of this Sub-Sub-sublease, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a)    “Base BID Payment” shall mean Tenant’s BID Payment (as defined in the Lease) payable by Sublandlord under the Lease in respect of the Base Year;

(b)    “Base Operating Expense Payment” shall mean Tenant’s Operating Expense Payments (as defined in the Lease) payable by Sublandlord in respect of calendar year 2016;

(c)    “Base Tax Payment” shall mean Tenant’s Tax Payment (as defined in the Lease) payable by Sublandlord under the Lease in respect of the Base Year;

(d)    “Base Year” shall mean the Tax Year commencing on July 1, 2016 and expiring on June 30, 2017;

(e)    “BID Escalation Payment” shall mean Sub-Sub-subtenant’s Proportionate Tax Share of each Tenant’s BID Payment payable by Sublandlord under the Lease to the extent such amount exceeds Sub-Sub-subtenant’s Proportionate Tax Share of the Base BID Payment;

(f)    “Operating Expense Escalation Payment” shall mean Sub-Sub-subtenant’s Proportionate Operating Expense Share of each Tenant’s Operating Expense Payment payable by Sublandlord under the Lease to the extent such amount exceeds Sub-Sub-subtenant’s Proportionate Operating Expense Share of the Base Operating Expense Payment (provided, however, in no event shall Sub-Sub-subtenant be obligated to make any Operating Expense Escalation Payment to the extent of any increase in any Tenant’s Operating Expense Payment as a result of the negligence or willful misconduct of Sub-Sub-sublandlord or any of its agents, affiliates, contractors or employees);

 

4.


(g)    “Sub-Sub-subtenant’s Proportionate Tax Share” shall mean a fraction, the numerator of which is the rentable square feet of the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises and the denominator of which is the rentable square feet of the Lease Premises used in calculating the Tenant’s Proportionate Tax Share under the Lease, in each case on the date of determination (it being agreed that as of the date hereof, Sub-Sub-subtenant’s Proportionate Tax Share is 16.318%);

(h)    “Sub-Sub-subtenant’s Proportionate Operating Expense Share” shall mean a fraction, the numerator of which is the rentable square feet of the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises and the denominator of which is the rentable square feet of the Lease Premises used in calculating the Tenant’s Proportionate Operating Expense Share under the Lease, in each case on the date of determination (it being agreed that as of the date hereof, Sub-Sub-subtenant’s Proportionate Operating Expense Share is 16.318%); and

(i)    “Tax Escalation Payment” shall mean Subtenant’s Proportionate Tax Share of each Tenant’s Tax Payment payable by Sublandlord under the Lease to the extent such amount exceeds Sub-Sub-subtenant’s Proportionate Tax Share of the Base Tax Payment.

3.5    Electricity Charges. From and after the Commencement Date, Sub-Sub-subtenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, one hundred percent (100%) of all of the amounts (including, without limitation, any administrative charges or other markups as provided by the terms of the Lease) which Sub-Sub-sublandlord is required to pay for electricity for the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises pursuant to the Sub-Sublease, including all taxes and surcharges, as such amount may be increased or decreased from time to time pursuant to the Sublease.

3.6    Interest on Late Payments. If Sub-Sub-subtenant shall fail to pay when due any installment of Base Rent, Additional Rent or other costs, charges and sums payable by Sub-Sub-subtenant hereunder (such Additional Rent or other costs, charges and sums, together with Base Rent and Escalation Rent, hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Rental”) Sub-Sub-subtenant shall pay to Sub-Sub-sublandlord, as Additional Rent, interest on such payments in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.03 of the Lease, as incorporated hereby (including the grace periods set forth in that Section, as the same may be shortened hereby).

3.7    Address for Payment. All Base Rent, Additional Rent and other Rental shall constitute rent under this Sub-sublease, and shall be payable to Sub-Sub-sublandlord at its address as set forth in Article 9 hereof, unless Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall otherwise so direct in writing.

3.8    No Set Off. Sub-Sub-subtenant shall promptly pay the Rental as and when the same shall become due and payable without set off, offset or deduction of any kind whatsoever, except as expressly set forth or incorporated herein, and, in the event of Sub-Sub-subtenant’s failure to pay the same when due (subject to any notice, cure and/or grace periods provided herein or in the Lease (as incorporated herein by reference)), Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall have all of the rights and remedies provided for herein in the case of non-payment of rent.

3.9    No Waiver. Sub-Sub-sublandlord’s failure during the Term to prepare and deliver any statements or bills required to be delivered to Sub-Sub-subtenant hereunder, or Sub-Sub-sublandlord’s failure to make a demand under this Sub-Sub-sublease shall not in any way be deemed to be a waiver of, or cause Sub-Sub-sublandlord to forfeit or surrender its rights to collect

 

5.


any Rental which may have become due pursuant to this Sub-Sub-sublease during the Term. Sub-Sub-subtenant’s liability for Rental due under this Sub-Sub-sublease accruing during the Term shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Sub-Sub-sublease. No payment by Sub-Sub-subtenant or receipt by Sub-Sub-sublandlord of any lesser amount than the amount stipulated to be paid hereunder shall be deemed other than on account of the earliest stipulated rent or Additional Rent; nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or letter be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Sub-Sub-sublandlord may accept any check or payment without prejudice to Sub-Sub-sublandlord’s right to recover the balance due or to pursue any other remedy available to Sub-sublandlord.

3.10    Rent Disputes. Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall promptly furnish to Sub-Sub-subtenant a copy of each notice or statement from Landlord, Sublandlord or Sub-Sublandlord affecting the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises, including, without limitation, Tax Statements, BID Statements and Operating Expense Statements. If Sub-Sub-sublandlord disputes the correctness of any such notice or statement (or if Sub-Sub-subtenant disputes the correctness and requests that Sub-Sub-sublandlord dispute the notice or statement in accordance with the provisions of this Sub-Sub-sublease) and if such dispute is resolved in Sub-Sub-sublandlord’s favor, or if Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall receive any refund of Additional Rent without a dispute, Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall promptly pay to Sub-Sub-subtenant any refund received by Sub-Sub-sublandlord in respect (but only to the extent) of any related payments of Additional Rent made by Sub-Sub-subtenant less any amounts theretofore received by Sub-Sub-subtenant directly from Sub-Sublandlord, Sublandlord or Landlord and relating to such refund (after deducting from the amount of any such refund a proportionate amount of all expenses, including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by Sub-Sub-sublandlord in resolving such dispute, calculated based on the percentage of the total amount of such refund which is payable to Sub-Sub-subtenant), provided that, pending the final determination of any such dispute (by agreement or otherwise), Sub-Sub-subtenant shall pay the full amount of Base Rent and Additional Rent in accordance with this Sub-Sub-sublease and the applicable statement or notice of Sub-Sublandlord. If Sub-Sub-subtenant requests that Sub-Sub-sublandlord dispute the correctness of any such notice or statement, but Sub-Sub-sublandlord does not agree with such dispute, then Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall do so at Sub-Sub-subtenant’s sole cost and expense. Sub-Sub-subtenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold harmless Sub-Sub-sublandlord from and against any and all losses, damages, penalties, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, which may be sustained or incurred by Sub-Sub-sublandlord by reason of Sub-Sub-sublandlord objecting to or disputing any Tax Statement, BID Statement and/or Operating Expense Statement on Sub-Sub-subtenant’s behalf and at Sub-Sub-subtenant’s request.

4.    Use. Sub-Sub-subtenant shall use and occupy the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises for administrative, general and executive offices, and for such incidental and ancillary uses which are usual and customary in Comparable Buildings, and for no other purpose and otherwise in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Sub-Sublease, Sublease and Lease and all applicable laws, including, without limitation, the restrictions set forth in Section 5.02 of the Lease.

5.    Covenants with Respect to the Lease, the Sublease and the Sub-Sublease.

 

6.


5.1    Sub-Sub-subtenant Covenants. Sub-Sub-subtenant does hereby expressly assume and agree to perform and comply with, with regard to the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises, each and every obligation of Sub-Sub-sublandlord under the Sub-Sublease that is not contradicted or superseded by a term of this Sub-Sub-sublease, and Sub-Sub-subtenant shall not do, or permit to be done, anything that would result in an increase in any of the rents, additional rents, or any other sums or charges payable by Sub-Sub-sublandlord under the Sub-Sublease or any other obligation or liability of Sub-Sub-sublandlord under the Sub-Sublease (except to the extent Sub-Sub-subtenant agrees to pay such costs) or anything that would constitute a default under the Lease, Sublease or Sub-Sublease, or omit to do anything that Sub-Sub-subtenant is obligated to do under the terms of this Sub-Sub-sublease, the Sub-sublease, the Sublease or the Lease so as to cause there to be a default under the Sub-sublease, Sublease or Lease or cause the Sub-sublease, Sublease or Lease to be terminated it being agreed, however, that Sub-Sub-subtenant shall have no obligation to comply with any provision of the Lease, Sublease or the Sub-Sublease that shall have been redacted and/or not provided to Sub-Sub-subtenant or not incorporated into this Sub-Sub-sublease.

5.2    Sub-Sub-sublandlord Covenants. Sub-Sub-sublandlord agrees to maintain the Sub-Sublease during the entire term of this Sub-Sub-sublease, subject, however, to any earlier termination of the Sub-sublease without the fault of the Sub-Sub-sublandlord. Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall timely pay to Sub-Sublandlord all Rent and other sums which are due under the Sub-Sublease and Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall not do, or permit to be done, anything that would result in an increase in any of the rents, additional rents, or any other sums or charges payable by Sub-Sub-subtenant under this Sub-Sub-sublease or any other obligation or liability of Sub-Sub-subtenant under this Sub-Sub-sublease or anything that would constitute a default under the Sub-sublease or omit to do anything that Sub-Sub-sublandlord is obligated to do under the terms of this Sub-Sub-sublease, the Sub-Sublease, the Sublease or the Lease so as to cause there to be a default under the Sub-Sublease, the Sublease or the Lease or cause the Sub-sublease, Sublease or the Lease to be terminated. Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall not voluntarily surrender the Sub-Sublease, or voluntarily cause the termination of the Sub-Sublease, unless Sub-Sublandlord agrees to enter into a direct sublease of the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises with Sub-Sub-subtenant under the same terms and conditions as this Sub-Sub-sublease, except in the event such voluntary surrender or termination is the result of a casualty or condemnation, in which case the provisions regarding Landlord’s, Sublandlord’s, Sub-sublandlord’s Sub-Sub-sublandlord’s and Sub-Sub-subtenant’s respective rights regarding casualty and condemnation shall be governed by the provisions of Article 17 and 18 of the Lease, as incorporated herein by reference. Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold harmless Sub-Sub-subtenant from and against any and all losses, damages, penalties, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, which may be sustained or incurred by Sub-Sub-subtenant by reason of Sub-Sub-sublandlord’s default under the Sub-Sublease, except to the extent caused or resulting from any act, omission, negligence or willful misconduct of Sub-Sub-subtenant or any other occupant of the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises.

5.3    Time Limits. The time limits set forth in the Sub-Sublease for the giving of notices, making demands, performance of any act, condition or covenant, or the exercise of any right, remedy or option, are changed for the purpose of this Sub-Sub-sublease by shortening the same in each instance so that notices shall be given, demands made, or any act, condition or covenant performed, or any right, remedy or option hereunder exercised by Sub-Sub-subtenant as the case may be within two (2) Business Days prior to the expiration of the time limit, after taking

 

7.


into account the maximum notice, cure and/or grace period, if any, relating thereto contained in the Sub-Sublease with respect to such matter; provided, however, the provisions of this Section 5.3 shall not apply with respect to any specific dates set forth herein (e.g., Sub-Sub-subtenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent on the first (1st) day of each calendar month). Each party shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, deliver to the other party copies of all notices, requests or demands which relate to the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises or the use or occupancy thereof after receipt of same from Sub-sublandlord, Sublandlord or Landlord or any of their respective affiliates or the Building manager (it being agreed that Sub-Sub-subtenant shall not be required to pay any sum of money (other than Base Rent) to Sub-Sub-sublandlord hereunder unless and until Sub-Sub-subtenant shall have received written notice that such sum is due).

5.4    Sub-Sub-sublandlord Representations. Sub-Sub-sublandlord represents to Sub-Sub-subtenant that the Sub-Sublease is in full force and effect and that to the best of Sub-Sub-sublandlord’s knowledge, no default exists on the part of any party to the Sub-Sublease. Sub-Sub-sublandlord acknowledges that the Sub-Sublease attached hereto as Exhibit C is a true and correct redacted copy of the Sub-Sublease and that except as set forth on Exhibit C, the Sub-Sublease has not been amended or modified. To Sub-Sub-sublandlord’s actual knowledge, the copies of the redacted Lease and redacted Sublease attached hereto as Exhibits A and B (i) are true and correct redacted copies of such documents, (ii) have not been amended or modified, and (iii) are in full force and effect. Sub-Sub-sublandlord is not aware of any circumstances which, with the passage of time or notice or both, will give rise to a default by Sub-Sub-sublandlord or Sub-sublandlord under the Sub-sublease.

6.    Subordination to and Incorporation of the Sub-sublease, Sublease. Lease, Condominium Documents and Ground Lease.

6.1    Subordination. Sub-Sub-subtenant hereby acknowledges that it has read and is familiar with the provisions of the Lease, the Sublease and the Sub-sublease and agrees that this Sub-Sub-sublease is in all respects subject and subordinate to the terms and conditions of the Lease, Sublease and the Sub-sublease and to all matters to which the Lease, Sublease and the Sub-sublease is or shall be subject and subordinate, including, without limitation, the Superior Instruments (as defined in the Sublease). In addition, this Sub-Sub-sublease shall also be subject to any amendments, modifications or supplements to the Lease, Sublease and the Sub-Sublease hereafter made, provided that Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall not enter into any amendment, modification or supplement that would adversely affect Sub-Sub-subtenant or the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises. Sub-Sub-subtenant shall not in any event have any rights in respect of the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises greater than Sub-Sub-sublandlord’s rights to such space under the Sub-sublease. Sub-Sub-subtenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold harmless Sub-Sub-sublandlord from and against any and all losses, damages, penalties, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, which may be sustained or incurred by Sub-Sub-sublandlord by reason of Sub-Sub-subtenant’s failure to keep, observe or perform any of the terms, provisions, covenants, conditions and obligations set forth or incorporated in this Sub-Sub-sublease, or otherwise arising out of or with respect to Sub-Sub-subtenant’s use and occupancy of the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises from and after the Commencement Date, except to the extent resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of Sub-Sub-sublandlord or its agents, affiliates, employees, contractors or other sub-subtenants or occupants of the Sub-Sublease Premises. The provisions of this Section 6.1 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, the Sublease, the Sub-sublease and/or this Sub-Sub-sublease.

 

8.


6.2    Termination of Lease, Sublease or Sub-sublease. In the event of a permitted termination, reentry or dispossess by Sub-sublandlord under the Sub-sublease, Sublandlord under the Sublease or Landlord under the Lease, Sub-sublandlord, Sublandlord or Landlord may, at its option, either terminate the Sub-Sub-sublease or take over all of the right, title and interest of Sub-Sub-sublandlord under this Sub-Sub-sublease, and Sub-Sub-subtenant shall, at Sub-sublandlord, Sublandlord’s or Landlord’s option, attorn to Sub-sublandlord, Sublandlord or Landlord, as applicable, pursuant to the provisions of this Sub-Sub-sublease, except that Sub-Sublandlord, Sublandlord or Landlord, as applicable, shall not (a) be liable for any previous act, omission or negligence of Sub-Sub-sublandlord, (b) be subject to any counterclaim, defense or offset, (c) be bound by any modification or amendment of the Sub-Sub-sublease or by any prepayment of more than one month’s rent and additional rent which shall be payable as provided in such Sub-Sub-sublease, unless such modification or prepayment shall have been approved in writing by Sub-sublandlord, Sublandlord or Landlord, as applicable, or (d) be obligated to perform any repairs or other work in the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises beyond Sub-Sublandlord, Sublandlord’s or Landlord’s, as applicable, obligations under the Sub-Sublease, Sublease or Lease, as applicable. Sub-Sub-subtenant shall, promptly upon Sub-Sublandlord’s, Sublandlord’s or Landlord’s request, as applicable, execute and deliver all instruments reasonably required to confirm such attornment. Sub-Sub-subtenant hereby waives all rights under any present or future law to elect, by reason of the termination of the Lease, Sublease or the Sub-Sublease, to terminate this Sub-Sub-sublease or surrender possession of the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises.

Subject to the foregoing, and to any restrictions set forth in this Sub-Sub-sublease, if for any reason whatsoever the term of the Sub-sublease, Sublease or the Lease shall terminate prior to the expiration date of this Sub-Sub-sublease, this Sub-Sub-sublease shall thereupon be terminated and Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall not be liable to Sub-Sub-subtenant by reason thereof. Upon such termination, the obligations of Sub-Sub-sublandlord and Sub-Sub-subtenant (other than the obligation of Sub-Sub-subtenant for the payment of any monies then owing to Sub-Sub-sublandlord and such other obligations that are expressly made to be effective upon the termination of this Sub-Sub-sublease as are set forth in the Sub-Sublease and incorporated herein by reference and/or as are set forth in this Sub-Sub-sublease) shall cease, except that the parties shall remain liable for any obligations incurred prior to any such termination date for any matter occurring prior to such date.

6.3    Incorporation of Lease. Sublease and Sub-Sublease.

(a)    Except as otherwise expressly provided in or otherwise inconsistent with this Sub-Sub-sublease, the terms, provisions, covenants, stipulations, conditions, rights, obligations, remedies and agreements contained in the Sub-sublease (including, without limitation, the provisions of the Lease and the Sublease that are incorporated by reference into the Sub-sublease) are incorporated into this Sub-Sub-sublease by reference, and are made a part hereof as if herein set forth at length, Sub-Sub-sublease being substituted for “Sub-Sublease” under the Sub-sublease, Sub-Sub-sublandlord being substituted for “Sub-sublandlord” under the Sub-sublease, Sub-Sub-subtenant being substituted for “Sub-subtenant” under the Sub-sublease, Sub-Sub-sublease Premises being substituted for “Sub-sublease Premises” under the Sub-Sublease, Sub-Sublandlord being substituted for “Sublandlord” under the Sub-Sublease, and Sub-Sublease being substituted for “Sublease” under the Sub-sublease.

 

9.


(b)    Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.3(a) above, the following sections of the Sub-sublease are expressly excluded from incorporation herein except to the extent necessary for determination of an applicable time period or otherwise to clarify the meaning of any terms of this Sub-Sub-sublease; provided, however, that notwithstanding the exclusion of the same from incorporation into this Sub-Sub-sublease, Sub-Sub-subtenant acknowledges that this Sub-Sub-sublease remains subject to all of the terms of the Sub-sublease and to the rights of Sub-sublandlord and Sub-Sub-sublandlord thereunder and Sub-Sub-subtenant agrees to perform all covenants of the sub-subtenant thereunder as the same relate to the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises and Sub-Sub-subtenant’s use and occupancy thereof, including, without limitation, under the following excluded sections thereof: Article 1; Article 2; Article 3; Article 4; Article 5; Article 6, Article 7, Article 8; Article 9, Article 10, Article 11, Article 12, Article 13; Article 14; Article 15; Article 16; Article 17; Article 18; Exhibit A; Exhibit B; Exhibit D; Exhibit E; Exhibit F; Exhibit G; Schedule I and Schedule II.

(c)    Section 6.05A of the Lease is modified such that Sub-Sub-subtenant shall have the right to utilize up to 7.5 tons of chilled water capacity provided by Landlord for the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises. In the event Sub-Sub-subtenant elects to utilize any of such chilled water tonnage, Sub-Sub-subtenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, install and maintain a chilled water meter, model PEMCO 1232, to measure the usage of supplemental chilled water usage. Sub-Sub-subtenant shall pay an amount equal to the lesser of (x) all costs of such chilled water as shown on such meters based on Landlord’s actual cost of providing the chilled water without administrative markup or premium, inclusive of Sub-Sub-subtenant’s share of Landlord’s actual labor costs in connection therewith if such chilled water is consumed after -hours or (y) the charges therefor set forth in the Lease. Sub-Sub-subtenant shall pay such costs within thirty (30) days after request for payment therefor. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.3(a) above, the following Sections of the Sublease as incorporated into the Sub-Sublease and as further incorporated herein shall be modified such that all references to “Landlord” shall refer to the Landlord under the Lease and not to Sublandlord, Sub-Sublandlord or Sub-Sub-sublandlord: the first, second, third, fourth, fifth and seventh sentences of Section 7.1; Section 7.2; the first sentence of Section 7.3; the first time such word appears in the second paragraph of Section 7.3; Section 17.4; Section 17.6(g); Section 17.9; and Section 18.

(d)    Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.3(a) above, the following Sections of the Sublease as incorporated into the Sub-sublease and as further incorporated herein shall be modified such that all references to “Lease” shall refer to the Lease and not to the Sublease or the Sub-Sublease: the second time such word appears in Section 7.1; the second, third, fourth, seventh and sentences of Section 7.1; Section 7.2; the first, second, fifth sentence of Section 7.3; Section 17.4; Section 17.5; Section 17.6(a ); Section 17.6(b); Section 17.6(g); Section 17.9; Section 18; and Article 19.

(e)    Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.3(a) above, the following Sections of the Sublease as incorporated into the Sub-sublease and as further incorporated herein shall be modified such that all references to “Landlord” shall refer to Sub-Sublandlord, Sublandlord and Landlord: the first, fifth and tenth sentences of Section 7.1; the fifth sentence of Section 7.3; the last time such word appears in Section 7.3; Section 16.2; Section 17.1; Section 17.2; Section 17.3; Section 17.5; Section 17.6 ( b); Section 17.7; and Section 17.8.

 

10.


(f)    Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.3(a) above, the following Sections of the Sublease as incorporated into the Sub-sublease and as further incorporated herein shall be modified such that all references to “Lease” shall refer to the Sub-Sublease, the Sublease and the Lease: the first time such word appears in Section 7.1; the second, eighth, ninth and tenth sentences of Section 7.1; Article 9; Article 10; Section 16.2; Section 17.1; and Section 17.2.

(g)    Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.3(a) above, the following Sections of the Sublease as incorporated into the Sub-sublease and as further incorporated herein shall be modified such that all references to “Sublandlord” shall refer to Sublandlord, Sub-sublandlord and Sub-Sub-sublandlord: the second sentence of Section 7.3; and Article 9.

(h)    Subject to the terms of the Lease, the Sublease, the Sub-Sublease and the Sub-Sub-sublease, Sub-Sub-sublandlord hereby grants Sub-Sub-subtenant a non -exclusive license to access a portion of the conduit space allocated to Sub-Sub-sublandlord under the Sub-sublease (collectively, the “Conduit Space”) to run Sub-Sub-subtenant’s telecommunications lines, wiring, cabling and associated equipment (collectively, the “Wiring and Cabling”) in accordance with the following terms and conditions (it being agreed that the Conduit Space shall be in a location reasonably designated by Sub-Sub-sublandlord and reasonably acceptable to Sub-Sub-subtenant):

 

  (i)

Sub-Sub-subtenant shall obtain and pay for telecommunications services to be supplied to the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises by direct application to and arrangement with any telecommunications service provider approved by Landlord;

 

  (ii)

The license granted pursuant to this Section 6.3(h) shall terminate upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term;

 

  (iii)

Sub-Sub-subtenant, at Sub-Sub-subtenant’s sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for the installation of all Wiring and Cabling (including all telecommunications lines, connections and other systems or equipment) necessary in order to provide telecommunications services to the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises, and the costs of such service shall be paid by Sub-Sub-subtenant directly to the telecommunications service provider. The manner of installation and use of the Wiring and Cabling shall not adversely affect (A) the occupancy of other tenants or occupants of the Building, (B) Landlord’s use or operations of the Building, the common areas or premises leased to, available for lease to, other tenants or occupants of the Building or (C) the proper functioning of the Base Systems;

 

11.


  (iv)

Landlord, Sublandlord, Sub-sublandlord and Sub-Sub-sublandlord assume no responsibility either for or in connection with the installation, maintenance, or operation of the Wiring and Cabling or for the safeguarding thereof, nor shall Landlord, Sublandlord Sub-sublandlord or Sub-Sub-sublandlord be under any other obligation or liability of any kind whatsoever in connection with this Section 6.3(h) either financially or otherwise;

 

  (v)

Sub-Sub-subtenant shall comply with all applicable legal requirements and insurance requirements with respect to the Conduit Space and the Wiring and Cabling. Sub-Sub-subtenant shall obtain and maintain, at Sub-Sub-subtenant’s sole cost and expense, all licenses and permits required for the installation, maintenance, replacement and operation of any Wiring and Cabling. Within thirty (30) days after request by Landlord, Sublandlord Sub-sublandlord or Sub-Sub-sublandlord, Sub-Sub-subtenant shall deliver to Landlord, Sublandlord, Sub-sublandlord or Sub-Sub-sublandlord copies of any filings or statements which Sub-Sub-subtenant may be required to make, from time to time, with any governmental authority with respect to the use of the Conduit Space and any Wiring and Cabling within such Conduit Space;

 

  (vi)

The installation of any Wiring and Cabling within the Conduit Space shall be performed by Sub-Sub-subtenant upon and subject to the terms and conditions of the Lease, the Sublease, the Sub-Sublease, and this Sub-Sub-sublease. The method of installation, appearance, safety and operation of the Wiring and Cabling shall be subject to Landlord’s, Sublandlord’s Sub-sublandlord’s and Sub-Sub-sublandlord’s reasonable approval, which approval shall be granted or denied upon and subject to the applicable terms of the Lease, the Sublease, the Sub -sublease or this Sub-Sub-sublease. Sub-Sub-subtenant shall not alter or move any of the Wiring or Cabling or Sub-Sub-sublandlord’s wiring or cabling without Landlord’s, Sublandlord’s Sub-sublandlord’s and Sub-Sub-sublandlord’s prior approval upon and subject to the terms and conditions of the Lease, the Sublease, the Sub-sublease and this Sub-Sub-sublease;

 

  (vii)

Sub-Sub-subtenant shall not be charged any additional rental amount by Sub-Sub-sublandlord in connection with the

 

12.


  operation of the Wiring and Cabling or the use of the Conduit Space. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sub-Sub-subtenant shall be responsible for, and shall pay to Sub-Sub-sublandlord within thirty (30) days after demand therefor, as Additional Rent, all reasonable incremental out-of-pocket costs actually incurred by Sub-Sub-landlord in connection with the use of the Conduit Space by Sub-Sub-subtenant, including, without limitation, any fees payable to Landlord, Sublandlord or Sub-sublandlord in connection therewith. Sub-Sub-subtenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold harmless Sub-Sub-sublandlord from and against any and all losses, damages, penalties, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, that may be sustained or incurred by Sub-Sub-sublandlord in connection with the Conduit Space;

 

  (viii)

In the event of damage to Sub-Sub-sublandlord’s existing copper or fiber feeds, if any, resulting from Sub-Sub-subtenant’s use of the Conduit Space, Sub-Sub-subtenant will pay to Sub-Sub-sublandlord all costs and expenses and costs incurred by Sub-Sub-sublandlord to repair such feeds and restore service (it being agreed that Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall be entitled to select the vendor or vendors to perform such repairs), including, without limitation, any costs associated with overtime or union work that may be required to restore lost services, which expenses and costs shall be paid by Sub-Sub-subtenant to Sub-sublandlord within thirty (30) days after receipt by Sub-Sub-Subtenant of an invoice therefor, as Additional Rent; and

 

  (ix)

Sub-Sub-subtenant shall deliver evidence reasonably acceptable to Sub-Sub-sublandlord that the Conduit Space and the use thereof by Sub-Sub-subtenant is covered by the insurance required to be maintained by Sub-Sub-subtenant hereunder with respect to the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises.

6.4    Sub-Sub-sublease Controls. To the extent any terms or conditions of this Sub-Sub-sublease conflict with any terms or conditions of the Sub-Sublease, as between Sub-Sub-sublandlord and Sub-Sub-subtenant (but not as to Landlord, Sublandlord or Sub-Sublandlord), this Sub-Sub-sublease shall control and be prevailing.

6.5    Sub-Sublandlord, Sublandlord and Landlord Representations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any and all representations and warranties of Sub-Sublandlord set forth in the Sub-sublease, Sublandlord set forth in the Sublease or Landlord under the Lease shall be deemed to be representations and/or warranties of Sub-sublandlord, Sublandlord or Landlord, as applicable, and shall not be deemed to be representations and/or warranties of Sub-Sub-sublandlord and Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall have no liability with respect thereto.

 

13.


6.6    Sub-Sub-subtenant Submissions. All provisions of the Sub-Sublease that are incorporated herein that require Sub-Sub-sublandlord, as sub-tenant, to submit, exhibit, supply or provide to Sub-Sublandlord, as sub-sublessor, evidence, certificates, or any other matter or thing shall be deemed to require Sub-Sub-subtenant to submit, exhibit, supply or provide the same to both Sub-sublandlord and Sub-Sub-sublandlord.

7.    Electricity. Electricity is currently furnished to the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises by Landlord subject to and in accordance with Article 7 of the Lease, and such electricity is metered pursuant to one or more submeters located in, and exclusively measuring the consumption of electricity in, the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises. Sub-Sub-subtenant shall pay for electricity in accordance with Article 7 of the Lease as incorporated hereby. Sub-Sub-sublandlord will not remove any such submeters except to the extent required by Landlord or by Legal Requirements. Sub-Sub-subtenant shall pay such utility charges to Sub-Sub-sublandlord when and as the underlying obligations with respect thereto are payable by Sub-Sub-sublandlord under the Lease, Sublease and Sub-Sublease (or, if paid in the first instance by Sub-Sub-sublandlord and billed to Sub-Sub-subtenant, then reimbursed to Sub-Sub-sublandlord within thirty (30) days thereafter). Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall not redistribute electricity from the 45th floor of the Building to any other portion of the Building so that there will be less than 6 watts of actual demand load per gross square foot of the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises (exclusive of the electric required to operate the Base Systems (as defined in the Lease)). Sub-Sub-subtenant shall not utilize more than 6 watts of actual demand load per gross square foot of the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises (exclusive of electric required to operate the Base Systems), and shall have no right to increase its usage beyond such amount under Section 7.01(A) of the Lease or otherwise.

8.    Consents. Whenever the consent or approval of Landlord, Sublandlord, Sub-Sublandlord or any Superior Party is required pursuant to the terms of the Lease, Sublease, or Sub-sublease, if Landlord, Sublandlord, Sub-sublandlord or such Superior Party shall withhold its consent or approval for any reason whatsoever, Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall not be deemed to be acting unreasonably if it shall also withhold its consent or approval. If Landlord, Sublandlord or Sub-Sublandlord shall withhold its consent or approval in connection with this Sub-Sub-sublease or the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises in any instance where, under the Lease, Sublease or the Sub-Sublease, the consent or approval of Landlord, Sublandlord or Sub-sublandlord may not be unreasonably withheld, and if Sub-Sub-subtenant shall reasonably contend that Landlord, Sublandlord or Sub-sublandlord has unreasonably withheld such consent, Sub-Sub-sublandlord, upon the request and at the sole cost and expense of Sub-Sub-subtenant, shall within fifteen (15) days elect to either (i) timely institute and diligently prosecute any action or proceeding which Sub-Sub-subtenant and Sub-Sub-sublandlord, in their reasonable judgment, deem meritorious, in order to dispute such action by Landlord, Sublandlord or Sub-sublandlord, or (ii) permit Sub-Sub-subtenant, to the extent allowable under the Lease, Sublease and the Sub -sublease, to institute and prosecute such action or proceeding in the name of Sub-Sub-sublandlord, provided that Sub-Sub-subtenant shall keep Sub-Sub-sublandlord informed of its actions and shall not take any action which might give rise to a default under the Lease, Sublease or the Sub-sublease. In the event Sub-Sub-sublandlord does not timely elect either options (i) or (ii) as set forth in the previous sentence, Sub-Sub-subtenant may notify Sub-Sub-sublandlord of such failure, and if Sub-Sub-sublandlord

 

14.


does not notify Sub-Sub-subtenant of its election within five (5) Business Days following receipt of such notice, Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall be deemed to have elected option (ii) above. Sub-Sub-subtenant shall indemnify Sub-Sub-sublandlord and hold it harmless from and against all losses, damages, claims, liabilities, fines, penalties, suits, demands, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, of any nature, arising from or in connection with any action or proceeding instituted under this Article 8 and for any costs and expenses incurred by Sub-Sub-sublandlord, Sub-Sublandlord, Sublandlord or Landlord in connection with the determination of whether to grant any consent requested hereunder.

9.    Notices. Any notice, statement, demand, consent, approval, advice or other communication required or permitted to be given, rendered or made by either party to the other, pursuant to this Sub-sublease or pursuant to any applicable law or requirement of public authority (collectively, “Notices”) shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been properly given, rendered or made only if sent by (i) personal delivery, receipted by the party to whom addressed or (ii) via Federal Express overnight mail or other nationally-recognized overnight courier service, addressed to the addresses set forth below. All such Notices shall be deemed to have been given, rendered or made when delivered and receipted (or refused) by the party to whom addressed, in the case of personal delivery or on the next Business Day after the day mailed via Federal Express or other nationally-recognized overnight courier service. Either party may, by notice as aforesaid actually received, designate a different address or addresses for communications intended for it. Notices hereunder from Sub-Sub-sublandlord may be given by Sub-Sub-sublandlord’s attorney. Notices hereunder from Sub-Sub-subtenant may be given by Sub-Sub-subtenant’s attorney.

Sub-Sub-sublandlord’s address:

ideeli, Inc.

c/o MBG Consulting Inc.

980 N. Michigan Avenue

Suite 1000

Chicago, Illinois 60611-4521

Attention:

With a copy to:

Groupon Inc.

600 W. Chicago Ave.

Suite 400

Chicago, Illinois 60654

Attention Legal Department

 

15.


Sub-Sub-subtenant’s address prior to the date on which Sub-Sub-subtenant first occupies the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises for the normal conduct of its business:

Datadog, Inc.

286 Fifth Avenue

12th Floor

New York, New York 10001

Attention:

Sub-Sub-subtenant’s address from and after the date on which Sub-Sub-subtenant first occupies the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises for the normal conduct of its business:

Datadog, Inc.

620 Eighth Ave.

45th Floor

New York, New York 10018

Attention:

10.    Broker. Each party hereto covenants, warrants and represents to the other party that it has had no dealings, conversations or negotiations with any broker concerning the execution and delivery of this Sub-sublease other than CBRE and Winslow & Company LLC (collectively, the “Brokers”). Each party hereto agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the other party against and from any claims for any brokerage commissions and all costs, expenses and liabilities in connection therewith, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, arising out of the breach of its respective representations and warranties contained in this Article 10. Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall pay the fees of the Brokers pursuant to a separate agreement. The provisions of this Article 10 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Sub-Sub-sublease.

11.    Condition of the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises

11.1    Condition of the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises. Sub-Sub-subtenant represents that it has made or caused to be made a thorough examination of the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises and is familiar with the condition thereof. Sub-Sub-subtenant agrees, except as otherwise set forth in this Sub-Sub-sublease, to accept the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises in its “as is” condition on the date hereof, reasonable wear and tear between the date hereof and the Commencement Date excepted, and Sub-Sub-subtenant’s taking possession of the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises shall be conclusive evidence that the same are in satisfactory condition. Except as otherwise set forth herein, Sub-Sub-sublandlord has not made and does not make any representations or warranties as to the physical condition of the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises, the use to which the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises may be put, or any other matter or thing affecting or relating to the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises, except as specifically set forth in this Sub-Sub-sublease. Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to alter, improve, decorate or otherwise prepare the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises for Sub-Sub-subtenant’s occupancy. Any cost or expense in connection with the preparation of the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises for Sub-Sub-subtenant’s use and occupancy shall be the responsibility of Sub-Sub-subtenant, and to the extent incurred by Sub-Sub-sublandlord on Sub-Sub-subtenant’s behalf, the cost thereof shall be reimbursed or paid to Sub-Sub-sublandlord as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days after demand; provided that Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall provide Sub-Sub-subtenant with copies of such supporting documentation as is reasonably available.

 

16.


11.2    Restoration. Sub-Sub-subtenant shall not be required to restore the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises at the end of the Term, except that, notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) if any Alterations performed by Sub-Sub-subtenant (or any Person claiming by, through or under Sub-Sub-subtenant) in the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises is deemed to be a “Specialty Alteration” by Landlord under the Lease, then Sub-Sub-subtenant shall remove same at the end of the Term unless directed otherwise by Sub-Sub-sublandlord (provided that notice thereof shall have been given to Sub-Sub-subtenant after Sub-Sub-sublandlord’s receipt of such notice from Sub-sublandlord, Sublandlord or Landlord), (ii) in the event that this Sub-Sub-sublease is terminated as a result of a default by Sub-Sub-subtenant hereunder, then Sub-Sub-subtenant shall pay Sub-Sub-sublandlord, within thirty (30) days after receipt by Sub-Sub-subtenant of an invoice therefor, as Additional Rent, the reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Sub-sublandlord to restore the portion(s) of the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises affected thereby and (iii) Sub-Sub-subtenant shall deliver the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises to Sub-Sub-sublandlord on the Expiration Date in good condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

12.    Consent of Landlord, Sublandlord and Sub-sublandlord.

12.1    Conditioned Upon Consent. This Sub-Sub-sublease is subject to (and conditioned upon) the approval of Landlord, Sublandlord and Sub-Sublandlord pursuant to the provisions of Article 8 of the Lease, Section 16.2 of the Sublease and Section 12.1 of the Sub-Sublease. Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall promptly request such Consent and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the same. Following the execution and delivery hereof, Sub-Sub-sublandlord will promptly submit this Sub-Sub-sublease to Landlord, Sublandlord and Sub-Sublandlord for such approval. If such approval is not received by Sub-Sub-sublandlord within sixty (60) days after the date hereof, either Sub-Sub-sublandlord or Sub-Sub-subtenant, or if the Commencement Date has not occurred on or before that date, Sub-Sub-subtenant, may by written notice given within five (5) days after the expiration of such sixty (60) day period, cancel this Sub-Sub-sublease by notice to the other and, if such approval by the Landlord, Sublandlord and Sub-Sublandlord has not been received or the Commencement Date has not otherwise occurred prior to the cancellation date specified in such notice, this Sub-Sub-sublease and the Term shall terminate and expire on the cancellation date set forth in said notice as if such date were the Expiration Date, and neither party shall have any further obligation or liability to the other party, other than Sub-Sub-sublandlord’s obligation to promptly reimburse Sub-Sub-subtenant amounts theretofore paid by Sub-Sub-subtenant to Sub-Sub-sublandlord in respect of any prepaid Base Rent under Section 3.1 hereof, and subject to Section 17 below, to promptly return the Letter of Credit (as hereinafter defined) to Sub-Sub-subtenant. Landlord’s, Sublandlord’s and Sub-sublandlord’s approval must be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Sub-Sub-subtenant and Sub-Sub-sublandlord. Sub-Sub-subtenant shall reasonably cooperate with Sub-Sub-sublandlord to obtain such Consent and shall provide all information concerning Sub-Sub-subtenant that Sub-Sublandlord, Sublandlord or Landlord shall reasonably request (but not certified or audited financial statements), but if financial or other confidential information is requested, delivery shall be subject to the execution and delivery of a confidentiality agreement. Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall promptly notify Sub-Sub-subtenant upon Sub-Sub-sublandlord’s receipt of the Consent or the denial thereof, and promptly after receipt by Sub-Sub-sublandlord, furnish a copy of any Consent to Sub-Sub-subtenant. All costs of obtaining the Consent shall be borne by Sub-Sub-sublandlord.

 

17.


13.    Defaults; Remedies. Any defaults of Sub-Sub-subtenant shall be governed by the provisions of the Sub-Sublease as incorporated herein. In the event of a default by Sub-Sub-subtenant hereunder beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure periods, Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall be limited to the rights or remedies granted to Sub-Sub-sublandlord pursuant to the incorporation of the provisions of Article 20 of the Lease.

14.    Miscellaneous.

14.1    Entire Agreement; Successors. This Sub-Sub-sublease contains the entire agreement between the parties concerning the sub-sub-sublet of the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises and sets forth all of the covenants, promises, conditions, and understandings between Sub-Sub-sublandlord and Sub-Sub-subtenant concerning the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises. There are no oral agreements or understandings between the parties hereto affecting this Sub-Sub-sublease and this Sub-Sub-sublease supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, agreements and understandings, if any, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and none shall be used to interpret or construe this Sub-Sub-sublease. Any agreement hereafter made shall be ineffective to change, modify or discharge this Sub-Sub-sublease in whole or in part unless such agreement is in writing and signed by the parties hereto. No provision of this Sub-Sub-sublease shall be deemed to have been waived by Sub-Sub-sublandlord or Sub-Sub-subtenant unless such waiver is in writing and signed by Sub-Sub-sublandlord or Sub-Sub-subtenant, as the case may be. The covenants, agreements and rights contained in this Sub-Sub-sublease shall bind and inure to the benefit of Sub-Sub-sublandlord and Sub-Sub-subtenant and their respective permitted successors and assigns. Sub-Sub-subtenant shall not record this Sub-Sub-sublease, the Sub-sublease, the Sublease or the Lease or any instrument modifying the same.

14.2    Severability. In the event that any provision of this Sub-Sub-sublease shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Sub-Sub-sublease shall be unaffected thereby.

14.3    Headings; Capitalized Terms. The section headings appearing herein are for purpose of convenience only and are not deemed to be a part of this Sub-Sub-sublease. Capitalized terms used herein shall have the same meanings as are ascribed to them in the Sub-Sublease, unless otherwise expressly defined herein.

14.4    Binding Effect. This Sub-Sub-sublease is offered to Sub-Sub-subtenant for signature with the express understanding and agreement that this Sub-Sub-sublease shall not be binding upon Sub-Sub-sublandlord and Sub-Sub-subtenant unless and until Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall have executed and delivered a fully executed copy of this Sub-Sub-sublease to Sub-Sub-subtenant.

14.5    Insurance. All commercial liability insurance policies required to be obtained by Sub-Sub-subtenant under this Sub-Sub-sublease or the Sub-sublease (as incorporated herein) shall name Landlord, Sublandlord, Sub-sublandlord and Sub-Sub-sublandlord as additional insureds.

 

18.


14.6    Sub-Sub-sublease Supersedes. In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Sub-Sub-sublease and the Sub-sublease, the provisions of this Sub-Sub-sublease shall supersede and control; provided, however, the same shall not violate any of the terms of the Sub-sublease. Nothing contained herein shall affect the Sub-Sub-sublandlord’s rights under the Sub-sublease.

14.7    Further Assurances. The parties hereto agree that each of them, upon the request of the other party, shall execute and deliver such further documents, instruments or agreements and shall take such further action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the purpose of this Sub-Sub-sublease.

14.8    Counterparts. This Sub-Sub-sublease may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

14.9    Signage. To the extent permitted under the Consent, if at all, and subject to the terms of the Lease, the Sublease and the Sub-Sublease as affected by the Consent, provided that the Signage Threshold (as hereinafter defined) is satisfied, Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall request that Landlord, Sublandlord and Sub-sublandlord consent to Sub-Sub-subtenant installing and maintaining one Building standard sign on or near the “North Concierge Desk” in the lobby of the Building which right is provided (a) to Sub-Sub-sublandlord under Section 14.9 of the Sub-sublease and (b) to Sub-sublandlord under Section 20.9 of the Sublease. Such signage shall be in accordance with the Building standard currently in place. For purposes of this Sub-Sub-sublease, the terms (i) “Signage Threshold” means that (1) a Permitted Entity is then the Sub-Sub-subtenant under this Sub-Sub-sublease and is sub-sub-subleasing hereunder the entire Sub-Sub-sublease Premises, and (2) Permitted Entities collectively Occupy the entire Sub-Sub-sublease Premises; (ii) “Occupies” means with respect to Sub-Sub-subtenant, actual occupancy of the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises (i.e., exclusive of sub-subtenants (other than Affiliates of Sub-Sub-subtenant)) in space leased directly from Sub-Sub-sublandlord; “Occupied” and “Occupancy” shall have correlative meanings; and (iii) “Permitted Entity” shall mean the Sub-Sub-subtenant originally named herein or a Successor to the Sub-Sub-subtenant originally named herein and/or an Affiliate of the Sub-Sub-subtenant originally named herein. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the failure by Sub-Sub-sublandlord to obtain the consent to such signage for Sub-Sub-subtenant shall not be a default hereunder and shall not entitle Sub-Sub-subtenant to any abatement of rent or right to terminate this Sub-Sub-sublease.

14.10    Move-In Costs. Any costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) payable under the Lease, Sublease or the Sub-Sublease that are incurred in connection with Sub-Sub-subtenant’s preparation of the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises for Sub-Sub-subtenant’s occupancy and the move in by Sub-Sub-subtenant, including, without limitation, any and all freight elevator charges, shall be paid by Sub-Sub-subtenant to Sub-Sub-sublandlord as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice from Sub-Sub-sublandlord to Sub-Sub-subtenant evidencing such costs and/or expenses.

14.11    Condominium Documents. From and after the Condominium Conversion Date, all of the provisions of the Condominium Documents shall be deemed and taken to be covenants running with the Land, the Building and the Unit (subject and subordinate to the Ground

 

19.


Lease and the Unit Ground Lease), as though such provisions were recited and stipulated at length herein and in each and every other lease of the Unit (or to any portion of the Unit). From and after the Condominium Conversion Date, Sub-Sub-subtenant shall comply with all of the terms and provisions of the Condominium Documents relating to the use and occupancy of the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises and shall not take any action, or fail to take any action which it is obligated to perform under this Sub-Sub-sublease, which would cause Landlord, Sublandlord, Sub-Sublandlord or Sub-Sub-sublandlord to be in default or violation under any of the Condominium Documents.

14.12    Condominium Obligations. Except as hereinafter set forth, to the extent that any Condominium Board is responsible under the Condominium Documents to provide utilities or service to the Unit or to repair or restore the Common Elements, the Unit and/or the Sub-Sub-subleased Premises or any appurtenance thereto, or to take any other action which the Condominium Board is required to take under the Condominium Documents (each, a “Condominium Obligation”), Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall use its diligent good faith efforts to cause Sub-Sublandlord to cause Sublandlord to cause Landlord, at Landlord’s expense (which shall not be reimbursable by way of Operating Expenses), to cause such Condominium Board to comply with the same but neither Landlord, Sublandlord nor Sub-sublandlord shall have any obligation to provide any Condominium Obligation nor shall Landlord, Sublandlord, Sub-sublandlord or Sub-Sub-sublandlord have any liability to Sub-Sub-subtenant for the failure of any Condominium Board to provide or comply with the Condominium Obligations unless Landlord or a Landlord Entity is in control of such Condominium Board, in which event Landlord shall be liable for and shall be responsible for the performance of such Condominium Obligation. Except as expressly set forth in this Sub-Sub-sublease, neither Landlord, Sublandlord, Sub-sublandlord nor Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall have liability to Sub-Sub-subtenant for any damage which may arise, nor shall Sub-Sub-subtenant’s obligations hereunder be diminished by reason of, (i) the failure of any Condominium Board to keep, observe or perform any of its obligations pursuant to the terms of the Condominium Documents, or (ii) the acts, omissions or negligence of any Condominium Board, its agents, contractors, or employees. Neither Sub-Sub-sublandlord nor Sub-Sub-subtenant shall do anything that would constitute a default under the Condominium Documents or omit to do anything that such party is obligated to do under the terms of this Sub-Sub-sublease or the Sub-sublease so as to cause there to be a default under the Condominium Documents, or cause the other to incur any expense or liability under the Condominium Documents (and, if either party shall cause the other to incur any such expense in violation hereof, the causing party shall reimburse the other within thirty (30) days after demand).

14.13    Confidentiality. Sub-Sub-sublandlord and Sub-Sub-subtenant shall each use reasonable efforts to keep the terms of this Sub-Sub-sublease confidential, and shall not disclose the terms and conditions of this Sub-Sub-sublease to other persons, other than (i) the Brokers, (ii) Landlord, Sublandlord, Sub-sublandlord and any Superior Party or proposed Superior Party, (iii) the attorneys and financial advisors representing each party, (iv) with respect to Sub-Sub-subtenant, any proposed sub-sub-sub-subtenant of the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises or assignee of this Sub-Sub-sublease, (v) their respective lenders, potential purchasers and investors or (vi) if required to do so to enforce the terms of this Sub-Sub-sublease or as may otherwise be required to be disclosed by law or regulatory requirements or by judicial process.

 

20.


15.    Access. Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall be entitled to enter the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises at reasonable times on reasonable prior notice and in accordance with the terms of the Sub-sublease as incorporated herein by reference.

16.    Letter of Credit.

(a)    Upon execution by Sub-Sub-subtenant of this Sub-Sub-sublease, Sub-Sub-subtenant shall furnish to Sub-Sub-sublandlord, at Sub-Sub-subtenant’s sole cost and expense, a clean, irrevocable and unconditional letter of credit (the “Letter of Credit”) in the amount of Nine Hundred Seventy Seven Thousand Five Hundred Fifty-Four and 00/100 Dollars ($977,554.00) (the “Security Deposit” ) drawn in favor of Sub-Sub-sublandlord substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D, which shall be assignable, upon request, by Sub-Sub-sublandlord at no additional charge to Sub-Sub-sublandlord.

(b)    The Letter of Credit shall be issued by and drawn on Silicon Valley Bank or another commercial bank acceptable to Sub-Sub-sublandlord in its reasonable discretion and at a minimum having a long-term issuer credit rating from Standard & Poor’s Professional Rating Service of “A” or a comparable rating from Moody’s Professional Rating Service. If any other issuer’s credit rating is reduced below A, or if the financial condition of Silicon Valley Bank or any other issuer changes in a materially adverse way, then the Sub-Sub-subtenant shall obtain from a different issuer that is reasonably approved by Sub-Sub-sublandlord, a replacement Letter of Credit that complies in all respects with the requirements of this Section within twenty (20) days following such event. If the issuer of any Letter of Credit held by Sub-Sub-sublandlord is placed into receivership or conservatorship by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any successor or similar entity then, effective as of the date such receivership or conservatorship occurs, said Letter of Credit shall be deemed not to meet the requirements of this Section, and Sub-Sub-subtenant shall obtain from a different issuer that is reasonably approved by Sub-Sub-sublandlord a replacement Letter of Credit that complies in all respects with the requirements of this Section within twenty (20) days following such event. In any event, Sub-Sub-subtenant shall, unless such Letter of Credit is “evergreen”, not later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the term of the Letter of Credit or any replacement Letter of Credit, deliver to Sub-Sub-sublandlord a replacement Letter of Credit such that a Letter of Credit shall be in effect at all times after the date of this Sub-Sub-sublease until thirty (30) days beyond the end of the Term, and any extensions or renewals thereof, and thereafter so long as Sub-Sub-subtenant is in occupancy of any part of the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises. If Sub-Sub-subtenant fails to deliver to Sub-Sub-sublandlord a replacement Letter of Credit within the time limits set forth in this Section, Sub-Sub-sublandlord may, without limiting Sub-Sub-sublandlord’s other rights or remedies on account of such failure, draw down the full amount of the existing Letter of Credit without notice or demand and retain and apply the proceeds thereof as substitute security subject to the provisions of this Section. Sub-Sub-subtenant shall be responsible for the payment of any and all costs incurred with the review of any replacement Letter of Credit (including, without limitation, Sub-Sub-sublandlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements). Any and all fees or costs charged by the issuer in connection with the issuance, maintenance or transfer of the Letter of Credit shall be paid by Sub-Sub-subtenant. If a Letter of Credit is lost, mutilated, stolen or destroyed, Sub-Sub-subtenant shall cooperate with Sub-Sub-sublandlord to have the Letter of Credit replaced (but the cost to replace such Letter of Credit shall be borne by Sub-Sub-sublandlord to the extent the Letter of Credit is lost, mutilated, stolen or destroyed while in Sub-Sub-sublandlord’s possession). The Security Deposit (whether a Letter of Credit, cash or other collateral) will not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Sub-Sub-sublandlord may be entitled.

 

21.


(c)    During the Term, and thereafter so long as Sub-Sub-subtenant is in occupancy of any part of the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises, Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall hold the Letter as security for the performance by Sub-Sub-subtenant of all obligations on the part of Sub-Sub-subtenant hereunder. If Sub-Sub-subtenant defaults hereunder beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure periods and such default remains uncured, or if Sub-Sub-subtenant remains in occupancy of any part of the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises beyond the expiration of the Term, then Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall have the right from time to time, without notice and without prejudice to any other remedy Sub-Sub-sublandlord may have on account thereof, and upon presentation of a certificate of demand, to draw upon any Letter of Credit and apply any funds so drawn to Sub-Sub-sublandlord’s damages arising from, or to cure, such default, holdover by Sub-Sub-subtenant or default by such subtenant, whether such damages accrue before or after summary proceedings or other reentry by Sub-Sub-sublandlord. If Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall so apply any funds, Sub-Sub-subtenant shall immediately restore the Letter of Credit to the face amount required hereunder. If after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Sub-Sub-subtenant has vacated the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises and there then exists no default by Sub-Sub-subtenant in any of the terms or conditions hereof, Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall promptly return the Letter of Credit, or, if applicable, the remaining proceeds thereof, to Sub-Sub-subtenant (which obligation shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Sub-Sub-sublease). If Sub-Sub-sublandlord conveys Sub-Sub-sublandlord’s interest under this Sub-Sub-sublease, any Letter of Credit or, if applicable, the proceeds thereof, shall be turned over and assigned by Sub-Sub-sublandlord to Sub-Sub-sublandlord’s grantee (or, at Sub-Sub-sublandlord’s election, Sub-Sub-subtenant shall furnish Sub-Sub-sublandlord’s successor with a new replacement Letter of Credit showing such successor as payee, provided that the original Letter of Credit then outstanding shall be simultaneously returned to Sub-Sub-subtenant). From and after any such transfer, assignment or return, Sub-Sub-subtenant agrees to look solely to such grantee for proper application of the funds in accordance with the terms of this Section and the return thereof in accordance herewith. None of Landlord, Sublandlord, Sub-Sublandlord or any mortgagee shall be responsible to Sub-Sub-subtenant for the return or application of any such Letter of Credit, or, if applicable, the proceeds thereof, whether or not it succeeds to the position of Sub-Sub-sublandlord hereunder, unless such Letter of Credit shall have been received in hand by, and assigned to, Landlord, Sublandlord, Sub-Sublandlord or such mortgagee.

(d)    If Sub-Sub-subtenant shall fail to deliver the Letter of Credit or any replacement Letter of Credit to Sub-Sub-sublandlord within five (5) Business Days after receipt by Sub-Sub-subtenant of a notice thereof from Sub-Sub-sublandlord, then the same shall be deemed to be an immediate default hereunder, entitling Sub-Sub-sublandlord to exercise all remedies available under Article 20 of the Lease as incorporated herein by reference.

17.    Sub-Sublandlord Furniture. From and after the Commencement Date and thereafter at all times during the Term, Sub-Sub-subtenant shall have the right, without charge, to use the furniture and fixtures (collectively, the “Sub-sublandlord Furniture”) listed on Exhibit E attached hereto (including, without limitation, any televisions, video monitors and related equipment listed on said Exhibit E). The Sub-sublandlord Furniture is being made available to Sub-Sub-subtenant without representation or warranty by Sub-Sub-sublandlord as to its condition,

 

22.


state of repair or suitability for Sub-Sub-subtenant’s use, or any other matter related thereto, and Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall have no liability or obligations of any nature whatsoever to Sub-Sub-subtenant with respect to the Sub-sublandlord Furniture (including, without limitation, any obligation to repair, maintain or replace same at any time during the Term). Sub-Sub-subtenant agrees to maintain the Sub-sublandlord Furniture in good condition throughout the Term (subject to ordinary wear and tear and fire and other casualty and subject to the proviso set forth in the next sentence). The Sub-sublandlord Furniture shall be and remain the property of Sub-sublandlord during the Term; provided that if certain items of Sub-sublandlord Furniture are no longer desired by Sub-Sub-subtenant for use in the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises, Sub-Sub-subtenant, at Sub-Sub-subtenant’s option on written notice to Sub-Sublandlord and Sub-Sub-sublandlord, may remove such items from the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises and dispose of them at Sub-Sub-subtenant’s sole cost and expense. Sub-Sub-subtenant hereby agrees to indemnify and hold Sub-sublandlord and Sub-Sub-sublandlord harmless from and against any claims arising in connection with the removal of any items of Sub-Sublandlord Furniture from the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises by Sub-Sub-subtenant or its agents, contractors or employees or any injury to person or property in connection with the use of the Sub-sublandlord Furniture. On the Expiration Date, Sub-Sub-subtenant shall at Sub-Sub-subtenant’s option purchase the Sub-Sublandlord Furniture for one dollar ($1.00), provided that (i) Sub-Sub-subtenant has delivered a written notice to Sub-Sub-sublandlord of Sub-Sub-subtenant’s desire to purchase the Sub-sublandlord Furniture at least one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the Expiration Date and (ii) if this Sub-Sub-sublease shall terminate early due to a default of Sub-Sub-subtenant hereunder, then Sub-Sub-subtenant shall not have any right to purchase the Sub-sublandlord Furniture, but Sub-Sub-sublandlord may, in its sole discretion, require that Sub-Sub-subtenant remove the Sub-sublandlord Furniture from the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises at Sub-Sub-subtenant’s sole cost and expense. Sub-Sub-subtenant agrees to carry at Sub-Sub-subtenant’s sole cost and expense fire and casualty insurance on the Sub-sublandlord Furniture in an amount equal to its replacement value and to name Sub-sublandlord and Sub-Sub-sublandlord as additional insureds on such insurance policy (it being agreed that the provisions of Section 16.08A of the Lease hereby apply to Sub-Sub-subtenant’s insurance as if fully incorporated herein). Sub-Sub-sublandlord and Sub-Sub-subtenant agree to treat Sub-sublandlord as the owner of the Sub-sublandlord Furniture for Federal, State and local income tax purposes until the Sub-sublandlord Furniture becomes the property of Sub-Sub-subtenant upon the Expiration Date or, if so elected by Sub-Sub-sublandlord, upon the earlier termination of this Sub-Sub-sublease. No portion of the Rental due hereunder shall be deemed for any purpose paid on account of the conveyance or leasing of the Sub-sublandlord Furniture. Sub-Sub-subtenant shall pay when due all sales taxes, if any, imposed by the City or State of New York in connection with the transfer of the Sub-sublandlord Furniture to Sub-Sub-subtenant on the Expiration Date. If Sub-Sub-subtenant elects to purchase the Sub-sublandlord Furniture, Sub-Sub-subtenant shall be required to remove the Sub-sublandlord Furniture upon the Expiration Date at its sole cost and expense. If Sub-Sub-subtenant does not elect to purchase the Sub-sublandlord Furniture, it shall not be required to remove the Sub-sublandlord Furniture upon the Expiration Date. The provisions of this Section 17 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Sub-Sub-sublease.

18.    Sub-Sub-Sublandlord Furniture. From and after the Commencement Date and thereafter at all times during the Term, Sub-Sub-subtenant shall have the right, without charge, to use the furniture and fixtures (collectively, the “Sub-Sub-sublandlord Furniture”) listed on Exhibit F attached hereto (including, without limitation, any televisions, video monitors and related equipment listed on said Exhibit F). The Sub-Sub-sublandlord Furniture is being made

 

23.


available to Sub-Sub-subtenant without representation or warranty by Sub-Sub-sublandlord as to its condition, state of repair or suitability for Sub-Sub-subtenant’s use, or any other matter related thereto, and Sub-Sub-sublandlord shall have no liability or obligations of any nature whatsoever to Sub-Sub-subtenant with respect to the Sub-Sub-sublandlord Furniture (including, without limitation, any obligation to repair, maintain or replace same at any time during the Term). Sub-Sub-subtenant agrees to maintain the Sub-Sub-sublandlord Furniture in good condition throughout the Term (subject to ordinary wear and tear and fire and other casualty and subject to the proviso set forth in the next sentence). The Sub-Sub-sublandlord Furniture shall be and remain the property of Sub-Sub-sublandlord during the Term; provided that if certain items of Sub-Sub-sublandlord Furniture are no longer desired by Sub-Sub-subtenant for use in the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises, Sub-Sub-subtenant, at Sub-Sub-subtenant’s option on written notice to Sub-Sub-sublandlord, may remove such items from the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises and dispose of them at Sub-Sub-subtenant’s sole cost and expense. Sub-Sub-subtenant hereby agrees to indemnify and hold Sub-Sub-sublandlord harmless from and against any claims arising in connection with the removal of any items of Sub-Sub-Sublandlord Furniture from the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises by Sub-Sub-subtenant or its agents, contractors or employees or any injury to person or property in connection with the use of the Sub-Sub-sublandlord Furniture. On the Expiration Date, Sub-Sub-subtenant shall purchase the Sub-Sub-Sublandlord Furniture for one dollar ($1.00), provided that if this Sub-Sub-sublease shall terminate early due to a default of Sub-Sub-subtenant hereunder, then Sub-Sub-subtenant shall not have any right to purchase the Sub-Sub-sublandlord Furniture, but Sub-Sub-sublandlord may, in its sole discretion, require that Sub-Sub-subtenant remove the Sub-Sub-sublandlord Furniture from the Sub-Sub-sublease Premises at Sub-Sub-subtenant’s sole cost and expense. Sub-Sub-subtenant agrees to carry at Sub-Sub-subtenant’s sole cost and expense fire and casualty insurance on the Sub-Sub-sublandlord Furniture in an amount equal to its replacement value and to name Sub-Sub-sublandlord as additional insured on such insurance policy (it being agreed that the provisions of Section 16.08A of the Lease hereby apply to Sub-Sub-subtenant’s insurance as if fully incorporated herein). Sub-Sub-sublandlord and Sub-Sub-subtenant agree to treat Sub-Sub-sublandlord as the owner of the Sub-Sub-sublandlord Furniture for Federal, State and local income tax purposes until the Sub-Sub-sublandlord Furniture becomes the property of Sub-Sub-subtenant upon the Expiration Date or, if so elected by Sub-Sub-sublandlord, upon the earlier termination of this Sub-Sub-sublease. No portion of the Rental due hereunder shall be deemed for any purpose paid on account of the conveyance or leasing of the Sub-Sub-sublandlord Furniture. Sub-Sub-subtenant shall pay when due all sales taxes, if any, imposed by the City or State of New York in connection with the transfer of the Sub-Sub-sublandlord Furniture to Sub-Sub-subtenant on the Expiration Date. Sub-Sub-subtenant shall be required to remove the Sub-Sub-sublandlord Furniture upon the Expiration Date at its sole cost and expense. The provisions of this Section 17 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Sub-Sub-sublease.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

24.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Sub-Sub-sublandlord and Sub-Sub-subtenant have duly executed this Sublease as of the day and year first above written.

 

SUB-SUB-SUBLANDLORD:
IDEELI INC.
By:  

/s/ Brian Kayman

  Name: Brian Kayman
  Title: VP

 

SUB-SUB-SUBTENANT:
DATADOG, INC.
By:  

/s/ Olivier Pomel

  Name: Olivier Pomel
  Title: CEO

 

25.


EXHIBIT A

REDACTED LEASE


EXHIBIT B

REDACTED SUBLEASE

 

Exhibit B-1


EXHIBIT C

REDACTED SUB-SUBLEASE

 

Exhibit C-1


EXHIBIT D

LETTER OF CREDIT

 

Exhibit D-1


EXHIBIT E

SUB-SUBLANDLORD FURNITURE


EXHIBIT F

SUB-SUB-SUBLANDLORD FURNITURE

 

31.

EX-10.10

Exhibit 10.10

AGREEMENT OF SUB-SUBLEASE

This AGREEMENT OF SUB-SUBLEASE (this “Sub-sublease”), made as of the 18th day of     September, 2017, between BT AMERICAS INC., a Delaware corporation (“Sub-sublandlord”), and DATADOG, INC, a Delaware corporation (“Sub-subtenant”).

RECITALS:

A.    WHEREAS, by that certain Lease dated August 16, 2006 (the “Lease”), between FC Eighth Ave., LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), as landlord, and Legg Mason, Inc., a Maryland corporation (“Legg”), as tenant, a redacted copy of which has been delivered to Sub-subtenant, Landlord leased to Legg all of the rentable square feet on the entire 45th, 46th, 47th, 48th, 49th and 50th floors, as well as certain roof top space and storage space (collectively, the “Lease Premises”) of the building located at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York (the “Building”), as more particularly set forth in the Lease;

B.    WHEREAS, the interest of Landlord in the Building is subject and subordinate to, among other things, the terms and provisions of the Ground Lease and the Condominium Documents (as such terms are defined in the Lease);

C.    WHEREAS, by that certain Assignment and Assumption of Lease dated August 16, 2006 between Legg and Clearbridge Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Sublandlord”), a copy of which is attached to the Lease, Legg assigned its interest under the Lease to Sublandlord;

D.    WHEREAS, by that certain Agreement of Sublease dated as of April 8, 2008 (the “Sublease”), a redacted copy of which has been delivered to Sub-subtenant, Sublandlord subleased to Sub-sublandlord, a portion of the Lease Premises consisting of all of the rentable square feet on the entire 45th and 46th floors of the Building (the “Sublease Premises”); and

E.    WHEREAS, Sub-sublandlord hereby desires to sub-sublease a portion of the Sublease Premises consisting of all of the rentable square feet on the entire 46th floor of the Building (the “Sub-sublease Premises”) to Sub-subtenant and Sub-subtenant desires to hire the Sub-sublease Premises from Sub-sublandlord on the terms and conditions contained herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, it is mutually agreed as follows:

1.    Sub-subleasing of the Sub-sublease Premises. Sub-sublandlord hereby sub-subleases to Sub-subtenant, and Sub-subtenant hereby hires from Sub-sublandlord, the Sub-sublease Premises, upon and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

2.    Term.

2.1    Commencement and Expiration Dates. The term (the “Term”) of this Sub-sublease shall (x) with respect to the portion of the Sub-Sublease Premises indicated as Space A on Exhibit A attached hereto, commence on the date (the “Space A Commencement Date”) upon which Landlord and Sublandlord shall execute and deliver a Consent Agreement to this Sub-

 

-1-


sublease reasonably acceptable to all parties (the “Consent”) and possession of the Sub-sublease Premises is delivered to Sub-subtenant in the condition required by this Sub-sublease, with all items required to be delivered on the Space A Commencement Date and (y) with respect to the portion of the Sub-sublease Premises indicated as Space B on Exhibit A attached hereto, and provided the Consent has been obtained, commence on April 1, 2018 (the “Space B Commencement Date”), provided, however, that within Sub-sublandlord’s discretion, and with Sub-subtenant’s obligation to consent to the following, (i) Sub-sublandlord may adjourn that April 1, 2018 date to June 1, 2018 by notice to Sub-subtenant not later than January 31, 2018; or (ii) Sub-sublandlord may advance the April 1, 2018 date at its discretion by notice to Sub-subtenant no later than thirty (30) days prior to the new Space B Commencement Date. Time shall be of the essence with respect to any notice required pursuant to the prior sentence. With respect to the entire Sub-sublease Premises (i.e., Space A and Space B), the Term of this Sub-sublease shall terminate on December 28, 2023, or on such earlier date upon which the Term shall expire or be canceled or terminated pursuant to any of the conditions or covenants of this Sub-sublease, the Sublease or the Lease (with respect to any termination of the Lease or the Sublease, subject to the terms hereof), or pursuant to law (the “Expiration Date”). Sub-subtenant shall not have any option to extend the Term. Sub-sublandlord shall deliver possession of Space A to Sub-subtenant on the Space A Commencement Date and Space B on the Space B Commencement Date in their current “as is”, broom-clean condition, reasonable wear and tear from the date hereof excepted, vacant and free of all personal property (other than Sub-sublandlord’s Furniture (as such term is hereinafter defined)) and with all cabling disconnected within the IT room.

2.2    Failure to Deliver Possession.

(a)    If Sub-sublandlord is unable or fails to deliver possession of either Space on the applicable Commencement Date, except as provided in this Section 2.2 hereof (i) Sub-sublandlord shall not be subject to any liability for failure to give possession, (ii) Sub-subtenant waives the right to recover any damages which may result from such failure to give possession, and such failure shall in no way affect the obligations of Sub-subtenant hereunder nor shall the same be construed in any way to extend the Term, (iii) Sub-subtenant shall have no right to rescind this Sub-sublease and Sub-subtenant agrees that the provision of this Section 2.2 shall constitute an “express provision to the contrary” within the meaning of Section 223(a) of the New York Real Property Law, and (iv) the applicable Commencement Date shall be postponed until the date of notice given to Sub-subtenant stating that such Space is ready for delivery to Sub-subtenant and the conditions set forth in Section 2.1 hereof have been satisfied.

(b)    Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.2(a) hereof, subject to delays due to Force Majeure and Sub-subtenant Delays, in the event possession of Space A is not delivered to Sub-subtenant on the Space A Commencement Date or that possession of Space B is not delivered to Sub-subtenant on the Space B Commencement Date, in either event in the condition required by this Sub-sublease, as the sole remedy of Sub-subtenant (but subject to the provisions of Section 2.2(c) hereof), then so long as Sub-subtenant shall not be in default hereunder beyond the expiration of all applicable notice and cure periods, Sub-subtenant shall be entitled to an additional credit against the Base Rent payable hereunder with respect to the applicable Space equal to twice the per diem Base Rent applicable thereto for the number of days possession is delayed.

 

-2-


(c)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event that possession of either Space, in the condition required by this Sub-sublease, is not delivered to Sub-subtenant by the 30th day following the relevant Commencement Date, subject to delays due to Force Majeure and Sub-subtenant Delays, then Sub-subtenant may terminate this Sub-sublease upon written notice to Sub-sublandlord at any time prior to the date possession is delivered, in which case neither party shall have any further obligation to the other party hereunder, except that Sub-sublandlord, as liquidated damages, shall pay to Sub-subtenant an amount (the “Termination Payment”) equal to the cost of Sub-subtenant’s Initial Work (as defined in Section 2.3 hereof) and the reasonable, documented legal fees incurred by Sub-subtenant in connection with this Sub-sublease (it being agreed that Sub-subtenant shall not be entitled to any other rights, remedies or damages in connection herewith). Sub-sublandlord shall pay the Termination Payment to Sub-subtenant within sixty (60) days after Sub-subtenant delivers notice to Sub-sublandlord terminating this Sub-sublease.

2.3    Sub-subtenant’s Initial Work. Sub-subtenant shall, at its expense (except as provided in Section 3.1) (a) as soon as practicable following the Space A Commencement Date, separately demise Space A and Space B as shown in Exhibit A, which Exhibit shall be revised by mutual agreement of the Parties to provide additional details relating to the separation of Space A and Space B, (b) as soon as possible following the Space B Commencement Date, convert the CEC/Showcase Area shown on the second page of Exhibit A attached hereto to office space with finishes consistent with the balance of the Sub-Sublease Premises (collectively, the “Initial Work”) and (c) as soon as practicable following completion of the Initial Work, deliver to Sub-sublandlord invoices evidencing the cost of the Initial Work (including all hard and soft costs). Sub-subtenant shall not have the right to perform any Initial Work unless and until Sub-sublandlord has been given a reasonable opportunity to review all initial plans of the Initial Work, contractors and associated costs and has given its written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld and shall be given or denied promptly but in no more than ten (10) business days after they are submitted to Sub-sublandlord. Nothing contained herein shall preclude any other approvals required pursuant to the Lease and Sublease. The Parties will coordinate the timing of elements of the Initial Work so as to minimize disruption (e.g., noise, dust, odors, access to Space B) to Sub-sublandlord’s operations during the Initial Work, and the Parties shall mutually agree to accommodations to minimize such disruptions, including but not limited to having the work performed outside of normal business hours or having Sub-sublandlord personnel work from home on a particular day as agreed. The Sub-subtenant will also promptly make Sub-sublandlord aware of any non-de minimis changes to the initial plans, and the parties will resolve in good faith any issues or concerns identified by Sub-sublandlord with respect to those changes.

3.    Rent and Other Charges.

3.1    Base Rent.

(a)    From and after the Space A Commencement Date, Sub-subtenant shall pay to Sub-sublandlord, as rent for Space A, base annual rent of $792,000.00 (“Space A Base Rent”) and from and after the Space B Commencement Date, Sub-subtenant shall pay Sub-sublandlord as rent for the entire Sub-sublease Premises, base annual rent of $3,221,955.00 (combined, the “Base Rent”). Base Rent shall be payable in equal monthly installments, in advance on or prior to the first day of each month, as follows:

 

-3-


(b)    If Base Rent for either Space A or the entire Sub-sublease Premises shall commence on a date other than the first (1st) day of any calendar month, the applicable Base Rent payable hereunder for such month shall be prorated on a per diem basis and shall be paid on the date the applicable Base Rent commences. If the Expiration Date shall occur on any date other than the last day of a calendar month, Base Rent for such month shall be prorated on a per diem basis based on the number of days in the Term occurring in such month.

(c)    Promptly after each Commencement Date is determined, Sub-sublandlord and Sub-subtenant, at either Sub-sublandlord’s or Sub-subtenant’s request, shall execute an agreement setting forth each of the above dates. Sub-subtenant’s or Sub-sublandlord’s failure or refusal to sign the same shall in no event affect the determination of such dates or either party’s obligations hereunder.

(d)    Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, the Base Rent for the entire Sub-sublease Premises shall not be payable for the period of five months following the Space B Commencement Date (in addition to any additional credits pursuant hereto).

(e)    In addition to any credit that may be due to Sub-subtenant pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof, commencing April 1, 2019 Sub-subtenant shall be given a credit against the entire Base Rent equal to the reasonable costs of the Initial Work as approved by Sub-sublandlord pursuant to Section 2.3, provided that such credit shall not exceed five months of Base Rent.

3.2    Additional Rent. In addition to Base Rent, Sub-subtenant shall pay to Sub-sublandlord when due all other amounts payable by Sub-subtenant to Sub-sublandlord under the provisions of this Sub-sublease (collectively, “Additional Rent”); provided that Sub-sublandlord shall have delivered to Sub-subtenant reasonable backup documentation showing that Sub-sublandlord shall have incurred such amounts. Additional Rent shall include any and all amounts other than Base Rent payable hereunder, which, by the terms of the Sublease, as incorporated herein, would become due and payable by the Subtenant thereunder to Sublandlord as additional rent or otherwise and which would not have become due and payable but for the acts, requests for services, and/or failures to act of Sub-subtenant, its agents, officers, representatives, employees, servants, contractors, invitees, licensees or visitors under this Sub-sublease, including, but not limited to: (i) any increases in Landlord’s or Sublandlord’s fire, rent or other insurance premiums resulting from any act or omission of Sub-subtenant, (ii) any charges on account of Sub-subtenant’s use of heating, ventilation or air-conditioning or condenser water, (iii) any charges to Sub-sublandlord or Sub-subtenant on account of Sub-subtenant’s use of special cleaning and freight elevator services or for overtime or other extra services requested or required by Sub-subtenant, and (iv) any review, approval or other fees charged by Sublandlord under the Sublease, or Landlord under the Lease on account of Sub-subtenant. Following Sub-subtenant’s receipt of any services for which such Additional Rent would be payable and receipt by Sub-sublandlord of any statement or written demand from Sublandlord or Landlord for payment of any such Additional Rent, Sub-sublandlord will furnish Sub-subtenant with a copy of such statement or demand, together with a statement of the amount of any such Additional Rent. Sub-subtenant shall pay to Sub-sublandlord the amount of any Additional Rent payable under this Sub-sublease at least two (2) Business Days prior to the date on which payment thereof is due under the applicable provision of the Sublease (provided that such statement or demand shall have been delivered to Sub-subtenant). The obligations of Sub-subtenant to pay Base Rent and Additional Rent hereunder shall survive the expiration or termination of this Sub-sublease.

 

-4-


3.3    Escalation Rent. Notwithstanding any provision of this Sub-sublease (or any provision of the Sublease incorporated herein) to the contrary, Sub-sublandlord, not Sub-subtenant, shall timely pay any Escalation Rent, including any Tax Payment, Operating Expense and BID Payment pursuant to the Sublease (it being intended that Sub-subtenant shall have no obligation to pay any Escalation Rent).

3.4    Electricity Charges. From and after each Commencement Date, except as provided in this Section, Sub-subtenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, one hundred percent (100%) of all of the amounts (including, without limitation, any administrative charges or other markups as provided by the terms of the Lease) which Sub-sublandlord is required to pay for electricity for the relevant Space pursuant to the Sublease, including all taxes and surcharges, as such amount may be increased or decreased from time to time pursuant to the Sublease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sub-subtenant shall not be required to pay, and Sub-sublandlord shall timely pay, all charges for electricity in excess of (a) until the day immediately preceding the Space B Commencement Date, $18,000.00 per annum for Space A and (b) from and after the Space B Commencement date, $73,226.25 per annum for the entire Sub-sublease Premises.

3.5    Interest on Late Payments. If Sub-subtenant shall fail to pay when due any installment of Base Rent, Additional Rent or other costs, charges and sums payable by Sub-subtenant hereunder (such Additional Rent or other costs, charges and sums, together with Base Rent, hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Rental”) Sub-subtenant shall pay to Sub-sublandlord, as Additional Rent, interest on such payments in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.03 of the Lease, as incorporated hereby (including the grace periods set forth in that Section, as the same may be shortened hereby).

3.6    Address for Payment. All Rental shall constitute rent under this Sub-sublease, and shall be payable to Sub-sublandlord at its address as set forth in Article 9 hereof, unless Sub-sublandlord shall otherwise so direct in writing.

3.7    No Set Off. Sub-subtenant shall promptly pay the Rental as and when the same shall become due and payable without set off, offset or deduction of any kind whatsoever, except as expressly set forth or incorporated herein, and, in the event of Sub-subtenant’s failure to pay the same when due (subject to any notice, cure and/or grace periods provided herein or in the Lease (as incorporated herein by reference)), Sub-sublandlord shall have all of the rights and remedies provided for herein in the case of non-payment of rent.

3.8    No Waiver. Sub-sublandlord’s failure during the Term to prepare and deliver any statements or bills required to be delivered to Sub-subtenant hereunder, or Sub-sublandlord’s failure to make a demand under this Sub-sublease shall not in any way be deemed to be a waiver of, or cause Sub-sublandlord to forfeit or surrender its rights to collect any Rental which may have become due pursuant to this Sub-sublease during the Term. Sub-subtenant’s liability for Rental due under this Sub-sublease accruing during the Term shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Sub-sublease. No payment by Sub-subtenant or receipt by Sub-sublandlord of any lesser amount than the amount stipulated to be paid hereunder shall be

 

-5-


deemed other than on account of the earliest stipulated rent or Additional Rent; nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or letter be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Sub-sublandlord may accept any check or payment without prejudice to Sub-sublandlord’s right to recover the balance due or to pursue any other remedy available to Sub-sublandlord.

3.9    Rent Disputes. Sub-sublandlord shall promptly furnish to Sub-subtenant a copy of each notice or statement from Landlord, Sublandlord affecting the Sub-sublease Premises, excluding, Tax Statements, BID Statements and Operating Expense Statements. If Sub-sublandlord disputes the correctness of any such notice or statement (or if Sub-subtenant disputes the correctness and requests that Sub-sublandlord dispute the notice or statement in accordance with the provisions of this Sub-sublease) and if such dispute is resolved in Sub-sublandlord’s favor, or if Sub-sublandlord shall receive any refund of Additional Rent without a dispute, Sub-sublandlord shall promptly pay to Sub-subtenant any refund received by Sub-sublandlord in respect (but only to the extent) of any related payments of Additional Rent made by Sub-subtenant less any amounts theretofore received by Sub-subtenant directly from Sublandlord or Landlord and relating to such refund (after deducting from the amount of any such refund a proportionate amount of all expenses, including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by Sub-sublandlord in resolving such dispute, calculated based on the percentage of the total amount of such refund which is payable to Sub-subtenant), provided that, pending the final determination of any such dispute (by agreement or otherwise), Sub-subtenant shall pay the full amount of Base Rent and Additional Rent in accordance with this Sub-sublease and the applicable statement or notice of Sublandlord. If Sub-subtenant requests that Sub-sublandlord dispute the correctness of any such notice or statement, but Sub-sublandlord does not agree with such dispute, then Sub-sublandlord shall do so at Sub-subtenant’s sole cost and expense. Sub-subtenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold harmless Sub-sublandlord from and against any and all losses, damages, penalties, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, which may be sustained or incurred by Sub-sublandlord by reason of Sub-sublandlord objecting to or disputing any notice or statement on Sub-subtenant’s behalf and at Sub-subtenant’s request.

4.    Use. Sub-subtenant shall use and occupy the Sub-sublease Premises for administrative, general and executive offices, and for such incidental and ancillary uses which are usual and customary in Comparable Buildings, and for no other purpose and otherwise in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Sublease and Lease and all applicable laws, including, without limitation, the restrictions set forth in Section 5.02 of the Lease.

5.    Covenants with Respect to the Lease and the Sublease.

5.1    Sub-subtenant Covenants. Sub-subtenant does hereby expressly assume and agree to perform and comply with, with regard to the Sub-sublease Premises, each and every obligation of Sub-sublandlord under the Sublease that is not contradicted or superseded by a term of this Sub-sublease, and Sub-subtenant shall not do, or permit to be done, anything that would result in an increase in any of the rents, additional rents, or any other sums or charges payable by Sub-sublandlord under the Sublease or any other obligation or liability of Sub-sublandlord under the Sublease (except to the extent Sub-subtenant agrees to pay such costs) or anything that would constitute a default under the Lease or Sublease, or omit to do anything that Sub-subtenant is obligated to do under the terms of this Sub-sublease, the Sublease or the Lease so as to cause there

 

-6-


to be a default under the Sublease or Lease or cause the Sublease or Lease to be terminated it being agreed, however, that Sub-subtenant shall have no obligation to comply with any provision of the Lease or the Sublease that shall have been redacted and/or not provided to Sub-subtenant or not incorporated into this Sub-sublease.

5.2    Sub-sublandlord Covenants. Sub-sublandlord agrees to maintain the Sublease during the entire term of this Sub-sublease, subject, however, to any earlier termination of the Sublease without the fault of the Sub-sublandlord. Sub-sublandlord shall timely pay to Sublandlord all Rent, Escalation Rent and other sums which are due under the Sublease and Sub-sublandlord shall not do, or permit to be done, anything that would result in an increase in any of the rents, additional rents, or any other sums or charges payable by Sub-subtenant under this Sub-sublease or any other obligation or liability of Sub-subtenant under this Sub-sublease or anything that would constitute a default under the Sublease or omit to do anything that Sub-sublandlord is obligated to do under the terms of this Sub-sublease, the Sublease or the Lease so as to cause there to be a default under the Sublease or the Lease or cause the Sublease or the Lease to be terminated. Sub-sublandlord shall not voluntarily surrender the Sublease, or voluntarily cause the termination of the Sublease, unless Sublandlord agrees to enter into a direct sublease of the Sub-sublease Premises with Sub-subtenant under the same terms and conditions as this Sub-sublease, except in the event such voluntary surrender or termination is the result of a casualty or condemnation, in which case the provisions regarding Landlord’s, Sublandlord’s, Sub-sublandlord’s and Sub-subtenant’s respective rights regarding casualty and condemnation shall be governed by the provisions of Article 17 and 18 of the Lease, as incorporated herein by reference. Sub-sublandlord shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold harmless Sub-subtenant from and against any and all losses, damages, penalties, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, which may be sustained or incurred by Sub-subtenant by reason of Sub-sublandlord’s default under the Sublease, except to the extent caused or resulting from any act, omission, negligence or willful misconduct of Sub-subtenant or any other occupant of the Sub-sublease Premises.

5.3    Time Limits. The time limits set forth in the Sublease for the giving of notices, making demands, performance of any act, condition or covenant, or the exercise of any right, remedy or option, are changed for the purpose of this Sub-sublease by shortening the same in each instance so that notices shall be given, demands made, or any act, condition or covenant performed, or any right, remedy or option hereunder exercised by Sub-subtenant as the case may be within two (2) Business Days prior to the expiration of the time limit, after taking into account the maximum notice, cure and/or grace period, if any, relating thereto contained in the Sublease with respect to such matter; provided, however, the provisions of this Section 5.3 shall not apply with respect to any specific dates set forth herein (e.g., Sub-subtenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent on the first (1st) day of each calendar month). Each party shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, deliver to the other party copies of all notices, requests or demands which relate to the Sub-sublease Premises or the use or occupancy thereof after receipt of same from Sublandlord or Landlord or any of their respective affiliates or the Building manager (it being agreed that Sub-subtenant shall not be required to pay any sum of money (other than Base Rent) to Sub-sublandlord hereunder unless and until Sub-subtenant shall have received written notice that such sum is due).

5.4    Sub-sublandlord Representations. Sub-sublandlord represents to Sub-subtenant that the Sublease is in full force and effect and that to the best of Sub-sublandlord’s

 

-7-


knowledge, no default exists on the part of any party to the Sublease. Sub-sublandlord acknowledges that the Sublease previously delivered to Sub-subtenant is a true and correct redacted copy of the Sublease and that the Sublease has not been amended or modified. To Sub-sublandlord’s actual knowledge, the copy of the redacted Lease previously delivered to Sub-subtenant (i) is a true and correct redacted copy of the Lease, (ii) has not been amended or modified, and (iii) is in full force and effect. Sub-sublandlord is not aware of any circumstances which, with the passage of time or notice or both, will give rise to a default by Sub-sublandlord or Sublandlord under the Sublease.

6.    Subordination to and Incorporation of the Sub-sublease, Sublease, Lease, Condominium Documents and Ground Lease.

6.1    Subordination. Sub-subtenant hereby acknowledges that it has read and is familiar with the provisions of the Lease, and the Sublease and agrees that this Sub-sublease is in all respects subject and subordinate to the terms and conditions of the Lease and Sublease and to all matters to which the Lease, and Sublease is or shall be subject and subordinate, including, without limitation, the Superior Instruments (as defined in the Sublease). In addition, this Sub-sublease shall also be subject to any amendments, modifications or supplements to the Lease or Sublease hereafter made, provided that Sub-sublandlord shall not enter into any amendment, modification or supplement that would adversely affect Sub-subtenant or the Sub-sublease Premises. Sub-subtenant shall not in any event have any rights in respect of the Sub-sublease Premises greater than Sub-sublandlord’s rights to such space under the Sublease. Sub-subtenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold harmless Sub-sublandlord from and against any and all losses, damages, penalties, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, which may be sustained or incurred by Sub-sublandlord by reason of Sub-subtenant’s failure to keep, observe or perform any of the terms, provisions, covenants, conditions and obligations set forth or incorporated in this Sub-sublease, or otherwise arising out of or with respect to Sub-subtenant’s use and occupancy of the Sub-sublease Premises from and after each Commencement Date, except to the extent resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of Sub-sublandlord or its agents, affiliates, employees, contractors or other sub-subtenants or occupants of the Sublease Premises. The provisions of this Section 6.1 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, the Sublease, and/or this Sub-sublease.

6.2    Termination of Lease or Sublease. In the event of a permitted termination, reentry or dispossess by Sublandlord under the Sublease or Landlord under the Lease, Sublandlord or Landlord may, at its option, either terminate this Sub-sublease or take over all of the right, title and interest of Sub-sublandlord under this Sub-sublease, and Sub-subtenant shall, at Sublandlord’s or Landlord’s option, attorn to Sublandlord or Landlord, as applicable, pursuant to the provisions of this Sub-sublease, except that Sublandlord or Landlord, as applicable, shall not (a) be liable for any previous act, omission or negligence of Sub-sublandlord, (b) be subject to any counterclaim, defense or offset, (c) be bound by any modification or amendment of the Sub-sublease or by any prepayment of more than one month’s rent and additional rent which shall be payable as provided in such Sub-sublease, unless such modification or prepayment shall have been approved in writing by Sublandlord or Landlord, as applicable, or (d) be obligated to perform any repairs or other work in the Sub-sublease Premises beyond Sublandlord’s or Landlord’s, as applicable, obligations under the Sublease or Lease, as applicable. Sub-subtenant shall, promptly upon Sublandlord’s or Landlord’s request, as applicable, execute and deliver all instruments reasonably required to

 

-8-


confirm such attornment. Sub-subtenant hereby waives all rights under any present or future law to elect, by reason of the termination of the Lease or Sublease, to terminate this Sub-sublease or surrender possession of the Sub-sublease Premises.

Subject to the foregoing, and to any restrictions set forth in this Sub-sublease, if for any reason whatsoever the term of the Sublease or the Lease shall terminate prior to the expiration date of this Sub-sublease, this Sub-sublease shall thereupon be terminated and Sub-sublandlord shall not be liable to Sub-subtenant by reason thereof. Upon such termination, the obligations of Sub-sublandlord and Sub-subtenant (other than the obligation of Sub-subtenant for the payment of any monies then owing to Sub-sublandlord and such other obligations that are expressly made to be effective upon the termination of this Sub-sublease as are set forth in the Sublease and incorporated herein by reference and/or as are set forth in this Sub-sublease) shall cease, except that the parties shall remain liable for any obligations incurred prior to any such termination date for any matter occurring prior to such date.

6.3    Incorporation of Lease and Sublease.

(a)    Except as otherwise expressly provided in or otherwise inconsistent with this Sub-sublease, the terms, provisions, covenants, stipulations, conditions, rights, obligations, remedies and agreements contained in the Sublease (including, without limitation, the provisions of the Lease that are incorporated by reference into the Sublease) are incorporated into this Sub-sublease by reference, and are made a part hereof as if herein set forth at length, Sub-sublease being substituted for “Sublease” under the Sublease, Sub-sublandlord being substituted for “Sublandlord” under the Sublease, Sub-subtenant being substituted for “Subtenant” under the Sublease, Sub-sublease Premises being substituted for “Sublease Premises” under the Sublease, Sublandlord being substituted for “Landlord” under the Sublease, and Sublease being substituted for “Lease” under the Sublease.

(b)    Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.3(a) above, the following sections of the Sublease are expressly excluded from incorporation herein except to the extent necessary for determination of an applicable time period or otherwise to clarify the meaning of any terms of this Sub-sublease; provided, however, that notwithstanding the exclusion of the same from incorporation into this Sub-sublease, Sub-subtenant acknowledges that this Sub-sublease remains subject to all of the terms of the Sublease and to the rights of Sublandlord thereunder and, except as provided in this Sub-sublease, Sub-subtenant agrees to perform all covenants of the subtenant thereunder as the same relate to the Sub-sublease Premises and Sub-subtenant’s use and occupancy thereof, including, without limitation, under the following excluded sections thereof: Article 1; Article 2; Article 3; Article 4; Article 5; Article 6; Article 7; Article 8; Article 12; Article 13; Article 14; Article 15; Article 16; Article 20; Article 21; Exhibit A; Exhibit B; Exhibit D; and Exhibit E.

(c)    Section 6.05A of the Lease is modified such that Sub-subtenant shall have the right to utilize up to 7.5 tons of chilled water capacity provided by Landlord for the Sub-sublease Premises. In the event Sub-subtenant elects to utilize any of such chilled water tonnage, Sub-subtenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, install and maintain a chilled water meter, model PEMC01232, to measure the usage of supplemental chilled water usage. Sub-subtenant shall pay an amount equal to the lesser of (x) all costs of such chilled water as shown on such meters based

 

-9-


on Landlord’s actual cost of providing the chilled water without administrative markup or premium, inclusive of Sub-subtenant’s share of Landlord’s actual labor costs in connection therewith if such chilled water is consumed after-hours or (y) the charges therefor set forth in the Lease. Sub-subtenant shall pay such costs within thirty (30) days after request for payment therefor. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.3(a) above, the following Sections of the Sublease as incorporated into this Sub-Sublease and as further incorporated herein shall be modified such that all references to “Landlord” shall refer to the Landlord under the Lease and not to Sublandlord: the first, second, third, fourth, fifth and seventh sentences of Section 7.1; Section 7.2; the first sentence of Section 7.3; the first time such word appears in the second paragraph of Section 7.3; Section 17.4; Section 17.6(g); Section 17.9; and Section 18.

(d)    Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.3(a) above, the following Sections of the Sublease as incorporated into this Sub-sublease shall be modified such that all references to “Lease” shall refer to the Lease and not to the Sublease: the second time such word appears in Section 7.1; the second, third, fourth, seventh and sentences of Section 7.1; Section 7.2; the first, second, fifth sentence of Section 7.3; Section 17.4; Section 17.5; Section 17.6(a); Section 17.6(b); Section 17.6(g); Section 17.9; Section 18; and Article 19.

(e)    Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.3(a) above, the following Sections of the Sublease as incorporated into this Sub-sublease shall be modified such that all references to “Landlord” shall refer to Sublandlord and Landlord: the first, fifth and tenth sentences of Section 7.1; the fifth sentence of Section 7.3; the last time such word appears in Section 7.3; Section 16.2; Section 17.1; Section 17.2; Section 17.3; Section 17.5; Section 17.6(b); Section 17.7; and Section 17.8.

(f)    Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.3(a) above, the following Sections of the Sublease as incorporated into this Sub-sublease shall be modified such that all references to “Lease” shall refer to the Sublease and the Lease: the first time such word appears in Section 7.1; the second, eighth, ninth and tenth sentences of Section 7.1; Article 9; Article 10; Section 16.2; Section 17.1; and Section 17.2.

(g)    Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.3(a) above, the following Sections of the Sublease as incorporated into this Sub-sublease shall be modified such that all references to “Sublandlord” shall refer to Sublandlord and Sub-sublandlord: the second sentence of Section 7.3; and Article 9.

(h)    Subject to the terms of the Lease and the Sublease, Sub-sublandlord hereby grants Sub-subtenant a non-exclusive license to access a portion of the conduit space allocated to Sub-sublandlord under the Sublease (collectively, the “Conduit Space”) to run Sub-subtenant’s telecommunications lines, wiring, cabling and associated equipment (collectively, the “Wiring and Cabling”) in accordance with the following terms and conditions (it being agreed that the Conduit Space shall be in a location reasonably designated by Sub-sublandlord and reasonably acceptable to Sub-subtenant):

(i)    sub-subtenant shall obtain and pay for telecommunications services to be supplied to the Sub-sublease Premises by direct application to and arrangement with any telecommunications service provider approved by Landlord;

 

-10-


(ii)    The license granted pursuant to this Section 6.3(h), shall terminate upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term;

(iii)    Sub-subtenant, at Sub-subtenant’s sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for the installation of all Wiring and Cabling (including all telecommunications lines, connections and other systems or equipment) necessary in order to provide telecommunications services to the Sub-sublease Premises, and the costs of such service shall be paid by Sub-subtenant directly to the telecommunications service provider. The manner of installation and use of the Wiring and Cabling shall not adversely affect (A) the occupancy of other tenants or occupants of the Building, (B) Landlord’s use or operations of the Building, the common areas or premises leased to, available for lease to, other tenants or occupants of the Building or (C) the proper functioning of the Base Systems;

(iv)    Landlord, Sublandlord and Sub-sublandlord assume no responsibility either for or in connection with the installation, maintenance, or operation of the Wiring and Cabling or for the safeguarding thereof, nor shall Landlord, Sublandlord or Sub-sublandlord be under any other obligation or liability of any kind whatsoever in connection with this Section 6.3(h) either financially or otherwise;

(v)    Sub-subtenant shall comply with all applicable legal requirements and insurance requirements with respect to the Conduit Space and the Wiring and Cabling. Sub-subtenant shall obtain and maintain, at Sub-subtenant’s sole cost and expense, all licenses and permits required for the installation, maintenance, replacement and operation of any Wiring and Cabling. Within thirty (30) days after request by Landlord, Sublandlord or Sub-sublandlord, Sub-subtenant shall deliver to Landlord, Sublandlord or Sub-sublandlord copies of any filings or statements which Sub-subtenant may be required to make, from time to time, with any governmental authority with respect to the use of the Conduit Space and any Wiring and Cabling within such Conduit Space;

(vi)    The installation of any Wiring and Cabling within the Conduit Space shall be performed by Sub-subtenant upon and subject to the terms and conditions of the Lease, the Sublease and this Sub-Sublease. The method of installation, appearance, safety and operation of the Wiring and Cabling shall be subject to Landlord’s, Sublandlord’s and Sub-sublandlord’s reasonable approval, which approval shall be granted or denied upon and subject to the applicable terms of the Lease, the Sublease or this Sub-sublease. Sub-subtenant shall not alter or move any of the Wiring or Cabling or Sub-sublandlord’s wiring or cabling without Landlord’s, Sublandlord’s and Sub-sublandlord’s prior approval upon and subject to the terms and conditions of the Lease, the Sublease and this Sub-sublease;

(vii)    Sub-subtenant shall not be charged any additional rental amount by Sub-sublandlord in connection with the operation of the Wiring and Cabling or the use of the Conduit Space. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sub-subtenant shall be responsible for, and shall pay to Sub-sublandlord within thirty

 

-11-


(30) days after demand therefor, as Additional Rent, all reasonable incremental out-of-pocket costs actually incurred by Sub-landlord in connection with the use of the Conduit Space by Sub-subtenant, including, without limitation, any fees payable to Landlord or Sublandlord in connection therewith. Sub-subtenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold harmless Sub-sublandlord from and against any and all losses, damages, penalties, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, that may be sustained or incurred by Sub-sublandlord in connection with the Wiring and Cabling or use of the Conduit Space;

(viii)    In the event of damage to Sub-sublandlord’s existing copper or fiber feeds, if any, resulting from Sub-subtenant’s use of the Conduit Space, Sub-subtenant will pay to Sub-sublandlord all costs and expenses and costs incurred by Sub-sublandlord to repair such feeds and restore service (it being agreed that Sub-sublandlord shall be entitled to select the vendor or vendors to perform such repairs), including, without limitation, any costs associated with overtime or union work that may be required to restore lost services, which expenses and costs shall be paid by Sub-subtenant to Sublandlord within thirty (30) days after receipt by Sub-Subtenant of an invoice therefor, as Additional Rent; and

(ix)    Sub-subtenant shall deliver evidence reasonably acceptable to Sub-sublandlord that the Conduit Space and the use thereof by Sub-subtenant is covered by the insurance required to be maintained by Sub-subtenant hereunder with respect to the Sub-sublease Premises.

6.4    Sub-sublease Controls. To the extent any terms or conditions of this Sub-sublease conflict with any terms or conditions of the Sublease, as between Sub-sublandlord and Sub-subtenant (but not as to Landlord or Sublandlord), this Sub-sublease shall control and be prevailing.

6.5    Sublandlord and Landlord Representations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any and all representations and warranties of Sublandlord set forth in the Sublease or Landlord under the Lease shall be deemed to be representations and/or warranties of Sublandlord or Landlord, as applicable, and shall not be deemed to be representations and/or warranties of Sub-sublandlord and Sub-sublandlord shall have no liability with respect thereto.

6.6    Sub-subtenant Submissions. All provisions of the Sublease that are incorporated herein that require Sub-sublandlord, as Subtenant, to submit, exhibit, supply or provide to Sublandlord, as sublessor, evidence, certificates, or any other matter or thing shall be deemed to require Sub-subtenant to submit, exhibit, supply or provide the same to both Sublandlord and Sub-sublandlord.

7.    Electricity. Electricity is currently furnished to the Sub-sublease Premises by Landlord subject to and in accordance with Article 7 of the Lease, and such electricity is metered pursuant to one or more submeters located in, and exclusively measuring the consumption of electricity in, the Sub-sublease Premises. Sub-subtenant shall pay for electricity in accordance with Article 7 of the Lease as incorporated hereby, but subject to the provisions of Section 3.4 of this

 

-12-


Sub-sublease. Sub-sublandlord will not remove any such submeters except to the extent required by Landlord or by Legal Requirements. Sub-subtenant shall pay such utility charges to Sub-sublandlord when and as the underlying obligations with respect thereto are payable by Sub-sublandlord under the Lease and Sublease (or, if paid in the first instance by Sub-sublandlord and billed to Sub-subtenant, then reimbursed to Sub-sublandlord within thirty (30) days thereafter). Sub-sublandlord shall not redistribute electricity from the 46th floor of the Building to any other portion of the Building so that there will be less than 6 watts of actual demand load per gross square foot of the Sub-sublease Premises (exclusive of the electric required to operate the Base Systems (as defined in the Lease)). Sub-subtenant shall not utilize more than 6 watts of actual demand load per gross square foot of the Sub-sublease Premises (exclusive of electric required to operate the Base Systems), and shall have no right to increase its usage beyond such amount under Section 7.01(A) of the Lease or otherwise.

8.    Consents. Whenever the consent or approval of Landlord or Sublandlord or any Superior Party is required pursuant to the terms of the Lease or Sublease, if Landlord or Sublandlord, or such Superior Party shall withhold its consent or approval for any reason whatsoever, Sub-sublandlord shall not be deemed to be acting unreasonably if it shall also withhold its consent or approval. If Landlord or Sublandlord shall withhold its consent or approval in connection with this Sub-sublease or the Sub-sublease Premises in any instance where, under the Lease or Sublease, the consent or approval of Landlord or Sublandlord may not be unreasonably withheld, and if Sub-subtenant shall reasonably contend that Landlord or Sublandlord has unreasonably withheld such consent, Sub-sublandlord, upon the request and at the sole cost and expense of Sub-subtenant, shall within fifteen (15) days elect to either (i) timely institute and diligently prosecute any action or proceeding which Sub-subtenant and Sub-sublandlord, in their reasonable judgment, deem meritorious, in order to dispute such action by Landlord or Sublandlord, or (ii) permit Sub-subtenant, to the extent allowable under the Lease and Sublease, to institute and prosecute such action or proceeding in the name of Sub-sublandlord, provided that Sub-subtenant shall keep Sub-sublandlord informed of its actions and shall not take any action which might give rise to a default under the Lease or Sublease. In the event Sub-sublandlord does not timely elect either options (i) or (ii) as set forth in the previous sentence, Sub-subtenant may notify Sub-sublandlord of such failure, and if Sub-sublandlord does not notify Sub-subtenant of its election within five (5) Business Days following receipt of such notice, Sub-sublandlord shall be deemed to have elected option (ii) above. Sub-subtenant shall indemnify Sub-sublandlord and hold it harmless from and against all losses, damages, claims, liabilities, fines, penalties, suits, demands, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, of any nature, arising from or in connection with any action or proceeding instituted under this Article 8 and for any costs and expenses incurred by Sub-sublandlord, Sublandlord or Landlord in connection with the determination of whether to grant any consent requested hereunder.

9.    Notices. Any notice, statement, demand, consent, approval, advice or other communication required or permitted to be given, rendered or made by either party to the other, pursuant to this Sub-sublease or pursuant to any applicable law or requirement of public authority (collectively, “Notices”) shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been properly given, rendered or made only if sent by (i) personal delivery, receipted by the party to whom addressed or (ii) via Federal Express overnight mail or other nationally-recognized overnight courier service, addressed to the addresses set forth below. All such Notices shall be deemed to have been given, rendered or made when delivered and receipted (or refused) by the party to whom addressed, in

 

-13-


the case of personal delivery or on the next Business Day after the day mailed via Federal Express or other nationally-recognized overnight courier service. Either party may, by notice as aforesaid actually received, designate a different address or addresses for communications intended for it. Notices hereunder from Sub-sublandlord may be given by Sub-sublandlord’s attorney. Notices hereunder from Sub-subtenant may be given by Sub-subtenant’s attorney.

Sub-sublandlord’s address:

BT Americas Inc. Cypress

Waters Blvd Suite 200

8951 Cypress Waters Blvd.

Dallas, TX 75019

Attn: Head of Real Estate and Facilities

With a copy to:

BT Americas Inc.

Cypress Waters Blvd Suite 200

8951 Cypress Waters Blvd.

Dallas, TX 75019

Attn: Chief Counsel

Sub-subtenant’s address:

Datadog, Inc.

620 Eighth Ave. 45th Floor

New York, New York 10018

Attention:

10.    Broker. Each party hereto covenants, warrants and represents to the other party that it has had no dealings, conversations or negotiations with any broker concerning the execution and delivery of this Sub-sublease other than Winslow & Company LLC (the “Broker”). Each party hereto agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the other party against and from any claims for any brokerage commissions and all costs, expenses and liabilities in connection therewith, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, arising out of the breach of its respective representations and warranties contained in this Article 10. Sub-sublandlord shall pay the brokerage commission of the Broker pursuant to a separate agreement. The provisions of this Article 10 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Sub-sublease.

11.    Condition of the Sub-sublease Premises

11.1    Condition of the Sub-sublease Premises. Sub-subtenant represents that it has made or caused to be made a thorough examination of the Sub-sublease Premises and is familiar with the condition thereof. Sub-subtenant agrees, except as otherwise set forth in this Sub-

 

-14-


sublease, to accept the Sub-sublease Premises in its “as is” condition on the date hereof, reasonable wear and tear between the date hereof and the relevant Commencement Date excepted, and Sub-subtenant’s taking possession of the relevant Space shall be conclusive evidence that the same are in satisfactory condition. Except as otherwise set forth herein, Sub-sublandlord has not made and does not make any representations or warranties as to the physical condition of the Sub-sublease Premises, the use to which the Sub-sublease Premises may be put, or any other matter or thing affecting or relating to the Sub-sublease Premises, except as specifically set forth in this Sub-sublease. Sub-sublandlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to alter, improve, decorate or otherwise prepare the Sub-sublease Premises for Sub-subtenant’s occupancy. Any cost or expense in connection with the preparation of the Sub-sublease Premises for Sub-subtenant’s use and occupancy shall be the responsibility of Sub-subtenant, and to the extent incurred by Sub-sublandlord on Sub-subtenant’s behalf, the cost thereof shall be reimbursed or paid to Sub-sublandlord as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days after demand; provided that Sub-sublandlord shall provide Sub-subtenant with copies of such supporting documentation as is reasonably available.

11.2    Restoration. Sub-subtenant shall not be required to restore the Sub-sublease Premises at the end of the Term, except that, notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) if any Alterations performed by Sub-subtenant (or any Person claiming by, through or under Sub-subtenant) in the Sub-sublease Premises is deemed to be a “Specialty Alteration” by Landlord under the Lease, then Sub-subtenant shall remove same at the end of the Term unless directed otherwise by Sub-sublandlord (provided that notice thereof shall have been given to Sub-subtenant after Sub-sublandlord’s receipt of such notice from Sub-sublandlord, Sublandlord or Landlord), (ii) in the event that this Sub-sublease is terminated as a result of a default by Sub-subtenant hereunder, then Sub-subtenant shall pay Sub-sublandlord, within thirty (30) days after receipt by Sub-subtenant of an invoice therefor, as Additional Rent, the reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Sub-sublandlord to restore the portion(s) of the Sub-sublease Premises affected thereby, (iii) Sub-sublandlord will be fully responsible for removal of the internal staircase connecting the 45th and 46th floors and restoration of the floor and ceiling of the 46th and 45th floors, respectively (unless such obligation is waived by Sublandlord or Landlord), and (iv) Sub-subtenant shall deliver the Sub-sublease Premises to Sub-sublandlord on the Expiration Date in good condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

12.    Consent of Landlord and Sublandlord.

12.1    Conditioned Upon Consent. This Sub-sublease is subject to (and conditioned upon) the approval of Landlord and Sublandlord pursuant to the provisions of Article 8 of the Lease and Section 16.2 of the Sublease. Sub-sublandlord shall promptly request such Consent and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the same. Following the execution and delivery hereof, Sub-sublandlord will promptly submit this Sub-sublease to Landlord and Sublandlord for such approval. If such approval is not received by Sub-sublandlord within sixty (60) days after the date hereof, either Sub-sublandlord or Sub-subtenant, or if the Commencement Date has not occurred on or before that date, Sub-subtenant, may by written notice given within five (5) days after the expiration of such sixty (60) day period, cancel this Sub-sublease by notice to the other and, if such approval by the Landlord and Sublandlord has not been received or the Commencement Date has not otherwise occurred prior to the cancellation date specified in such notice, this Sub-sublease and the Term shall terminate and expire on the cancellation date set forth

 

-15-


in said notice as if such date were the Expiration Date, and neither party shall have any further obligation or liability to the other party, other than Sub-sublandlord’s obligation to promptly reimburse Sub-subtenant amounts theretofore paid by Sub-subtenant to Sub-sublandlord in respect of any prepaid Base Rent under Section 3.1 hereof, and subject to Section 17 below, to promptly return the Letter of Credit (as hereinafter defined) to Sub-subtenant. Landlord’s and Sublandlord’s approval must be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Sub-subtenant and Sub-sublandlord. Sub-subtenant shall reasonably cooperate with Sub-sublandlord to obtain such Consent and shall provide all information concerning Sub-subtenant that Sub-Sublandlord, Sublandlord or Landlord shall reasonably request (but not certified or audited financial statements), but if financial or other confidential information is requested, delivery shall be subject to the execution and delivery of a confidentiality agreement. Sub-sublandlord shall promptly notify Sub-subtenant upon Sub-sublandlord’s receipt of the Consent or the denial thereof, and promptly after receipt by Sub-sublandlord, furnish a copy of any Consent to Sub-subtenant. All costs of obtaining the Consent shall be borne by Sub-sublandlord.

13.    Defaults: Remedies. Any defaults of Sub-subtenant shall be governed by the provisions of the Sublease as incorporated herein. In the event of a default by Sub-subtenant hereunder beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure periods, Sub-sublandlord shall be limited to the rights or remedies granted to Sub-sublandlord pursuant to the incorporation of the provisions of Article 20 of the Lease.

14.    Miscellaneous.

14.1    Entire Agreement; Successors. This Sub-sublease contains the entire agreement between the parties concerning the sub-sublet of the Sub-sublease Premises and sets forth all of the covenants, promises, conditions, and understandings between Sub-sublandlord and Sub-subtenant concerning the Sub-sublease Premises. There are no oral agreements or understandings between the parties hereto affecting this Sub-sublease and this Sub-sublease supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, agreements and understandings, if any, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and none shall be used to interpret or construe this Sub-sublease. Any agreement hereafter made shall be ineffective to change, modify or discharge this Sub-sublease in whole or in part unless such agreement is in writing and signed by the parties hereto. No provision of this Sub-sublease shall be deemed to have been waived by Sub-sublandlord or Sub-subtenant unless such waiver is in writing and signed by Sub-sublandlord or Sub-subtenant, as the case may be. The covenants, agreements and rights contained in this Sub-sublease shall bind and inure to the benefit of Sub-sublandlord and Sub-subtenant and their respective permitted successors and assigns. Sub-subtenant shall not record this Sub-sublease, the Sublease or the Lease or any instrument modifying the same.

14.2    Severability. In the event that any provision of this Sub-sublease shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Sub-sublease shall be unaffected thereby.

14.3    Headings; Capitalized Terms. The section headings appearing herein are for purpose of convenience only and are not deemed to be a part of this Sub-sublease. Capitalized terms used herein shall have the same meanings as are ascribed to them in the Sublease, unless otherwise expressly defined herein.

 

-16-


14.4    Binding Effect. This Sub-sublease is offered to Sub-subtenant for signature with the express understanding and agreement that this Sub-sublease shall not be binding upon Sub-sublandlord and Sub-subtenant unless and until Sub-sublandlord shall have executed and delivered a fully executed copy of this Sub-sublease to Sub-subtenant.

14.5    Insurance. All commercial liability insurance policies required to be obtained by Sub-subtenant under this Sub-sublease or the Sublease (as incorporated herein) shall name Landlord, Sublandlord and Sub-sublandlord as additional insureds.

14.6    Sub-sublease Supersedes. In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Sub-sublease and the Sublease, the provisions of this Sub-sublease shall supersede and control; provided, however, the same shall not violate any of the terms of the Sublease. Nothing contained herein shall affect the Sub-sublandlord’s rights under the Sublease.

14.7    Further Assurances. The parties hereto agree that each of them, upon the request of the other party, shall execute and deliver such further documents, instruments or agreements and shall take such further action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the purpose of this Sub-sublease.

14.8    Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures. This Sub-sublease may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument, and by facsimile or other electronic signatures.

14.9    Signage. To the extent permitted under the Consent, if at all, and subject to the terms of the Lease and the Sublease as affected by the Consent, provided that the Signage Threshold (as hereinafter defined) is satisfied, Sub-sublandlord shall request that Landlord and Sublandlord consent to Sub-subtenant installing and maintaining one Building standard sign on or near the “North Concierge Desk” in the lobby of the Building which right is provided to Sub-sublandlord under Section 20.9 of the Sublease. Such signage shall be in accordance with the Building standard currently in place. For purposes of this Sub-sublease, the terms (i) “Signage Threshold” means that (1) a Permitted Entity is then the Sub-subtenant under this Sub-sublease and is sub-subleasing hereunder the entire Sub-sublease Premises, and (2) Permitted Entities collectively Occupy the entire Sub-sublease Premises; (ii) “Occupies” means with respect to Sub-subtenant, actual occupancy of the Sub-sublease Premises (i.e., exclusive of sub-subtenants (other than Affiliates of Sub-subtenant)) in space leased directly from Sub-sublandlord;Occupied” and “Occupancy” shall have correlative meanings; and (iii) “Permitted Entity” shall mean the Sub-subtenant originally named herein or a Successor to the Sub-subtenant originally named herein and/or an Affiliate of the Sub-subtenant originally named herein. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the failure by Sub-sublandlord to obtain the consent to such signage for Sub-subtenant shall not be a default hereunder and shall not entitle Sub-subtenant to any abatement of rent or right to terminate this Sub-sublease. In the event such consent is given, Sub-subtenant shall be responsible for all costs associated with such signage.

 

-17-


14.10    Move-In Costs. Any costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) payable under the Lease or Sublease that are incurred in connection with Sub-subtenant’s preparation of the Sub-sublease Premises for Sub-subtenant’s occupancy and the move in by Sub-subtenant, including, without limitation, any and all freight elevator charges, shall be paid by Sub-subtenant to Sub-sublandlord as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice from Sub-sublandlord to Sub-subtenant evidencing such costs and/or expenses.

14.11    Condominium Documents. From and after the Condominium Conversion Date, all of the provisions of the Condominium Documents shall be deemed and taken to be covenants running with the Land, the Building and the Unit (subject and subordinate to the Ground Lease and the Unit Ground Lease), as though such provisions were recited and stipulated at length herein and in each and every other lease of the Unit (or to any portion of the Unit). From and after the Condominium Conversion Date, Sub-subtenant shall comply with all of the terms and provisions of the Condominium Documents relating to the use and occupancy of the Sub-sublease Premises and shall not take any action, or fail to take any action which it is obligated to perform under this Sub-sublease, which would cause Landlord or Sublandlord or Sub-sublandlord to be in default or violation under any of the Condominium Documents.

14.12    Condominium Obligations. Except as hereinafter set forth, to the extent that any Condominium Board is responsible under the Condominium Documents to provide utilities or service to the Unit or to repair or restore the Common Elements, the Unit and/or the Sub-subleased Premises or any appurtenance thereto, or to take any other action which the Condominium Board is required to take under the Condominium Documents (each, a “Condominium Obligation”), Sub-sublandlord shall use its diligent good faith efforts to cause Sublandlord to cause Sublandlord to cause Landlord, at Landlord’s expense (which shall not be reimbursable by way of Operating Expenses), to cause such Condominium Board to comply with the same but neither Landlord, Sublandlord nor Sub-sublandlord shall have any obligation to provide any Condominium Obligation nor shall Landlord, Sublandlord, or Sub-sublandlord have any liability to Sub-subtenant for the failure of any Condominium Board to provide or comply with the Condominium Obligations unless Landlord or a Landlord Entity is in control of such Condominium Board, in which event Landlord shall be liable for and shall be responsible for the performance of such Condominium Obligation. Except as expressly set forth in this Sub-sublease, neither Landlord, Sublandlord nor Sub-sublandlord shall have liability to subtenant for any damage which may arise, nor shall Sub-subtenant’s obligations hereunder be diminished by reason of, (i) the failure of any Condominium Board to keep, observe or perform any of its obligations pursuant to the terms of the Condominium Documents, or (ii) the acts, omissions or negligence of any Condominium Board, its agents, contractors, or employees. Neither Sub-sublandlord nor Sub-subtenant shall do anything that would constitute a default under the Condominium Documents or omit to do anything that such party is obligated to do under the terms of this Sub-sublease or the Sublease so as to cause there to be a default under the Condominium Documents, or cause the other to incur any expense or liability under the Condominium Documents (and, if either party shall cause the other to incur any such expense in violation hereof, the causing party shall reimburse the other within thirty (30) days after demand).

14.13    Confidentiality. Sub-sublandlord and Sub-subtenant shall each use reasonable efforts to keep the terms of this Sub-sublease confidential, and shall not disclose the

 

-18-


terms and conditions of this Sub-sublease to other persons, other than (i) the Brokers, (ii) Landlord, Sublandlord and any Superior Party or proposed Superior Party, (iii) the attorneys and financial advisors representing each party, (iv) with respect to Sub-subtenant, any proposed Sub-subtenant of the Sub-sublease Premises or assignee of this Sub-sublease, (v) their respective lenders, potential purchasers and investors or (vi) if required to do so to enforce the terms of this Sub-sublease or as may otherwise be required to be disclosed by law or regulatory requirements or by judicial process.

15.    Access. Sub-sublandlord shall be entitled to enter the Sub-sublease Premises at reasonable times on reasonable prior notice and in accordance with the terms of the Sublease as incorporated herein by reference.

16.    Letter of Credit.

(a)    Upon execution by Sub-subtenant of this Sub-sublease, Sub-subtenant shall furnish to Sub-sublandlord, at Sub-subtenant’s sole cost and expense, a clean, irrevocable and unconditional letter of credit (the “Letter of Credit”) in the amount of $1,073,985.00) (the “Security Deposit”) drawn in favor of Sub-sublandlord substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, which shall be assignable, upon request, by Sub-sublandlord at no additional charge to Sub-sublandlord.

(b)    The Letter of Credit shall be issued by and drawn on Silicon Valley Bank or another commercial bank acceptable to Sub-sublandlord in its reasonable discretion and at a minimum having a long-term issuer credit rating from Standard & Poor’s Professional Rating Service of “A” or a comparable rating from Moody’s Professional Rating Service. If any other issuer’s credit rating is reduced below A, or if the financial condition of Silicon Valley Bank or any other issuer changes in a materially adverse way, then the Sub-subtenant shall obtain from a different issuer that is reasonably approved by Sub-sublandlord, a replacement Letter of Credit that complies in all respects with the requirements of this Section within twenty (20) days following such event. If the issuer of any Letter of Credit held by Sub-sublandlord is placed into receivership or conservatorship by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any successor or similar entity then, effective as of the date such receivership or conservatorship occurs, said Letter of Credit shall be deemed not to meet the requirements of this Section, and Sub-subtenant shall obtain from a different issuer that is reasonably approved by Sub-sublandlord a replacement Letter of Credit that complies in all respects with the requirements of this Section within twenty (20) days following such event. In any event, Sub-subtenant shall, unless such Letter of Credit is “evergreen”, not later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the term of the Letter of Credit or any replacement Letter of Credit, deliver to Sub-sublandlord a replacement Letter of Credit such that a Letter of Credit shall be in effect at all times after the date of this Sub-sublease until thirty (30) days beyond the end of the Term, and any extensions or renewals thereof, and thereafter so long as Sub-subtenant is in occupancy of any part of the Sub-sublease Premises. If Sub-subtenant fails to deliver to Sub-sublandlord a replacement Letter of Credit within the time limits set forth in this Section, Sub-sublandlord may, without limiting Sub-sublandlord’s other rights or remedies on account of such failure, draw down the full amount of the existing Letter of Credit without notice or demand and retain and apply the proceeds thereof as substitute security subject to the provisions of this Section. Sub-subtenant shall be responsible for the payment of any and all costs incurred with the review of any replacement Letter of Credit (including, without limitation, Sub-

 

-19-


sublandlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements). Any and all fees or costs charged by the issuer in connection with the issuance, maintenance or transfer of the Letter of Credit shall be paid by Sub-subtenant. If a Letter of Credit is lost, mutilated, stolen or destroyed, Sub-subtenant shall cooperate with Sub-sublandlord to have the Letter of Credit replaced (but the cost to replace such Letter of Credit shall be borne by Sub-sublandlord to the extent the Letter of Credit is lost, mutilated, stolen or destroyed while in Sub-sublandlord’s possession). The Security Deposit (whether a Letter of Credit, cash or other collateral) will not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Sub-sublandlord may be entitled.

(c)    During the Term, and thereafter so long as Sub-subtenant is in occupancy of any part of the Sub-sublease Premises, Sub-sublandlord shall hold the Letter as security for the performance by Sub-subtenant of all obligations on the part of Sub-subtenant hereunder. If Sub-subtenant defaults hereunder beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure periods and such default remains uncured, or if Sub-subtenant remains in occupancy of any part of the Sub-sublease Premises beyond the expiration of the Term, then Sub-sublandlord shall have the right from time to time, without notice and without prejudice to any other remedy Sub-sublandlord may have on account thereof, and upon presentation of a certificate of demand, to draw upon any Letter of Credit and apply any funds so drawn to Sub-sublandlord’s damages arising from, or to cure, such default, holdover by Sub-subtenant or default by such subtenant, whether such damages accrue before or after summary proceedings or other reentry by Sub-sublandlord. If Sub-sublandlord shall so apply any funds, Sub-subtenant shall immediately restore the Letter of Credit to the face amount required hereunder. If after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Sub-subtenant has vacated the Sub-sublease Premises and there then exists no default by Sub-subtenant in any of the terms or conditions hereof, Sub-sublandlord shall promptly return the Letter of Credit, or, if applicable, the remaining proceeds thereof, to Sub-subtenant (which obligation shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Sub-sublease). If Sub-sublandlord conveys Sub-sublandlord’s interest under this Sub-sublease, any Letter of Credit or, if applicable, the proceeds thereof, shall be turned over and assigned by Sub-sublandlord to Sub-sublandlord’s grantee (or, at Sub-sublandlord’s election, Sub-subtenant shall furnish Sub-sublandlord’s successor with a new replacement Letter of Credit showing such successor as payee, provided that the original Letter of Credit then outstanding shall be simultaneously returned to Sub-subtenant). From and after any such transfer, assignment or return, Sub-subtenant agrees to look solely to such grantee for proper application of the funds in accordance with the terms of this Section and the return thereof in accordance herewith. None of Landlord, Sublandlord, Sub-sublandlord or any mortgagee shall be responsible to Sub-subtenant for the return or application of any such Letter of Credit, or, if applicable, the proceeds thereof, whether or not it succeeds to the position of Sub-sublandlord hereunder, unless such Letter of Credit shall have been received in hand by, and assigned to, Landlord, Sublandlord, Sub-sublandlord or such mortgagee.

(d)    If Sub-subtenant shall fail to deliver the Letter of Credit or any replacement Letter of Credit to Sub-sublandlord within five (5) Business Days after receipt by Sub-subtenant of a notice thereof from Sub-sublandlord, then the same shall be deemed to be an immediate default hereunder, entitling Sub-sublandlord to exercise all remedies available under Article 20 of the Lease as incorporated herein by reference.

 

-20-


17.    Sub-sublandlord Furniture. From and after the relevant Commencement Date and thereafter at all times during the Term, Sub-subtenant shall have the right, without charge, to use the furniture and fixtures (collectively, the “Sub-sublandord Furniture”) listed on Exhibit C attached hereto (including, without limitation, any televisions, video monitors and related equipment listed on said Exhibit C). Any Sub-sublandlord Furniture not on Exhibit C shall be removed from the relevant Space on or before the relevant Commencement Date by Sub-sublandlord at its expense. The Sub-sublandlord Furniture is being made available to Sub-subtenant without representation or warranty by Sub-sublandlord as to its condition, state of repair or suitability for Sub-subtenant’s use, or any other matter related thereto, and Sub-sublandlord shall have no liability or obligations of any nature whatsoever to Sub-subtenant with respect to the Sub-sublandlord Furniture (including, without limitation, any obligation to repair, maintain or replace same at any time during the Term). Sub-subtenant agrees to maintain the Sub-sublandlord Furniture in good condition throughout the Term (subject to ordinary wear and tear and fire and other casualty and subject to the proviso set forth in the next sentence). The Sub-sublandlord Furniture shall be and remain the property of Sub-sublandlord during the Term; provided that if certain items of Sub-sublandlord Furniture are no longer desired by Sub-subtenant for use in the Sub-sublease Premises, Sub-subtenant, at Sub-subtenant’s option on written notice to Sub-sublandlord, may remove such items from the Sub-sublease Premises and dispose of them at Sub-subtenant’s sole cost and expense. Sub-subtenant hereby agrees to indemnify and hold Sub-sublandlord harmless from and against any claims arising in connection with the removal of any items of Sub-Sublandlord Furniture from the Sub-sublease Premises by Sub-subtenant or its agents, contractors or employees or any injury to person or property in connection with the use of the Sub-sublandlord Furniture. On the Expiration Date, Sub-subtenant shall purchase the Sub-sublandlord Furniture for one dollar ($1.00), provided that if this Sub-sublease shall terminate early due to a default of Sub-subtenant hereunder, then Sub-subtenant shall not have any right to purchase the Sub-sublandlord Furniture, but Sub-sublandlord may, in its sole discretion, require that Sub-subtenant remove the Sub-sublandlord Furniture from the Sub-sublease Premises at Sub-subtenant’s sole cost and expense. Sub-subtenant agrees to carry at Sub-subtenant’s sole cost and expense fire and casualty insurance on the Sub-sublandlord Furniture in an amount equal to its replacement value and to name Sub-sublandlord and Sub-sublandlord as additional insureds on such insurance policy (it being agreed that the provisions of Section 16.08A of the Lease hereby apply to Sub-subtenant’s insurance as if fully incorporated herein). Sub-sublandlord and Sub-subtenant agree to treat Sub-sublandlord as the owner of the Sub-sublandlord Furniture for Federal, State and local income tax purposes until the Sub-sublandlord Furniture becomes the property of Sub-subtenant upon the Expiration Date or, if so elected by Sub-sublandlord, upon the earlier termination of this Sub-sublease. No portion of the Rental due hereunder shall be deemed for any purpose paid on account of the conveyance or leasing of the Sub-sublandlord Furniture. Sub-subtenant shall pay when due all sales taxes, if any, imposed by the City or State of New York in connection with the transfer of the Sub-sublandlord Furniture to Sub-subtenant on the Expiration Date. Sub-subtenant shall be required to remove the Sub-sublandlord Furniture upon the Expiration Date at its sole cost and expense. The provisions of this Section 17 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Sub-sublease.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-21-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Sub-sublandlord and Sub-subtenant have duly executed this Sub-sublease as of the day and year first above written.

 

SUB-SUBLANDLORD:
BT AMERICAS INC.
By:  

/s/ Hal Bretan

        Name: Hal Bretan
        Title: Chief Counsel
SUB-SUBTENTANT:
DATADOG, INC.
By:  

/s/ Olivier Pomel

        Name: Olivier Pomel
        Title: CEO

 

A-22


Exhibit A

Sub-Sublease Premises

 

A-1


Exhibit B

Letter of Credit

 

B-1


Exhibit C

Furniture

EX-10.11

Exhibit 10.11

SUBLEASE

THIS SUBLEASE (this “Sublease”), dated as of this 19th day of July 2018, between COVINGTON & BURLING LLP, a District of Columbia limited liability partnership, having an office at One CityCenter, 850 Tenth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20001 (“Sublandlord”) and DATADOG, INC., a Delaware corporation, having an office at 620 Eighth Avenue, 45th Floor, New York, New York (“Subtenant”).

WITNESSETH

1.    Demise and Term. Sublandlord hereby leases to Subtenant, and Subtenant hereby hires from Sublandlord, subject to the terms and conditions of the Main Lease (as defined hereinafter) (to the extent disclosed to Subtenant) the Superior Instruments (as defined hereinafter) and this Sublease, those certain premises constituting approximately 32,623 rentable square feet and being the entire forty-fourth (44th) floor as substantially shown on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit “A” (the “Subleased Premises”), in the Building having an address at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York, being part of the premises that were leased to Sublandlord by FC Eighth Ave., LLC, a New York limited liability company (“Main Landlord”) under the Main Lease, (as defined hereinafter) together with the appurtenances to the Subleased Premises which are demised to Sublandlord under the Main Lease, for the Term (as defined hereinafter). “Building” shall mean the building known as The New York Times Building, in the Borough of Manhattan, City, County and State of New York. Subject to Section 36 of this Sublease, the term (“Term”) of this Sublease shall commence upon the latest of (a) September 1, 2018, (b) the date of Sublandlord’s delivery of the Subleased Premises to Subtenant in the condition required by Section 13(a) of this Sublease, or (c) the date that Subtenant receives the Main Landlord’s Consent (as defined in Section 36 of this Sublease) (such date, the “Sublease Commencement Date”), and the Term hereof shall expire at 11:59 p.m. on the last day of the forty-eighth (48th) full calendar month following the Rent Commencement Date (the “Expiration Date”), unless sooner terminated as herein provided. If either party hereto shall so request, the parties hereto shall execute and deliver to each other an instrument confirming the Rent Commencement Date (as defined in Section 2 of this Sublease), but the failure of either party to execute and deliver such an instrument shall not affect the occurrence of the Rent Commencement Date. Subtenant expressly waives any right to rescind this Sublease under Section 223-a of the New York Real Property Law or under any present or future statute of similar import then in force and, except as expressly set forth elsewhere in this Sublease, further expressly waives the right to recover any damages, direct or indirect, which may result from Landlord’s failure to deliver possession of the Subleased Premises by September 1, 2018, for whatever reason, including, without limitation, holdover of one or both tenants currently occupying the Subleased Premises. If for any reason Sublandlord is unable to deliver possession of the Subleased Premises upon such date, this Sublease shall not be void or voidable, nor shall Sublandlord be liable to Subtenant for any damage resulting from Sublandlord’s inability to deliver such possession. “Main Landlord” shall be limited to mean and include only the tenant under the Unit Ground Lease (as defined in Exhibit “G” to this Sublease), to whom the Main Lease may be assigned, or a mortgagee in possession, so that in the event of any sale, assignment or transfer of the Unit, or Main Landlord’s interest as a lessee under the Unit Ground Lease, in each case, such owner, tenant under the Unit Ground Lease or mortgagee in possession shall thereupon be released and discharged from all covenants, conditions and agreements of Main


Landlord hereunder arising from and after the effective date of such sale, assignment or transfer; but such covenants, conditions and agreements arising from and after the effective date of such sale, assignment or transfer shall be deemed assumed by and binding upon each new owner, tenant under the Unit Ground Lease, or mortgagee in possession for the time being of the Unit, until sold, assigned or transferred. “Business Days” shall mean Monday through Friday exclusive of Holidays. “Holidays” or “holidays” shall mean all Building Service Employees Union Contract holidays of general applicability to all employees. “Superior Instruments” shall mean the Condominium Documents, the Design, Use and Operating Requirements (the “DUO”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit “K”, the Ground Lease, the Unit Ground Lease, the Subway Agreement, the Vault Agreement, the other Project Documents, and any Superior Lease or Superior Mortgage.

2.    Rent.

(a)    Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord rent (the “Fixed Rent”) at the annual rate of TWO MILLION NINE HUNDRED SIXTY-EIGHT THOUSAND SIX HUNDRED NINETY-THREE AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($2,968,693.00), in equal monthly installments of TWO HUNDRED FORTY-SEVEN THOUSAND THREE HUNDRED NINETY-ONE AND 08/100 DOLLARS ($247,391.08), in advance on the first day of each and every calendar month during the term of this Sublease (or, if such day is not a Business Day, then by the close of the first Business Day immediately following such day) commencing on the Sublease Commencement Date, provided, however, so long as Subtenant is not in default of this Sublease following lapse of any applicable notice and cure period, Subtenant shall be entitled to an abatement of the monthly installments of Fixed Rent for the first (1st) four (4) full months following the Sublease Commencement Date. The date upon such monthly installments commence is herein referred to as the “Rent Commencement Date.” Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the full monthly installment of Fixed Rent due under this Sublease for the first full calendar month of the Term for which Fixed Rent is due shall be paid upon Subtenant’s execution of this Sublease. If the Sublease Commencement Date shall occur on a date other than the first (1st) day of any calendar month, then Rent payable pursuant to this Sublease for such calendar month shall be prorated on a per diem basis based on the actual number of days in such month. If the Expiration Date shall occur on a date other than the last day of a calendar month, then Rent payable pursuant to this Sublease for such calendar month shall be prorated on a per diem basis based on the actual number of days in such month. Subtenant covenants to pay to Sublandlord all Fixed Rent and all adjustments of rent, charges, costs, expenses and other amounts payable by Subtenant to Sublandlord under this Sublease (the “Additional Rent” and collectively with Fixed Rent, the “Rent”) when due, and without deduction, abatement, counterclaim or setoff of any amount or for any reason whatsoever. Fixed Rent (but not Additional Rent) shall also be due without notice or demand therefor. All requests for the payment of Additional Rent shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for and calculation of the amount to be paid, and shall include a copy of all invoices and other supporting documentation received by Sublandlord with respect to such amounts. Sublandlord shall have the same remedies, in addition to any other right and remedies that Sublandlord at law or in equity, for default in payment of Additional Rent as Sublandlord has for default in payment of Fixed Rent. All Rent shall be paid to Sublandlord in lawful money of the United States and at the election of Sublandlord by (a) ACH (including ACH transfers processed through Bill.com) to an account designated by Sublandlord or (b) check drawn on a bank which is a member of the American

 

2


Clearing House at Sublandlord’s address set forth above or to such other person and/or at such other address as Sublandlord may from time to time designate by notice to Subtenant given in accordance with this Sublease. Subtenant shall pay Rent by good and sufficient check (subject to collection). If Sublandlord at any time receives from Subtenant any payment less than the sum of the Rent then due and owing from Subtenant pursuant to this Sublease or Subtenant is otherwise in default under this Sublease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or cure period, Subtenant hereby waives its right, if any, to designate the items to which such payment shall be applied and agrees that Sublandlord in its sole discretion may apply such payment in whole or in part to any of the Rent or any other sums then due and payable hereunder. No payment by Subtenant or receipt or acceptance by Sublandlord of any amount less than the amount stipulated to be paid hereunder shall be deemed other than on account of the earliest stipulated Fixed Rent or Additional Rent; nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or letter accompanying any check or payment (or instructions accompanying any wire transfer) be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Sublandlord may accept any check or payment (or wire transfer) without prejudice to Sublandlord’s right to recover the balance due or to pursue any other remedy available to Sublandlord in this Sublease or at law or in equity. If any of the Rents payable under the terms of this Sublease shall be or become uncollectible, reduced or required to be refunded because of any rent control, federal, state or local law, regulation, proclamation or other Legal Requirement not currently in effect, Subtenant shall enter into such agreement(s) and take such other steps (without additional expense to Subtenant or the acceleration of any expense payable by Subtenant to Sublandlord hereunder) as Sublandlord may reasonably request and as may be legally permissible to permit Sublandlord to collect the maximum rent which, from time to time, during the continuance of such legal rent restriction may be legally permissible (and not in excess of the amounts then reserved therefor under this Sublease. Upon the termination of any such legal rent restriction, (a) the Rent shall become and shall thereafter be payable in accordance with the amounts reserved herein for the periods following such termination and (b) Subtenant shall promptly pay in full to Sublandlord unless expressly prohibited by law, an amount equal to (i) rentals which would have been paid pursuant to this Sublease for the period during which such restriction applied but for such legal rent restriction less (ii) the rent actually paid by Subtenant during the period such legal rent restriction was in effect.

(b)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Sublease, Subtenant shall be entitled to receive its proportionate share of any abatement of rent actually provided to or received by Sublandlord from Main Landlord under the Main Lease for any interruption of building services or event of condemnation or damage or destruction affecting the Subleased Premises. Such proportionate share of any abatement of rent shall be based upon (i) the affected square footage of the Subleased Premises in relation to the affected square footage of the premises leased by Sublandlord under the Main Lease, and (ii) the Rent payable by Subtenant under this Sublease, and not the rent payable by Sublandlord under the Main Lease.

3.    Additional Rent. Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord, within ten (10) days following written demand therefor, any and all amounts payable by Sublandlord to the Main Landlord pursuant to the provisions of Article 4 of the Main Lease (which pertains to Sublandlord’s liability to pay additional rent on account of (i) Tenant’s Tax Payment, (ii) Tenant’s BID Payment, and (iii) Tenant’s Operating Expense (as such terms are defined in the Main Lease) under the Main Lease (a copy of Article 4 being attached to this Sublease as Exhibit 4)) to the

 

3


extent allocable to the Subleased Premises only, and only for periods occurring within the Term. Sublandlord shall deliver to Subtenant a copy of any statement received by Sublandlord from Main Landlord that affects the Subleased Premises or this Sublease. For purposes of determining any Additional Rent due from Subtenant, any amounts payable by Sublandlord under the Main Lease and allocable to the Subleased Premises that cover a fiscal or other period any part of which occurs before the Sublease Commencement Date or after the expiration of the Term of this Sublease shall be apportioned according to the number of days in such period which occur within the portion of the Term with respect to which such amount is owed by Subtenant hereunder. For purposes of determining the amounts due from Sublandlord to the Main Landlord pursuant to Article 4 of the Main Lease, the number of square feet of rentable area contained in the Subleased Premises shall be fixed at 32,623 rentable square feet, the Taxes for the Tax Base Year shall be equal to the average of the Taxes for the New York real estate fiscal years (x) commencing on July 1, 2018 and expiring on June 30, 2019, and (y) commencing on July 1, 2019 and expiring on June 30, 2020, and the Base Operating Expense Year shall mean calendar year 2019. Subtenant’s proportionate share of Taxes shall be 4.623% (which calculation is based on a total of 705,733 rentable square feet), and Subtenant’s proportionate share of Operating Expenses shall be 4.659% (which calculation is based on a total of 700,146 rentable square feet). Additionally, if Sublandlord shall be charged by reason of Subtenant’s acts or defaults under this Sublease for any other sums then Subtenant shall be liable for such sums with respect to the Subleased Premises, and such sums shall be deemed Additional Rent and collectible as such and shall be payable by Subtenant upon ten (10) days’ written notice from Sublandlord. In no event shall the Fixed Rent ever be reduced by operation of this Section 3. Without limitation of the foregoing, Subtenant shall pay any occupancy tax or rent tax now in effect or hereafter enacted and payable by Subtenant (and for which Main Landlord or Sublandlord will be liable if not paid by Subtenant) on or before the date such taxes and assessments are due in accordance with applicable Legal Requirements. Should any Governmental Authority require that a tax, other than the taxes hereinabove-mentioned, be paid by Tenant, but collected by Main Landlord or Sublandlord, for and on behalf of such Governmental Authority, and from time to time forwarded by Main Landlord or Sublandlord to said Governmental Authority, the same shall be paid by Subtenant to Sublandlord, no later than twenty (20) days in advance of the date such payment is due and payable to the appropriate Governmental Authority, in which case, Main Landlord or Sublandlord shall, on or before the date the same is due, promptly pay the same to the appropriate Governmental Authority. The provisions of this Section 3 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. “Governmental Authority” shall mean the United States of America, the State of New York, the City of New York (“City”), any political subdivision thereof and any agency, department, commission, board, bureau or instrumentality of any of the foregoing, or any quasi-governmental authority, now existing or hereafter created, having jurisdiction over the Real Property or any portion thereof.

4.    Security Deposit.

(a)    As a condition to Sublandlord entering into this Sublease, simultaneously with its execution and delivery of this Sublease, Subtenant shall deposit with Sublandlord, as security (“Security”) for the full, faithful and punctual performance by Subtenant of all of Subtenant’s covenants and obligations of this Sublease, a clean, unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit in the amount of ONE MILLION SEVEN HUNDRED THIRTY-ONE THOUSAND SEVEN HUNDRED THIRTY-SEVEN AND 58/100 DOLLARS ($1,731,737.58), which letter of credit shall (i) provide that it is assignable by Sublandlord without charge,

 

4


(ii) expire on the date (the “LC Date”) that is sixty (60) days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease (provided that for purposes of this clause (ii) expiration shall be deemed to have been extended for the duration of any period of holdover by Subtenant), (iii) be for a term of not less than one year and be automatically self-renewing each year for additional 12-month periods (without the need for any further written notice or amendment) until the LC Date, (iv) name Sublandlord as the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit, (v) provide that it may be drawn upon at a branch of the issuing bank located in the Borough of Manhattan or by fax, (vi) permit multiple drawings, (vii) be payable upon presentation by Sublandlord of a sight draft, and the documentation which is referred to in Exhibit “B” to this Sublease, (viii) be issued by and drawn upon Silicon Valley Bank or another bank selected by Subtenant which is a commercial bank reasonably acceptable to Sublandlord that is a member of the New York Clearinghouse Association (the “Issuing Bank”) with offices for banking and drawing purposes in the City of New York (unless drawing is permitted by facsimile transmission) and having a net worth of not less than One Billion and 00/100 ($1,000,000,000.00) Dollars, and (ix) be substantially in the form and substantially the substance of the form of letter of credit attached hereto as Exhibit “B” or otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Sublandlord (together with any replacement thereof, herein referred to as the “Letter of Credit”). If the Letter of Credit is not renewed at least 45 days prior to the expiration thereof, then, in addition to any other rights it may have to draw upon the Letter of Credit, Sublandlord may draw upon the Letter of Credit and, thereafter, hold the proceeds thereof in the form of cash security in accordance with Section 4(b) of this Sublease. Subtenant shall be solely responsible for, and shall reimburse to Sublandlord within ten (10) days of demand, all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Sublandlord incident to any issuance, replacement, transfer or amendment of any Letter of Credit required hereunder (including, without limitation, reasonable attorney and other third-party fees and any bank charges). Subtenant and Sublandlord acknowledge and agree that Sublandlord shall have the right to draw upon the Letter of Credit and/or apply the Security as Sublandlord deems necessary pursuant to Section 4(b) of this Sublease.

(b)    If Subtenant defaults beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or cure period in the performance of any of the terms of this Sublease, or in the event of a Bankruptcy Event, Sublandlord may, but shall not be required to (i) draw upon the Letter of Credit, and (ii) use, apply or retain the whole or any part of the Security, to the extent required for the payment of any Rent or for any sum which Sublandlord may expend or may be required to expend by reason of Subtenant’s default in respect of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Sublease, whether accruing before or after summary proceedings or other re-entry by Sublandlord. If Sublandlord shall so use, apply or retain the whole or any part of the Security or, if applicable, the interest accrued thereon, Subtenant shall, within fifteen (15) Business Days of demand, deposit with Sublandlord a replacement Letter of Credit, as applicable, in the required form equal to the sum used, applied or retained so that the Security shall be replenished to its former amount, failing which Sublandlord shall have the same rights and remedies as for the non-payment of Fixed Rent beyond the applicable grace period. If Subtenant shall fully and punctually comply with all of Subtenant’s covenants and obligations under this Sublease, the Security or any balance thereof, with interest thereon, if applicable, to which Subtenant is entitled, shall be returned or paid over to Subtenant on the L/C Date (with a letter in the form required by the issuer authorizing cancellation). Subtenant shall not assign or encumber or attempt to assign or encumber the Security or any interest thereon to which Sublandlord is entitled, and Sublandlord shall be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment, or attempted encumbrance.

 

5


(c)    In the event of an assignment by Sublandlord of the Main Lease, Sublandlord shall transfer the Security to the assignee and Sublandlord shall immediately be released by Subtenant from all liability for the return of the Security so transferred, whereupon such assignee shall be deemed automatically to have assumed all obligations of Sublandlord with respect to the Security so transferred, and Subtenant agrees to look solely to the new sublandlord for the return of the Security; and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment made of the Security to a new sublandlord. Any Letter of Credit deposited hereunder shall be assignable to such new sublandlord as provided herein upon notice to the institution issuing same.

(d)    If at any time during the Term circumstances have occurred indicating that the Issuing Bank may be incapable of, unable to, or prohibited from honoring any then existing Letter of Credit (an “Existing L/C”) in accordance with the terms thereof, then Sublandlord may send written notice to Subtenant (the “Replacement Notice”) requiring Subtenant within fifteen (15) Business Days to replace the Existing L/C with a new letter of credit (a “Replacement L/C”) from an Issuing Bank meeting the qualifications described in Section 4(a) of this Sublease. Upon receipt of a Replacement L/C meeting the qualifications of Section 4(a), Sublandlord shall forthwith return such Existing L/C to Subtenant (with the letter referred to above). In the event that (i) a Replacement L/C meeting the qualifications of Section 4(a) of this Sublease is not received by Sublandlord within the time specified, or (ii) Sublandlord reasonably believes an emergency exists, then in either event, the Existing L/C may be presented for payment by Sublandlord and the proceeds thereof shall be held by Sublandlord in accordance with the terms hereof.

5.    Subordinate to Main Lease.

(a)    This Sublease is and shall be subordinate to that certain Agreement of Lease dated as of July 19, 2006, between FC Lion LLC and Sublandlord, as amended pursuant to that certain First Amendment to Lease, dated as of February 23, 2018 (collectively, as amended through the date hereof, and assigned by FC Lion LLC to Main Landlord, the “Main Lease”) and to the matters to which the Main Lease is or shall be subject and subordinate. Sublandlord represents to Subtenant that: (i) the Main Lease is in full force and effect; (ii) neither Sublandlord nor, to the best of Sublandlord’s knowledge, Main Landlord, is currently in breach of or default under the Main Lease (iii) Sublandlord shall comply with all obligations of the tenant under the Main Lease except for compliance with respect to the Subleased Premises which is Subtenant’s obligation under this Sublease; and (iv) Sublandlord shall provide Subtenant with a copy of any notice given or received by Sublandlord which affects the Subleased Premises or Subtenant. If for any reason the term of the Main Lease shall terminate prior to the Expiration Date, including, without limitation, a termination caused by Sublandlord’s exercise of any right of Sublandlord under the Main Lease to terminate the Main Lease by reason of fire, casualty or condemnation, this Sublease shall thereupon be automatically terminated and Sublandlord shall not be liable to Subtenant by reason thereof unless either (a) such termination shall have been effected because of the default of Sublandlord under the Main Lease and Subtenant is not then in default hereunder or (b) Sublandlord surrenders or terminates the Main Lease (except a termination caused by Sublandlord’s exercise of any right of Sublandlord under the Main Lease to terminate by reason of fire, casualty, or condemnation or Main Landlord’s default) in violation of the immediately following sentence. Sublandlord shall not voluntarily surrender or terminate the Main Lease with

 

6


respect to the Subleased Premises, or, if the same would have a material adverse effect on Subtenant and its rights or obligations hereunder, modify or amend or waive any provision of, the Main Lease, or permit the same to occur, without Subtenant’s consent, which consent may be given in Subtenant’s sole but reasonable discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of termination, reentry or dispossess by Main Landlord under the Main Lease, Main Landlord may, at its option, either terminate this Sublease or take over all of the right, title and interest of Sublandlord, as sublandlord, under this Sublease, whereupon Subtenant shall, at Main Landlord’s option, attorn to Main Landlord pursuant to the then executory provisions of this Sublease, except that Main Landlord shall not (W) be liable for any previous act, omission or negligence of Sublandlord, (X) be subject to any counterclaim, defense or offset, (Y) be bound by any modification or amendment of the Sublease or by any prepayment of more than one month’s rent and additional rent which shall be payable as provided in this Sublease, unless such modification or prepayment shall have been approved in writing by Main Landlord, or (Z) be obligated to perform any repairs or other work in the Subleased Premises beyond Main Landlord’s obligations under the Main Lease. Except for Security or as otherwise permitted under the Main Lease, Subtenant shall not pay Rent or other sums payable under this Sublease to Sublandlord for more than one (1) month in advance of the due date therefor.

(b)    Main Landlord’s right, title and interest in and to its leasehold estate and to the Unit are derived from and under the Unit Ground Lease. Subtenant shall (a) comply with those provisions of the Superior Obligation Instruments as they relate to the Subleased Premises to the extent same are obligations of Sublandlord under the Main Lease and shall not take, fail to take or permit to be taken or not taken any action which would cause a default by Sublandlord or Main Landlord under the Superior Obligation Instruments and (b) cooperate with Main Landlord, Sublandlord and the Public Parties (as defined in the Unit Ground Lease) in all reasonable respects in connection with Main Landlord’s exercise of rights and/or fulfillment of obligations under the Superior Obligation Instruments, except that Subtenant shall have no obligation to disclose any proprietary or confidential information and Subtenant shall have no liability therefor.

(c)    Subtenant shall comply with all Legal Requirements from time to time in effect prohibiting discrimination or segregation, including, without limitation, the provisions of Article XXIX and Exhibit O of the Unit Ground Lease applicable to this Sublease.

6.    Repairs. Subtenant shall take good care of the Subleased Premises and the fixtures and appurtenances therein and at its sole cost and expense make all non-structural repairs thereto as and when needed in Subtenant’s reasonable discretion to preserve them in good working order and condition, except for reasonable wear and tear, obsolescence and damage for which Subtenant is not responsible for pursuant to the provisions of Sections 22 and 23 of this Sublease; provided that Subtenant shall be prohibited from making structural repairs; provided, however, if the need for such structural repair was necessitated by reason of (a) any cause or condition arising out of any Subtenant Alterations in the Subleased Premises (whether made by Subtenant or by Main Landlord or Sublandlord on behalf of Subtenant) or as hereinafter provided in this Section 6, or (b) Subtenant’s particular manner of use or occupancy (as opposed to mere office use), or (c) any breach of any of Subtenant’s covenants or agreements under this Sublease, or (d) any negligence or willful misconduct by Subtenant, or any contractor, subcontractor, licensee or invitee of Subtenant or (e) Subtenant’s use or manner of use or occupancy of the Subleased Premises as a

 

7


“place of public accommodation” within the meaning of the Americans with Disabilities Act, Title III, 42 U.S.C.S. §§ 12181-12189 and any amendments thereto (“ADA”), Sublandlord shall have the right, at the sole cost and expense of Subtenant, to undertake such structural repairs, and any reasonable, out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred by Sublandlord in connection with the foregoing shall be deemed Additional Rent and Subtenant shall promptly reimburse Sublandlord for the same within thirty (30) days after demand therefor by Sublandlord. Sublandlord’s repair rights and Subtenant’s reimbursement obligations under this Section 6 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease. Subtenant acknowledges that such obligation applies to, without limitation: (i) all distributions within the Subleased Premises of the Base Systems serving the Subleased Premises (from the point of connection within the Subleased Premises) and (ii) any such Base System located outside of the Subleased Premises to the extent it exclusively serves the Subleased Premises but in such event Sublandlord shall use reasonable efforts to cause Main Landlord perform such repairs at Subtenant’s sole but reasonable cost and expense. All damage or injury to the Subleased Premises, whether structural or non-structural, and to its fixtures, glass, appurtenances and equipment or to the Building, or to its fixtures, glass, appurtenances and equipment caused by Subtenant moving property in or out of the Building or by installation or removal of furniture, fixtures or other property, or from any other cause of any other kind or nature whatsoever due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Subtenant, its servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees, shall be repaired, restored or replaced promptly by Subtenant or Sublandlord, as applicable, at Subtenant’s sole but reasonable cost and expense to the reasonable satisfaction of Sublandlord. All such work shall be in quality and class equal to the original work or installations and shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner. At all times during the Term, Subtenant shall (A) not cause any waste to or upon the Building, the Unit, the Subleased Premises or the Common Elements or any part thereof, nor permit or suffer any waste to or upon the Building, the Unit, the Subleased Premises or the Common Elements; (B) not cause physical damage (other than as part of any Alteration permitted hereunder or as caused by a casualty or taking) to the Building, the Unit, the Subleased Premises or the Common Elements or any part thereof; (C) maintain, repair, keep, use and occupy the Subleased Premises in compliance with the DUO; and (D) keep the Subleased Premises free of graffiti and posters. Subtenant shall promptly make, at its sole cost and expense, all repairs in and to the Subleased Premises for which Subtenant is responsible, using only the contractor for the trade or trades in question approved by Sublandlord in Sublandlord’s sole and absolute discretion. Sublandlord shall use its reasonable efforts to cause Main Landlord to perform, at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, any other repairs in or to the Subleased Premises, the Building, the Unit and/or the Common Elements, or any portion thereof, or the facilities and systems thereof for which Main Landlord is responsible. Sublandlord and Subtenant agree that Subtenant shall maintain, repair and/or make replacements of the core lavatories on the 44th floor, and shall clean, repair, replace or maintain any “private” plumbing fixtures or facilities or the rooms in which they are located. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Sublease, Sublandlord shall have no obligation to operate, repair or maintain any portion of the Subleased Premises, the Unit, the Building, the Common Elements and/or the Building common areas, or make any such repairs thereto, to the extent the same is the not the responsibility of Sublandlord, but of Main Landlord, any Condominium Board or other entity pursuant to the Main Lease, but Sublandlord shall be obligated to use reasonable efforts enforce the obligations of the Main Landlord as provided in Section 7 of this Sublease. “Building common areas” shall mean collectively all of the common facilities in the Building and the Land designed and intended for use by tenants or other occupants in the Building in common with Main

 

8


Landlord, the other Unit Owners and each other, including, without limitation, elevators, fire stairs, mechanical areas and telephone and electrical closets and riser shafts, walkways, truck docks, plazas, courts, public areas within the property line of the Building, service areas, lobbies, landscaped and garden areas and all other common and service areas of the Building.

7.    Performance by Main Landlord. Upon the request of Subtenant, Sublandlord, at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, shall promptly request of the Main Landlord, and shall use reasonable efforts to obtain from Main Landlord, the Main Landlord’s consent for any action to which Sublandlord has consented and, pursuant to the terms and provisions of this Sublease and/or the Main Lease, for which the Main Landlord’s consent is required. In addition, upon the request of Subtenant, Sublandlord, at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, shall also use reasonable efforts to cause the Main Landlord to observe and/or perform the obligations of the Main Landlord under the Main Lease which relate to the Subleased Premises; provided, however, that Sublandlord shall not be required to incur any expense or expend any sums to obtain such enforcement, except to the extent of funds advanced by Subtenant to Sublandlord for such purpose, and Sublandlord shall have no liability to Subtenant, nor shall Subtenant’s obligations under this Sublease be reduced or abated in any manner, by reason of any inconvenience, annoyance, interruption or injury to Subtenant’s business arising from the Main Landlord’s making repairs or changes which the Main Landlord is required or permitted to make. Subtenant shall not in any event have any rights in respect of the Subleased Premises greater than Sublandlord’s rights under the Main Lease, and, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, Sublandlord shall not be required to make any payment, provide any services or perform any obligation, and Sublandlord shall have no liability to Subtenant for any matter whatsoever, except for Sublandlord’s obligation to pay the rent and additional rent due under the Main Lease and otherwise to perform its obligations under the Main Lease and hereunder (other than any such obligations of Sublandlord under the Main Lease to be performed by Subtenant under the express terms of this Sublease), and for Sublandlord’s obligation to use reasonable efforts, upon request of Subtenant and at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, to cause the Main Landlord to observe and/or perform its obligations under the Main Lease. Sublandlord shall not be responsible for any failure or interruption, for any reason whatsoever, of the services or facilities that may be appurtenant to or supplied at the Building by the Main Landlord or otherwise, including, without limitation, heat, air conditioning, water, elevator service and cleaning service, if any; and no failure to furnish, or interruption of, any such services or facilities shall give rise to any (a) subject to Section 2(b) of this Sublease, abatement, diminution or reduction of Subtenant’s obligations under this Sublease, or (b) liability on the part of the Sublandlord. Nothing contained in this Sublease shall be construed to create privity of estate or of contract between Subtenant and the Main Landlord. Sublandlord hereby represents that the Main Lease obligates Main Landlord to furnish the following services to that portion of the premises demised to Sublandlord under the Main Lease that constitutes the Subleased Premises: (i) passenger elevator cab service; (ii) heating, ventilation and air-conditioning (“HVAC”); (iii) Building standard cleaning services; (iv) water for ordinary lavatory (including private toilets), drinking, pantry (other than dishwashers) and normal office cleaning purposes; (v) access control to the Building; (vi) two (2) freight elevators; (vii) electricity as provided in Section 11 of this Sublease; (viii) access to the loading dock of the Building; (ix) emergency power through an emergency generator for the Unit; (x) water pressure and reserve capacity to the fire sprinkler system serving the Subleased Premises at the levels required pursuant to the Building Code for the City of New York; (xi) a fully capable addressable Class “E” fire alarm system to the Building; (xii) an ambient noise level in the Subleased Premises that does not exceed NC 35 Criteria at all

 

9


points within the Subleased Premises except within 10’ 0” of any mechanical equipment room where it will not exceed NC 40, unless such noise is a result of any Subtenant installation or the performance of any Tenant Alterations made by or on behalf of Subtenant; (xiii) cleaning of exterior windows; (xiv) operation of the Property as a “first class” office building in the Times Square area; (xv) subject to any Building security procedures and access control, Force Majeure, the applicable Rules and Regulations and the other provisions of the Main Lease, access to the Subleased Premises twenty four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week (unless prohibited by applicable Legal Requirements and/or Insurance Requirements); and (xvi) the Message Center as described in Exhibit “F” attached hereto. Neither Main Landlord nor Sublandlord shall have any liability to Subtenant therefor and no diminution or abatement of rent or other compensation shall or will be claimed by Subtenant as a result thereof, nor shall this Sublease or any of the obligations of Subtenant be affected or reduced by reason of such interruption, curtailment or suspension, except as otherwise provided in Section 2(b) of this Sublease. Subtenant shall keep entirely unobstructed all of the vents, intakes, outlets and grilles of the Subleased Premises, at all times and shall comply with and observe all reasonable regulations and requirements prescribed by Landlord for the proper functioning of the HVAC System. If Subtenant shall require Base HVAC System service at any time other than during Business Hours on Business Days or other than on Saturdays from 9:00 A.M. to 1:00 P.M. (“After-hours Service”), then Subtenant shall give Sublandlord notice of such requirement by noon on the day such After-hours Service is required and, by noon of the last preceding Business Day if such requirement shall be with respect to a day other than a Business Day, and Sublandlord shall use reasonable efforts to cause Main Landlord to furnish such After-hours Service at such times. Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord all charges incurred by Sublandlord for such After-hours Service usage by Subtenant as Additional Rent, which charges are subject to change from time to time and at any time. “Business Hours” shall mean 8:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M. on Business Days or such additional (but not lesser) hours of operations that Main Landlord may designate for the Unit from time to time.

8.    No Breach of Main Lease. Subtenant shall not do, omit to do, or permit to be done any act or thing which may constitute a breach or violation, after the expiration of any applicable notice or cure period, of any term, covenant or condition of the Main Lease (to the extent disclosed to Subtenant) by the tenant thereunder, whether or not such act or thing is permitted under the provisions of this Sublease.

9.    Releases. Subtenant hereby releases the Main Landlord and each Condominium Board and the other Superior Parties with respect to any covered loss (including a claim for negligence, but excluding a claim based upon willful misconduct) which any of the foregoing might otherwise have against the other for loss, damage or destruction with respect to Subtenant’s Property by fire or other covered peril (including rental value or business interruption) occurring during the Term to the extent to which any of the foregoing are insured under a policy containing a waiver of subrogation or permission for waiver. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Sublease to the contrary, neither Main Landlord nor Sublandlord shall be liable to Subtenant in connection with any matter arising from or relating to this Sublease for any consequential, special or indirect damages. The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease. Subtenant will cause its insurance carriers to include any clauses or endorsements in favor of the Main Landlord and Sublandlord which Sublandlord is required to provide pursuant to the provisions of the Main Lease as follows: (a) the insurance company shall provide Sublandlord with thirty (30) days’ prior notice, or ten (10) days’ prior notice in the event

 

10


of cancellation for nonpayment of premium, before Subtenant’s insurance policy shall be cancelled; (b) Subtenant shall be solely responsible for the payment of premiums therefor notwithstanding that Sublandlord is named as an additional insured with respect to general liability insurance; (c) a completed operations endorsement to Subtenant’s commercial general liability insurance; and (d) a stipulated (agreed) valuation endorsement for Subtenant’s “cause of loss/special form” coverage upon Subtenant’s Property for one hundred percent (100%) of replacement cost. Each of Landlord, the Condominium, any Superior Party, including the Public Parties, and Sublandlord, although named as additional insureds with respect to the general liability, nevertheless shall continue to be named as such additional insured under said policies for so long as such policies are in effect for any loss or damages occasioned during the Term to any of them, their respective agents, employees, contractors, directors, shareholders, partners and principals (disclosed or undisclosed) by reason of the negligence, acts or omissions of Subtenant, its servants, agents and employees.

10.    Late Charges. Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord, in respect of any amounts payable hereunder to Sublandlord (including, without limitation, Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and sums advanced by Sublandlord hereunder to cure a default beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or cure period by Subtenant in the performance of Subtenant’s obligations hereunder) which shall not have been paid on the date which is five (5) Business Days after the same shall be due and payable (each, an “Overdue Payment”), interest on such Overdue Payment at the Prime Rate plus two percent (2%) per annum (the “Interest Rate”). “Prime Rate” shall mean, for any period of time during the Term of this Sublease, the then published annual prime or base interest rate upon unsecured loans charged by JPMorgan Chase (or any successor thereto) or Citibank, N.A. (or any successor thereto) if JPMorgan Chase N.A., Citibank, N.A. or such successor shall not then have an announced prime or base rate). Such aforesaid charges shall be due and payable, as Additional Rent, within thirty (30) days after demand for payment therefor by Sublandlord. No failure by Sublandlord to insist upon the strict performance by Subtenant of Subtenant’s obligations to pay such Overdue Payment or interest thereon shall constitute a waiver by Sublandlord of its right to enforce the provisions of this Section. The provisions of this Section shall not be construed in any way to extend any cure or notice periods with respect to the payment of Rent as provided in Section 19 or any other provision of this Sublease. Nothing in this Section contained and no acceptance of late charges by Sublandlord shall be deemed to extend or change the time for payment of Rent.

11.    Electricity. Sublandlord hereby represents that Main Landlord is obligated under the Main Lease to furnish to the Subleased Premises alternating electric current in an amount equal to six (6) watts actual demand load per gross square foot (based on the floor of the Subleased Premises containing 26,000 gross square feet). Subtenant shall pay for all electricity consumed at the Subleased Premises, which shall be measured by submeters. In accordance with the Main Lease, Main Landlord shall install such submeters and maintain same in good working order and repair. Subtenant shall pay Sublandlord within ten (10) days after Subtenant’s receipt of an invoice for the electricity consumed at the Subleased Premises, as shown on such submeter. Subtenant shall comply with all other obligations with respect to electricity set forth in Article 7 of the Main Lease, as described in Exhibit 7 attached hereto. Main Landlord and its agents shall, upon prior reasonable notice (except in the event of an emergency), be permitted access to the electric closets and the meters during normal Business Hours to maintain and repair the same and make necessary readings thereof. Subtenant’s use of electrical energy shall never exceed the electrical capacity of

 

11


the then existing feeders to the Building or the then existing risers or wiring installation serving the Subleased Premises without Main Landlord’s and Sublandlord’s prior written approval. Main Landlord, its agents and engineers and consultants may survey Subtenant’s electrical consumption from time to time during Business Hours upon reasonable prior notice (except during an emergency, in which event no prior notice shall be required), at Main Landlord’s expense, to determine whether Subtenant is complying with its obligations under this Section unless such survey shows that Subtenant has exceeded its permitted Electrical Capacity hereunder, in which event Subtenant shall be responsible for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Main Landlord in connection therewith. Except as otherwise provided in Section 2(b) of this Sublease, neither Main Landlord nor Sublandlord shall have any liability to Subtenant for any loss, damage or expense which Subtenant may sustain or incur by reason of any change, failure, inadequacy or defect in the supply or character of the electrical energy furnished to the Subleased Premises or if the quantity or character of the electrical energy is no longer available or suitable for Subtenant’s requirements. Subtenant hereby acknowledges that under the Main Lease, and without liability to Subtenant for any loss, damage or expense that Subtenant may sustain thereby, Main Landlord or any Condominium Board shall have the right on not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior notice to Sublandlord (except that in the event of an emergency, in which event no prior notice shall be required) to “shut down” electrical energy to the Subleased Premises when necessitated by the need for repairs, alterations, connections or reconnections, with respect to the electrical system serving the Building, the Unit and/or the Common Elements (singularly or collectively, “Electrical Work”), regardless of whether the need for such Electrical Work arises in respect of the Subleased Premises, any other tenant space, or any space in the Building, the Unit, the Common Elements and/or the Building common areas. Subtenant may, at Subtenant’s option, furnish and install all replacement lighting, tubes, lamps, starters, bulbs and ballasts required in the Subleased Premises at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense using Subtenant’s employees (but not any outside contractor) provided such lighting complies with the Design Guidelines under the Main Lease (a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit “J”).

12.    Use. Subtenant shall use and occupy the Subleased Premises, solely as administrative, general and executive offices, and any ancillary uses thereto which are usual and customary in Comparable Buildings. Subtenant will not use or suffer or permit the use of the Subleased Premises, or any part thereof, in any manner which would violate any provision of this Sublease or Article 5 of the Master Lease, which is attached hereto as Exhibit 5. No portion of the Subleased Premises shall be permitted to be used as or for and Subtenant shall not at any time use or occupy the Subleased Premises, the Unit, the Building or any part thereof, or suffer or permit any Person to use or occupy the Subleased Premises, the Unit, the Building or any part thereof for: (a)more than two (2) pantries; or (b) dining room(s) or related areas for food preparation, consumption, refrigeration, storage, cooking and/or warming; further, if Sublandlord determines that any use by Subtenant is in violation of this Sublease, then Subtenant shall immediately discontinue such use without any right of arbitration; further, provided, such dining room or pantry shall contain only equipment that is mutually acceptable to the parties using their respective good faith reasonable judgment such as, but not limited to, a microwave, dishwasher, and/or refrigerator; further provided, prior to installing any equipment (the “Supplemental Equipment”) in the pantry or elsewhere in the Subleased Premises that requires any water, gas, supplemental electrical, and other utility hook-up or installation such as, but not limited to, as a dishwasher, Subtenant shall obtain Sublandlord’s prior written consent to each such hook-up or installation and Subtenant shall keep such pantry neat, clean, sanitary, in good order and free of insects, rodents, vermin and other

 

12


pests by Subtenant at Subtenant’s expense and shall not permit any food odors or other unusual or objectionable odors or fumes to emanate outside the Subleased Premises including but not limited to other tenants’ spaces and into other areas of the Building nor permit any cooking, preparation of food, or cigarette, cigar, pipe, or other form of smoking to occur in, on, or about the Subleased Premises; further, provided, if Sublandlord elects, at Sublandlord’s sole option, to provide extermination services for the Subleased Premises due to the existence of insects, rodents, vermin and other pests arising from such pantry or food in the Subleased Premises due to Subtenant’s partners, employees, invitees, or agents elsewhere, such cost and expense shall be included as Additional Rent. Unless otherwise agreed upon by Sublandlord, on or before the expiration or sooner termination of the Term, Subtenant shall, at Subtenant’s sole cost, remove such Supplemental Equipment from the Subleased Premises and restore the Subleased Premises to its condition as of the date hereof using new, first class materials in a good and workmanlike manner and, in case of any damage to the Building and/or the Unit and/or the Subleased Premises by reason of such removal, Subtenant shall repair any such damage. In no event shall any ancillary uses (whether by Subtenant or any third party) be used by, or available for use by, the general public.

13.    Condition of Subleased Premises.

(a)    Subtenant is leasing the Subleased Premises “AS-IS” as of the Sublease Commencement Date, and Sublandlord shall have no obligation to furnish, render or supply any work, labor, services, material, fixtures, equipment or decorations to make the Subleased Premises ready for Subtenant’s occupancy, except as set forth below. The taking of possession of the Subleased Premises by Subtenant shall be conclusive evidence as against Subtenant that the Subleased Premises and the Building were in good and satisfactory condition at the time possession was taken. In making and executing this Sublease, Subtenant has relied solely on such investigations, examinations and inspections as Subtenant has chosen to make or has made. Subtenant has had the opportunity for full and complete investigations, examinations, and inspections. The Subleased Premises shall be delivered broom clean and vacant with all Base Building Systems operating in accordance with the Base Building Criteria (as defined in Exhibit “G” to this Sublease). Subtenant acknowledges that, except pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, no representations with respect to the condition of the Subleased Premises, or with respect to any fixtures therein contained, have been made to it.

(b)    All Alterations (including those contemplated pursuant to Section 57 below) made by either party, including all paneling, decoration, non-removable partitions, railings, galleries and the like, affixed to the realty so that they cannot be removed without material damage to the Building and/or the Unit (collectively, “Fixtures”) shall remain in the Subleased Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term. All Subtenant’s Property shall be the property of Subtenant, and shall be removed by Subtenant on or before the expiration of the Term or sooner termination thereof and, in case of any damage to the Building and/or the Unit by reason of their removal, Subtenant shall repair any such damage. Any items of Subtenant’s Property which remain in the Subleased Premises after fifteen (15) days following the expiration or any earlier termination of this Sublease shall, after ten (10) days’ notice to Subtenant be deemed to have been abandoned, and may be retained by Sublandlord as Sublandlord’s property or disposed of by Sublandlord, without accountability, in such manner as Sublandlord shall determine, at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense. Upon the expiration or other termination of the Term, Subtenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, quit, surrender, vacate and deliver the

 

13


Subleased Premises to Sublandlord broom clean and in good order, condition and repair except for ordinary wear, tear and damage by fire or other casualty and condemnation, subject to Subtenant’s obligation to remove any Hazardous Materials placed in the Subleased Premises by Subtenant or its contractors and Subtenant’s Property. Subtenant acknowledges that possession of the Subleased Premises must be surrendered to Sublandlord at the expiration or sooner termination of the Term hereof. The parties recognize and agree that the damage to Sublandlord resulting from any failure by Subtenant timely to surrender possession of the Subleased Premises as aforesaid will be substantial and may be impossible accurately to measure. Subtenant desires to limit and liquidate said amounts and therefore agrees that if possession of the Subleased Premises is not surrendered to Sublandlord upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term, then Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord for each month and for each portion of any month during which Subtenant holds over in the Subleased Premises after the expiration or sooner termination of the Term, for use and occupancy, the aggregate sum of (i) the greater of (A) 200% of the amount of the installment of the annual Fixed Rent that was payable under this Subleased for the last month of the Term hereof and (B) the fair market rental value of the Subleased Premises as of the date of such holdover, plus (ii) one-twelfth (1/12) of all items of Additional Rent which would have been payable monthly pursuant to this Sublease had its Term not expired or been terminated, plus (iii) those other items of Additional Rent which would have been payable pursuant to this Sublease had its Term not expired or been terminated which aggregate sum Subtenant agrees to pay to Sublandlord on demand, in full without setoff, and no extension or renewal of this Sublease shall be deemed to have occurred by such holding over, nor shall Sublandlord be precluded by accepting such aggregate sum for use and occupancy from exercising all rights and remedies available to it to obtain possession of the Subleased Premises. The acceptance by Sublandlord of any such use and occupancy payment by Subtenant pursuant to this subsection shall in no event preclude Sublandlord from commencing and prosecuting a holdover or summary eviction proceeding, and the provisions of this Section 13(b) shall be deemed be an “agreement expressly providing otherwise” within the meaning of Section 232-c of the Real Property Law of the State of New York and any successor or similar law of like import. Nothing contained in this Section(b) shall (A) imply any right of Subtenant to remain in the Subleased Premises after the Expiration Date without the execution of a new lease, (B) imply any obligation of Sublandlord to grant a new lease or (C) be construed to limit any right or remedy that Sublandlord has against Subtenant as a holdover tenant or trespasser. Subtenant’s obligation under this Section 13(c) shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Sublease. Without limiting any other obligation of Subtenant hereunder, in the event that Subtenant holds over in the Subleased Premises after the expiration or sooner termination of the term of the Main Lease (which expiration date is, subject to the terms and conditions of the Main Lease, September 30, 2027), Subtenant shall indemnify and save Sublandlord harmless from and against any and all damages liabilities, suits, demands, costs and expenses of any kind or nature (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Sublandlord pursuant to or in connection with the Main Lease, which exceed the amount otherwise required to be paid by Subtenant pursuant to this Section 13(c).

14.    Further Assignment and Sub-Subleases. In no event shall any provision of this Sublease limit or modify any right of Main Landlord under Article 8 of the Main Lease (a copy of which is attached to this Sublease as Exhibit 8), and Subtenant’s rights under this Section 14 shall be subordinate and subject to such rights of Main Landlord. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Subtenant shall not, whether voluntarily, involuntarily or by operation of law or otherwise (i) assign or otherwise transfer this Sublease or any interest or estate herein,

 

14


(ii) sub-sublease the Subleased Premises or any portion thereof, or allow the same to be used, occupied or utilized by any person other than Subtenant, including, without limitation, in violation of the Main Lease or any Superior Instruments or (iii) mortgage, pledge, encumber or otherwise hypothecate this Sublease or the Sublease Premises or any part thereof in any manner without, in each instance, obtaining the prior written consent of Sublandlord (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) and Main Landlord (which consent may be granted or denied in the sole and absolute discretion of Main Landlord). For purposes of this Section 14, (A) a material modification, amendment or extension of any sub-sublease requiring Sublandlord’s consent hereunder shall be deemed a sub-sublease requiring approval of the relevant provisions thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 14, and (B) any Person or legal representative of Subtenant to whom Subtenant’s interest under this Sublease passes by operation of law or otherwise shall be bound by the provisions of this Section 14. Neither the provisions of this Section 14, nor any other provisions of this Sublease, shall apply to, or restrict, transfers of membership interests, partnership interests, stock or other beneficial ownership interests, in Subtenant; provided, that, (X) such transfer is for a valid business purpose and not principally for the purpose of transferring this Sublease or avoiding any obligations under this Sublease; (Y) not later than five (5) days following the effective date of such transaction, Subtenant shall give Sublandlord notice thereof; and (Z) Subtenant shall have obtained the prior written approval of Main Landlord of each such transfer, which approval may be granted, withheld, or conditioned in Main Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion.

15.    Rules and Regulations. Subtenant, its servants, employees, agents, subtenants and other licensees shall comply with the Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit “C” (the “Rules and Regulations”). Sublandlord shall have the right from time to time during the Term to make reasonable changes in and additions to the Rules and Regulations with the same force and effect as if they were originally attached hereto. The right to dispute the reasonableness of any change or addition to the Rules and Regulations upon Subtenant’s part shall be deemed waived unless the same shall be asserted by service of a notice upon Sublandlord within thirty (30) days after receipt by Subtenant of notice of the adoption of any such amended or additional Rules and Regulations. Any failure by Sublandlord to enforce any Rules and Regulations now or hereafter in effect against Subtenant shall not constitute a waiver of the enforceability of any such Rules and Regulations. In the event of any conflict or discrepancy between the Rules and Regulations and the terms and provisions of this Sublease, this Sublease shall control, unless such Rules and Regulations have been promulgated by Main Landlord in accordance with its rights under the Main Lease, in which case such Rules and Regulations of the Main Landlord shall control.

16.    Consents and Approvals. If Sublandlord’s consent or approval is required under this Sublease and Sublandlord has agreed not to unreasonably withhold or delay such consent or approval, Sublandlord’s refusal to consent to or approve any matter shall be deemed reasonable if the consent or approval of Main Landlord is required under the terms of the Main Lease and such consent or approval has not been obtained despite Sublandlord’s request therefore in accordance with Section 7 hereof. If Subtenant shall seek the approval by or consent of Sublandlord and Sublandlord shall fail or refuse to give such consent or approval, Subtenant shall not be entitled to any damages for any withholding or delay of such approval or consent by Sublandlord, it being intended that Subtenant’s sole remedy shall be an action for injunction or specific performance, which shall be available only in those cases where Sublandlord shall have expressly agreed in writing not to unreasonably withhold or delay its consent. Subtenant hereby waives any monetary

 

15


claim against Sublandlord which it may have based upon any assertion that Sublandlord has unreasonably withheld or delayed any consent or approval required to be given hereunder, and, in any such event, Subtenant agrees that its sole remedy shall be an action or proceeding to enforce any such provision or for specific performance, injunction, declaratory judgment or arbitration as expressly permitted or required hereunder. In the event of a determination favorable to Subtenant, the requested consent or approval shall be deemed to have been granted; provided, however, except as set forth in the next sentence, Sublandlord shall not have liability to Subtenant for its refusal to give such consent or approval. The sole remedy for Sublandlord’s unreasonably withholding or delaying of consent or approval shall be as set forth in this Section 16; provided, however, that if it shall be finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that either party acted capriciously and in bad faith or failed to comply with any final decision of any arbitration proceedings pursuant to the terms of this Sublease, then such party shall be liable to the other for the Actual Damages incurred by such party. “Actual Damages” shall mean actual, direct damages of Subtenant or Sublandlord (as the case may be) but in no event to include (i) consequential, indirect or punitive damages or (ii) damages on account of loss of business, inconvenience or annoyance.

17.    Quiet Enjoyment. Sublandlord represents, warrants, and covenants that it has the right to make this Sublease and that so long as this Sublease is in force and effect, Sub-Subtenant shall, during the Term and subject to the provisions of this Sublease and the Main Lease, quietly occupy and enjoy the Subleased Premises without hindrance by Sublandlord, its successors and assigns; provided, that this covenant and any and all other covenants and agreements of Sublandlord herein shall be binding upon Sublandlord only during its ownership of the leasehold estate created by the Sublease and upon each of Sublandlord’s successors and assigns only during their respective periods of ownership of Sublandlord’s interests hereunder.

18.    Notices. Any notice, statement, demand, consent, approval or other communication required or permitted to be given, rendered or made by either party pursuant to this Sublease or pursuant to any Legal Requirement (collectively, “notices”) shall be in writing (whether or not so stated elsewhere in this Sublease unless a specific provision provides the same may be oral) and shall be deemed to have been properly given, rendered or made only if sent by (a) registered or certified mail return receipt requested, posted in a United States post office station or letter box in the continental United States, (b) by a nationally recognized overnight courier (e.g., Federal Express) with receipt acknowledged or (c) by personal delivery with receipt acknowledged, to Main Landlord, Sublandlord or Subtenant, as the case may be, at the address of such party as follows: (A) If to Main Landlord, (i) FC Eighth Ave., LLC, c/o Forest City Ratner Companies, LLC, One MetroTech Center, 23rd Floor, Brooklyn, New York 11201, Attn: Legal Department, with copies to (ii) First New York Partners Management, LLC, One MetroTech Center, 22nd Floor, Brooklyn, New York 11201, Attn: Legal Department, and to (iii) Forest City Realty Trust, Inc., 1100 Terminal Towner, 50 Public Square, Cleveland, Ohio 44113, Attn: General Counsel; (B) If to Sublandlord: Covington & Burling LLP, 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, Attention:             , with a copy to, Covington & Burling LLP, One CityCenter, 850 Tenth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20001, Attention:             ; and (C) If to Subtenant: Datadog, Inc., 620 Eighth Avenue, 45th Floor, New York, New York, and to Goulston & Storrs, 885 Third Avenue, 18th Floor, New York, New York 10022, Attn:             , provided, however, that following the Sublease Commencement Date, Subtenant’s address shall be deemed modified such that “44th Floor” is substituted in the place of

 

16


“45th Floor.” Any notice shall be deemed to have been given, rendered or made on the day received, or if receipt is refused, on the date so refused. Either party may, by notice hereunder, designate a different address for notices intended for it. Notwithstanding the foregoing, notices requesting any after hours air-conditioning service may be given in writing by personal and actual delivery to the Building manager or other person in the Building designated by Main Landlord to receive such notices.

19.    Default.

(a)    If Subtenant defaults in (i) (A) the payment of Rent or (B) providing or maintaining any Security, in either case, for a period of five (5) days after notice to Subtenant of such default; or (ii) fulfilling any of Subtenant’s covenants or obligations under this Sublease, other than the covenants for the payment of Rent or other enumerated defaults in Section 19(a)(i), then, in any one or more of such events, upon Sublandlord serving a written thirty (30) days’ notice upon Subtenant specifying the nature of such default, and upon the expiration of said thirty (30) days, if Subtenant shall have failed to comply with or remedy such default, or if the such default shall be of such a nature that the same cannot be completely cured or remedied within such thirty (30) day period, and if Subtenant shall not have diligently commenced curing such default within said thirty (30) day period, and shall not thereafter with reasonable diligence and in good faith proceed to remedy or cure such default; then in any of such events Sublandlord may give to Subtenant notice of intention to terminate this Sublease to end the Term and the estate hereby granted at the expiration of five (5) Business Days from the date of the giving of such notice, and, in the event such notice is given, this Sublease and the Term and estate hereby granted shall terminate upon the expiration of said five (5) Business Days with the same effect as if that day were the Expiration Date, but Subtenant shall remain liable for damages as hereinafter provided in this Section 19. Nothing herein shall be deemed to require Sublandlord to give any further notice in addition to the notices, if any required under such Section 19 prior to the commencement of a summary proceeding for nonpayment of Rent or a plenary action for the recovery of Rent on account of any default in the payment of the same; it being intended that such notices are for the sole purpose of creating a conditional limitation hereunder pursuant to which this Sublease shall terminate, and if Subtenant thereafter remains in possession or occupancy, it shall become a holdover tenant.

(b)    If this Sublease and the Term shall terminate as provided in Section 19(a) of this Sublease: (i) Sublandlord and its agents, employees, contractors and/or subcontractors may at any time after the Term terminates, re-enter the Subleased Premises or any part thereof, without further notice, either by summary proceedings or by any other applicable action or proceeding permitted by law and/or (but only to the extent permitted by applicable law) by forcible entry, changing of locks, removal of Subtenant’s Property and/or other “self-help” remedies (without being liable to indictment, prosecution or damages therefor), and may repossess the Subleased Premises and dispossess Subtenant and any other persons from the Subleased Premises and thereafter remove any and all of its or their property and effects from the Subleased Premises, without Sublandlord incurring any liability to Subtenant on account thereof, to the end that Sublandlord may have, hold and enjoy the Subleased Premises and in no event shall re-entry be deemed an acceptance of surrender of this Sublease; and (ii) Sublandlord, at its option, may relet the whole or any part or parts of the Subleased Premises from time to time, either in the name of Sublandlord or otherwise, to such tenant or tenants, for such term or terms ending before, on or

 

17


after the Expiration Date, at such rental or rentals and upon such other terms and conditions, which may include concessions and free rent periods, as Sublandlord, in its sole discretion, may determine. Sublandlord shall have no obligation to relet the Subleased Premises or any part thereof and Sublandlord shall not have liability to Subtenant for refusal or failure to relet the Subleased Premises or any part thereof or, in the event of such reletting, refusal or failure to collect any rent upon any such reletting, and no such refusal or failure shall operate to relieve Subtenant of any liability under this Sublease or otherwise to affect any such liability. Sublandlord, at Sublandlord’s option, may make such Alterations to the Subleased Premises as Sublandlord, in its sole discretion, considers advisable or necessary in connection with any such reletting or proposed reletting, without relieving Subtenant of any liability under this Sublease or otherwise affecting any such liability.

(c)    Subtenant, on its own behalf and on behalf of all persons claiming by, through or under Subtenant, including all creditors, does, to the fullest extent permitted by law, hereby expressly waive any and all rights which Subtenant and all such persons might otherwise have to (i) the service of any notice of intention to re-enter or to institute legal proceedings to that end, (ii) redeem the Subleased Premises or any interest therein, (iii) re-enter or repossess the Subleased Premises, or (iv) restore the operation of this Sublease, after Subtenant shall have been dispossessed by a judgment or by a warrant of any court or judge, or after any re-entry by Sublandlord, or after any termination of this Sublease, whether such dispossess, re-entry by Sublandlord or termination shall be by operation of law or pursuant to the provisions of this Sublease. The words “re-enter”, “re-entry” and “re-entered” as used in this Sublease shall not be deemed to be restricted to their technical legal meanings.

(d)    In the event of any breach or threatened breach by Subtenant or Sublandlord hereunder or by any Person claiming through or Subtenant or Sublandlord, as the case may be, of any term, covenant or condition of this Sublease, the other party shall have the right to enjoin such breach or threatened breach or, subject to the limitations contained herein, to invoke any other right or remedy allowed by law or in equity.

(e)    If this Sublease shall terminate as provided in Section 19(a) of this Sublease or by or under any summary proceeding, or any other action or proceeding, then, in any of said events: (1) Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord all Rents to the date upon which this Sublease shall have been terminated or to the date of re-entry upon the Subleased Premises by Landlord, as the case may be; (2) Sublandlord shall be entitled to retain all monies, if any, paid by Subtenant to Sublandlord, whether as advance rent, security or otherwise, but such monies shall be credited by Sublandlord against any Rents due at the time of such termination or re-entry (in such order and in such amounts as Sublandlord shall elect in its sole discretion) or, at Sublandlord’s option, against any damages payable by Subtenant and, after all such Rents and damages have been paid in full, any remainder shall be returned to Subtenant; (3) Subtenant shall be liable for and shall pay to Sublandlord, as damages, any deficiency between the Rents payable hereunder for the period which otherwise would have constituted the unexpired portion of the Term and the net amount if any of Rents (“Net Rent”) collected under any reletting effected pursuant to the provisions of Section 19 of this Sublease for any part of such period (first deducting from the Rents collected under any such reletting all of Sublandlord’s costs and expenses in connection with the termination of this Sublease or Sublandlord’s re-entry upon the Subleased Premises and in connection with such reletting); (4) Any deficiency in accordance with subsection (3) above shall be paid in

 

18


monthly installments by Subtenant on the days specified in this Sublease for the payment of installments of Fixed Rent. Sublandlord shall be entitled to recover from Subtenant each monthly deficiency as the same shall arise and no suit to collect the amount of the deficiency for any month shall prejudice Sublandlord’s right to collect the deficiency for any prior or subsequent month by a similar proceeding. Alternatively, suit or suits for the recovery of such deficiencies may be brought by Sublandlord from time to time at its election; (5) If Subtenant shall fail to pay to Sublandlord any amount referenced in subsection (3) or (4) above on the date when the sum shall be due or in lieu thereof, then, without further notice to Subtenant and whether or not Sublandlord shall have collected any monthly deficiencies as aforesaid, Sublandlord, at its option, shall be entitled to recover from Subtenant, and Subtenant shall pay Sublandlord, on demand, as and for liquidated and agreed final damages and not as a penalty, a sum equal to the amount by which the Rents for the period to the then-stated Expiration Date from the latest of the date of termination of this Sublease or the date through which monthly deficiencies shall have been paid in full exceeds the then fair and reasonable rental value of the Subleased Premises for the same period, both discounted at the Prime Rate minus two percent (2%) per annum to present worth; (6) In no event shall Subtenant be entitled (i) to receive any excess of any Net Rent under subsection (c) over the sums payable by Subtenant to Sublandlord hereunder or (ii) in any suit for the collection of damages pursuant to this Section 19(e), to a credit in respect of any Net Rent from a reletting except to the extent that such Net Rent is actually received by Sublandlord prior to the commencement of such suit. If the Subleased Premises or any part thereof should be relet in combination with other space or for a term that extends beyond the then stated Expiration Date, then proper apportionment (on a per square foot rentable area basis in the case of a reletting in combination with other space outside of the Subleased Premises) shall be made of the rent received from such reletting and of the expenses of reletting.

(f)    If this Sublease be terminated as provided in Section 19(a) of this Sublease or by or under any summary proceeding or any other action or proceeding, Subtenant covenants and agrees, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Sublease: (A) that the Subleased Premises shall be required to be in the same condition as that in which Subtenant has agreed to surrender the Subleased Premises to Sublandlord on the Expiration Date; (B) that Subtenant, on or before the occurrence of any event of default hereunder, shall have performed every covenant contained in this Sublease for repairing any part of the Subleased Premises; and (C) that, for the breach of either subsection (A) or (B) of this Section 19(f)(i), or both, Sublandlord shall be entitled, without limiting any other damages payable by Subtenant hereunder, to recover, and Subtenant shall pay, as and for agreed damages therefor, the then cost of performing such covenants, plus interest thereon at the Interest Rate for the period between the date of the occurrence of any default and the date when any such work or act, the cost of which is computed, should have been performed under the other terms of this Sublease had such default not occurred. (ii) Each and every covenant contained in this Section 19(f) shall be deemed separate and independent, and not dependent on any other term of this Sublease for the use and occupation of the Subleased Premises by Subtenant, and the performance of any such term shall not be considered to be rent or other payment for the use of said Subleased Premises. It is understood that the consideration for the covenants in this Section 19(f) is the making of this Sublease, and the damages for failure to perform the same shall be in addition to and separate and independent of the damages accruing by reason of default in observing any other term of this Sublease.

 

19


(g)    Nothing herein contained shall be construed as limiting or precluding the recovery by Sublandlord against Subtenant of any sums or damages to which, in addition to the damages particularly provided above, Sublandlord may lawfully be entitled by reason of any default hereunder on the part of Subtenant.

(h)    Each right and remedy provided for in this Sublease shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other right provided for in this Sublease or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity, by statute or otherwise, and the exercise or beginning of the exercise by a party of any one or more of such rights shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise by such party of any or all other rights provided for in this Sublease or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity, by statute or otherwise. The provisions of this Section 19 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease.

20.    Insurance. Subtenant, at Subtenant’s sole expense, shall maintain for the benefit of Sublandlord and Main Landlord and its managing agent, if any, and any Superior Lessors and Superior Mortgagees whose names and addresses were or are furnished to Subtenant such policies of insurance (and in such form) with respect to the Subleased Premises set forth in Exhibit “D” hereof, which policies shall be reasonably satisfactory to Sublandlord as to coverage and insurer (which shall be licensed to do business in the State of New York). At all times during the term hereof, Sublandlord shall maintain in full force and effect all policies of insurance with respect to the Subleased Premises required to be maintained by it under the Main Lease.

21.    Indemnity. Subtenant shall indemnify and save each of the Indemnitees harmless (except to the extent any claim arises from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any Indemnitee) from and against (i) all claims of whatever nature against the Indemnitees arising from any negligence or willful misconduct of Subtenant, any Subtenant Party or Subtenant’s contractors, licensees, agents, servants, employees or, while in the Subleased Premises, invitees or visitors, (ii) all claims against the Indemnitees arising from any accident, injury or damage whatsoever caused to any person or to the property of any person and occurring during the Term in the Subleased Premises, (iii) all claims against the Indemnitees arising from any accident, injury or damage occurring outside of the Subleased Premises but anywhere within or about the Real Property, to the extent such accident, injury or damage results or is claimed to have resulted from any negligence or willful misconduct of Subtenant, any Subtenant Party or Subtenant’s contractors, licensees, agents, servants, employees, invitees or visitors, (iv) any breach, violation or non-performance of any covenant, condition or agreement in this Sublease set forth and contained on the part of Subtenant to be fulfilled, kept, observed and performed and (v) any amounts payable by Sublandlord to Main Landlord in connection with this Sublease (including, without limitation, pursuant to Section 17(j) of the form of Consent, excluding, however, costs incurred by Main Landlord in connection with its making investigations as to the acceptability of Subtenant and its reasonable legal costs incurred in connection with the granting of the Consent (it being agreed that Sublandlord shall be responsible for such excluded amounts)), attached hereto as Exhibit “E”. This indemnity and hold harmless agreement shall include indemnity from and against any and all liability, fines, suits, demands, costs and expenses of any kind or nature (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred in or in connection with any such claim or proceeding brought thereon, and the defense thereof but except with respect to claims with respect to bodily injury or death, shall be limited to the extent any insurance proceeds collectible by Sublandlord under policies owned by Sublandlord or such

 

20


injured party with respect to such damage or injury are insufficient to satisfy same. If any claim, action or proceeding is made or brought against any Indemnitee, and pursuant to which claim, action or proceeding Subtenant shall be obligated to indemnify any Indemnitee pursuant to this Section 21 (X) Indemnitee(s) shall give Subtenant prompt notice of such claim or action, and (Y) Subtenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, resist or defend such claim, action or proceeding in the Indemnitee’s name, if necessary, with counsel selected by it, subject to the reasonable approval of Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld but no approval of counsel shall be required in each and every instance where the claim is resisted or defended by counsel of an insurance carrier obligated so to resist or defend such claim. Each party hereby releases the other, Subtenant hereby releases Main Landlord and each Condominium Board and the other Superior Parties, and Sublandlord hereby agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause Main Landlord and the Condominium Board and the other Superior Parties, to release Subtenant with respect to any covered loss (including a claim for negligence, but excluding a claim based upon willful misconduct) which any of the foregoing might otherwise have against the other for loss, damage or destruction with respect to their respective property by fire or other covered peril (including rental value or business interruption) occurring during the Term to the extent to which any of the foregoing are insured under a policy containing a waiver of subrogation or permission for waiver. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Sublease to the contrary, Sublandlord shall not be liable to Subtenant in connection with any matter arising from or relating to this Sublease for any consequential, special or indirect damages. The provisions of this Section 21 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease. “Indemnitees” shall mean Main Landlord, each other Landlord Party and their respective partners, shareholders, officers, directors, members, employees, agents and contractors, the Public Parties, the Ground Lease Landlord, the Superior Lessors and the Superior Mortgagees. “Landlord Party” shall mean a Landlord Entity and any principal, partner, member, officer, stockholder, director, trustees, employee or agent of a Landlord Entity or of any partner or member of any Person constituting a Landlord Entity or any other direct or indirect holder of an ownership interest in Landlord, disclosed or undisclosed. “Subtenant Party” shall mean a Subtenant Entity and any principal, partner, member, officer, stockholder, director, trustees, employee or agent of a Subtenant Entity or of any partner or member of any Person constituting a Subtenant Entity or any other direct or indirect holder of an ownership interest in Subtenant, disclosed or undisclosed. “Subtenant Entity” shall mean the named Subtenant herein and Affiliates of Subtenant and after any transfer of Subtenant’s interest herein, the then subtenant and the Affiliates of the then subtenant.

22.    Damage and Destruction. If the Subleased Premises, the Unit or the Building shall be damaged by fire or other cause, then Subtenant agrees that it shall not be the obligation of Sublandlord to repair, restore or rebuild the Subleased Premises, the Unit or the Building, as the case may be, and Subtenant shall look to Main Landlord to repair, restore or rebuild the same in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Main Lease. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Main Lease, Subtenant shall have no right (i) to terminate this Sublease as to all or any part of the Subleased Premises by reason of a casualty or condemnation, or (ii) to an abatement of Rent by reason of a casualty or condemnation, unless, subject to Section 2(b) of this Sublease, Sublandlord is entitled to a corresponding abatement under Article 17 or 18 of the Main Lease (a copy of which is attached to this Sublease as Exhibit 17-18); provided, that, no other damage, compensation or claims shall be payable by Main Landlord or Sublandlord for inconvenience, loss of business or annoyance arising from any repair or restoration of any portion of the Subleased Premises, the Unit or of the Building. In the event this Sublease is terminated by

 

21


reason of exercise by Main Landlord or Sublandlord of its termination rights under the Main Lease relating to damage or destruction, neither Sublandlord nor Subtenant shall have the duty to repair and/or restore the Subleased Premises or any other part of the Building. Subtenant understands that Sublandlord will not carry insurance of any kind on any goods, furniture, or furnishings owned by Subtenant or on any fixtures, equipment, improvements, installations, or appurtenances owned and removable by Subtenant in accordance with the provisions of this Sublease and that Sublandlord shall not be obligated to repair any damage thereto or replace same. Subtenant shall complete the repair and restoration thereof within a reasonable period of time after the occurrence of the casualty and substantial completion of Main Landlord’s restoration obligations under the Main Lease, subject to delays due to Force Majeure. Sublandlord and Subtenant shall each request that a provision in any policy maintained by such party against loss by fire or other casualty be included to the effect that such party’s insurer waives its rights of subrogation against the other party’s insurer for any loss payable thereunder. Where such provision is obtainable from such insurer only at an additional premium and the insured party notifies the other party in writing of that fact, such insured party shall not be obligated to include such provision in such policy unless the other party notifies the insured party in writing, within ten (10) days after receiving notice from the insured party, that such other party will pay the increased cost for inclusion of such provision. Each party hereby releases and will not make any claims against or seek to recover from the other for any loss or damage to its property resulting from fire or other hazards to the extent covered by such property or other insurance that it is required hereunder to maintain or does otherwise maintain hereunder (or to the extent the same would have been covered if the parties hereunder were carrying all insurance required hereunder). The waiver of subrogation in this Section shall extend to both Sublandlord Parties and Subtenant Parties. This Section 22 shall be considered an express agreement governing any case of damage to or destruction of the Building or any part thereof by fire or other casualty, and Section 227 of the Real Property Law of the State of New York, and any other law of like import now or hereafter enacted, shall have no application. “Force Majeure” shall mean any delays resulting from any causes beyond Sublandlord’s or Subtenant’s reasonable control, as the case may be, including, without limitation, governmental regulation, governmental restriction, strike, labor dispute, riot, inability to obtain materials or supplies, acts of God, war, terrorist or bio-chemical attack, fire or other casualty and other like circumstances. Under no circumstances shall the non-payment of money or a failure attributable to a lack of funds be deemed to be (or to have caused) an event of Force Majeure nor shall weather conditions which are reasonably anticipatable as to frequency, duration and severity in their season of occurrence be deemed an event of Force Majeure. For purposes of this Sublease, Force Majeure delays shall be deemed to exist only if Sublandlord or Subtenant (as the case may be) promptly notifies the other party in writing of such delay and, after such initial notification promptly after request of the other party, Sublandlord or Subtenant (as the case may be) notifies the other party of the status of such delay. Each party shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate the delay caused by any event of Force Majeure to the extent reasonably commercially practicable, but without the necessity of employing overtime or premium pay labor unless such party elects to do so within its sole discretion or unless the other party elects to pay for such overtime or premium pay labor.

23.    Condemnation. In the event of any condemnation or taking hereinabove mentioned of all or a part of the Unit, Main Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award in the condemnation proceeding, including any award made for the value of the estate vested by this Sublease in Subtenant, and Subtenant hereby expressly assigns to Main Landlord any and all right, title and interest of Subtenant now or hereafter arising in or to any such award or any part

 

22


thereof, and Subtenant shall be entitled to receive no part of such award. Subtenant shall have no claim for the value of any unexpired Term of this Sublease. If the temporary use or occupancy of all or any part of the Subleased Premises shall be taken by condemnation or in any other manner for any public or quasi -public use or purpose during the Term, Subtenant shall be entitled, except as hereinafter set forth, to receive that portion of the award or payment actually received by Sublandlord for such taking that represents compensation for the use and occupancy of the Subleased Premises, for the taking of Subtenant’s Property and for moving expenses, and Main Landlord shall be entitled to receive that portion which represents reimbursement for the cost of restoration of the Subleased Premises. This Sublease shall be and remain unaffected by such taking and Subtenant shall continue to be responsible for all of its obligations hereunder insofar as such obligations are not affected by such taking and shall continue to pay in full the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent when due. If the period of temporary use or occupancy shall extend beyond the Expiration Date, that part of the award which represents compensation for the use and occupancy of the Subleased Premises (or a part thereof) shall be divided between Sublandlord and Subtenant so that Subtenant shall receive so much thereof as represents the period up to and including such Expiration Date and Sublandlord shall receive so much thereof as represents the period after such Expiration Date. All monies paid as, or as part of, an award for temporary use and occupancy for a period beyond the date to which the Rent have been paid shall be received, held and applied by Sublandlord as a trust fund for payment of the Rent becoming due hereunder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 23, each Condominium Board, and not Main Landlord or Sublandlord, subject to the provisions of Article 35 of the Main Lease, as set forth in Exhibit 35 of this Sublease, shall be responsible for all repairs to the Building, the Common Elements, the Unit and the Subleased Premises which, pursuant to the Condominium Documents, such Condominium Board is required to repair and/or restore, but Main Landlord shall be obligated to enforce the obligations of the Condominium Board as set forth in Article 35 of the Main Lease, and Sublandlord shall be obligated to enforce the obligations of Main Landlord as set forth in Article 35 of the Main Lease.

24.    Bankruptcy.

(a)    To the extent allowable under the Bankruptcy Code and other applicable Legal Requirements (collectively, “Bankruptcy Requirements”) if, at any time prior to the date herein fixed as the Sublease Commencement Date, a Bankruptcy Event shall occur, this Sublease shall be cancelled and terminated, in which event neither Subtenant nor any person claiming through or under Subtenant or by virtue of any statute or of an order of any court shall be entitled to possession of the Subleased Premises and Sublandlord, in addition to the other rights and remedies given by Section 19 hereof and by virtue of any other provision herein or elsewhere in this Sublease contained or by virtue of any statute or rule of law, may retain as liquidated damages any rent, security, deposit or monies received by it from Subtenant or others on behalf of Subtenant upon the execution hereof.

(b)    To the extent allowable under the Bankruptcy Requirements, if at the date fixed as the Sublease Commencement Date or if at any time during the Term a Bankruptcy Event shall occur, this Sublease, at the option of Sublandlord, exercised within a reasonable time after notice of the happening of any one or more of such events, may be cancelled and terminated, in which event neither Subtenant nor any person claiming through or under Subtenant by virtue of any statute or of an order of any court shall be entitled to possession

 

23


or to remain in possession of the Subleased Premises but shall forthwith quit and surrender the Subleased Premises. “Bankruptcy Event” shall mean any or all of the following events: there shall be filed by or against Subtenant in any court pursuant to any statute either of the United States or of any State a petition in bankruptcy, or there shall be commenced a case under the Bankruptcy Code by or against Subtenant, or a petition filed for insolvency or for reorganization or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee of all or a portion of Subtenant’s Property, and, in any case (other than a voluntary filing by Subtenant), within ninety (90) days thereof Subtenant fails to secure a discharge thereof, or if Subtenant makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or petitions for or enters into an arrangement with its creditors.

(c)    To the extent allowable under the Bankruptcy Requirements, it is stipulated and agreed that in the event of the termination of this Sublease pursuant to Sections 24(a) or 24(b), Sublandlord shall forthwith, notwithstanding any other provisions of this Sublease to the contrary, be entitled to recover from Subtenant as and for liquidated damages an amount equal to the difference between the rent reserved hereunder for the unexpired portion of the Term demised and the then fair and reasonable rental value of the Subleased Premises for the same period. To the extent allowable under the Bankruptcy Requirements, in the computation of such damages, the difference between any installment of rent becoming due hereunder after the date of termination and the fair and reasonable rental value of the Subleased Premises for the period for which such installment was payable shall be discounted to the date of termination at the rate of the Prime Rate minus two percent (2%) per annum. If the Subleased Premises or any part thereof be re-let by Sublandlord for the unexpired Term of this Sublease, or any part thereof, before presentation of proof of such liquidated damages to any court, commission or tribunal, to the extent allowable under the Bankruptcy Requirements, the amount of rent reserved upon such reletting shall be deemed prima facie to be the fair and reasonable rental value for the part or the whole of the Subleased Premises so re-let during the term of the re-letting. Nothing herein contained shall limit or prejudice the right of Sublandlord to prove for and obtain as liquidated damages by reason of such termination, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by the Bankruptcy Requirements governing the proceedings in which, such damages are to be proved, whether or not such amount be greater, equal to or less than the amount of the difference referred to above.

(d)    Without limiting any of the foregoing provisions of this Section 24, if pursuant to the Bankruptcy Requirements, Subtenant is permitted to assign or otherwise transfer this Sublease (whether in whole or in part in disregard of the restrictions contained in this Section 24 and/or Section 14 of this Sublease), Subtenant agrees that adequate assurance of future performance by the assignee or transferee permitted under the Bankruptcy Requirements shall mean, to the extent allowable under the Bankruptcy Requirements, the deposit of cash security with Sublandlord in an amount equal to the sum of one year’s Fixed Rent then reserved hereunder plus an amount equal to all Additional Rent payable under Section 3 of this Sublease or other provisions of this Sublease for the calendar year preceding the year in which such assignment is intended to become effective, which deposit shall be held by Sublandlord, without interest, for the balance of the Term as a security for the full and faithful performance of all of the obligations under this Sublease on the part of Subtenant yet to be performed. To the extent allowable under the Bankruptcy Requirements, if Subtenant receives or is to receive any valuable consideration for such an assignment or transfer (in part or in whole) of this Sublease, such consideration, after deducting therefrom any portion of such consideration reasonably designated

 

24


by the assignee or transferee as paid for the purchase of Subtenant’s Property in the Subleased Premises, shall be and become the sole exclusive property of Sublandlord and shall be paid over to Sublandlord directly by such assignee or transferee. Any such assignee or transferee may only use and occupy the Subleased Premises as permitted under Section 12 of this Sublease and such occupancy may not increase the number of individuals occupying the Subleased Premises at the time a petition for bankruptcy (or reorganization) is filed by or against Subtenant. In addition, to the extent allowable under the Bankruptcy Requirements adequate assurance shall mean that any such assignee or transferee of this Sublease shall have a net worth (exclusive of good will and general intangibles) in accordance with GAAP equal to at least ten (10) times the aggregate of the annual Fixed Rent reserved hereunder plus all Additional Rent for the preceding calendar year as aforesaid. Such assignee or transferee shall expressly assume this Sublease by an agreement in recordable form and reasonable acceptable to Sublandlord.

(e)    To the extent allowable under the Bankruptcy Requirements, all amounts payable by Subtenant to or on behalf of Sublandlord under this Lease, whether or not expressly denominated Fixed Rent, Additional Rent or Rent, shall constitute rent for the purposes of Section 502(b)(7) of the United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. §101 et. seq., as amended (the “Bankruptcy Code”).

25.    Estoppel Certificate. From time to time, within ten (10) days next following request by Sublandlord, Subtenant shall deliver to Sublandlord or Main Landlord or such other Person as Sublandlord or Main Landlord may reasonably request a written statement executed by Subtenant, in form reasonably satisfactory to Main Landlord and Sublandlord or such other Person, (i) certifying that this Sublease is then in full force and effect and has not been modified (or if modified, setting forth all modifications), (ii) setting forth the date to which the Fixed Rent, the Additional Rent and other items of Rent have been paid, (iii) stating whether or not, to the knowledge of Subtenant, Sublandlord is in default under this Sublease, and, if Sublandlord is in default, setting forth the specific nature of all such defaults, and (iv) as to any other matters reasonably requested by Main Landlord or Sublandlord. Subtenant acknowledges that any statement delivered pursuant to this Section 25 may be relied upon by any purchaser or owner of the Real Property, the Unit or the Building, or Main Landlord’s interest in the Real Property or the Unit, Ground Lease Landlord, the Condominium Board, or any other Superior Party, or by an assignee or successor of a Superior Party, or by any prospective assignee or transferee of the leasehold estate under the Main Lease.

26.    Alterations. Subtenant shall not make or cause, suffer or permit the making of any alteration, addition, change, replacement, installation or improvement in or to the Subleased Premises, the Demised Premises, the Unit or the Building, or the electrical, plumbing, mechanical or Base HVAC System or other Base Systems serving the Subleased Premises or the Demised Premises or the Unit or the Building (collectively “Alterations”) without obtaining the prior written consent of Sublandlord and Main Landlord in each instance, which consent Sublandlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay but which may be granted or denied in Main Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, and otherwise in compliance with the Main Lease. The term “alterations” means any alteration, installation, improvement, addition, removal, demolition, decoration or other physical change.

 

25


27.    Mechanics Liens. Any mechanic’s lien filed against the Building and/or the Unit for work claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to, Subtenant, any Affiliate or subtenant of Subtenant, or any other Person acting by or under any of the foregoing shall be discharged or bonded over by Subtenant within thirty (30) days after Subtenant shall have received notice (from whatever source) thereof. If Subtenant shall fail to discharge or bond over any mechanic’s lien within such thirty (30) day period as aforesaid, Sublandlord or Main Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, discharge the mechanic’s lien by bond, payment or otherwise and the cost of the discharge, together with interest thereon at the Interest Rate, will be paid by Subtenant to Sublandlord as Additional Rent, or to Main Landlord, as applicable, within thirty (30) days of Sublandlord’s or Main Landlord’s demand therefor.

28.    Right of Access; Entry.

(a)    Subject to the provisions of the Main Lease, (i) Subtenant shall permit Main Landlord and Sublandlord, agents, representatives, contractors and employees of Landlord and Sublandlord and each Condominium Board and utility companies and other service providers servicing the Building, the Unit and/or the Common Elements to erect, use and maintain pipes and conduits in and through the Subleased Premises in concealed locations beneath floors, behind core or perimeter walls or within existing column enclosures and above ceiling; (ii) Main Landlord and Sublandlord and agents, representatives, contractors and employees of Main Landlord and Sublandlord and any Condominium Board shall have the right to enter the Subleased Premises upon prior reasonable notice (except in an emergency, in which event Sublandlord shall endeavor to give such notice as is reasonably practicable under the circumstances) during Business Hours, for the purpose of making such repairs or alterations as Main Landlord or Sublandlord or any Condominium Board shall reasonably require or shall have the right to make by the provisions of the Main Lease or this Sublease or the Condominium Documents; and (iii) Main Landlord and Sublandlord shall also have the right on reasonable prior notice during Business Hours to enter the Subleased Premises, for the purpose of inspecting them or exhibiting them to prospective purchasers, prospective superior lessors or superior mortgagees of the Building and/or the Unit. Main Landlord, Sublandlord, and each Condominium Board shall be allowed to take such material as shall be required for such day’s work (provided that if excess material does not unreasonably interfere with Subtenant’s business and use of the Demised Premises, then Main Landlord, Sublandlord and any Condominium Board can take such reasonable amounts of material as is required for a commercially reasonable period into and upon the Subleased Premises during periods when work is in progress.

(b)    throughout the Term of this Sublease, Main Landlord, Sublandlord and any Condominium Board shall have free access to all mechanical installations located in the Unit or the Common Elements. Neither Subtenant, any Subtenant Party nor any contractor, invitee or licensee of Subtenant shall at any time enter the said enclosures or tamper with, adjust, touch or otherwise affect in any manner such mechanical installations. Sublandlord may exhibit the Subleased Premises to prospective tenants, upon prior reasonable notice to Subtenant.

(c)    In connection with Main Landlord’s or Sublandlord’s making any repairs, alterations, additions or improvements and in inspecting and exhibiting the Subleased Premises, if at all, Sublandlord shall make reasonable efforts to minimize interference with the conduct of Subtenant’s business but neither Main Landlord nor Sublandlord shall have any

 

26


obligation to employ contractors or labor at so called overtime or other premium pay rates or to incur any other overtime costs or expenses whatsoever. Subtenant shall keep Sublandlord and the Building manager’s office advised of the name and telephone number of the person or agency to be notified on behalf of Subtenant in the event of any emergency and shall provide such a representative at all times of the day and night. If such representative shall not be provided at any time after reasonable notice under the circumstances when access to the Subleased Premises shall be required or if in the event of an emergency of Subtenant, Main Landlord and Sublandlord shall nevertheless have the right to enter the Subleased Premises, provided that during such entry, Main Landlord, Sublandlord and their agents shall accord all due care to Subtenant’s Property. Neither Main Landlord nor Sublandlord shall have any liability to Subtenant for any failure of Main Landlord or Sublandlord to perform any of its respective obligations hereunder by reason of Main Landlord’s or Sublandlord’s inability to enter the Subleased Premises.

(d)    In the event that an excavation or any construction should be made for Building or other purposes upon land adjacent to the Real Property, or should be authorized to be made, Subtenant shall, upon reasonable prior notice, if necessary, afford to the person or persons causing or authorized to cause such excavation or construction or other purpose, the right, for brief periods of time and in a manner so as to avoid interference with Subtenant’s business, subject to such reasonable conditions as Subtenant may reasonably impose, to enter upon the Subleased Premises for the purpose of doing such work as shall reasonably be necessary to protect or preserve the wall or walls of the Unit, or the Building, from injury or damage and to support them by proper foundations, pinning and/or underpinning, or otherwise.

29.    Right to Cure Subtenant’s Defaults. If Subtenant shall at any time fail to make any payment or perform any other obligation of Subtenant hereunder, then Sublandlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, after five (5) days’ written notice to Subtenant, or without notice to Subtenant in the case of any emergency, and in the case of emergency without awaiting the lapse of any cure period that may be provided for herein or in the Main Lease for defaults, and without waiving or releasing Subtenant from any obligations of Subtenant hereunder, to make such payment or perform such other obligation of Subtenant in such manner and to such extent as Sublandlord shall reasonably deem necessary, and in exercising any such right, to pay any incidental costs and expenses, employ attorneys, and incur and pay reasonable attorneys’ fees. Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord within ten (10) days after demand all sums so paid by Sublandlord and all incidental costs and expenses of Sublandlord in connection therewith, together with interest thereon at the Interest Rate or the then maximum lawful interest rate, whichever shall be less, from the date of the making of such expenditures until the date repaid, such sums shall be deemed to be Additional Rent hereunder.

30.    Laws, Ordinances, Requirements of Public Authorities. Subtenant shall, at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, comply with all Legal Requirements and/or Insurance Requirements which shall impose any violation, order or duty upon Main Landlord or Sublandlord or Subtenant arising from Subtenant’s particular manner of use of the Subleased Premises (in contrast to use by Subtenant for customary office purposes) or any Alterations to the Subleased Premises made therein by or at Subtenant’s request or required by reason of a breach of any of Subtenant’s covenants or agreements hereunder. If Subtenant receives written notice of any violation of Legal Requirements and/or Insurance Requirements applicable to the Subleased

 

27


Premises, it shall give prompt notice thereof to Sublandlord. “Insurance Requirements” shall mean all customary requirements, now or hereinafter in effect, of any insurance policy covering or applicable to all or any part of the Real Property, the Building, the Unit or the Demised Premises or the Subleased Premises or the use thereof, all requirements of the issuer of any such policy and all orders, rules, regulations, and other customary requirements of the Insurance Services Office, Inc. or any other body exercising the same or similar functions and having jurisdiction of all or any part of the Real Property, the Building, the Unit or the Demised Premises.

31.    Brokerage. Each of Sublandlord and Subtenant represents and warrants to the other that it has not dealt with any broker in connection with this transaction other than Savills Studley, Inc. and DLS Commercial Real Estate LLC (collectively, the “Brokers”). Each of Sublandlord and Subtenant agrees to defend, save and hold the other harmless from any claims for fees and commissions and against any liability (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) arising out of a breach or alleged breach of the foregoing warranty and representation by the indemnifying party. Sublandlord shall be responsible for the payment of any commission or other fee earned by the Brokers pursuant to separate agreements between them in connection with this Sublease. This Section 31 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease.

32.    No Waiver. The failure of a party hereto to insist in any one or more cases upon the strict performance or observance of any obligation of the other party hereunder or to exercise any right or option contained herein shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment for the future of any such obligation of the other party or any right or option of such party. Sublandlord’s receipt and acceptance of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent, or Sublandlord’s acceptance of performance of any other obligation by Subtenant, with knowledge of Subtenant’s breach of any provision of this Sublease, shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach. No waiver by a party hereto of any term, covenant or condition of this Sublease shall be deemed to have been made unless expressed in writing and signed by the other party.

33.    Successor and Assigns. The covenants, conditions, agreements and provisions of this Sublease, except as herein otherwise specifically provided, shall extend to, bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective legal representatives, heirs, successors and permitted assigns. In the event of any assignment or transfer of the leasehold estate under the Main Lease, the transferor or assignor, as the case may be, shall be and hereby is entirely relieved and freed of all further obligations under this Sublease.

34.    No Personal Liability.

(a)    Notwithstanding that Sublandlord is a limited liability partnership, the partners or members of which are or may otherwise be subject to personal liability, and notwithstanding any provision in this Sublease or the Main Lease to the contrary or at law or in equity, each party agrees that in pursuing its rights and remedies against the other under or with respect to this Sublease, (i) such pursuing party will look solely to the income and assets of the other party (each a “Party”) and (ii) such pursuing party will not have recourse or otherwise look to the individual or personal assets of any past, present or future partner, shareholder or other holder of an interest in a Party (each, an “Interest Holder”). The assets of each Party include, without limitation, all accounts receivable of such Party, and any claims of the Interest Holders in such Party against such Party or against other Interest Holders in such Party shall be subject and

 

28


subordinate in all respects to any claims by such pursuing party against the other Party or Interest Holders therein. The immediately preceding limitation of liability shall not be construed to prevent such pursuing party from seeking to have any fraudulent conveyances made by a Party to any of the Interest Holders in such Party set aside in the event that such pursuing party is damaged by, or such pursing party’s recourse or recovery is diminished by, the occurrence of any Fraudulent Acts. For the purposes hereof, “Fraudulent Acts” shall refer to any acts or action taken by a Party outside of its prevailing business practices, with a principal intent to defraud the pursuing party in its recourse against, or recovery from, such Party. Subtenant acknowledges that the prevailing business practices of Sublandlord includes the distribution of annual profits to partners of Sublandlord, and in certain instances the diminution or return of capital contributions, less retainage for current or permanent capital account or other reserves or needs, all as Sublandlord’s management or executive committee (as the case may be), exercising its business judgment. The provisions of this Section 34 shall limit the liability of the Interest Holders in a Party as provided in this Section 34 but shall not in any way limit, reduce, affect or otherwise modify the liability of such Party or its successors or permitted assignees under this Sublease.

(b)    Except as expressly provided in Sections 22 and 23 of this Sublease, the obligation of Subtenant to pay Rent hereunder and perform all of the other covenants and agreements hereunder on the part of Subtenant to be performed shall in no way be affected, impaired or excused because Sublandlord is unable to fulfill any of its obligations under this Sublease or is unable to supply or is unable to make or is delayed in making any repairs, additions, alterations or decorations or is unable to supply or is delayed in supplying any equipment or fixtures, if Sublandlord is prevented or delayed from so doing by reason of Force Majeure. Sublandlord shall not have liability to Subtenant, nor shall Subtenant be entitled to terminate this Sublease, or be entitled to any abatement or diminution of rent payable by Subtenant under this Sublease or to any relief from any of its obligations under this Sublease (except as expressly set forth in Section 2(b) of this Sublease) if by reason of strike or labor trouble or any other cause whatsoever beyond the reasonable control of Sublandlord, including, but not limited to, acts of war, emergency, casualty, terrorism, bioterrorism, or governmental preemption in connection with a National Emergency, there is (i) a lack of access to the Building, the Unit or the Subleased Premises; (ii) reduced air quality or other contaminants in the Building that would adversely affect the Building or its occupants, including the presence of biological or other airborne agents within the Building or the Subleased Premises; (iii) disruption of mail and deliveries to the Building or the Subleased Premises; (iv) disruption of telephone and/or other communications services to the Building or the Subleased Premises; (v) disruption of any other services to the Subleased Premises or any of the Building systems; or (vi) an inability for Subtenant to otherwise use and/or occupy the Subleased Premises for the conduct of its business.

(c)    Neither Sublandlord nor any Sublandlord Party shall be liable for (i) any damage to property of Subtenant or of others entrusted to employees of Sublandlord, Main Landlord, the Condominium, the Building or the Unit, nor for the loss of or damage to any property of Subtenant by theft or otherwise, (ii) any injury or damage to persons or property resulting from fire, explosion, falling plaster, steam, gas, electricity, water, rain or snow leaks from any part of the Building or from the pipes, appliances or plumbing works or from the roof, street or sub surface or from any other place or by dampness or by any other cause of whatsoever nature or (iii) damage caused by other tenants or persons in the Building or caused by operations in construction of any private, public or quasi-public work, but the foregoing shall not limit Subtenant’s rights or decrease Sublandlord’s obligations under this Sublease.

 

29


(d)    Neither Main Landlord nor Sublandlord shall have liability to Subtenant by reason of any Window Blocking or if at any time any windows of the Subleased Premises are either temporarily darkened or obstructed by reason of any translucent material for the purpose of energy conservation, or if any part of the Building, other than the Subleased Premises, is temporarily or permanently closed or inoperable. “Window Blocking” shall mean that any exterior, curtainwall window of the Subleased Premises is blocked or bricked-up for any reason (including, without limitation, by Main Landlord (i) in connection with the performance of repairs, maintenance or improvements to the Building, (ii) if required by any Legal Requirements, or (iii) by the use of any netting or similar device).

35.    Interpretation. Irrespective of the place of execution or performance, this Sublease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. If any provision of this Sublease or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, for any reason and to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Sublease and the application of that provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected but rather shall be enforced to the extent permitted by law. The table of contents, captions, headings and titles, if any, in this Sublease are solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect its interpretation. This Sublease shall be construed without regard to any presumption or other rule requiring construction against the party causing this Sublease to be drafted. If any words or phrases in this Sublease shall have been stricken out or otherwise eliminated, whether or not any other words or phrases have been added, this Sublease shall be construed as if the words or phrases so stricken out or otherwise eliminated were never included in this Sublease and no implication or inference shall be drawn from the fact that said words or phrases were so stricken out or otherwise eliminated. Each covenant, agreement, obligation or other provision of this Sublease shall be deemed and construed as a separate and independent covenant of the party bound by, undertaking or making same.

36.    Consent of Main Landlord Under Main Lease. The Sublease Commencement Date shall not occur until the Main Landlord shall have given its written consent hereto (“Main Landlord’s Consent”) in accordance with the terms of the Main Lease. Accordingly, immediately after the date hereof, Sublandlord shall request Main Landlord’s Consent in accordance with the terms of Article 8 of the Main Lease, and shall thereafter take such actions contemplated by such Article 8, and otherwise use reasonable efforts (including promptly responding to all requests by Main Landlord for additional information and other materials) to obtain Main Landlord’s Consent within forty-five (45) days after the date hereof. Sublandlord shall immediately notify Subtenant of the granting or denial of the Main Landlord’s Consent, and if such consent shall be granted, Sublandlord shall furnish Subtenant with a copy thereof. Sublandlord and Subtenant agree to execute the Main Landlord’s form of Consent, attached hereto as Exhibit “E” and any other documentation reasonably required by Main Landlord, in each case to the extent the same are reasonably acceptable to each party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Main Landlord does not give Main Landlord’s Consent to this Sublease for any reason on or before the ninetieth (90th) day after the date hereof, then at any time after such ninetieth (90th) day, either party hereto may cancel this Sublease by giving written notice to the other party, and if such notice shall be given, this Sublease shall be deemed cancelled and have no further force or effect as of the fifth (5th) day

 

30


following the date of the giving of such notice, unless Main Landlord’s Consent is issued within said five-day period, in which case said notice of cancellation shall be void and this Sublease shall remain in force and effect in accordance with its terms. If this Sublease shall be cancelled as aforesaid, then Sublandlord shall return to Subtenant all Fixed Rent, if any, prepaid by Subtenant and any security. Subtenant hereby acknowledges that the Main Lease provides that no sublease shall be valid, and no subtenant shall take possession of any part of the premises demised thereunder, until an executed counterpart of such sublease has been delivered to Main Landlord. Any fee or reimbursement required by Main Landlord for the costs of making investigations as to the acceptability of the Subtenant and the reasonable legal costs incurred in connection with the granting of Main Landlord’s Consent shall be paid by Sublandlord.

37.    Waiver of Jury Trial and Right to Counterclaim. Each of the parties hereto hereby waives all right to trial by jury in any summary or other action; proceeding or counterclaim arising out of or in any way connected with this Sublease, the relationship of Sublandlord and Subtenant, the Subleased Premises and the use and occupancy thereof, and any claim of injury or damages, provided that such waiver is not prohibited by law. Subtenant also hereby waives all right to assert or interpose a counterclaim in any summary proceeding or other action or proceeding to recover or obtain possession of the Subleased Premises.

38.    Additional Representations. Sublandlord further represents to Subtenant that (i) it has all requisite limited liability partnership power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Sublease, (ii) all limited liability partnership actions required to execute, deliver and perform this Sublease have been duly and properly taken, (iii) it has duly authorized, executed and delivered this Sublease; (iv) this Sublease is its valid, legal and binding agreement, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms and (v) the execution and delivery of this Sublease is not prohibited by, nor does it conflict with, or constitute a default under, any agreement or instrument to which such party may be bound or any Legal Requirements applicable to such party. Subtenant further represents to Sublandlord that (i) it has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Sublease, (ii) all corporate actions required to execute, deliver and perform this Sublease have been duly and properly taken, (iii) it has duly executed and delivered this Sublease; (iv) this Sublease is its valid, legal and binding agreement, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms; and (v) the execution and delivery of this Sublease is not prohibited by, nor does it conflict with, or constitute a default under, any agreement or instrument to which such party may be bound or any Legal Requirements applicable to such party.

39.    Jurisdiction. Sublandlord and Subtenant each hereby (a) irrevocably consents and submits to the jurisdiction of any Federal, state, county or municipal court sitting in the State of New York in respect to any action or proceeding concerning any matters arising out of or in any way relating to this Sublease; (b) irrevocably waives all objections as to venue and any and all rights it may have to seek a change of venue with respect to any such action or proceedings if the same is brought in New York City; (c) agrees that this Sublease and the rights and obligations of the parties shall be governed by and construed, and all actions, proceedings and all controversies and disputes arising under or of or relating to this Sublease shall be resolved in accordance with the internal substantive laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be wholly performed with the State of New York, (d) waives any defense to any action or proceeding granted by the laws of any other country or jurisdiction unless such defense is also allowed by the laws of the State of New York and (e) agrees that any final judgment rendered against it in any

 

31


such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in any other jurisdiction by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Sublandlord and Subtenant further agree that any action or proceeding in respect to any matters arising out of or in any way relating to this Sublease shall be brought only in the State of New York, County of New York.

40.    Hazardous Materials. Subtenant shall not cause or permit “Hazardous Materials” to be used, transported, stored, released, handled, produced or installed in, on or from the Demised Premises, the Unit or the Building. The term “Hazardous Materials” shall, for the purposes hereof, mean any flammable, explosive or radioactive materials; hazardous wastes; hazardous and toxic substances or related materials; asbestos or any material containing asbestos; or any other such substance or material; in the definition of “hazardous substances”, “hazardous wastes”, “hazard materials”, “toxic substances”, or “contaminants” as defined by, or any materials regulated by, any federal, state or local law, ordinance, rule or regulation, including, without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, as amended, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, and in the regulations adopted and publications promulgated pursuant to each of the foregoing (collectively, “Environmental Laws”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restriction in the first sentence of this Section 40 shall not be deemed to be a restriction on Operational Hazardous Materials typically and lawfully used in connection with the operation and maintenance of offices (provided the same are used, handled and stored in accordance with all applicable Environmental Laws). In the event of a breach of the provisions of this Section 40, Main Landlord or Sublandlord shall, in addition to all of its rights and remedies under this Sublease and pursuant to applicable Legal Requirements, have the right to require the other, at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, to promptly remove any such Hazardous Materials from the Subleased Premises or the Unit, as the case may be and (ii) Subtenant shall indemnify and hold Main Landlord and Sublandlord and their successors and assigns harmless from and against any loss, liability, damages, and costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) that such indemnified parties may at any time suffer by reason of the existence of such Hazardous Materials in accordance with this Section 40. The provisions of this Section 40 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Sublease. The term “Operational Hazardous Materials” shall mean any Hazardous Materials which are normally or reasonably used in the operation, maintenance or use of a Comparable Building, provided that the same are permitted to be used in such operation, maintenance or use by Legal Requirements and/or Insurance Requirements and are used, stored and disposed of in compliance in all material respects with Legal Requirements and/or Insurance Requirements, including, without limitation, use of fuels, heating oil, lubricants, pesticides, cleaning materials, paint and paint thinners, asphalt, caulks, and chemicals commonly used in connection with heating, plumbing, mechanical and electrical systems and in photocopying machines, computers, word processing equipment and other business machines (but excluding any Hazardous Materials which have been incorporated into the structure of the Building or the Base Systems in the course of the Base Building Work). “Comparable Buildings” shall mean first class office buildings of comparable size located in the area bounded by 34th Street to 60th Street, from 1st Avenue to 8th Avenue, City of New York.

41.    No Vault. Sublandlord hereby represents and warrants that no vault or cellar not within the property line of the Building is leased to Sublandlord under the Main Lease.

 

32


42.    Window Cleaning. Subtenant will not clean any window in the Subleased Premises from the outside (within the meaning of Section 202 of the New York Labor Law or any successor statute thereto). In addition, unless the equipment and safety devices required by all legal requirements including Section 202 of the New York Labor Law or any successor statute thereto are provided and used, Subtenant will not require, permit, suffer or allow the cleaning of any window in the Subleased Premises from the outside (within the meaning of such Section); provided, however, that neither Subtenant nor Sublandlord shall be responsible for the manner in which Main Landlord, its agents, contractors or employees clean such windows.

43.    Moving. Subtenant shall not move any safe, heavy equipment or bulky matter in or out of the Building without Main Landlord’s written consent (if required under the Main Lease), which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. If the movement of such items is required to be done by persons holding a Master’s Rigger’s License, then all such work shall be done in full compliance with the Administrative Code of the City of New York and other municipal requirements. All such movements shall be made during hours which will minimize interference with the normal operations of the Building, and all damage caused by such movement shall be promptly repaired by Subtenant at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense. Subtenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Subleased Premises which exceeds the load per square foot which such floor was designed to carry and that is allowed by Legal Requirements.

44.    Signage. Main Landlord may at any time without notice to or the consent of Subtenant to change the name, number or designation by which the Building may be known. Subtenant acknowledges and agrees that Subtenant is not entitled to receive any signage listing on Sublandlord’s plaque or pylon signage in the Building lobby, that there is currently no other directory or listing board in the Building lobby, and that Subtenant shall not be entitled to any signage in any future directory or listing board in the Building lobby except at Subtenant’s sole cost. If any such signage is subsequently provided to or for the benefit of Subtenant, such signage shall be subject, in each case, to (i) the Main Lease and (ii) the approval of Sublandlord (in its reasonable discretion) and Main Landlord (in its sole and absolute discretion). Any termination, cancellation or surrender of this Sublease shall terminate any rights of Subtenant under this Section 44.

45.    Non-Disclosure; Advertising. Neither Sublandlord nor Subtenant nor any of any their respective employees, representatives, agents or consultants shall publicize, advertise or otherwise disclose to third parties other than Main Landlord and the Brokers any of the economic terms (including, but not limited to, Rent payable hereunder) nor any of the material terms of this Sublease without the prior written consent of the other party and shall keep all such terms confidential except to the extent such disclosure of such information is required to be made (a) to any actual or prospective purchasers, mortgagees, overlessors, assignees or subtenants (or any of their respective employees, representatives, agents or consultants), (b) by Legal Requirements, (c) in any arbitration or litigation between the parties or (d) to any Governmental Authority providing to Main Landlord, Sublandlord and/or Subtenant business incentives, or to any governmental entity which is a party to an agreement pursuant to which such business incentives are being provided to Subtenant. Any such disclosure shall be subject to any non-public pre-notification requirements imposed by the New York City Economic Development Corporation or any successor thereto (“EDC”) or the New York State Urban Development Corporation d/b/a Empire State Development Corporation, or any successor thereto (“ESDC”). Subtenant shall not

 

33


use nor shall Subtenant permit any Subtenant Entity to use the name or likeness of the Building in any advertising (by whatever medium) without Main Landlord’s prior consent (in its sole and absolute discretion) and Sublandlord’s consent (not to be unreasonably withheld); provided, however, that Subtenant may use the name and address of the Building on its stationary and in advertisements for identification purposes only.

46.    Prohibited Entities.

(a)    Subtenant represents and warrants to Sublandlord that (i) it and each Affiliate or Principal directly or indirectly owning an interest in it is not a Prohibited Entity, (ii) none of the funds or other assets of it constitute property of, or are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by, any Person on the List, (iii) no Person on the List has any interest of any nature whatsoever in it (whether directly or indirectly), (iv) none of its funds have been derived from any unlawful activity with the result that the investment in it is prohibited by law or that this Sublease is in violation of law, and (v) it has implemented procedures, and will consistently apply those procedures, to ensure the foregoing representations and warranties remain true and correct at all times. “Affiliate” shall mean with respect to any Person, any Person who or which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person. “Principal” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (A) any director or the president, any vice president, the treasurer, or the secretary thereof if such Person is a corporation, (B) any general partner of a partnership or managing member or manager of a limited liability company, or (C) any shareholder, limited partner, member or other Person having a direct or indirect economic interest in such Person, whether beneficially or of record, in excess of ten percent (10%) of all of the issued and outstanding shares, partnership interests, limited liability company interests or other ownership interests of such Person. In calculating the percentage interest of any shareholder, partner, member or other beneficially interested Person referred to in the prior sentence, the interest in the equity of any Affiliate of such shareholder, partner, member or beneficially interested Person shall be attributed to such shareholder, partner, member or beneficially interested Person. “Person” shall mean (A) an individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, estate, trust, unincorporated association or other business entity, (B) any federal, state, county or municipal government (or any bureau, department, agency or instrumentality thereof), and (C) any fiduciary acting in such capacity on behalf of any of the foregoing. “List” shall mean, collectively, as updated from time to time, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by OFAC and/or on any other similar list maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”) pursuant to any authorizing statute, executive order or regulation. “Prohibited Entity” shall mean (A) any Prohibited Person, (B) any Person that is identified on the List or (C) any Person that is a NYTC Competing User (as defined in the Condominium Declaration). A “Prohibited Person” shall mean (A) any Person (1) that is in default after notice and beyond the expiration of any applicable cure period, of such Person’s obligations under any material written agreement with the City, the State or any of their instrumentalities, or (2) that directly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with a Person that is in default after notice and beyond the expiration of any applicable cure period, of such Person’s obligations under any material written agreement with the City, the State or any of their instrumentalities, unless, in each instance, such default or breach either (a) has been waived in writing by the City, the State or any of their instrumentalities as the case may be or (b) is being disputed in a court of law, administrative proceeding, arbitration or other forum or (c) is cured within thirty (30) days after a determination and notice to Subtenant from Sublandlord that such

 

34


Person is a Prohibited Person as a result of such default; (B) any Person that is an Organized Crime Figure; (C) any government, or any Person that is directly or indirectly controlled (rather than only regulated) by a government, that is finally determined to be in violation of (including, but not limited to, any participant in an international boycott in violation of) the Export Administration Act of 1979, as amended, or any successor statute, or the regulations issued pursuant thereto, or any government that is, or any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled (rather than only regulated) by a government that is subject to the regulations or controls thereof; (D) any government, or any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled (rather than only regulated) by a government, the effects or the activities of which are regulated or controlled pursuant to regulations of the United States Treasury Department or executive orders of the President of the United States of America issued pursuant to the Trading with the Enemy Act of 1917, as amended; (E) any Person that is in default in the payment to the City of any real estate taxes, sewer rents or water charges totaling more than $10,000, unless such default is then being contested in good faith in accordance with applicable Legal Requirements or unless such default is cured within thirty (30) days after a determination and notice to Subtenant from Sublandlord that such Person is a Prohibited Person as a result of such default; or (F) any Person (1) that has solely owned, at any time during the 3-year period immediately preceding a determination of whether such Person is a Prohibited Person, any property which, while in the ownership of such Person, was acquired by the City by in rem tax foreclosure, other than a property in which the City has released or is in the process of releasing its interest pursuant to the Administrative Code of the City, or (2) that, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with a person that has owned, at any time in the 3-year period immediately preceding a determination of whether such Person is a Prohibited Person, any property which, while in the ownership of such person, was acquired by the City by in rem tax foreclosure, other than a property in which the City has released or is in the process of releasing its interest to such person pursuant to the Administrative Code of the City. “Organized Crime Figure” shall mean any Person (A) who has been convicted in a criminal proceeding for a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude or that is an organized crime figure or is reputed to have substantial business or other affiliations with an organized crime figure, or (B) who, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, a Person who has been convicted in a criminal proceeding for a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude or that is an organized crime figure or is reputed to have substantial business or other affiliations with an organized crime figure. The determination as to whether any Person is an organized crime figure or is reputed to have substantial business or other affiliations with an organized crime figure shall be within the sole discretion of Sublandlord, which discretion shall be exercised in good faith or as determined by the Ground Lease Landlord in accordance with the terms of the Ground Lease.

(b)    Subtenant agrees (i) to comply with all Legal Requirements relating to money laundering, anti-terrorism, trade embargos and economic sanctions, now or hereafter in effect, (ii) to immediately notify the other in writing if any of the representations, warranties or covenants set forth in this Section 46 are no longer true or have been breached or if it has a reasonable basis to believe that they may no longer be true or have been breached, (iii) not to use funds from any Person on the List to make any payment due to Sublandlord under this Sublease and (iv) at the request of the other, to provide such information as may be reasonably requested by Sublandlord or Subtenant to determine the other’s compliance with the terms hereof. “Legal Requirements” shall mean all laws, statutes and ordinances (including, without limitation, all building codes and zoning regulations and ordinances) and the orders, rules, regulations, directives

 

35


and requirements of all Governmental Authorities, which may be applicable to or affecting this Lease, the Real Property, the Subleased Premises the Building, the Unit and/or the Common Elements or the use or occupancy thereof, whether now or hereafter enacted or in force, ordinary or extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen and all requirements, obligations and conditions of all instruments of record relating to the Real Property.

(c)    Subtenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that inclusion on the List of the other party or any Affiliate or Principal of such party at any time during the Term shall be a material default of this Sublease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, including but not limited to Subtenant’s rights under Section 14, Subtenant shall not permit the Subleased Premises or any portion thereof to be used or occupied by any Person on the List (on a permanent, temporary or transient basis), and any such use or occupancy of the Subleased Premises by any such Person shall be a material default of this Sublease.

47.    No Recordation. Subtenant agrees to execute and deliver any documents as may be required of Subtenant by Main Landlord or Sublandlord under Article 42 of the Main Lease, which is attached hereto as Exhibit 42 to this Sublease. In no event shall this Sublease or any amendment hereto be recorded.

48.    Severability. If any term, covenant, condition or provision of this Sublease or the application thereof to any circumstance or to any Person shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remaining terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Sublease or the application thereof to any circumstances or to any Person other than those as to which any term, covenant, condition or provision is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby and each remaining term, covenant, condition and provision of this Sublease shall be valid and shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Legal Requirements and/or Insurance Requirements.

49.    Prevailing Parties. In the event of any dispute between Sublandlord and Subtenant in any way related to this Sublease, and whether involving contract and/or tort claims, the non-prevailing party shall pay to the prevailing party all reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, without restriction by statute, court rule or otherwise, incurred by the prevailing party in connection with any action or proceeding (including any appeal and the enforcement of any judgment or award), whether or not the dispute is litigated or prosecuted to final judgment (collectively, “Fees”). The “prevailing party” shall be determined based upon an independent assessment of which party’s major arguments or positions taken in the action or proceeding could fairly be said to have prevailed (whether by compromise, settlement, abandonment by the other party of its claim or defense, final decision, after any appeals, or otherwise) over the other party’s major arguments or positions on major disputed issues. Any Fees incurred in enforcing a judgment shall be recoverable separately from any other amount included in the judgment and shall survive and not be merged in the judgment.

50.    Exhibits. This Sublease with its exhibits, schedules and annexes contain the entire agreement between Sublandlord and Subtenant with respect to the subject matter hereof and any executory agreement hereafter made between Sublandlord and Subtenant shall be ineffective to change, modify, waive, release, discharge, terminate or effect an abandonment of this Sublease, in whole or in part, unless such executory agreement is signed by the parties hereto. This Sublease may not be orally waived, terminated, changed or modified.

 

36


51.    Captions. The captions of Sections are inserted only as a convenience and for reference and they in no way define, limit or describe the scope of this Sublease or the intent of any provision thereof. References to Sections are to those in this Sublease unless otherwise noted. Each of the schedules and exhibits appended to this Sublease is incorporated by reference herein as if set out in full herein. If, and to the extent that, any of the provisions of this Sublease conflict, or are otherwise inconsistent, with any of the schedules and exhibits appended to this Sublease, then, whether or not such inconsistency is expressly noted in this Sublease, the provisions of this Sublease shall (unless a specific provision of this Sublease or of any such schedule or exhibit provides to the contrary) prevail, and any inconsistency with the Rules and Regulations shall be deemed a waiver of such Rules and Regulations with respect to Subtenant to the extent of the inconsistency.

52.    Conflict or Inconsistency. In case of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of the Main Lease and this Sublease as to the respective rights and obligations of Sublandlord and Subtenant under this Sublease, the provisions of the Sublease shall govern and control as between Sublandlord and Subtenant.

53.    Counterparts. This Sublease may be executed in by facsimile signature and any number of counterparts, each of which where so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. Any signature page to any counterpart may be detached from such counterpart without impairing the legal effect of the signatures thereon and thereafter attached to another counterpart identical thereto except having attached to it additional signature pages.

54.    Execution by Sublandlord. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, it is to be strictly understood and agreed that the terms and conditions of this Sublease shall not be binding upon either party hereto in any way unless and until it is unconditionally executed and delivered by such party in its respective sole and absolute discretion.

55.    Intentionally Omitted.

56.    Definitions. All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have meanings given thereto in the exhibits attached to this Sublease, including, without limitation, Exhibit “G”.

57.    Sublandlord’s Contribution.

(a)    Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, Sublandlord shall contribute an amount (“Sublandlord’s Contribution”) up to the sum of $815,575.00 towards Subtenant’s performance of Alterations with respect to the construction and preparation of the Subleased Premises for occupancy thereof by Subtenant. Sublandlord’s Contribution shall be disbursed to Subtenant upon Subtenant’s request for payment in accordance with and upon satisfaction of the terms, conditions and other disbursement requirements set forth on Exhibit “H” attached hereto.

 

37


(b)    Sublandlord’s obligation to fund Sublandlord’s Contribution shall terminate on the date that is twelve (12) months from the Sublease Commencement Date (the “Contribution Expiration Date”). Sublandlord shall have no obligation to make any disbursements with respect to Sublandlord’s Contribution for any costs, charges, fees, expenses with respect to any Alterations permitted to be funded by Sublandlord under this Section 57 which have not been validly requested by Subtenant in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein prior to the Contribution Expiration Date.

(c)    Notwithstanding anything contained herein or the Main Lease to the contrary, with respect to any Alterations to be made in the Subleased Premises, in no event shall: (i) any portion of Sublandlord’s Contribution be used for FF&E Work (as defined in Exhibit G) or (ii) more than twenty-five percent (25%) of Sublandlord’s Contribution be permitted to fund Soft Costs (as defined in Exhibit G).

(d)    All the Alterations to be performed by Subtenant hereunder shall at all times be in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in Article 13 of the Main Lease, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 13.

(e)    To the extent Subtenant has properly submitted a request for disbursement of any portion of Sublandlord’s Contribution and the terms and conditions of this Section 57 and Exhibit “H” have been satisfied, and Sublandlord shall not have disbursed such amount due to Subtenant in accordance with the provisions of this Section 57 and Exhibit “H”, Tenant may send Landlord a second written notice requesting that Landlord disburse such amount. If, within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the aforementioned notice, Sublandlord does not (i) dispute the disbursement request by written notice to Subtenant, or (ii) disburse the amount of Sublandlord’s Contribution identified in Subtenant’s second notice, then Subtenant may offset such undisbursed amount against the next monthly installment(s) of Fixed Rent due and payable hereunder.

[Signatures contained on following page]

 

38


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Sublandlord and Subtenant have hereunto executed this Sublease as of the day and year first above written.

 

SUBLANDLORD:

COVINGTON & BURLING LLP,

a District of Columbia limited liability partnership

By:  

/s/ Heather G. Haberl

Name:  

Heather G. Haberl

Title:  

Partner

 

SUBTENANT:

DATADOG, INC., a

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Olivier Pomel

Name:  

Olivier Pomel

Title:  

CEO

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Sublease]


Exhibit “A”:

   Subleased Premises

Exhibit “B”:

   Form of Letter of Credit

Exhibit “C”:

   Rules and Regulations

Exhibit “D”:

   Insurance Requirements

Exhibit “E”:

   Form of Consent to Sublease

Exhibit “F”:

   Message Center

Exhibit “G”:

   Additional Definitions

Exhibit “H”:

   Sublandlord’s Contribution Distribution Requirements

Exhibit “I”:

   Base Building Criteria

Exhibit “J”:

   Design Guidelines

Exhibit “K”:

   DUO
  

Exhibit 4:

   Article 4 of the Main Lease

Exhibit 5:

   Article 5 of the Main Lease

Exhibit 7:

   Article 7 of the Main Lease (Electricity)

Exhibit 8:

   Article 8 of the Main Lease

Exhibit 13:

   Article 13 of the Main Lease

Exhibit 17–18:

   Articles 17 and 18 of the Main Lease

Exhibit 25:

   Section 25.01 of the Main Lease

Exhibit 35:

   Article 35 of the Main Lease (Condominium Conversion Documents)

Exhibit 42:

   Article 42 of the Main Lease

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Sublease]